Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales
Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24 – 1DL
Searchable Full Text of
The Friendly Philosopher by Robert Crosbie
The Friendly Philosopher
By
Robert Crosbie
(1849—1919)
Letters and Talks on Theosophy and the Theosophical Life
The
Secret Doctrine by H P Blavatsky
Return to Searchable Text Index
CONTENTS
TO
ALL OPENED MINDED THEOSOPHISTS
THE
UNITED LODGE OF THEOSOPHISTS
DECLARATION
PREFACE
THE
SPIRIT IN THE BODY
TALKS
ON THE ETERNAL VERITIES 
 Renunciation of Action   The Recognition of Law  The Occult Side of 
Nature
True Clairvoyance Our God and Other Gods The Language of the Soul
Culture
of Concentration The Kingly MysteryThe Power of 
Suggestion
The
Law of Correspondences The Foundation of Religion Theosophy in Daily 
Life
Man, Visible and Invisible  The Origin of
Evil  The Storehouse of Thought
The
Creative Will What Reincarnates? Instinct and Intuition True Morality Real  
Memory
New Year’s Resolutions Three Kinds of 
Faith The Cause of  Sorrow 
Sleep
and Dreams Occult Knowledge  What
Survives after Death? 
A
League of  Humanity Mental Healing and
Hypnosis Can the Dead Communicate?    
                                                
“A man is said to be confirmed 
in
spiritual knowledge when he forsaketh every desire which entereth into his 
heart,
and of himself is happy and content in the Self through the Self. His 
mind
is undisturbed in adversity; he is happy and contented in prosperity, and 
he
is a stranger to anxiety, fear, and anger. Such a man is called a Muni. When 
in
every condition he receives each event, whether favorable or unfavorable, 
with
an equal mind which neither likes nor dislikes, his wisdom is established, 
and,
having met good or evil, neither rejoiceth at the one nor is cast down by 
the
other.”
 
 
 
 
 
 
PREFACE   
ROBERT
CROSBIE left no name to conjure with before the 
populace, but he lived a 
life
that all might emulate. He was one of the unknown soldiers in the army of 
those
who live to benefit mankind, who strive for the redemption of every 
creature
from the bonds of conditioned existence.
There
are biographies and autobiographies without number, of men and women whose 
lives
were spent in the pitiless glare of publicity, whether for their own or 
their
party’s sake, or for the good of humanity—more often a mixture of all 
three.
Rare indeed is there to be found, in history or in tradition, similar 
record
of those whose works were done and whose lives were lived without thought 
of
self. Every hall of learning overflows with all manner of detail concerning 
the
world’s great men—rulers, statesmen, re formers, poets, priests, 
politicians,
soldiers of fortune good or evil. But who knows aught of the 
personal
life of Lao-tse, Buddha, Jesus, Pythagoras, Plato, or any of the great 
of
Soul? If this be true of all the great Captains in the Army of the Voice, how 
slight
the human trophies erected to commemorate the battles and the victories 
of
the common soldier in the ranks? Yet without these soldiers, the greatest 
Captain
would have spent his life in vain: a general in the field is no army.
This
book, then, is no biography or autobiography written and uttered for the 
greater
glory of a mortal man, but rather is an introduction to the only life 
worth
living, whether reflected in the small or in the great—the life of the 
Soul.
Its speech is in the language of the Soul; its utterance is that of the 
Doctrine
of the Heart; its purpose is the furtherance of that Cause in which was 
hid
the mortal existence of Robert Crosbie no less than the earthly careers of 
those
great Captains whom he revered and under whom he served: H. P. Blavatsky 
and
Wm. Q. Judge.
-------
v
“That
power which the Disciple shall covet is that which shall make him appear 
as
nothing in the eyes of men.” This was the power which Robert Crosbie gained, 
this
the power that enabled him to keep in touch with the great Teachers after 
They
had cast off the mortal coil; that guided his steps in following the Path 
They
showed, the MASTERS who are behind; that sustained him during the long 
years
when all that could be done was “to work, watch—and wait,” until the 
propitious
hour should come when, under Karma, recruits might be gathered from 
among
the generation following the great 
Teachers.
The
world is at the bottom of a cycle, and evidently in a transition state. The 
old
Order changeth and a new one is about to begin—nay, has already begun. The 
era
of disenchantment is running its course; the materials for rebuilding, a 
foundation
on which to rebuild the structure of a better and more enduring 
civilization—both
these are being sought by many minds in many lands. More and 
more
such minds must be influenced by the great ideas and ideals of Theosophy as 
it
was originally recorded. More and more of such minds must be drawn into the 
active
area of the pure theosophical life.
During
the fifteen years since the death of Robert Crosbie, the life lived, the 
example
set, the truths voiced by him have become the increasing inspiration of 
thousands
who never knew him personally. The simple mind, the hungry heart, will 
find
in this volume a Presence speaking to them in tones they will recognize, 
for
it is in accord with their own aspirations; speaking to them in words they 
will
understand, for it is the language of their own experience. It is the voice 
of
a soldier fresh from the field of battle addressing those who would enlist in 
MASTERS’
cause—the service of mankind, Universal Brotherhood without distinction 
of
race, creed, caste, color or condition.
The
words used are common terms; the ideas conveyed are those of the Eternal 
Verities.
There is here no display of learning, but light from the lamp of 
knowledge
illumines every statement made. There is here no intrusion of the 
personal,
but the all-inclu-
-------
vi
sive
radiance of one who loved his fellow men: the Spirit in the Body, the 
friendly
philosopher who speaks from Living the Life, those Homely Hints which 
turn
the reader’s meditation inward as well as outward, to the Eternal Verities, 
so
that the will of the indwelling Divine Ego may be done now on earth, as it 
was
In the Beginning.
Robert
Crosbie’s life was an embodiment of the gospel of Hope and Responsibility 
which
is Theosophy, the Wisdom-Religion of all time. In this book are some of 
the
seeds he sowed. May they find fertile soil in which to germinate and grow 
ever
more abundantly.
-------
vii
“For
Spirit, when invested with matter or prakriti, experienceth the qualities 
which
proceed from prakriti; its connection with these qualities is the cause of 
its
rebirth in good and evil wombs. The Spirit in the body is called Maheswara, 
the
Great Lord, the spectator, the admonisher, the sustainer, the enjoyer and 
also
the Paramatma, the highest soul.”
—Bhagavad-Gita,
Chapter XIII.
“The
senses, moving toward their appropriate objects, are producers of heat and 
cold,
pleasure and pain, which come and go and are brief and change able; these 
do
thou endure, 0 son of Bharata! For the wise man, whom these disturb not and 
to
whom pain and pleasure are the same, is fitted for immortality. There is no 
existence
for that which does not exist, nor is there any non-existence for what 
exists.
By those who see the truth and look into the principles of things, the 
ultimate
characteristic of these both is seen.”
 
                                                          
                      
                   
-------
The following preliminary memorandum was drawn up by Robert Crosbie 
anticipatory
to the formation of The United Lodge of Theosophists.” It was sent 
to
many individual theosophists on 
 
TO
ALL OPEN-MINDED THEOSOPHISTS     
When
the Messengers departed from this scene, all that was left here was the 
Message
(exoteric and esoteric), and its students of more or less proficiency in 
the
assimilation of that Message.
With
the altruistic example of the Messengers and the inspiration of the 
Message,
the Theosophical Society should have been able to stand alone and 
united.
Unfortunately,
history tells another story; disintegration began at once, and 
still
goes on, and a grand opportunity to impress the world with the spirit and 
life
of the Message has been lost, through neglect of the essentials and pursuit 
of
non-essentials.
The
First Object—the most important of all—the others being subsidiary—has been 
lost
sight of in its direct bearing upon all the changes and differences that 
have
occurred. “To form a nucleus of Universal Brotherhood without any 
distinctions
what ever” was, and is, the key to the situation. Let me quote a 
few
sentences from H. P. B.’s last message to the American Theosophists in 
April,
1891:
“The
critical nature of the stage on which we have entered is as well known to 
the
forces that fight against us, as to those that fight on our side. No 
opportunity
will be lost of sowing dissension, of taking advantage of mistaken 
and
false moves, of instilling doubt, of augmenting difficulties, of breathing 
suspicions,
so that by any and every means the unity of the Society may be 
broken
and the ranks of our Fellows thinned and thrown into disarray. Never has 
it
been more necessary for the members of the T. S. to lay to heart the old 
parable
of the bundle of
-------
sticks
than it is at the present time; divided, they will inevitably be broken, 
one
by one; united, there is no force on earth able to destroy our Brotherhood. 
   After all, every wish and thought I can
utter are summed up in this one 
sentence,
the never- dormant wish of my heart:
                                                                   
"BE
THEOSOPHISTS, WORK FOR THEOSOPHY.”
These
‘were prophetic words—but the warning was not taken.
It
now remains for those who are able to take the words that express the 
never-dormant
wish of her heart as the key-note of the present and future: “Be 
Theosophists,
work for Theosophy,” and get together on that kind of a basis; for 
these
are the essentials.
The
unassailable basis for union among Theosophists, wherever and however 
situated,
is SIMILARITY OF AIM, PURPOSE, AND TEACHING. The acceptance of this 
principle
by all Theosophists would at once remove all barriers. A beginning 
must
be made by those whose minds have become plastic by the buffetings of 
experience.
An agreement between such is necessary; an assembling together in 
this
spirit.
To
give this spirit expression requires a declaration, and a name by which those 
making
the declaration may be known. To call it The Theosophical Society would 
be
to take the name now in use by at least two opposing organizations. To even 
call
it a Society has the color of an “organization”—one of many, and would act 
as
a barrier. The phrase used by one of the Messengers is significant, and 
avoids
all conflict with organizations, being capable of including all without 
detriment
to any. That phrase is: 
                                                  
                 
THE
UNITED LODGE OF THEOSOPHISTS.
Members
of any organization or unattached, old and new students, could belong to 
it
without disturbing their affiliations, for the sole condition necessary would 
be
the acceptance of the principle of similarity of aim, purpose, and teaching. 
The
binding spiritual force of this principle of brotherhood needs no such 
adventitious
aids as Constitution or By-Laws—-or Officers to ad minister them. 
With
it as basis for union, no possible cause for
-------
differences
could arise; no room is found here for leader or authority, for 
dogma
or superstition, and yet—as there are stores of knowledge left for all—the 
right
spirit must bring forth from “Those who never fail” all necessary 
assistance.
The door seems open for those who would, but cannot see a way. Any 
considerable
number, living, thinking, acting, upon this basis, must form a 
spiritual
focus, from which all things are possible.
Local
Lodges could be formed using the name and promulgating the basis of union, 
recognizing
Theosophists as such, regardless of organization; open meetings; 
public
work, keeping Theosophy and Brotherhood prominent; intercommunication 
between
Lodges, free and frequent; comparing methods of work of local Lodges; 
mutual
assistance; furtherance of the Great Movement in all directions possible; 
the
motto: “Be Theosophists; work for Theosophy.”
                    
-------
THE
WAY TO UNITE IS TO UNITE—NOTHING PREVENTS IF THAT IS THE DESIRE.
 The following explanatory statement
drawn up by Robert Crosbie for the 
information
of all theosophists, was made public concurrently with the 
foundation
of The United Lodge of Theosophists” and the adoption of its 
DECLARATION
by himself and the seven original Associates, on 
The
United Lodge of Theosophists is an integral part of the Theosophical 
Movement
begun in 
Theosophists
irrespective of organization, who are bound together by the tie of 
common
aim, purpose and teaching, in the cause of Theosophy.
Theosophy,
being the origin, basis and genius of every Theosophical 
organization,
forms in itself a common ground of interest and effort, above and 
beyond
all differences of opinion as to persons or methods; and being the 
philosophy
of Unity, it calls for the essential union of those who profess and 
promulgate
it.
This
recognition,
mutual assistance and encouragement among all engaged in the 
furtherance
of Theosophy.
The
Teacher, H. P. Blavatsky, declared that “Want of Union is the first 
condition
of failure,” and in her last message to the American Convention in 
1891,
said: “Never has it been more necessary for the members of the 
Theosophical
Society to lay to heart the parable of the bundle of sticks, than 
it
is at the present time; divided, they will inevitably be broken, one by one; 
united,
there is no force on earth able to destroy our Brotherhood. . . . I have 
marked
with pain . . . a tendency among you to allow your very devotion to the 
cause
of Theosophy to lead you into disunion. . . . No opportunity will be lost 
of
sowing dissension, of taking advantage of mistaken and false moves, of 
instilling
doubt, of augmenting difficulties, of breathing suspicions, so that 
by
any and every means the unity of the Society may be broken and the ranks of 
our
Fellows thinned and thrown into disarray.”
There
are a number of Theosophical organizations in existence today, all of them 
drawing
their inspiration from Theosophy,
-------
existing
only because of Theosophy, yet remaining disunited. The nature of each 
organization
is such, that unity cannot be had on the basis of any one of them; 
hence
a common basis should be taken if the success originally purposed is to be 
attained.
The
need of such a basis with a broader view of the Movement, is the cause for 
the
present Association—the United Lodge of Theosophists—composed of 
Theosophists
of different organizations, as well as those belonging to none. 
This
Lodge, having no constitution, by-laws, officers or leader, affords in its 
Declaration
a common basis of Unity for all who see the great need of it, and 
seeks
their co-operation.
Holding
to its motto: ‘There is no Religion higher than Truth,” it seeks for the 
truth
in all things, and beginning with the history of the Theosophical 
Movement,
sets forth herein some facts with their inevitable deductions, for 
general
information and consideration.
There
is no question anywhere as to who brought the message of Theosophy to the 
Western
World, nor is there any reason to believe that the Messenger, H. P. 
Blavatsky,
failed to deliver all that was to be given out until the year x time 
stated
by her for the advent of the next Messenger.
‘While
she lived there was one Society. After her departure, dissensions arose, 
resulting
in several separate organizations. The basic cause of these divisions 
is
to be found in differences of opinion as to “successorship,” even where other 
causes
were in evidence. No such question should ever have arisen, for it is 
abundantly
clear that H. P. Blavatsky could no more pass on to another her 
knowledge
and attainments, than could Shakespeare, Milton or Beethoven pass on 
theirs.
Those
who were attracted by the philosophy she presented, or who were taught by 
her,
were followers or students, of more or less proficiency in the 
understanding
and assimilation of Theosophy.
Once
the idea of “successorship” is removed from consideration, a better 
perspective
is obtainable of the Movement, the
-------
philosophy,
and the principal persons—past and present—engaged in its 
promulgation.
‘We
have the declarations of her Masters that she was the sole instrument 
possible
for the work to be done, that They sent her to do it, and that They 
approved
in general all that she did. That work not only includes the philosophy 
she
gave, but her work with the relation to others in the Movement; and where a 
relation
is particularly defined—as in the case of William Q. Judge—wisdom 
dictates
that full consideration be given to what she says.
H.
P. Blavatsky and William Q. Judge were co-Founders of the Theosophical 
Society
in 1875 They were colleagues from the first and ever remained such. When 
H.
P. Blavatsky left 
Judge
to establish and carry on the work of the Theosophical Movement in 
H.
P. Blavatsky departed from the body in 1891; William Q. Judge some five years 
later.
He never claimed to be her successor; on the contrary, when asked the 
question,
he said: She is sui generis—she can have no successor;” the fact being 
that
both he and she were contemporaneous in the work, he retaining his body for 
some
five years longer in order to complete the work he had to do.
The
work of these two cannot be separated if the Movement is to be understood. 
The
evidence of the greatness and fitness of William Q. Judge, as a Teacher, is 
to
be found in his writings—a large and valuable part of which has become 
obscured
through the organizational dissensions before spoken of. These writings 
should
be sought for, and studied, in connection with those of H. P. Blavatsky. 
That
study will lead to the conviction that both were great Teachers—each with a 
particular
mission—that each was sui generis, that their work was complementary, 
and
that neither of them had, nor could have, any successor.
 
CONTENTS
-------
 
THE
UNITED LODGE OF THEOSOPHISTS
DECLARATION:      
The
policy of this Lodge is independent devotion to the cause of Theosophy, 
without
professing attachment to any Theosophical organization. It is loyal to 
the
great Founders of the Theosophical Movement, but does not concern itself 
with
dissensions or differences of individual opinion.
The
work it has on hand and the end it keeps in view are too absorbing and too 
lofty
to leave it the time or inclination to take part in side issues. That work 
and
that end is the dissemination of the Fundamental Principles of the 
philosophy
of Theosophy, and the exemplification in practice of those 
principles,
through a truer realization of the SELF; a profounder conviction of 
Universal
Brotherhood.
It
holds that the unassailable basis for union among Theosophists, wherever and 
however
situated, is similarity of aim, purpose and teaching,” and therefore has 
neither
Constitution, By-Laws nor Officers, the sole bond between its Associates 
being
that basis. And it aims to disseminate this idea among Theosophists in the 
furtherance
of Unity.
It
regards as Theosophists all who are engaged in the true service of Humanity, 
without
distinction of race, creed, sex, condition or organization, and;
It
welcomes to its association all those who are in accord with its declared 
purposes
and who desire to fit themselves, by study and otherwise, to be the 
better
able to help and teach others.
                          The true Theosophist
belongs to no cult or sect, yet 
belongs
to each and all.”
Being
in sympathy with the Purposes of this Lodge, as set forth in its 
Declaration,”
I hereby record my desire to be enrolled as an Associate; it being 
understood
that such association calls for no obligation on my part, other than 
that
which I, myself, determine.
-------
CONTENTS
 
THE
SPIRIT IN THE BODY
letters
Letter
One           
YOU,
yourself, have taken a step by your own internal determination to know the 
truth
for the sake of the truth. Your real self is by your trend of thought 
finding
a channel for expression, and this will grow. Right thought must precede 
right
speech and right action, as you know. This has been stated in many ways, 
the
most familiar of which is, perhaps, “Seek ye first the kingdom of heaven 
(which
is within you) and all other things will be added unto you.”
Do
not let conditions which surround you, contrasted with what you can see, 
weigh
upon you. Of course you know that whatever conditions exist were produced 
by
you—so far as they affect you—and whatever conditions are to be will be in 
accordance
with your own determination. All that is necessary is for each one to 
do
his duty by every duty. None is small or unimportant.
You
know, of course, that attachment to things or results comes by thinking 
about
them. You can have no attachment for a thing you do not think about; 
neither
can you have any dislike for a thing you do not think about. While doing 
the
best you know in every act and present duty, do not attach yourself to any 
particular
form of result. Leave results to the law—they will surely come in 
accordance
with it. Having done your duty as you see it, resign all personal 
interest
in the results. Whatever the results, take them as that which your true 
self
really desired.
Surely,
for the individual, it is the motive alone that marks the line between 
black
and white. But what is needed in the world is knowledge Good motive may 
save
the moral character, but it does not ensure those thoughts and deeds which 
make
for the
-------
highest
good of humanity. Good motive without knowledge makes sorry work 
sometimes.
All down the ages there is a record of good motive, but power and 
zeal
misused, for want of knowledge. Theosophy is the path of knowledge. It was 
given
out in order, among other things, that good motive and wisdom might go 
hand
in hand.
If
it is remembered that the purpose of life is to learn and that it is all made 
up
of learning, the ordinary duties of everyday existence are seen to be the 
means
by which we learn many things. “Do thy duty by every duty leaving results 
to
the law.” Theosophy was once happily stated to be “sanctified common-sense,” 
and
I am glad that you perceive it.
The
Theosophical Movement is greater than any society or organization. The 
latter
are but temporal, changing with the nature and understanding of those who 
constitute
them and influence their policies and ideals; they correspond to our 
physical
bodies, whereas the Movement corresponds to the Soul. There are many 
kinds
of bodies, and work has to be done in each, in accordance with the 
possibilities
afforded by its nature. Those who pin their faith to any body are 
choosing
a transitory guide, a frail support; most of them are looking for 
“authority.”
The human weakness that makes priestly domination possible leads to 
spiritual
darkness in course of time.
The
Theosophical Society was founded by Masters as an organization for the 
promulgation
of the Wisdom Religion. That organization has split into fragments. 
Of
course, in all the Theosophical societies the message brought by H. P. B. to 
the
Western world is the basis of their existence. The average person makes much 
of
organization, form, method, authority—what not, and crystallization of idea 
defeats
understanding. Thus the attacks, splits, controversies and other follies 
that
have been perpetrated during the history of the Movement in this 
generation.
You must have noticed that all the difficulties that have arisen in 
the
T. S. raged around personalities, rather than over doctrinal differences. 
This
is significant.
-------
The
T. S. represents the world. In it, in embryo, are fought the battles of the 
world.
Ignorance, superstition, selfishness, ambition—all are there. There are 
other
dangers menacing such a body as the T. S. besides the “personal-following” 
one.
Sometimes self-appointed conservators of the body arise, with hard and fast 
conclusions
as to men, things and methods. These seek to impose their ideas as 
the
only true ones—in reality, endeavoring to make a personal following under 
the
name of a policy—forgetting that no method is the true method; that the true 
method
must be a combination of all methods. All these things are 
lessons—initiations
in occultism—if we read them aright. The T. S. presents such 
lessons
as can be had nowhere else in the world of men.
Into
each fragment of the original T. S., there have entered many attracted by 
the
philosophy. The right or wrong of the splits does not affect them. In each 
fragment
there must be those who are good and true disciples of Masters. As far 
as
my knowledge goes, I would say that Masters are working in many ways, and 
through
many organizations as well as with individuals. There are no barriers to 
Their
assistance, except such as personalities impose upon themselves. Their 
work
is universal; let our view be as much in that direction as possible. So 
shall
we best serve and know.
H.
P. Blavatsky was the Messenger from the Great Lodge to the western world. 
William
Q. Judge was a co-founder and co-worker with H. P. B. from the 
beginning.
It is well to remember that H. P. B. and W. Q. J. were not accorded 
the
positions They held through any authority, but through recognition of Their 
knowledge
and power. They were sui generis; all others are but students. Those 
who
belittle Judge will be found belittling H. P. B. An ancient saying has it, 
“Accursed
by karmic action will find himself he, who spits back in the face of 
his
Teacher.” Not an elegant saying, perhaps, to our ideas, but it conveys a 
fact
of most grave import in occultism. “By their fruits ye shall know them.”
To
those who know H. P. B. and W. Q. J., attacks are worthy of consideration 
from
only one point of view—that they turn the attention of many who would 
otherwise
learn the great truths
                                                                                
                         
-------
of
Man and Nature. Theosophists cannot but take the position expressed in the 
words,
“Father, forgive them, for they know not what they do.”
 As ever, R. C.
CONTENTS
THE
SPIRIT IN THE BODY
Letter
Two
You
were right in saying that our relations are as they are by reason of that 
which
has been, undoubtedly, but I would not have you look on me in the light of 
a
spiritual Guru. Think of me as kindly as you will, but do not place me on any 
pedestal;
let me be a pilot who will be most glad to help with any charts and 
guidance.
In reality the Masters are Those to whom we should turn our thoughts 
in
meditation. They are the “bridge,” as W. Q. J. says in one of the “Letters.”
I
do not mean by all this that I think you were placing me in a position where 
none
but the blessed Masters should be placed, but I am saying these things so 
that
you may see that it is not the best thing to rely upon any living person, I 
mean
to the extent of idealizing him; for if such an one should be swept into 
seeming
darkness for a time, its effect would not be good and might dishearten.
I
am glad to know that you are so full of the idea of work for humanity; those 
who
are really “touched” by the inner fire are usually so, and it is a good 
sign.
The desire to be and to do comes out strongly and clears the way for the 
true
and permanent growth with its expansion and retardation—which means growth 
and
solidification—necessary processes as we see two kinds of trees, one of 
which
denudes itself entirely and remains expressionless for a large part of its 
cycle,
and another which slowly and continually renews itself in every part, 
never
ceasing to give expression, and often holding in evidence the old leaf, 
the
new leaf, the blossom and the fruit. Both of these are nature’s processes.
-------
Speaking
of those who have fallen by the wayside, it is quite true that “the 
greater
the height the greater the effort to preserve equilibrium”; but this 
applies
particularly when the height is an intellectual rather than a spiritual 
one,
and where the motive is tinged with a desire for self-advancement 
regardless
of the paramount duty to selves. Very often the ostensible motive is 
not
the real one, and in this we frequently deceive ourselves. Ambition also 
comes
in; the desire for the approbation of our fellows may cloud our vision in 
our
effort to maintain it. There are many temptations, some of which may come 
disguised
as angels of light. Our best safe-guard is an unselfish desire to 
benefit
others, with no anxiety about our own progress, while striving all the 
time
to make ourselves the better able to help and teach others.
There
are two doctrines spoken of in the Wisdom Religion, viz., the doctrine of 
the
Eye (or Head) and the doctrine of the Heart; the doctrine of the Eye is the 
intellectual
one, the doctrine of the Heart is spiritual, where knowledge 
springs
up spontaneously within. It is this latter which you crave, and which I 
can
assure you Theosophy will lead you to. There is no need to grope, nor 
stagger,
nor stray, for the chart that has led many to the goal is in your hands 
in
the philosophy of Theosophy. And let me say here to you: do not be too 
anxious;
abide the time when your own inner demands shall open the doors, for 
those
Great Ones who I know exist see every pure-hearted earnest disciple, and 
are
ready to give a turn to the key of knowledge when the time in the disciple’s 
progress
is ripe.
No
one who strives to tread the path is left unhelped; the Great Ones see his 
“light,”
and he is given what is needed for his better development. That light 
is
not mere poetical imagery, but is actual, and its character denotes one’s 
spiritual
condition; there are no veils on that plane of seeing. The help must 
be
of that nature which leaves perfect freedom of thought and action; otherwise, 
the
lessons would not be learned. Mistakes will occur, perhaps many of them, 
but,
as is said, “twenty failures are not irremediable if followed by as many 
undaunted
struggles up-
-------
ward.”
The help will come for the most part in ordinary ways and from one or 
another
of the companions with whom you were possibly connected in other lives, 
and
whom your soul will recognize.
The
Great White Lodge exists for the service of humanity; They need and welcome 
workers
in the world. Is it strange, then, that the light of souls attracted 
toward
the path of unselfishness should receive Their cognition, and when 
deserved—when
needed such succor as Karma permits? They, Themselves, have 
written,
“Ingratitude is not one of our vices”; and while we may not claim 
gratitude
from Them, yet we may be sure that compassion absolute is there, and 
with
it the understanding of the nature and needs of each aspirant. There may, 
and
there often does come a time when one feels, as you say, like “standing on 
nothing,
in nothing and about to topple over.” The center of consciousness has 
been
changed; old landmarks are slipping away, and sometimes black doubt ensues. 
Doubt
and fear belong only to the— personal consciousness; the real Perceiver, 
the
Higher Ego has neither. The Gita says, “cast aside all doubt and fight on.” 
You
may remember what Judge says in one of the “Letters,” likening such 
condition
to the case of one on a strange path and suddenly surrounded by a fog; 
the
way is obscured, danger may lie in any direction; the thing to do is to 
stand
still and wait, for it is only a fog—and fogs always lift. And never for 
one
moment think that you are not going on with your “journey.” It is well for 
us
if we can always have deep down in our heart of hearts the consciousness of 
the
nearness of Masters; by Their very nature They must be near to every true 
aspirant.
May
I add one word to you, as a friend and brother: make clean and clear, first, 
the
mental conceptions and perceptions; the rest will follow naturally; there 
will
be no destruction—the Undesirable will die a natural death.
“Grow
as the flowers grow,” from within outwards.
As
ever, R. C.                                                                
-------
      
CONTENTS
 
THE
SPIRIT IN THE BODY      
Letter
Three     
There
is plenty of material, as well as help, in the devotional books to the 
realization
of the heart doctrine, for they are designed to awaken the Buddhic 
faculty—that
of Intuition, the only means by which light can come to you or 
anyone.
Printed words and the information that they indicate, are only “ladders” 
by
which the learner can climb to Wisdom. Each one has to make his own 
connection
with higher planes and Those who live in higher realms. It has often 
been
said that “when the materials are ready, the Architect will appear.” So our 
work
must be to get the material ready, and that means we have to get rid of the 
purely
personal bias by making Theosophy a living power in our lives. So long as 
we
are working for some reward, are inclined to be despondent or impatient, we 
shall
be placing obstacles in our own way.
Read
The Voice of the Silence and see the keys of the different “portals.” Dana, 
the
key of Charity; consideration for others, no matter what their state. Shila, 
the
key of harmony in word and act; that means among other things, sincerity—not 
to
let acts belie one’s words, or words, one’s acts. Kshanti, patience sweet 
that
naught can ruffle. These three, if practised, will create a fairer and 
clearer
atmosphere. Shila counterbalances the cause and the effect and leaves no 
further
room for karmic action. The same idea is set forth in the Gita where it 
says
that “Freedom comes from a renunciation of self-interest in the results of 
our
actions.”
The
question always is, “How shall we stand the pressure?” Patience and 
fortitude
are necessary under every condition. The ripening of one’s Karma 
presents
the opportunity to gain these qualities, and it is well that we should 
learn
the lesson. The principal effect of Karma is mental and psychical. Family 
Karma
is not our own, and will come about sooner or later. The same with
-------
difficult
financial conditions, or any other hard circumstances: they will come 
to
all. So we should strive for calmness, patience, and fortitude, and also have 
full
confidence that the tide is bound to turn, even at the fifty-ninth minute 
of
the eleventh hour. “If the candidate has faith, patience and confidence, 
verily
he will not have to wait too long.” There is one thing that should be 
remembered
in the midst of all difficulties; it is this— the lesson is learned 
the
necessity ceases.”
We
should know that Karma does not castigate; it simply affords the opportunity 
for
adjustment. No one can precipitate our Karma upon us, nor would anyone wish 
to
do so; so, what ever happens, it is well to remember that it was caused by 
ourselves,
precipitated by ourselves, can be met by ourselves. We must, then, 
assure
ourselves that nothing can possibly overwhelm us. It is better to assume 
a
cheerful attitude to cultivate in one’s self a feeling of confidence, and 
endeavor
to impart it to our nearest. Our anxiety and inner fears, as well as 
our
outward expression of them, may go a great way in depressing those who love 
us
and whom we love.
We
all get in that temporary state of loneliness, but it should be a matter of 
encouragement
to us that we are not alone in reality, for we have company, 
although
we may not be aware of it in our momentary sense of personal isolation. 
There
is a point in our progress which involves the passing from one state of 
thought
and action into another, and knowing this, we should not be dismayed nor 
disturbed
by anything that may come to pass. It may seem to you that you are now 
useless,
and your future circumstances dark and foreboding. These are only 
shadows
of the past cast on the screen of the present; like shadows they will 
pass,
if you but recognize them for what they are.
Are
you thinking too much of yourself, your present conditions and your 
prospects?
This is not a firm reliance on the Law of your own being which brings 
to
you the very opportunities that your soul progress needs. What if the future 
presents
no clear view; what if your desires are not fulfilled; what if your 
progress
is not at all apparent—why worry about it? You
-------
cannot
change it. All you can do is the best you can under existing 
circumstances,
and that is the very thing you should do, dismissing from your 
mind
all thought of those things which are not as you would have them.
Your
studies and your efforts are futile if you are disturbed inwardly. The 
first
thing then is to get calmness, and that can be reached by taking the firm 
position
that nothing can really injure you, and that you are brave enough and 
strong
enough to endure anything; also that all is a necessary part of your 
training.
Mr. Judge once said, “It may be a child’s school, but it takes a man 
to
go through it.” Then why not make up your mind to go through it, no matter 
what
the circumstance or condition? Others have; you can. Are you of weaker 
caliber
than they?
The
whole position of the sincere student is summed up in the words: “Hold on 
grimly;
have confidence and faith; for faith in the Master will surely bring 
victory.”
We must “have patience, as one who doth forevermore endure”—and forget 
ourselves
in working for others.
As
ever, R. C.
CONTENTS
THE
SPIRIT IN THE BODY 
Letter
Four     
The
coming together of the few will bring on a closer tie and bring out a 
stronger
devotion. No doubt there will be some reactions, but even so, they will 
pass,
and all be bettered if all hold firm. Changes will go on. Do not be 
surprised
if the soul gets into a place or condition where it appears to be 
motionless—inert;
it will get used to the new conditions and go on from there. 
Let
our motto be: we are going on with the work.
And
look out for criticisms and suspicions of one another; there will be ample 
occasion
for their exercise, or seem to be. Then we have to recognize that each 
sincere
student is trying, and that each has his own way by which he comes. Our 
way
is essentially our way, and his is his, and equally right and important. We 
need
only Loyalty—loyalty to the work, loyalty to our con-
-------
victions,
loyalty to each other in full faith and confidence that each is a part 
of
the other and of all. So shall we be united in one thought, one will, one 
feeling.
This
does not mean indiscriminate acceptance of everything and everyone. The 
attitude
of “namby-pambyism” is but a pseudo-tolerance. Carried to its 
legitimate
conclusion, this false idea of brotherhood” would signify that sin, 
sorrow,
suffering, error, all religions and all philosophies are all right; that 
every
body is doing the best he can, and the best he knows how to do, and cannot 
do
any different, and that all are steps of learning.
Humanity
sins, sorrows, suffers and dies a thousand deaths; because of what? 
Just
IGNORANCE. Theosophy is TRUTH and as such can have no alliance with any 
form
of error and remain Truth. If partial philosophies could save the world 
there
would be no need for the sacrifices of the Masters.
For
those who never knew Theosophy, or whose minds are so crooked in action that 
they
cannot receive it, there should be pity and compassion. But pity and 
consideration
for their false positions cannot call for a surrender of our 
discrimination—for
a surrender of what we know, and of what it is our purpose to 
live
and to know.
I
am no believer in diluted Theosophy. The Masters did not dilute it. We either 
carry
on Their work or we do not; there is no need for hypocrisy nor 
self-deception.
Others in the world, not able to perceive the Oneness of 
Theosophy,
nor its bearing at the present time, may and do use portions of 
it—some
of them, it is to be feared, to their own condemnation and the further 
bewilderment
of mankind. Are they right, or to be praised or “tolerated”? Is it 
not
the bounden duty of those who know, to hold aloft the White Standard of 
Truth?
It must be so, else how could an enquiring one perceive it? Theosophy has 
to
be held aloft in such a way as to confront errors of every kind, with their 
handmaidens
of cant and hypocrisy.
As
ever, R. C.
-------
CONTENTS
THE
SPIRIT IN THE BODY
Letter
Five      
Of
the path of true Occultism it is said, “ The first step is sacrifice.” This 
means
sacrifice from the worldly point of view— the point from which we start. 
That
we cheerfully unburden ourselves of undesirable things shows the workings 
of
the true self. Have no fear of the 
often
think of the passage, “All things work together for good for him who loves 
the
Lord.” You will have a larger appreciation of this saying than is common.
You
speak of a surer sense of truth than any manner of reasoning. This: is the 
action
of Buddhi—direct cognition—the goal to which all right philosophy and 
life
leads. In our sincere efforts we at times may have flashes from that seat 
of
consciousness. The great result would be to have the continuous co-operation 
of
Manas and Buddhi—higher mind and spiritual knowledge; to work as the god-man, 
perfect
in all his parts, instead of the present sectional operation which 
obtains.
You
may remember that in The Voice of the Silence there are two doctrines 
mentioned.
The Doctrine of the Eye is that of the brain consciousness, composed 
largely
of external impressions. The Doctrine of the Heart is of the spiritual 
consciousness
of the Ego— not perceived by the brain consciousness until right 
thought,
and right action which sooner or later follows it, attune certain 
centers
in the brain in accord with the spiritual vibration. It might be well to 
read
The Voice over and meditate on its sayings. You have had much of the 
intellectual
side; there should be as much of the devotional; for what is 
desirable
is the awakening of the spiritual consciousness, the 
intuition—Buddhi—and
this cannot be done unless the thoughts are turned that way 
with
power and purpose. You may, if you will, set apart a certain half-hour, 
just
before retiring and after arising—as soon as possible after—and before 
eating.
Concentrate the mind upon the Masters as ideals and
-------
facts—living,
active, beneficent Beings working in and on the plane of causes. 
Meditate
upon this exclusively, and try to reach up to Them in thought. If you 
find
the mind has strayed, bring it back again to the subject of meditation. The 
mind
will stray more or less, at first, and perhaps for a long time to come, but 
do
not be discouraged at the apparent results if unsatisfactory to your mind. 
The
real results may not at once be apparent, but the work is not lost, even 
though
not seen. It is more than likely that the work in this direction will be 
perceived
by others rather than yourselves. Never mind the past, for you are at 
the
entrance of a new world to you as persons. You have set your feet on the 
path
that leads to real knowledge.
Do
not try to open up conscious communication with beings on other planes. It is 
not
the time and danger lies that way, because of the power of creating one’s 
own
images, and because of the power and disposition of the dark forces to 
simulate
beings of Light, and render futile your efforts to reach the goal. When 
the
materials are ready the Architect will appear, but seek him not; seek only 
to
be ready. Do the best you can from day to day, fearing nothing, doubting 
nothing,
putting your whole trust in the Great Law, and all will be well. With 
the
right attitude knowledge will come.
I
am sorry that so much disagreeableness assails at the beginning. I can very 
well
understand it all: heat, dust, grind, in contrast with what you have left. 
It
requires courage and endurance, and these are desirable qualities, just such 
as
a Kshatriya should have, which, however, does not lessen the sense of 
distinction—
not all at once. But as we all desire such a fight as will best 
prepare
us, we can afford to smile inwardly while we contemplate the efforts of 
nature
to subdue our resolves. We all have our battles, and if we are in the 
army,
we may be sure the Self supplies just such trials as the peculiar nature 
needs.
I think that things will look somewhat better after a while—they always 
do.
It is the personality that does not like discomfort, and the same chap gets 
used
to things after a while. So whatever may be the outcome in the future, it 
is
wise to fight it out on the same lines
-------
as
if you had made it your life work. The battle won, the necessity will cease, 
because
from the Self no Waste of effort can be. It is easy to advise and more 
difficult
to perform, but performance is what is called for. All these things 
must
necessarily be tests, training—at least, I think that such is the way to 
look
at it.
The
analogy of the Secret Doctrine shows that every change is preceded by a 
rapid
rehearsal of previous processes in evolution It seems to me that we might 
use
this in our own mental processes and possibly might be able to figure out 
our
position in the cycle. We might be able to let the mind only sweep over the 
preliminaries,
and step in when the proper point is reached, using the upward 
rush
as motive power. We should be rushing upward from new levels all the time. 
“Is
it not so that mountains are climbed?” Once in a while we catch glimpses of 
the
place we started from, as we are going up elevations; though descending 
again,
the average rise is apparent. So, expecting these things, we take 
advantage
of every opportunity to increase the ascent and avoid precipices—for 
it
is said that mountainous regions abound in such things.
Also
remember that there are many unexpended remnants of past Karma—“mental 
deposits,”
Patanjali calls them—that you have called for, in order to balance up 
your
account. They have come and will come. Be careful not to incur new 
indebtedness,
and thus delay the final settlement. You know the difficulties and 
should
fortify yourself to pass over them. No one can do this for you, as you 
well
know.
It
is well to feel, also, that in your apparent isolation, you are not alone. 
This
“feeling” should help you and I think it does. Keep it up.
As
ever, R. C.
-------
CONTENTS
THE
SPIRIT IN THE BODY
Letter
Six     
The
spirit shown in your letters makes me glad for all of us. Well, you have 
made
a beginning, and in the right way, as it appears to me. While your audience 
was
small, that part you are not responsible for. Such things are judged by the 
effort
made and not by the apparent results; the latter belong to the Law and 
will
be felt in time, as surely as effects follow causes. We should remember 
that
it is harder to make a beginning in a large city than in a small one; it 
takes
harder and longer “shouting” to reach those scattered in a big population, 
but
the results should be much greater in time. Also—no matter who come—it is 
certain
that each one will talk to others who never come, and will get what ever 
impression
is made on the attendant. It is said that each person who hears will 
in
time repeat something to one thousand others. This statement may be 
arbitrary,
but the number is doubtless large that can be touched in this way; 
so,
the radius is not to be reckoned entirely by numbers present, even on this 
plane
of action. This by way of encouragement—not that you need it— but that it 
is
well to bear in mind the wider range of action of all such work, and that we 
are
not alone. An iconoclast of any well-recognized system can obtain crowded 
houses;
but a “builder” gets the few—a commentary on the human mind as at 
present
constituted. It also reminds me of Mr. Judge’s saying, “Theosophy is for 
those
who want it and for none others.”
One
phrase in your pamphlet, “The Search For the Ultimate,” should give a 
key-note
and encouragement. I quote from memory: “There are those who may not 
have
outwardly renounced, but they have inwardly relinquished, and would gladly 
welcome
the time when the non-essentials are swept away that the essentials may 
obtain.”
The fact that they have that attitude which would welcome the sweeping 
away
of the non-essentials shows the inner relinquishment.
-------
Sometimes
it happens that a student passes through a “portal” without knowing 
that
he is doing so, or has done so, until he finds himself “on the other side.” 
He
knows then that other and greater portals await him, and he passes them in 
like
manner, growing—growing—growing—with no thought of anything but service to 
the
best and highest he knows.
I
am glad the “bad week” has gone into the limbo of such things, for it makes 
another
opening, and a rising cycle is a good time to make further effort. Such 
experiences
come to all “humans”; they also go, as we know, and in this we are 
more
fortunate than the world at large. It is the knowledge of the transitory 
nature
of all experiences, while experiencing, that enables us to remain 
separate
from them. “I establish this whole universe with a single portion of 
myself
and remain separate.” The macrocosmic truth must also be the true 
position
to be attained by the microcosm in his realm of creation.
Sometimes,
as you say, one gets into the way of doing things perfunctorily; this 
has
been found to result from the mind being on other things—things other than 
the
work in hand. The remedy, of course, lies in the re-directing of the mind 
and
concentrating on that which is done. Our daily lives give us the best 
opportunities
for the practice of concentration, and for increase of knowledge 
by
making Theosophy a living power in our lives.
You
speak of control. Control is the power of direction, and when exercised in 
one
way, leads to its exercise in other ways until it covers the whole field of 
operation.
A way to control speech is to think of the probable effect of what 
one
is about to say. This insures deliberation, and the speech carries with it 
the
force of the intention. The deliberation takes no appreciable time in 
practice—a
thought towards it, a glance at effects; it is really an attitude of 
purposive
speech wherein all the processes are practically simultaneous. If in 
any
one thing control is difficult, begin with the purpose of control in mind, 
and
stop at the first indication that control is being lost. Everything should 
be
made subservient to the idea of control, if that is the purpose.
-------
“The
great renunciation is made up of little self-denials.” Who, indeed can deny 
the
master admission to his house; and who can enter the house of the strong man 
and
spoil his goods unless the strong man be first bound hand and foot; and 
again,
who can bind him but his lawful vassals who dwell in his house; and who 
can
restrain these but the master of the house?
To
be master, we must have control, in all things pertaining to our kingdom or 
house;
if we are swayed by impatience, by irritation at the words and acts of 
others,
by impulse, habit of mind or body, “we” are not in control. We 
frequently
are thus swayed, while knowing better, which indicates that we have 
not
gone to work in earnest to obtain control, or perhaps in the wrong way. 
Applying
analogy, it would seem that the latter consists in the modern method of 
proceeding
from particulars to universals, and that the process should be 
reversed.
We would then begin with the idea, attitude, and purpose of control in 
all
things that concern the vassals of our house. The advance would then be all 
along
the line, and the habit of control established, the balance preserved. It 
sums
itself up in my mind as the establishment of control itself, irrespective 
of
the things controlled. The “attack in detail” is the other way, but seems to 
me
to have the disadvantage of being open to disturbance from the rest of the 
“details”
while assaulting any one point. General Control might lose his title, 
and
even his name in the mêlée. Each “warrior,” however, having in view the 
forces
and disposition of the enemy, must make his own fight in the way that 
seems
to him best.
As
ever, R. C.
CONTENTS
THE
SPIRIT IN THE BODY
Letter
Seven
We
have to stand all tests alike—praise as well as blame. Oft-times praise is 
the
hardest to stand, because it is so easily applied to the “personal idea,” 
while
blame is easier cast aside. And the difficulty is not abated by the fact 
that
what is said is true, in case of praise. should not be elated by praise or 
success,
nor cast down by blame or failure, because either of these is an
-------
application
of the “personal idea”—an identification of oneself with the event.
Success
in doing thus is not to be had at once; it comes, first, by recognition 
of
the right attitude, and then by repeated applications of the “right attitude” 
towards
every event. As your letter shows that you know the attitude and that 
you
make the applications, the rest must be simply a matter of time, and no 
cause
for anything but “going on.”
You
say things are not done with “supreme faith.” Perhaps not; yet “faith” is 
there
and ever tends “supreme-wards.” Our ideal is always higher than our 
attainment;
otherwise, there would be no progress. To have attained one’s ideal 
is
to have ceased progress, however high that ideal may be. This must be true 
for
all beings in a universe of infinite possibilities. It is an expansion of 
the
ideal all the time. Your own ideal has changed, although you may not have 
perceived
it. Being in the same direction, the change is not noticed. Relying on 
the
Supreme no effort is wasted, because all “creative thought” is in the right 
direction.
One does not desire to preserve the “undesirable,” but the 
“desirable.”
The maintenance of the desirable thought, and the cessation of the 
undesirable
are to be aimed at.
Then
again, it is well to remember that our rea1 is registered in the “inner 
man”;
that every effort to subordinate the lower to the higher, is, to that 
extent,
an endeavor “to live the life,” thus creating and fastening the “silver 
strings”
that take the place of the “catgut.”
All
this is going on. Why? Because of out attainments, our goodness, our 
impeccability?
Surely not. It must be “the Service of Man” with all that the 
term
implies in Theosophy. In this age especially, it spells sacrifice from the 
first
step, which is, as H. P. B. has said, the best means to lead our neighbor 
on
the right path, and cause as many of our fellows as we possibly can to 
benefit
by it. This constitutes the true Theosophist. “The first test of true 
apprenticeship
is devotion to the interests of another.” Theosophy was given for 
“the
healing of nations” and must be put out in such form as to make it of 
practical
use in daily life.
-------
"About
W. Q. J.": William Q. Judge, as you know, was a great being; but many, 
while
they admired him as a man, never had his greatness revealed to them. The 
few
who had this good fortune have many times felt like Arjuna in the eleventh 
chapter
of The Bhagavad-Gita—the writer among them—who, while he tries to 
express
him, never forgets that he is but a pupil of a beloved, revered and 
great
Teacher. Following in his steps as best he can, he endeavors to lead 
others
along the path he knows, that they in turn may realize and profit by the 
inestimable
privilege, and become teachers in their turn to others, all links in 
the
great chain of “saviours of men.” So, the “oneness” exists as far as it may 
be
expressed, all along the line, each for all, and all for 
each—non-separateness.
W.
Q. J. knew the path that all would have to tread, and balm, advice, warning 
and
encouragement will be found in his writings at every turn and for every 
circumstance
of life. The closer one gets into the current that flows from 
Him—”the
greatest of the exiles”—the more readily will those things which harass 
and
distress fall away and become as nothing. That you have done so—that is, got 
into
the current—is the best Karma for you. The work has been for you your “rod 
and
staff,” and a blessing to many who would never otherwise have had that help. 
The
more of that and similar work for others unknown who are waiting for it, the 
less
room there will be for thought or feeling of any thing that does not aid 
that
work in some way. This is a desirable form of “one-pointedness.”
We
consider the writings of W. Q. J. to be particularly designed for the needs 
of
the Western people. We know their value. We also know that neither the world 
in
general nor theosophists in general, are aware of their existence, and it is 
our
desire and purpose that they shall know, as far as our power and opportunity 
permit.
So, we just stick to our purpose, not because it is ours, but because to 
us
it is the highest good and the very best thing we can do. They also may come 
to
see what we see.
As
ever, R. C.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
CONTENTS
THE
SPIRIT IN THE BODY
Letter
Eight 
I
am sure that much that you will meet at will be in the nature of jolts. That 
is
why you went there, in reality. These things are not “happenstances”; they 
are
real steps by which the necessary trials may come, and “you, yourself 
desired
it.” There is joy in that thought, because whatever you do now is part 
of
your schooling, and the knowledge of that as a vital necessity and as 
desired,
keeps the real man serene under it all; he is happy because things are 
now
moving—there’s something doing, as the phrase goes; so if you watch 
carefully,
you will note the insidious manner in which the personality is led to 
this,
that and the other lunch-counter.”
Get
the point of view of the One who is doing the leading and hold to it. You 
will
remember a phrase of the Lord’s prayer—truly an occult one—“Lead us not 
into
temptation, but deliver us from evil, for Thine is the power and the 
glory”;
only read it, “permit us not to fall, in temptation.” Even Jesus Christ 
was
tempted, and he fell not, through the power of the “Father” within. This is 
the
real “try-out,” and if in being tried, you can pass on a word in season, it 
is
better for those who listen and better for you; only, do not cast your pearls 
before
those who having ears to hear, neither hear nor understand. Let your 
words
and acts bespeak the power and knowledge that is really yours. Then will 
you
be a radiating center of light, unconsciously doing good wherever you go and 
whatever
you do.
In
the way of meditation, DON’T GET PASSIVE; danger lies that way. Be active in 
all
things. The giddiness will pass away in time; the change with all its 
disturbances,
mental, and other wise, has doubtless acted upon the 
nerve-currents
and circulatory system. The way to overcome disturbance, of 
course,
is by mental and physical calmness; this should be maintained. Medical 
assistance
should be used for the body at times, because the"men-
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
tal
attitude” brings about changes in the body—for the most part gradually—but 
which
sometimes needs material aid in be coming co-ordinated; so do not despise 
medical
aid should any need arise. Mr. Judge sought such aid when necessary, 
leaving
to the physician the care of maladjustment.
What
you say about cycles is all right, I think. Reincarnation is most certainly 
one
of the workings of cyclic law, and beings are in opposition or in 
conjunction
as the cycle determines tendency, or rather, fosters and permits 
relations
of one or another kind.
Cycles
govern all the time and everywhere. Hence the Theosophical Movement of 
this
time and those things which follow it; the coming in touch of this, that, 
or
the other individuals— singly or in pairs—with it. Some hear and pass on; 
some
remain. There is always freedom of choice, the choice in such case being 
not
merely one determination, but made up of many moments of choice in past 
lives—a
conjunction which some are wise enough to perceive and, forsaking all 
others,
“cleave unto,” while swinging around the cycle of existences. Yet even 
this
wisdom was acquired—comes from experience; there should be confidence in us 
in
view of that fact.
We
have chosen before, but did not “cleave”; yet the Great Law brings back again 
to
us that which we once have chosen. That Great Law is the law of cycles, the 
process
of karmic action.
“We
meet our karma in our daily duties,” is a good saying to bear in mind, and 
in
the performance of those duties come our tests. We should therefore do what 
we
have to do, simply as duties, regardless of whether that performance brings 
us
praise or blame. All the energy would, then, be expended in the performance 
of
duties, and there would be nothing left for the personal idea to subsist 
upon.
I
fully appreciate your generous and good-intentioned purpose, which is to make 
one
who has learned something better able to help and teach others; and if among 
others
you are in-
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
cluded,
that is your karma, as it is also my good karma to receive help at your 
hands.
Well,
here is good luck to you in your try for “business.” Do not distrust 
yourself;
have confidence in the powers which you embody; seek only to do your 
duty;
holding to that end, all necessary power will be available.
Be
steadfast, calm and fearless, as becomes one who doth forevermore endure.
As
ever, R. C.
 CONTENTS
 THE SPIRIT IN THE BODY
Letter
Nine        
It
is a matter of much gladness that the “bottle imp” of things has been 
discovered
in your mind, or rather, mental machinery. I know how it sticks and 
hides
and continually throws up clouds of material ideas blinding the one sight. 
No
one can clear an other’s sight. Words, oceans of them, in themselves 
containing
the right ideas will not convey these ideas without a gradual leading 
on
and a determined effort to comprehend. On the one hand, it is so simple that 
it
is passed over in favor of a difficulty; on the other, our mode of thinking 
is
based on separateness. The very power of the cultivated intellect, by its 
ability
to discriminate between the shades of differences, is led into a maze of 
diversity,
forgetting that “The One sees All”; that the explanation of 
innumerable
effects is not the Cause itself, which both produces, sees and 
reproduces.
“Oh, where is the sea, the fishes cried, as they swam the brimming 
tide.”
We
try to free ourselves from something. Is not this the attitude of 
separateness?
W. Q. J. speaks of “The great illusion produced by nature in 
causing
‘us’ to see objects as different from Spirit.” And in the Gita—”As a 
single
sun illuminateth the whole world, even so doth the one Spirit illumine 
every
body.” If this means anything, it means that in everybody there is the 
One.
Spirit, the Perceiver, the Knower, the Experiencer; it spells unity 
throughout.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
Nor
is it easy to get a true conception, because we are eternally using terms of 
separateness
and resting in such conceptions as arise from them; yet, these are 
steps
by means of which we rise to greater heights of perception. “Realization 
comes
from dwelling upon the thing to be realized.” Degrees of realization are 
degrees
of attainment; are we not then slowly but surely getting out of the fogs 
into
the clear air?
“Abandoning
Hope” reads to me the same as ceasing to look for results for self 
and
“shunning pain not yet come.” If we could just take conditions as they come 
and
make the best other “bests” would follow, and all worry, fear, doubt and 
anxiety
would depart. The Law works just and true. “What has been, is and shall 
be.”
We have power over nothing but the is”. 
It is by working with present 
conditions
that the nature of the future is changed, and in no other way. This 
is
reliance upon the Law and a working under it. The various conditions that 
confront
us are opportunities and means afforded us to increase our 
discrimination,
strength and knowledge. Having created these conditions, and 
seeing
what is undesirable in them, we go to work to change our direction of 
creative
thought and our relation to the undesirable. The old adage, “Necessity 
is
the mother of invention,” points to the process of growth; we do not “invent” 
until
we see the necessity. In the great economy of Law and Nature, each being 
just
exactly where he needs to be to eradicate defects; all necessary conditions 
are
present for his growth. The only question lies with him: will he take them 
as
“pain” or as opportunities? If the latter, all is well; he is bound to 
conquer
whether the way be long or short The purpose of life is to learn, and it 
is
all made up of learning.” Even those who repeat errors life after life are in 
process
of learning, for evolution makes for righteousness, being an unfoldment 
from
within.
It
is “we” ourselves who are creating the phantasmagoria before our eyes and 
struggling
over the solution of its disturbing effects, instead of creating for 
ourselves
a world of effects more in keeping with our real nature—a world in 
which
we can live,
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
undisturbed
by the effects that disturb others, except as we are solicitous for 
their
welfare.
“We”
are the Self. But, as we stand ordinarily in physical consciousness, “we” 
are
converted more or less into physical consciousness; in other words, “we” are 
what
we think or perceive, continually identifying ourselves with perceptions 
and
sense. “Sense” is always nothing else than a channel for desire to flow 
through
to torment ourselves and others. “There is nothing but the Self.”
As
every law is spiritual, so all forms and things, forces, and aspects must 
also
be spiritual. All error springs from an effort to turn to small purposes 
the
diversified streams of spiritual force. If as individuals we could take the 
position
of Kamaduk, the cow of plenty, and with universal beneficence use our 
powers
without thought of self, life would be another story.
“To
establish a new religion,” says the enclosed clipping. Humanity has always 
done
that with the clear light of Truth. Always have they created idols and 
bowed
down and worshipped them. What kind of verity is that which substitutes 
one
kind of idol for another? Theosophy is not a religion, and no religion what 
ever
can be Theosophy, although all forms of religion exist because of Theosophy 
and
contain expressions of it.
It
is only too true that “religionists of one sort easily become religionists of 
another
sort.” The fact shows that Americans do not think; they just 
“cerebrate.”
All this was portrayed again and again by W. Q. J. as the result of 
the
advent of the Swamis and others to this country—and warned against. Yet we 
have
self-elected teachers saying that Christianity is Theosophy, and Buddhism 
is
Theosophy, in a sort of namby-pamby catholicism. They are to blame for much 
of
the confusion. If so-called Theosophists 
remained true to the Message and 
the
lines laid down and followed by Them, there would not have been room for two 
opinions
in the matter.
We
base our devotion and our efforts upon the nature of Those who gave the 
Message,
and accept as safe, good, true and what is necessary, the lines that 
are
to be found laid down in
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
their
writings. Those who think that way, will work that way. There  is a solid 
basis
for united effort in this position; any other position can but lead to 
differences,
to assumptions, to authorities. It  is
Unity that the Movement 
needs,
among all who are attracted by the Message; that which will best bring it 
about
is the true way, no matter what anyone says. Neither Jesus nor H. P. B. 
lived
and died that a book or books should be swallowed wholesale, nor even that 
men
should become disciples but that all men should become brothers. We have to 
hold
to that which eliminates Differences, not pander to any form of religion 
near
or far.
H.
P. B. once used this phrase, as I recall it, “ a Theosophist who understands 
Theosophy
in his own bigoted sectarian way.” I was wondering if our 
organizational
friends might not call us that kind, in view of the fact that we 
question
their methods and practice? We do not question any methods whatever 
used
for the promulgation of Theosophy, but only those that tend to obscure it. 
We
also point out the untheosophical nature of exclusive claims for persons or 
organizations.
This charge will doubtless be made sometime against us by 
someone.
We have a sound and effective reply. We are in sympathy with every 
movement
made to promulgate the message of Theosophy, as such, and with every 
endeavor
to apply that philosophy. While it is true that the principles of 
Theosophy
are just as good and effective under any other name, yet the name is 
an
indication of the source and true embodiment of those principles, and cannot 
be
obscured or changed without some person or system of thought in the way of 
the
seeker after truth. What can be the motives for this? Many, perhaps. Usually 
some
person desires to be the exponent par excellence, knowing well that he will 
find
those who will accede to his claims.
Some
organizations claim to be the spiritual organ of Theosophy. These embody 
separateness,
cannot make for unity, and are foreign to the spirit and genius of 
Theosophy.
Theosophy is a Message, which should be made accessible to all 
without
intermediaries or would-be interpreters; which should be presented as
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
delivered,
and its existence as an all-inclusive philosophy continually he1d 
forth.
Societies which do not do this should assume a name which would be 
indicative
of their particular effort, in the interest of justice to Theosophy 
and
to those who seek to know it. What do we object to? Titles which present 
interpretations
as the Thing itself, and which by the fact are misleading. No 
one
objects to the use of Theosophical principles as admixtures in any system of 
thought
whatever; it will not hurt them; it may break them; but such use, while 
it
might be courtesy to call it Theosophical, is not teaching what Theosophy is.
Evidently,
“The world is not ready for Theosophy, per se”; at least, one would 
judge
so from what is being done, since those who claim to be its exponents are 
offering
something else suited to the “trade.” But do these exponents give the 
world
a chance? They are hiding the light under a bushel; they are giving stone 
for
bread; and the blind world does not know the difference. We do, however, and 
will
keep the link unbroken.
As
ever, R. C.
CONTENTS
THE
SPIRIT IN THE BODY
Letter
Ten
The
coming together of Theosophists of differing degrees and qualities—yes, of 
training—is
bound to stir up latent personalities, preconceptions and 
prejudices.
The mental and psychic atmosphere engendered by their co-operation 
must
work inwards as well as outwards, and still further must arouse evil 
forces,
for it is a known occult law that every advance made along the path that 
leads
to selflessness arouses the forces that are opposed to that consummation, 
and
this is true individually and collectively. In this immense work which we 
have
undertaken, trials of various kinds have to be encountered, and the ones by 
whom
we are tried are those of our own household. There are lessons in every 
event,
even the smallest. We have to do the best we can and leave the results to 
the
Great Law.
About
the meetings: your idea in regard to them is all right. Go right ahead in 
whatever
way seems to afford the best oppor-
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
tunity;
use your best judgment and do not be disappointed at anything in the way 
of
results that may turn up; just keep on looking for ways and means. Act as 
seems
best under any circumstances that may arise. Something will come of it. If 
that
something” is different from what you would have liked or ,planned for, 
never
mind keep on going. Better make no plan other than to get to work along 
the
line of least resistance. One step will bring another
 "C'est le premier pas qui coute.”
As
to Mrs. Besant’s opinion of Leadbeater: It is of value only to those who see 
value
in it, and in any event it is only an opinion. It has been said that he 
who
speaks of seeing and meeting the Master thereby loses touch. My judgment 
would
be that if, as is said, Leadbeater had stood face to face with the Great 
Initiator,’”
it would never have been spoken of by him, and no other would know 
the
fact. Leadbeater sought to be recognized as a great teacher and in order to 
break
into other realms of nature used most abhorrent means—black magic, in 
fact.
One may be sure that anyone claiming Adeptship is not an Adept, and this 
in
the very nature of things. Apply this to Leadbeater and Mrs. Besant, who are 
continually
making public claims in this direction. The question arises: how 
much
is real, how much for effect, how much self-delusion? The imagination is 
the
image- making power and may create a glorified image of oneself. I am sorry 
it
all occurred, for in the public mind Theosophy is connected with it, and many 
strange
things are assumed to be Theosophy.
Perhaps
I should submit to you my opinion that in the interests of those who are 
new
to the subject of Theosophy, and because of the general tendency to follow 
personalities
(particularly living ones), it is not wise to put such in mental 
touch
with writers, who, however good any particular writing of theirs may be, 
have
failed to show a true appreciation of Theosophic principles. I say this at 
the
risk of being misunderstood; it is for you to accept or reject my opinion, 
as
it meets your viewpoint.
The
most painful experiences I have had in my Theosophical life have been the 
witnessing
of the negation of Theosophic prin-
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
ciples
by those professing them and were it not my duty to put you in possession 
of
the facts as I know them—facts representing dangers which lie about us in our 
quest—I
would not have spoken. You asked for the facts; I have to give them as I 
know
them. It should be said that while we condemn the act, we never condemn the 
actor.
The Theosophist must recognize that failures are not irremediable if 
followed
by undaunted struggles upwards, and for professing Theosophists, who to 
our
eyes appear to have strayed from the Path, we know that the time will come 
when
the failure will be recognized, and the struggle back will be hard. Such 
must
necessarily have our pity and sympathy, if we are true to the spirit of the 
Teachings.
Here
and there failures; will be noted, but there is much to encourage. There is 
a
distinct change for the better in public sentiment; religions, sciences and 
governments
are changing little by little. The Great Ones do not repine; neither 
do
they cease working. Let us follow Their example. You may remember that K. H. 
wrote,
“He who does all he knows and the best he can does enough for us”; and 
again,
“Ingratitude is; not one of our vices.”
Now
possibly it may be seen what our Lodge stands for: the three objects as laid 
down
by H. P. B. and Masters, and along the lines laid down by Them; no 
dogmatism,
no personal followings, no “spiritual authority.” Thus each may 
follow
his line of development with such assistance as may be afforded by those 
who
have traveled further on the Path than himself, when such help is requested. 
In
this way, true discrimination is gained and the bane of all spiritual 
movements,
authority, dogmatism, and their corollary—personal 
followings—avoided.
Perhaps
you may have seen how solicitous I have been to get you started 
right—free
from mental encumbrances, using your judgment always to check your 
intuitions,
until in the course of time you come to a direct perception of 
truth;
and why I am so fearful of any abridgment of individual judgment, or 
cessation
of effort to develop individual intuition. I see that you can
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
be
of much help, and to fit you for that, as far as my assistance may avail, 
will
be my duty and pleasure. But always remember that behind the immediate 
helper,
there is the Great Lodge whose aid is given to all who serve—serve Them.
As
ever, R. C.
CONTENTS
THE
SPIRIT IN THE BODY
Letter
Eleven
You
have asked me for comment on the questions sent in by our English brother; 
particularly,
as to “Karma being as merciless as the Bible-God.” But does he 
consider
that Mercy is not opposed to Justice, and that the fullest justice is 
the
same as the fullest mercy? Some take the meaning of Mercy to be a permitted 
escape
from the results of wrong-doing; but this would not be Justice, nor would 
it
be merciful to those injured by the wrong-doing. He should remember the 
definition
of Karma: an undeviating and unerring tendency in the Universe to 
restore
equilibrium, which operates incessantly. Karma is inherent law and its 
operation
must therefore be impersonal. Some might take this to be “merciless,” 
but
that would only be because they desire escape from consequences that are 
unpleasant.
There
are just two ways of looking at the question: either the Universe is 
governed
by Law and under Law, or all is Chaos. Our experience in every 
department
of Nature points to the fact that Law reigns everywhere; nothing is 
done
of any kind or anywhere, except under Law. Our control of the elements, our 
use
of the materials in Nature is possible only because the same thing can 
always
be done when the same conditions are present. Having discovered some of 
the
laws of electricity, for instance, we may direct that fluid or force, and 
use
it for many different purposes.
Now
as Law reigns in the material world, it can be seen to rule in the mental 
and
moral world as well. Karma simply means “action” and its consequent 
“re-action.”
There is no Karma unless there is a being to make it or feel its 
effects;
unpleasant effects predicate causes that send forth unpleasantness in 
the
world,
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
affecting
others, and finding the restoration of equilibrium at the point of 
disturbance.
There can be, then, but one consideration, and that is, Justice. 
Why
should we desire anything but Justice to be done?
The
Bible says, “Whatsoever a man sows, that shall he also reap,” and “Resist 
not
evil and it will flee from you.” What is “evil” but the reaping of effects 
of
wrong done? If we try to avoid the restoration of equilibrium, the evil will 
not
flee from us, but come again. But if we accept all as just and right, then 
the
“evil” flees. We should apply Karma not merely to what we call good and evil 
in
physical life. The earth rolls on in its orbit, carried further and further 
by
the Sun in his greater orbit; it grows old through the cycles; it changes its 
appearance,
and comes under states of matter undreamed of by us. Such is the 
Karma
of the earth. Soon or late, even while revolving in its orbit, our planet 
will
slowly move its poles and carry the cold band of ice to where are now 
summer
scenes—the Karma of the earth and its inhabitants. How, then, shall Karma 
be
restricted in consideration to the details of one life, or judgment passed 
upon
it from that basis? I should say that Karma is Mercy itself, for do I not 
know
that nothing can prevent me nor any other from obtaining what is his by 
law,
exact and unerring?
“It
knows not wrath nor pardon; utter true
Its
measures mete, its faultless balance weighs;
Times
are as naught, tomorrow it will judge,
Or
after many days.
“Such
is the Law that moves to righteousness,
Which
none at last can turn aside or stay;
The
heart of it is Love, the end of it
Is
Peace and Consummation sweet. Obey!”
He
asks if we have changed our “Faith.” Theosophy is not a “Faith,” for “Faiths” 
may
be changed; but, being knowledge which each can make his own, there is no 
question
of change, or fear, or doubt. We know of all the claims of every 
description
that are made by societies and individuals. How is any one to
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
determine
as to their respective values—if any? Just this way: if you are asked 
to
accept anything on the statement of another and the means are not at the same 
time
afforded you to see and know for yourself before acceptation, you will be 
safe
to refuse, for you would in that case have surrendered your own judgment 
and
taken that of another in blind faith.
Now
the statement made to him by the Rev. S., being outside of all known law, 
spiritual,
intellectual, and physical, indicates to me a self-delusion. I would 
not
impute to this Reverend any intention to deceive. Nor is he alone in 
self-delusion
on the same or similar lines. If he has heard, as I have, 
statements
made by different claimants in regard to H. P. B., each one 
contradictory
to the other, he would know that self-delusion reigned in some 
cases
and deliberate fraud and pretense in others. To say that H. P. B. now 
believes
in a personal God, or ever could, is the greatest absurdity that was 
ever
uttered: this very statement is the most conclusive proof of delusion. Now, 
in
default of direct knowledge, what evidence has any man as to H. P. B.? 
Certainly
no more than the evidence contained in her voluminous writings, which 
directly
refute such an assumption, and at the same time point out the laws that 
govern
life, being, and consciousness on all planes, so that all men may be free 
from
the “lo here!” and “lo there!” claims of would-be prophets.
For
any to declare that they have private directions to do as they are doing, 
regardless
of what were the lines laid down by the Teachers, would be no better 
nor
more elucidating than is the declaration of the Besant people that the Lodge 
did
not know enough to foresee, and had changed Its plan and purpose. Both these 
declarations
vitiate all that has been said and done, as well as making it 
appear
that the Lodge does not work according to Law and Cycles in public 
effort.
For interim efforts of Their followers and disciples, all ways are open, 
and
in these, conditions must be availed of as they arise; the eternal verities 
can
be used in whole or in part according to the minds reached. All this is to 
be
expected from the variety of mental conditions in the world;
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
yet
this variety is not from strength and understanding, so much as from 
weakness
and inability.
Those
who are able to perceive, to understand, and to use what They gave have no 
reason
to deviate or dilute anything to suit contemporary forms: or ideas, nor 
to
bolster up a decadence that pollutes the mental atmosphere of men. The sooner 
Christianity
is discredited as a religion, the better for Universal Brotherhood. 
As
it is, orthodox Christianity stands in the way, as do all other forms 
constructed
around a basis of Truth. It is well enough and all that can be done, 
for
the majority of minds, to rebuild and change step by step; there are 
thousands
who will work that way to one who will be able to understand what is 
needed,
and the very goal toward which all the rest tend; but that one has all 
the
more need to keep that goal ever in sight and mind, never allowing any fogs 
or
clouds to obscure it. If this is not done, all direction is lost. It has not 
been
done by those who should have done it; hence, the very loss of direction 
seen
in the world today, and the various cults and systems to which the majority 
of
people are attracted. They asked for bread and have been given a stone. Shall 
any
true Theosophist deem it his duty, then, to persuade these hungry ones that 
there
is valuable nutriment in the stone? Yet, it seems to me, this is just what 
such
would-be Theosophical efforts are doing. Our duty is clear. We will “feed 
the
hungry” with nourishing food, and in so doing follow Law, precept and 
precedent—thus
reverencing our great and illustrious Predecessors and continuing 
the
work They so well began and left in our care.
As
ever, R. C.
CONTENTS
THE
SPIRIT IN THE BODY
Letter
Twelve
The
statement made to you by an “Old Theosophist” that “The Theosophical Society 
(meaning
Mrs. Besant’s society, in the opinion of this “old Theosophist”) and 
Masonry
are the two channels in which the Masters are working in this century— 
hence
‘Co-Masonry,’ ” calls for some comments.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
The
natural question is, “Who says so, and why does he say it?” This brings the 
one
making the statement, and anyone who may consider it, right back to a 
consideration
of what it is upon which he is relying. is there anything in the 
records
left by the Messengers of the Masters that would give a clear indication 
that
the fact is as stated by “old Theosophist”? If not, then reliance is placed 
upon
the say-so of some person—in this case, Mrs. Besant—and is based upon 
belief
only, not knowledge, and can only be classed as an opinion. There are 
many
opinions and they differ from each other widely. Mrs. Besant’s declarations 
of
“knowledge” and opinions are often self-contradictory, as shown by her 
published
writings. In any case they either do or do not agree with the 
principles
of Theosophy, and the recorded statements of the Messengers. If there 
were
no well-defined principles and applications left by the Messengers to guide 
those
who would follow the Path They showed, then we are all certainly in the 
dark
without a landmark visible, and have to flounder about in the sea of 
opinions,
clutching at whatever promises support.
But
if it is true that H. P. B. was the Direct Agent of the Lodge—and this is 
explicitly
stated to be the fact by the Master K. H., however Col. Olcott, Mrs. 
Besant
or others, may twist and interpret H. P. B. and Her teachings—then we 
must
go to the records left by Her and Her Colleague, W. Q. Judge, for direction 
in
all matters pertaining to the Theosophical Movement, regardless of the 
“opinions”
of “old Theosophist” or any other student. For to do otherwise would 
be
equivalent to saying that those Great Beings, the real Founders of the 
Movement,
had left no guidance for the generations to come, and that humanity 
was
left the prey to any and all claimants that might arise.
But
it is not true that humanity has been left a prey to mistaken or designing 
persons;
the records left by the Messengers are a sure, consistent guide, and if 
they
are well studied and applied, will show a straight, even and self-evident 
Path.
It is lack of study that leaves so many in ignorance, and ready to pursue 
every
will—o’-the-wisp they see. You will also find that those who
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
rely
upon such statements and opinions are the most dogmatic and certain in 
their
assurance. Those who point to facts and records, with basic principles to 
rely
on, are not troubled by all these “opinions,” by whomsoever expressed.
There
is another thing that sincere students of H. P. B. have to bear in mind, 
even
if they do not speak much about it. It has been stated by both H. P. B. and 
W.
Q. J., and also by the Master K. H. in his letters to Mr. Sinnett, that every 
effort
by the White Lodge opens a door to the Black Magicians—those whose very 
existence
depends upon keeping humanity where it is, in a state of ignorance, 
bewilderment,
and running after false gods and those who cry lo here, and lo 
there.
In this statement we ought to see why the White Lodge dare not give out 
more
than humanity can put to use.
Every
effort has been and is being made by the Dark side to impair and deflect 
the
efforts of the White Lodge. And where else can the Dark Forces work so 
effectively
as on and through the personal weaknesses of Theosophists, 
especially
on all those who become in any way prominent—individuals who in their 
turn
affect many. All the many crises in the old Theosophical Society, all the 
attacks
on H. P. B. and W. Q. J., showed a virulence that could not have arisen 
from
mere personal opinion or interest.
Time
and again have warnings been given, but few have heeded them; or, if heeded 
at
all, the facts stated have been used against any opposed, without making sure 
that
those who so used them were themselves right.
The
defection of Mrs. Besant from loyalty to the Path shown, and to H. P. B. and 
W.
Q. J., was due to such Dark side efforts. In her last message to students, H. 
P.
B. said, “Never is the danger greater than when ambition, and a desire to 
lead,
dresses itself up in the peacock feathers of altruism.” She knew; and in 
that
last Message are many prophecies, some of which have already been 
fulfilled.
She said that the Brahmins are the Jesuits of India. Mrs. Besant fell 
under
the influence of Brahmins and the Brahmanical lines, and their influence 
can
be clearly seen in her evolution and in all the developments in her society. 
The
Dark Ones could not
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
destroy
or pervert all the efforts of the White Lodge, but they could, did, and 
do
minimize and corrupt them. In a consideration of all this may be found the 
explanation
of many things that might otherwise be a puzzle. All those who do 
not
follow the lines laid down by the Messengers are certain to be misled. Yet 
the
way is clear; the pity of it is that otherwise sincere and devoted persons 
will
not heed the warnings given; will not study, think, and apply what was 
recorded
for them and their guidance.
There
has never been anything said that I know of by either of the two 
Messengers
about Co-masonry.
W.
Q. J. is the only one who has spoken specifically in regard to Masonry as “a 
great
and important part of the Theosophical Movement.” And the context of his 
article,
“The Theosophical Movement,” as well as the circumstances of its 
publication,
will give a true idea as to the part Masonry has played in the past 
in
the work of the Theosophical Movement.
The
Theosophical Movement includes all efforts that lead to human freedom and 
enlightenment.
Masonry has played and is still playing an important part in the 
world.
For first, its main idea is the Brotherhood of Man, even though in a 
limited
and restricted sense; second, Masonry debars from its lodges all 
considerations
of politics or religions, recognizing those to be the greatest 
provocatives
of dissensions; third, it is the implacable enemy of religious 
intolerance,
and is at the present day engaged in a death struggle with the 
Catholic
church of Mexico and South America. It was through Masonry and Masons 
that
the United States of America was made possible.
So
Masonry was and is a great and important part of the Theosophical Movement. 
Yet
there are more important things than Masonry. If it had been sufficient for 
the
needs of humanity, there would have been no need for Theosophy.
But
what has either Masonry or Theosophy to do with “Co” masonry? Each must 
answer
that question for himself.
As
ever, R. C.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
CONTENTS
THE
SPIRIT IN THE BODY
Letters
Letter
Thirteen     
I
think your idea of making collations from the Teachers’ writings and preparing 
for
work later is all right—the proper thing to do. You will find in yourself 
the
incentive as to time and place, “having eyes and arms and feet in all 
directions.”
An open mind, an eager intellect, without doubt or fear, is the 
unveiled
spiritual perception. You did a good work with the pamphlets already 
written;
they are in use continually. The idea is to present what is beneficial 
for
humanity in the most presentable form—a simple passing on of what was known 
before.
I gave S— some of the pamphlets to send to an enquirer for reading and 
return.
They should do good. The energy put in that work has already found many 
channels
of usefulness of the best kind, and they are good for much more—no 
effort
in right direction is lost. Further, it is a labor of love, and the 
feeling
with which you endow your work goes with it. Properly performed, the 
result
is sure. Your latest, “The Real Significance,” is certainly a “beauty”—W. 
Q.
J. would say, “a dandy”—and its manner bears out its title magnificently. It 
is
the best yet—so full of the most vital truths—things so easily comprehended 
by
the way-farer, and yet so full of the highest wisdom. It does me good.
The
introduction is in keeping with the statement below it. In fact, we may take 
as
part of our statement of policy, “The policy of this Lodge is independent 
devotion
to the cause of Theosophy, without professing attachment to any 
Theosophical
organization; it is loyal to the great Founders of the Theosophical 
Movement,
but does not concern itself with dissensions or differences of 
individual
opinion. The work it has on hand, and the end it keeps in view, are 
too
absorbing and too lofty to leave it the time or inclination to take part in 
side
issues.”
This
is where we stand, and where all true Theosophists should also. If our 
position
is made clear to Theosophists generally, there
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
will
be not a few who will see the righteousness of the position. Much of our 
work
in the future will be the presentation of our “platform.” We have perceived 
and
given it form; we should let as many as possible know that it exists for 
them.
We may have something further to say later on. Good work; keep it up.
Yes,
you, too, must find yourselves. Changed conditions will give occasion. 
These
conditions will be bent to the great purpose, “an’ the heart stay 
steadfast”—and
this I do not at all doubt. Make your purpose the Great Purpose, 
and
desire for personal growth will have little breathing space. Back of it all 
is
the Great Lodge, ever watchful, ever working; never doubt that.
Theosophists
often speak of “getting rid of the personality,” and, so far as 
observed,
do not appear to have any clear idea of what they mean. Without 
personalities,
there would be no field, no evolution. It is not the personality 
that
is in the way, but the personal idea in regard to it. This is particularly 
fostered
by the present civilization based on Samvritti (relative truth), 
“origin
of all the world’s delusions.”
One
of the sentences in the last pamphlet applies directly:
“Instead
of crushing out the animal nature, we must learn to fully understand 
the
animal, and subordinate it to the spiritual.” So long as you know the wiles 
and
lures of the elementary nature, you are not in danger of fooling yourselves, 
however
much you may fall under their momentary sway. They or it, may be likened 
to
a steed that is perfectly safe when the reins are well in hand and the seat 
firm,
but which is ready to take advantage of any unguarded moment to unhorse 
you.
Such an animal you would naturally watch carefully until it became a part 
of
yourself. If we could always remember that the body, senses and mind (brain) 
are
the steed, and the Self, the rider, the animal would have fewer 
opportunities
to get the bit in its teeth. But we are learning to ride, and 
success
does not come at once.
From
“The Real Significance”: “You, too, are messengers, so that it is not well 
that
you should regard much your own infirmities. Nature and Time regard not 
personalities,
but swallow up all alike. Yet do Nature and Time and Destiny 
teach
ever the same
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
great
lesson, and he who would learn of these, must both forego and forget 
personalities,
his own as well as others . . . personalities are but the 
fleeting
waves on the river of time caused by the friction of the waves of 
fortune;
they are thy weakness and not thy strength. Thy strength is in thy soul 
and
thy soul’s strength is in the calm and not in storm revealed.”
To
“forego and forget personalities” means to regard truth, only, by whomsoever 
presented.
So it seems wise that we should not think ill of personalities, and 
this
includes our own. If they are our weakness, by doing our duty, which is in 
our
case the promulgation of truth, pure and undefiled, our weakness will 
finally
become our strength. The Masters do not look at our defects, but at our 
motives
and efforts.
In
your letter, you have asked my opinion in regard to a specific matter of 
action.
On general principles one might answer such a question, but in 
particular
cases, where all the elements that enter in can only be considered 
fully
by the person involved, that person alone is competent to reply, or 
determine.
In
considering a question bearing on the ethics of any case, we have first to be 
sure
that we have no prejudices or preconceptions that can interfere with 
correct
conclusions; in other words, “to be free from hard and fast conclusions 
as
to men, things and methods.” If we are thus free, we will not be liable to be 
swayed
by the general classifications of good and evil, so common in the world, 
and
the great error of the churches. The way is then open for the real point at 
issue,
which to me is not what is done, but why was it done—the motive. Now who 
can
answer this but the one who acts? If the act appears to him as a duty, and a 
proper
one, he alone has paramount power, and there should be none to question a 
right
to perform duty as it is seen and understood. It might very well be that 
another’s
acts would be improper for us, because of our different attitude; it 
might
also be that our acts, seemingly proper to us, would to that other seem 
improper.
From these considerations it would seem fair to deduce that the only 
correct
sanction, and the one we should seek, would come from within.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
Of
course, different attitudes of mind produce different actions in any given 
case.
Those who have knowledge will not act from the same motive as those who 
have
less knowledge or none. Those who have no knowledge act under the impulse 
of
the common attitude or way of doing things. Those who are wise naturally take 
all
possible results into consideration from their wider point of view, before 
acting.
With them it is largely a question of duty, unswayed by what the views 
of
others may be, except in so far as those views might interfere with larger 
duties
and influence at other times. In fact, so many things have to be taken 
into
consideration possible to be seen and applied by the person alone who is 
involved,
that no direct answer can be given in any particular case. General 
principles
may be stated, and each individual left to apply them as he sees fit. 
In
no other way can progress be made. We have finally, in any case, to determine 
whether
we are swayed by inclination rather than plain duty, in order that we 
may
not deceive ourselves. Whatever, then, is decided in all honesty with 
ourselves,
is our duty, and no man is our judge.
As
ever, R. C.
CONTENTS
THE
SPIRIT IN THE BODY
Letter
Fourteen
I
am really sorry that conditions are as you mention. I can sympathize with you 
in
this, because I have had similar fortune. But while it has been bad from one 
point
of view, it has had advantages which go to the strengthening of character, 
and
in it all I find good experience.
When
we come to consider that the purpose of life is to learn and that it is all 
made
up of learning, the circumstances by means of which we learn become of 
minor
importance. As Mr. Judge once wrote me under similar circumstances: “The 
ocean
of life washes to our feet and away again, things that are both hard to 
lose
and unpleasant to welcome, yet they all belong to life; all come from the 
Great
Self that is never moved. So lean back on the Self—be like the great bed 
of
the ocean that is never moved
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
though
storms may ruffle its surface.” I know that you understand that attitude. 
It
does not mean that we should cease to do the best we can at all times, but we 
know
that whatever comes all is well. Everything is taken as merely a lesson 
from
which growth and knowledge may be obtained, and while we may appear to 
struggle
for many things, our minds may not be set upon the things themselves, 
but
upon the performance of our duty as our expanding knowledge gives us 
perception.
Thus would we be like the ocean, the surface in action, the greatest 
part
of us calm—unmoved.
I
am glad to have your confidence so that you may speak frankly at all times—not 
that
any personal knowledge of each others’ past experience is necessary, but 
that
you feel that way is what counts. We both know that what a man has been 
through,
or has appeared to have been, matters not at all; what does really 
matter
is what he is now and what he is trying to do. I think that the attitude 
at
all times should be—fear nothing, doubt nothing, regret nothing, but GO ON. 
It
seems sometimes a waste of words to be writing these things to you, because I 
am
sure you know them. Still, on the other hand, I know that one needs reminding 
some
times, when in the swirl of engrossing events. Once when I was talking with 
Judge
and showing much concern over a probable action, he said, “You can’t 
prevent
people from doing what they can do.” Atruism—something I knew very 
well—but
his words at that time have served me many a time since. What he said 
came
from “the heart,” as my words and thoughts go to you. Perhaps that will 
explain
why you find something other than the words and ideas in what I write. 
If
it is true, and I think it is, that everything in Nature is septenate, then 
words
and ideas are septenate—but this opens a large subject. I am writing this 
in
the office ‘mid noise, confusion and interruption, and just these few words 
with
whatever they may carry to you.
There
is a passage which you may have seen in one of the books: “And that power 
which
the disciple shall covet, is that which shall make him appear as nothing 
in
the eyes of men.” This refers to getting rid of the personal idea, of the 
wish
to have one’s attainments noted. The power of the personality is great and 
in-
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
sidious.
It retains its hold very often when the aspirations and efforts are 
noble
in character. It is the most difficult thing to be overcome in our race, 
where
the training is all in accentuation of it. Especially is this so when one 
is
taking a public leading part. Adulation fosters ambition, if the least 
thought
of self remains; the person accepts leadership as something due to him 
or
her, and the faults remain even though changed in direction. “Personality” is 
the
last foe to be conquered. Do you wonder then that — and — have fallen short, 
when
it is evident that they do not even perceive how personal they are? They 
have
taken upon them selves (their personal selves) prerogative of spiritual 
direction.
A sort of popery is the result—a sense of infallibility, which 
doubtless
they would intellectually deny, while giving evidence of its 
possession.
Ambition to shine, to be looked up to—that is the curse that 
blighted
both. Less prominent members have not been subjected to the same 
pressure,
and may have learned from the mistakes of these two. There must be 
compensation
for them some where, somehow, as the great wheel of the Law rounds 
the
cycles. They are to be pitied for whatever of failure we may be able to 
perceive.
We
shall be wise if we do not fall into the same error when Karma tries us. I 
think
that the sense of personal supremacy was so strong in both of them that 
they
were unable to take advice on that line. Efforts were made to open their 
eyes.
A mental bias cannot be changed even by one so wise and powerful as a 
Master.
If the one in error cannot see his fault, nothing can be done. Another 
life
in a humbler station, the lesson may be learned.
How
can Masters use such vehicles and use Judge? William Q. Judge was of another 
class
of being than either of those you mention. He was an adept, using a body 
of
the race. The others had merited the opportunity by services in other lives. 
The
possibility of failure was there and known, no doubt; so also was the 
possibility
of success. No one can predicate the result in such cases. In any 
event,
the fact that the opportunity was offered them is evidence that under 
Karma
they had the right to try. Neither H. P. B. nor W. Q. J. needed to make 
the
effort for themselves. The work to be done is for the race and must be done 
by
men and women
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
of
the race; there is no other way. So, remembering that — and — are of our 
imperfect
race, their lack of success is not to be wondered at, in the 
circumstances.
We have the karmic opportunity of profiting by the lesson their 
failure
teaches. Perhaps we may take the lesson and be ready to help them, when 
we
all re- turn to life again to continue the work begun.
As
I understand it, Masters cannot interfere with Karma. They work at the proper 
season,
and with such instruments as are provided by Karma. That better 
instruments
were not ready is undoubtedly due to our racial development, the 
accentuation
of personality being its predominant note. Just here occurs to my 
mind
the shortest verse in the Bible, “Jesus wept,” and its connotation, “How I 
would
have gathered ye under my wings, but ye would not.” Human history is full 
of
such failures, but through it all there have been those who have attained a 
measurable
degree of success, and who are seldom the ones in the public eye.
We
must also remember, all the time, that there are intelligent evil forces at 
work
continually to defeat the emancipation of humanity from selfishness—beings, 
in
fact, whose very existence depends upon selfish desire and its many ways of 
expression.
The plane of existence of these beings is the earth and its psychic 
atmosphere.
Our work is to people our current in space with such thoughts as 
tend
to dissipate these influences, and to assist right thoughts in others by 
awakening
them to the realities which have been placed within reach of our 
understanding.
And
behind all are the Masters who have not deserted us and never will, so long 
as
there remains a spark of true devotion.
As
ever, R. C.
CONTENTS
THE
SPIRIT IN THE BODY
Letter
Fifteen
I
was thinking of you and your meeting; hope you had a good and encouraging one. 
Are
things going hard with you? If so, it is time to push harder along the way 
you
know. That will inevitably destroy all obstacles, and if persisted in during 
stress
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
generates
and maintains greater powers of resistance. Everybody on the Path goes 
through
similar obstacles; by having them and overcoming them, you become 
teachers
with knowledge of how to help. If you had no obstacles, you would not 
know
how. Thank Karma for “obstacles.”
“Even
this will pass away” is a good motto to keep in mind, when things come up 
that
are hard to stand. The “easy” and happy times are the periods of rest; the 
“hard”
times are the periods of training—opportunities for gaining strength and 
knowledge.
If we can look at both in this light, we shall not be overcome by 
either.
Kicking
against the pricks hurts only the one who kicks; more over, the pricks 
seem
to enjoy it, for, being kicked, they keep coming back. “Resist not evil and 
it
will flee from you” is a true saying; we give the evil thing power by 
thinking
about it, a power that it would not otherwise have. in fact, many of 
these
things of evil are creations of our own mental state, and have no real 
existence;
yet they are even more distracting than realities would be, because 
composed
of fear and doubt. The thing to do is to take higher ground, mentally; 
read
and think about high themes; regard only the good, the meaning and purpose 
of
Life as a whole. If in earnest in this way, the evil is dissipated like the 
mists
before the morning sun.
What
is the Dweller? It is the combined evil influence that is the result of the 
wicked
thoughts and acts of the age in which anyone may live. & When the student 
has
at last gotten hold of a real aspiration . . . and has also aroused the 
determination
to do and to be, the whole bent of his nature day and night, is to 
reach
out beyond the limitations that have hitherto fettered his soul. No sooner 
does
he begin to step a little forward, than he reaches the zone just beyond 
mere
bodily and mental sensations. At first the minor dwellers of the threshold 
are
aroused, and they in temptation, in doubt and confusion assail him. He only 
feels
the effects, for they do not reveal themselves as shapes. But persistence 
in
the work takes the inner man further along, and with that progress comes a 
realization
to the outer mind of the experi-
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
ences
met, until at last he has waked up the whole force of the evil power that 
naturally
is arrayed against the good end he has set before him. Then the 
Dweller
takes what form it may,” which is specialized for each student by the 
tendencies
and natural physical and psychical combinations that belong to his 
family
and nation.
“No
earnest one who feels called to work persistently for the good of humanity, 
and
not for his own, need fear aught that heaven or hell holds.” The minor 
dwellers
have to be met and conquered; as long as we stay on their plane and 
daily
with them, they will be with us. We must rise above them in thought and 
effort
to our proper plane where they have no power over us. Each student has 
his
own particular kind of minor dwellers, and no one kind is any better than 
any
other kind; hence we ourselves need to be charitable to the weaknesses of 
others.
We do not look upon our own weaknesses in the same light as we regard 
those
of others. Compassion understands, and seeking nothing, but desiring to 
help—does
so.
The
Voice of the Silence says: “Compassion is no attribute. It is the Law of 
LAWS—eternal
Harmony, Alaya’s SELF; a shoreless universal essence, the light of 
everlasting
Right, and fitness of all things, the law of Love eternal. The more 
thou
dost become at one with it, thy being melted in its BEING, the more thy 
Soul
unites with that which Is, the more thou wilt become "COMPASSION
ABSOLUTE.”
“Goodness”
that results from the compulsion of physical force, threats, or 
bribes,
physical or “spiritual,” is useless. It must be a self-impulse from 
within—a
real preference for something higher—not an abstention because of any 
fear
of consequences in this or any future existence. If we have that preference 
for
something higher, we must admit that others who are with us on the “path” 
have
it also; we can then sympathize with them in their struggles, knowing it is 
through
continued struggle that both they and “we” become free. This is the 
beginning
of Compassion.
Temptations
of any one kind have a tendency to repeat themselves, and students 
find
that what would have at one time 
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
swept
them away is rendered abortive by apparently irrelevant occurrences; yet, 
we
know that such things are the operation of Law which has its basis in Unity, 
and
we benefit in that law to the extent that we feel that Unity. If Masters are 
the
ideal and goal for which we strive, we should endeavor to imitate Them, 
insofar
as we are able to conceive of Their attitude toward probationers, Their 
disciples,
and struggling humanity.
I
did “sit up and take notice” of the last pamphlet. It is to the point. You 
know
when a thing is to the point Theosophically, and “knowing which you shall 
never
again fall into error”—unless you are off your guard, or perchance close 
your
eyes. But what a glorious thing it is to know where the right road lies! 
Whatever
else may be doubtful, that is sure. And to feel that you are able by 
your
surety to point out the way to others! Help of that kind is greater than 
all
other kinds put together.
I
am so glad that business looks good in prospect. What you have done in so 
short
a time after establishment is most encouraging, and I hope it will all 
turn
out better than your highest hopes could express. Everything must turn out 
for
the best if we do the best we can with what we have all the time—that is, do 
our
duty by every duty. With this, your help is just as essential as mine, as 
things
are—and both are mutual. So may it ever be, through the centuries.
As
ever, R. C.
CONTENTS
THE
SPIRIT IN THE BODY
Letter
Sixteen
You
speak of peace and tranquillity; note that it as well as its opposite comes 
in
cycles. There is no stationary condition in this world of constant change, 
through
the innumerable causes constantly set in motion by the different 
agencies
in evolutionary operation. Yes, there is undoubtedly “something doing.” 
The
above statement, if true, would suggest it, even if you did not know it 
yourself.
Of course, changes do not invariably mean
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
trouble.
Knowledge bridges over many things that would other wise mean nothing 
but
trouble.  About your little dream of me:
I think of you a great deal, and 
that
of itself would bring the real selves together where there is such an 
evident
tie as in this case. One might make such an excursion and not be 
conscious
of it, or rather, he might not have a brain recollection of it, as the 
brain
was not there. It might be none the less real, as you can readily 
understand.
Such things must naturally occur, for we are greater than our bodies 
can
at this time express—and I mean by “we,” every soul. ‘We all have powers and 
knowledge
that the brain does not function in. Our work is to co-ordinate, so 
that
the higher knowledge may be made manifest in the flesh. I am glad that you 
had
the experience, especially as the results were good.
In
regard to R. et al.: it is safe to say that if a man is satisfied with what 
he
is getting out of life, and if there is nothing that he wants, then there is 
nothing
else desirable. To him anything outside of that which gratifies is 
adscititious,
not worthy of consideration. In such case, there is nothing that 
can
be done. Having dropped some seed, the character of the soil may be 
determined.
The duty of the sower is to sow; the seed will test the soil.
So,
“There was war in heaven for the space of two hours.” I can understand it. 
Fortunately
it is not a case for argumentation. The remark by in regard to Mr. 
Judge
was utterly beyond his knowledge and probably a parrot-like repeating of 
what
he had heard, as is the case of those who take their Theosophy from Mrs. 
Besant,
or from other than the true teachers. Sometime you may say to for me, 
that
I was very, very frequently with Mr. Judge for ten years, entertained him 
and
was entertained by him, and that I know the statement to be an ignorant and 
malicious
libel, for which, however, I do not blame him. Only, a Theosophist 
ought
to know better than to make statements on hearsay. Ask him if he ever 
heard
of never listening to an evil thing said of another without protest, and 
abstaining
from condemning others. He might say tu quoque,” which you would 
naturally
acknowledge; then, questions on the part of both would be con-
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
sidered
on their merits, as becomes Theosophists. Mr. Judge was wise enough to 
know
that when people place their attention in the direction of food, form, or 
ceremonies,
they are almost certain to end in ritualism and the loss of the real 
issue,
as has happened in too many cases.
The
argumentative attitude is of little value in Theosophy. It amounts to each 
endeavoring
to uphold his own position. With this attitude, any kind of a 
statement
calculated to undermine the opponent’s position is generally 
considered
proper, and is used regardless of the truth involved.
A
good thing in regard to control of speech is from the Laws of Manu. in 
Occultism,
speech is regarded as an act, and the most difficult of all acts to 
control.
To control speech, regular and persistent efforts are required. The 
rule
for speech is given as:
                                                          
Let him say what is 
true.
                                                          
Let him say what is 
useful.
                                                          
Let him say what is 
pleasant.
                                                          
Let him utter no 
disagreeable
truth.
                                                          
Let him utter no 
agreeable
falsehood.
In
the same line is Judge’s admonition: “Let us use with care those living 
messengers
called words.” These are good things to bear in mind at all times, 
without
making so much of them as to neglect other things quite as important.
If
aspiration is for all, and not for self alone, it reaches up to the Universal 
finally
; if for self, some degree of illumination results, but only in degree. 
The
stream of effort cannot rise above its source.
As
to the “we,” there is but one “we,” or perceiver, who perceives on any plane 
through
the sheaths evolved by him on each plane; his perceptions on any plane 
will
depend on the quality of the sheath or vehicle. Atma (spirit) or 
consciousness
alone, is what remains after the subtraction of the sheaths. It is 
the
ONLY witness—a synthesizing unity. On this plane—and this means during 
waking
consciousness or its dream effects—the perceiver knows only what it knows 
on
this plane (generally speaking),
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
and
through the ignorance of the Real, involves itself in the cause and effect 
of
physical nature, identifying itself with body and sensations, and looking at 
other
human beings in the same light. This is a wrong attitude of mind. The 
“we,”
at this end, is the identification of the perceiver with this plane’s 
perceptions—a
misconception of the perceiver, a dream—a play—in which the 
perceiver
is so involved as to have lost sight and memory of his real life.
The
mind is both “carrier” and “translator” of both lower and higher self; the 
attitude
determines the quality and kind of action, for one will act according 
to
the attitude of mind firmly held. The great and incalculable value of acting 
for
and as the Supreme is that there is nothing higher in the way of attitude, 
and
this endeavor must by its very nature bring about the best results.
What
moves the “mind” this way or that is usually desire for the attractions of 
matter,
and self-interest in them; these then move and control the mind through 
the
brain. “We,” the Perceiver, does not perceive anything but the “ideas” which 
the
senses and organs present. He is not wholly awake on this plane; some times 
he
gets partly wakened, but drops off to sleep again, lulled by the sounds and 
memories
of his dream; sometimes “bad dreams” awake him; sometimes he is 
awakened
by the voices of those who are awake.
The
“Real” and the “unreal,” the “fleeting” and the “ever lasting” are terms 
which
will be more fully understood if looked at from the point of view of the 
Perceiver.
This is the attitude of mind we should hold.
The
appearances you speak of will wear off in time and you will get beyond that 
place
where these things appear, if attention is not paid to them. “He who would 
hear
the voice of Nada, the ‘Soundless Sound’ and comprehend it, he has to learn 
the
nature of ‘Dharana,’ ”—perfect concentration upon one interior object, by 
“having
become indifferent to other objects of perception.” These appearances 
are
objects of perception.
As
ever, R. C.
CONTENTS
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
THE
SPIRIT IN THE BODY 
Letter
Seventeen
There
is only one Perceiver; the sights are modified by the channels through 
which
the Perceiver looks. It is the same Soul in any and all modifications. The 
power
of seeing is the Soul; the power of the Soul goes into the seeing, hence 
what
It “sees” is to It real because seen; as sights each is a reality; but the 
nature
of Soul is different from any and all “sights.”
The
nature of Soul as unmodiflable must be grasped; then, each sight is 
perceived
as a relativity and there is no more identification than we assume 
when
we see the many thousands of things that are about us every day, 
unaffected,
unless we concentrate upon them. We concentrate upon some things, 
automatically,
through habitude; this automatic habit has to be gradually 
changed,
and control substituted. It is to be effected by trying to do it, by 
keeping
at it. The Mind as at present constituted is a or repelled by 
externalities,
and the power of the Soul flows in the direction of 
concentration,
be that long or short. Through the Mind, the Soul determines bad, 
good,
better, best, on this or any plane. Mind has to be adjusted by knowledge 
of
essential nature, of causes, and by analogies and correspondence. The views 
held
in regard to existence constitute the Mind and direct the Soul’s energy in 
that
relation.
There
is just “Consciousness” and its “states,” which are conditioned 
consciousness.
We speculate on conditions; we cannot on Consciousness itself, 
for
we are that. We cannot find Ourselves in any kind or number of conditions, 
which
are but pictures in the mind. “It is of this stairway that thou art the 
mirror
and faithful climber” might mean climbing beyond conditions; is not that 
the
“awakening of the Self” which the Upanishads speak of? A man in a dark room 
is
conditioned by the darkness; in the open he is conditioned in other ways; but 
he
is the same man. We must have knowledge in order to use power rightly, but we 
must
know that
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
we
are neither knowledge nor power; they are ours; to imagine that we are any 
given
knowledge or power is illusion. It might be said that there are to kinds 
of
knowledge—knowledge of any and all conditions, and knowledge of the Self. 
Knowledge
of the Self is beyond relativity; relativity cannot be known by 
relativity,
but only by that which is beyond all relativity. “To blend thy Mind 
and
Soul” is to make the Mind subservient to the purposes of Soul, an instrument 
for
use, not a cage of relativities in which to imprison ourselves.
“No
action from a true basis could proceed far in an erroneous direction” is 
right.
Right basis is the compass; should wind or tide deflect the course, the 
compass
is there to tell the story. We have many correct ideas in particulars, 
but
forget the universal application of them. The fact that the Perceiver is One 
and
Impartite, and that the “seeing” is looking directly on Ideas, is the basis 
of
consideration. No idea is real, for on “looking” at it, motion is caused 
which
spells “change.” The change is not so much in the object of vision, as in 
the
mode of seeing. We are so liable to imagine that the change is external, and 
endeavor
to adjust externalities to internal change—an eternal and ineffectual 
struggle.
We seek one of the pair of opposites, instead of finding the basis of 
their
unity, because of our desires.
Kama-loka
means the plane or place of Desire. Doubt and Desire seem to go 
together;
for wanting a thing implies the doubt of getting it, and intensity of 
doubt
is expressed in fear. So Desire, Doubt, and Fear are the characteristics 
of
the Kama-lokic state. I think we may have these about anything in life, and 
in
accordance with our intensity attract similar energies from the Kama-lokic 
state,
whether emanating from living or dead personalities. Lengthy periods of 
doubt
and fear are more intensive than shorter ones in their drawing power and 
subsequent
effects. We enter that current and receive from that plane so long as 
we
hold on to it. But there is the other side—we can desire nothing for 
ourselves
and determine to accept what comes. Events and conditions come and go, 
and
no amount of desiring will prevent their coming or hinder their going. 
Taking
this attitude, we live in the Eternal and
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
watch
the wheel of Progress called change with neither desire, fear nor doubt to 
assail
us. When we desire anything, the thing itself is not what we want, but 
the
feeling that the thing gives us; if the thing gave us no “feeling,” we would 
not
desire it. To do service is also “feeling,” but how different in its effects 
—  instead of harmful reactions.
What
will we do when we hear and see what is in Kama-loka? I think that when we 
arrive
at that stage, we shall know we are looking at a condition, and will not 
be
identified with it, unless we should choose to plunge into it in order to 
“feel”
the state. Those in it know nothing but the desires and passions which 
animate
them, think of nothing else; to them there is no other state.
I
have read the articles you sent. They are all right in them selves, but they 
lack
“point” in the direction we are concerned about. The writer brings out the 
fact
that the existence of Masters was not first made known in the nineteenth 
century.
Of course not; the Ocean and H. P. B. speak of Them and adduce evidence 
of
such a belief in many ways. But the evidence of past beliefs would have but 
little
effect upon the present, unless it were not only pointed out, but shown, 
that
They are living Men. The main thing that was shown and needs constant 
pointing
to is the fact that these past beliefs referred to past efforts of the 
Lodge,
and that the close of the nineteenth century marked Their latest effort 
through
Their chosen Messenger. To say that the accumulated knowledge of the 
ages
is not new, is to say nothing; from this point of view the articles would 
mislead
the ordinary reader, and we are not in that business.
“To
abstain from condemning others” is a course to be continually striven for; 
it
is vital. No two really act from the same basis of perception; how then can 
anyone
judge? It should be granted that each one is trying to do his best—the 
best
that he knows. His knowledge may be small, but if he strives to do the best 
he
knows, his knowledge increases. For myself, I have an end in view in what I 
do;
not my end, but something which includes
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
many
others—all if possible. Whether a temple is intended or a building for a 
saloon,
similar work has to be performed; so actions are no safe basis to judge 
from.
As students get to understand this in regard to each other, each in his 
degree,
better results may be confidently expected. We credit each other with 
the
best of motives and let it go at that; any other way leads to confusion and 
misunderstanding,
hence to separative thought and action.
“What
do people get ‘mad’ about?” I think, generally, at some thing another has 
done,
or failed to do; or at some fancied slight. We feel annoyed at the 
circumstances,
really, not the person; although we foolishly confuse the two. 
Now
a thing done, is done; no amount of irritation can change it. What is needed 
is
a consideration of what led up to the doing; this should be taken up as 
calmly
as any other proposition. If someone annoys you or irritates you by 
manner
or action, it is to be assumed that he is not doing it on purpose to 
annoy.
Try to understand his viewpoint; examine the man’s machinery, just as you 
would
a machine. Some people have been known to get mad at a machine, and feel 
destruction
in regard to it; but where is the fault? The machine cannot learn 
anything;
the man can, and needs to. The main trouble, I think, is that most 
people
consider it perfectly proper to make their likes and dislikes a basis for 
action,
everything being judged from that basis. This, of course, is altogether 
wrong,
although very common. We are not called upon for judgment, but for right 
action;
to act rightly ourselves, and by precept and example induce it in 
others.
If we essay this task, it will at once appear that we cannot act rightly 
unless
calmly. We have to cultivate Calmness under all circumstances. Calmness 
is
like a rock; waves of irritation may dash at it, but cannot affect it; it can 
be
attained by seeing the necessity for it, and by endeavor which is constant. 
It
comes from “resting in the Real,” which is never moved, but moves all things, 
sees
all, without being involved.
So
if we take all these things as just our “tryouts,” we shall be able to get 
the
right view of them, and the right attitude. These things in themselves do 
not
matter; it does matter that we are unshaken.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
Of
course, I am saying these things to myself, for you know them right well; 
only
sometimes we forget and revert to habitude. But there is always that place 
which
is never moved, to rest on and in. So with confidence in Them we go 
forward,
and may Peace be ever ours.
As
ever, R. C.
CONTENTS
THE
SPIRIT IN THE BODY
Letter
Eighteen
“In
order to be the knower of All-Self (tattwa-jynanain—a knowledge of all the 
tattwas
or forces) thou hast first of Self to be the knower.” This is exactly 
what
we are driving at; what W. Q. J. set forth in “Act for and as the Self” as 
“the
first lesson to learn”—and the hardest, as our minds are constituted.
The
mind or “thinking principle” is a general term, meaning the power of 
thinking;
but this power exercised partially, or restricted in direction, makes 
what
is called “mind” among men— “bundles of perceptions,”—my mind, and your 
mind.
So Patanjali says, “A firm position assumed, with the end in view” is 
necessary,
this position being that of the Spirit in Man “untouched by troubles, 
works,
fruits of works or desires.”
It
is well to keep in mind what W. Q. J. said: “Realization comes from dwelling 
upon
the thing to be realized.” The “dwelling” has to be done by the one who 
desires
to “realize.” Consciousness, Spirit, Life, are really synonymous terms 
expressing
co existence; neither idea can be conceived of as apart from the 
other
two. Consciousness sees all, experiences all, makes all changes, is all. 
It
is the One Reality, and although the most important factor (to use a word) in 
the
world of differentiation, it appears the least Real because indefinable. It 
is
like the power of Sight which sees all things but cannot see Itself, being 
universal,
unchangeable and inexhaustible. Divide the Kosmos into the permanent 
and
invisible, and the visible and invisible impermanent; thus we may hope to 
guide
first the lower and terrestrial, and then the higher and cosmic. The whole 
story
is contained in, “That which is
                                                                                
     
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
neither
Light nor Darkness, Spirit nor Matter, but which is verily the Root and 
Container
of these—That Thou Art.”
If
one were to attempt to write pages, they would be but reiterations. Does not 
the
whole of life’s purpose point to a realization of Unity in Diversity; seeing 
all
things at once and as One, instead of separately and in detail? There are 
always
the “pairs of opposites” in separative considerations, and these are 
effects.
The One Reality sees both as reflections, as light and dark; if not 
seen,
they do not exist.
“The
nice old gentleman” claiming Theosophy to be “largely a matter of belief” 
is
like so many others who think themselves passing wise in lightly dismissing 
things
beyond them as mere matters of belief. “Tomorrow” is a matter of belief 
from
that point of view; but no one doubts the “morrow,” because of “today” and 
“the
days gone by,” which are matters of knowledge. Theosophy can be tested out 
by
present knowledge and proves it self with every test.
The
common-sense of Theosophy must appeal to any man of the world; the great 
thing
is to have it.
W.
Q. J. had it par excellence; his lead is a safe and a good one to follow. If 
one
has it, he will show himself in possession of knowledge which to others 
seems
desirable. Some will try for it, while others will be “too busy” about 
their
petty affairs. Who knows what seeds are sown in common-place 
conversations?
An
acquaintance with the hopes, aims, and general life of those we desire to 
help
is desirable, and to be found only in contact and converse. Such touch with 
others
also emphasizes the Contrast and shows the value of our philosophy in 
brighter
Colors: the pairs of opposites—attitudes of mind—with and without a 
philosophy
of life.
I
have read H.’s letter. The gist of it apparently is that he and his chums, as 
named
by him, know what H. P. B. desires Now. This is a large claim and 
assumption
of authority. H. P. B. well knew, and we can say, “knows,” that just 
such
claims would be made. We know that they are made in several quarters. How 
is
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
55
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
any
one desirous of following in Their footsteps to know what They desire? 
Undoubtedly,
the only guide is to be found in Their own records left for that 
very
purpose. Different minds and dispositions will interpret these records in 
various
ways peculiar to themselves, as is being done. The only guide is 
oneself—as
H. very truly says—but there must be an open mind, an eager 
intellect,
an unveiled spiritual perception, to have true direction. This 
peculiar
sentence in H.’s letter sounds like “cocksureness”: “If you are certain 
that
we are wrong and you are right, that ends it.” It is their position from 
the
first; they practically say, “We know what H. P. B. desires to be done from 
day
to day; we have found our Guru and are obeying Him. H. P. B.’s and W. Q. 
J.’s
message was that They had found Their souls, and that the message was so 
that
others could do likewise.” To my mind, this is not pointing to the 
“message”
itself, nor does it take into consideration the nature of the Two who 
masqueraded
in mortal garments; it only says, “WE KNOW.” If this is not a demand 
for
acquiescence, I do not know what is. He talks about our taking Their 
writings
as “authoritative”; well, they are, in the sense that They told us the 
way
and laid down the lines that would be best to follow.
As
for myself, I bow to Their wisdom; I doubt it not. I and every other was 
thought
of in the message and the directions They gave. It was and is not to be 
trimmed
by interpretations, nor special mediums. It stands as Their message as 
it
was left by Them, and no one has the right to change it. WE WILL NOT. Let 
others
do as they please—assume authority if they think well of it; but we 
reject
every authority except that of our expanding spiritual perceptions, and 
we
recognize and give our devotion to the cause of Theosophy, and are loyal unto 
death
to the great Founders of the Movement. “They who undervalue Her gift and 
Her
creation, have not imbibed the Teaching and cannot assimilate its benefits.”
Is
it not strange that H. denounces “authority” as applied to Their writings, 
yet
puts it forward for himself and his confreres? This certainly is the way of 
confusion
and of delusion, and the one followed by every claimant we know of. 
Strange
that they cannot see the incongruity of their position.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
It
is a crooked world all tangled up with false actions born of false ideas of 
life.
The present generation has a right to a presentation of truth; a few will 
benefit
greatly—and all, to some extent; but the time w come when the truth 
shall
prevail, and all the more convincingly because of having stood through 
seas
of error and rocks of determined opposition. Knowing this, we can 
confidently
go on, patiently, yes, even cheerfully, since even those who flout 
the
truth now will sometime come to know it; for these, too, we serve and wait.
As
ever, R. C.
CONTENTS
THE
SPIRIT IN THE BODY
Letter
Nineteen
“What
is the Perceiver?” is asked. I do not see how any definition can be made. 
What
is sight? Sight cannot see itself, yet it sees all things. It cannot be 
defined
or described, yet with out it nothing can be seen; it is not changed 
though
it receive millions of impressions, nor can a limit be assigned to its 
action.
Apply this to Consciousness, or the Perceiver, and there is apparent the 
changeless,
inexhaustible, unprovable Spirit. Reality Is, and cannot be proved 
by
changing unrealities. Space is not proved by the number of things in it, 
insofar
as its infinitude is concerned; yet a realization of the impossibility 
of
a beginning or ending to space can exist.
I
think you have the idea right when you say that the trouble exists in the 
“thinking
principles” on each plane not being in accord. We eternally endeavor 
to
see the Perceiver as something different, something separate from ourselves, 
whereas,
“Thou art That.” Our methods of analysis are illustrated in the old 
query,
“Which was first, the hen or the egg?”—with no solution. Is it not 
looking
for something separate, different from what we conceive to be ourselves? 
“Immortality
is on both sides of death,” or change. He is wise indeed who sees 
the
Self in all things and all things in the Self. The time must come for a 
being
when “He”
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
may
know all things, but he would also know that he is not all nor any of these 
things.
So far as I can grasp words to convey an idea, he would know himself to 
be
“All-Self,” limitless, and there fore beyond anything that we would call 
“knowing.”
All manifestation is the result of the action of Consciousness: would 
not
the first film of substance be the homogeneous product of a previous 
manifestation?
The time must come for a being when he knows the nature and 
possibilities
of this homogeneous substance, but “He,” as a conscious power, 
stands
above and beyond all perceptions and conceptions—infinite, all-pervading, 
creator,
preserver, destroyer. The power of seeing is not visible; it is the 
cause
of visibility. But what is the use of troubling about all this? There are 
many
steps in the stairway of wisdom to be climbed, and one step leads to 
another;
we cannot climb the stairs by looking up at the top. I think your 
expression
of “finding the Unity in a pair of opposites to be in itself one of a 
higher
pair,” is a good one; this might represent the “rungs in Jacob’s ladder.”
It
is all right and well to state your difficulties to me. If “mind” has power, 
and
the will to give all possible help is there, action must follow. Your faith 
in
this must act as an open door. “Have confidence and faith in Master,” applies 
to
everything in life and all living; our doubts are the deterrents. We have to 
beware
that we ask not amiss—from wrong motive. I have no doubt that adjustments 
are
brought about where there is honest striving, and even apparent mistakes are 
made
to serve a good purpose in such case. The Masters are not “absentee 
landlords.”
They are present in the world and we should hold to this fact always 
in
our personal and collective efforts. We have to do as They do, i.e., take 
conditions
as they exist and work in them and through them. If all do their 
best,
Masters can adjust and bring all the lines together for the best and 
highest
good. In the effort of each, all cannot be in the same place, nor doing 
the
same thing in the same way, but if the aim is one for all, all benefit, and 
the
world as well.
I
am going to keep your notes in regard to the inability of the student to 
relate
admonitions to himself. I think despair and despondency come from not 
following
what we know, and did not
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
apply.
If we make effort to apply what we know, with an end in view, failure to 
achieve
does not disconcert us, because we still have the active knowledge and 
the
end is still in view; it just means a continuation of effort. “It is only in 
the
present that we can gain wisdom.”
There
is so much pettiness in the attitude toward small things, an attitude 
which
accentuates the personality instead of subjugating it. The fight must 
begin
there, for all these small irritations are based upon self-assertion. I 
have
seen these small matters neglected as unimportant, and then the time came 
when
this very habit of self-assertion showed itself as an assertion against the 
Teachers
Themselves: “They were nothing but persons, liable to err,” etc.; 
ingratitude
and disloyalty follow, as a matter of course, and even loss of all 
benefit
from the teachings. It is as you say— the Arjunas postpone the 
engagement,
awaiting some big thing to overcome; but they have not the stamina, 
should
they be so confronted. They fall or flee, blaming everyone but 
themselves—self-
assertion to the last, and another failure is recorded where 
success
might have been.
As
to “The brother and sister of the Order of Regeneration”: all down the ages 
men
have been endeavoring to correct existing conditions, by simply re-arranging 
them.
A re-arrangement of errors does not make for knowledge; the errors arise 
because
of ignorance; knowledge must be sought as to the causes that produce 
existing
conditions. This, Theosophy teaches by showing what man is, his origin, 
nature,
history, and development so far, as well as his grand destiny. Without 
this
knowledge, all attempts to obtain true and better conditions but plunge 
mankind
deeper in the mire of ignorance and error. Works without knowledge can 
but
lead to more and more ignorant works, piling up all the time a worse and 
worse
future, as history has shown and is showing. Restraint from any kind of 
food,
habit or practice, leads nowhere. The wise man does not try to regenerate 
the
world by any one course, but having obtained knowledge, lives according to 
it
as best he can under any conditions, using his energy and knowledge in the 
world
and for the world, by presenting what he sees to be truth.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
It
is well to have these things come out and to formulate right ideas and 
applications
in our minds, for they do not remain inert if we “feel” them; we 
endow
them with our life and energy, and they are our messengers carrying seeds 
of
thought for other minds. There is an occult meaning to everything, and all 
things
work together for good to those who love the Lord (Law). That we should 
have
been brought into direct communication with error, while naming it truth, 
has
its meaning; it must be a step in the great cause. We should be glad to be 
able—and
be able—to correct erroneous views and applications. In that is our 
strength;
our personal weaknesses and troubles are but bubbles on the stream of 
time,
which our “strength” will safely carry us through and over. This thought, 
which
comes from inner knowledge, should make us stronger, better able, surer of 
victory.
It
may appear to some that these are criticisms of the methods of others; they 
are
not so intended. They are intended to show there is a definite philosophy of 
Theosophy;
that it is scientifically based; that the mission of distinctively 
Theosophical
societies, viz., to study, apply and promulgate Theosophy, is not 
filled
by the holding of such misconceptions; and finally to prove that such 
misconceptions
are not based upon the philosophy of Theosophy, whatever else may 
be
their foundation.
As
ever, R. C.
CONTENTS
THE
SPIRIT IN THE BODY 
Letter
Twenty
Do
not all the senses resolve themselves into what may be called “feeling”—the 
residuum
of all perceptions, the resolution into the one sense-perception? If I 
do
not feel any perception there is none for me; also there are grades of 
feeling,
deep or superficial, more or less transient in effect. We often say “I 
see”
when we really do not mean what we call sight, but comprehension, which to 
my
way of thinking means a feeling in regard to the matter. We may rightly call 
this
“one sense” seeing, if that implies the grasp of all the characteristics of 
the
subject.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
It
seems to me that the true body of man could be well considered as a set of 
trained
"mirrors" these as conscious lives have their own “seeing” and
“memory,” 
but
man’s seeing and memory would not be theirs nor his feeling, either. “The 
eyes
of the Highest see through the eyes of the lowest,” but the “lowest” does 
not
see what the “Highest” does. In each case the seeing is related to the area 
of
vision. The Perceiver may be universally perceptive without relation, or may 
be
particularly related by focalization— which would mean a shutting out of all 
perceptions
but those upon which feeling was concentrated. In such latter case, 
the
various “mirrors” thus cut off from contemplation would have their own 
seeing,
which might or might not be stored and regained by the Perceiver in 
accordance
with the training given them by the individualized being. “Kutastha 
he
who standeth on high, unaffected. But there is another spirit designated as 
the
Supreme Spirit—Paramatma—which permeates and sustains the three worlds.” The 
former
could be taken as the Perceiver, the latter as Consciousness per Se.
JiveAtma
is the One Life; from and in this arises being and Divinity; i.e., full 
self-consciousness.
Light, Life, Being, and Divinity—growth and 
individualization
within the One, ever tending toward greater universality: this 
seems
to tell the story, but words do not always carry the meaning of the 
speaker
or writer; yet sometimes a new meaning is given by the juxtaposition of 
ideas
as expressed in words. The usual tendency is to consider differentiation 
in
general and in particular, forgetting that That which sees differentiation is 
not
any of the things seen, and to attribute to the “sights” the qualities which 
can
be seen and known only by That which sees.
Yes,
the problems are to be faced now, in this life, because they present 
themselves.
And we have the ways and means to “over come” in our philosophy of 
life.
Does not the command to “stand aside” mean to look on, to watch the play 
of
forces? We cannot do that if we make ourselves the lighter. “Be not thou the 
warrior,
let him battle for thee,” bespeaks renunciation of self-interest in the 
result
of one’s actions.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
Do
you not think that much of our feeling of “strenuosity” comes from wanting 
what
we want and not wanting what we don’t want? Like and dislike. To be neither 
elated
by success nor downcast by failure is the even way; we know that and we 
keep
trying for it. The very effort and desire to attain will bring it about 
through
all the circumstances which are our teachers.
I
think that the way is to begin with the small things. Do not permit yourself 
to
be annoyed by them: we demand services as our right in so many ways, and are 
annoyed
when we do not get them as we think they should come. At least, that is 
the
way I have found it. And adopting that attitude in the small, the same is 
maintained
in the great, and much more easily. Also, to help us, perhaps, there 
is
a multitude of small annoyances to each great trouble.
If
sensitiveness goes no deeper than the personality, it will be constantly 
offending
the basis of that false entity, and be a source of irritation to the 
person,
as to others by reaction. With strong natures this is difficult to 
control,
but a simple rule might be adopted which would help much if carried 
out:
“Never speak nor write if the slightest trace of irritation remains”; wait; 
or,
if speaking or writing is necessary, take some subject which permits of 
accord.
It is remarkable how quickly one state may be stilled and quite another 
one
induced by a recognition of the fact and a use of knowledge. Another help is 
to
take everything that comes as a matter of course—as it really is law. No use, 
expending
energy on what might have been, nor throwing the onus of conditions on 
any
one else. When the condition is taken care of calmly and dispassionately, 
the
causes that led up to it may be judicially considered and stored away for 
future
use. In this way power grows, is “stored.” The other way fritters away 
energy
and causes its dispersion in others.
If
we are looking for light, it is because we find darkness where at one time we 
thought
there was light: this is also experience and of the truer sort. One’s 
personal
experience is one facet through which experience may be gained; to be 
of
real value it has to be related to and made a part of all experiences. It is 
as
you say, “de-
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
pendence
on principles and faith in those principles” leads us out of the 
obscurity
cast by the bundles of perceptions that are dignified by the name of 
“mind.”
This means a stoppage of the ordinary basis of action, the (lower) mind 
in
use, and a creation from the source within, in a true relation, a creation 
which
proceeds from the basis of the eternal verities. “By those who see the 
truth
and look into the principles of things, the ultimate characteristic of 
these
both is seen.”
Undeniably,
it is startling to many to think that perhaps we had some of the 
Masters
working directly among us, with us, and for us, and that we judged them 
as
though they were actuated by our small and selfish motives. This might not be 
true
for us, but it is true for many who are now very much in the public eye as 
Theosophical
exponents, and who appear to be still oblivious of the fact. That 
this
lack of discrimination should lead to all sorts of mistakes and wrong steps 
is
easily perceived, as also that many who came later were blinded by those who 
claimed
to know. It must be clear to everyone who has done much Theosophical 
reading
and study of H. P. B. and W. Q. J., that the failure of the T. S. lay 
principally
in that non-recognition, for it implies a lack of comprehension and 
power
to apply the philosophy given. “They may learn, but what of that?” It 
would
be well for us and for the world if all had held true to the Teachers and 
Teachings;
we know that they have not. Belief in any one or any thing is not 
called
for, but devotion to the lines laid down is, and this is sure to bring 
about
right understanding and right relation.
These
words occur in H. P. B.’s message: “Although Theosophical ideas have 
entered
into every development or form which awakening spirituality has assumed, 
yet
Theosophy pure and simple has still a severe battle to fight for recognition 
.
. . there are others among us who realize intuitionally that the recognition 
of
pure Theosophy—the philosophy of the rational explanation of things and not 
the
tenets—is of the most vital importance inasmuch as it alone can furnish the 
beacon
light needed to guide humanity on its true path. This should never be 
forgotten.”
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
To
us, here is clearly and unequivocally stated the duty of those who desire to 
carry
on the work done by Her, and there is no question at all as to Who and 
what
She spoke for. It is that we are by every means in our power endeavoring to 
do.
We have devoted our lives to it, and there is no energy to spare for any 
other
issue.
As
ever, R. C.
CONTENTS
THE
SPIRIT IN THE BODY
Letter
Twenty-One
I
am more than glad that surroundings are pleasant and prospects fair. While you 
may
be mentally living with us, as you say, we are in like manner living with 
you.
It is like getting a multiplied experience—a study of the hearts of men. I 
think
we shall get some good things out of it all, and at long range, too.
Yes,
there is really a Thinker, who thinks; who has perceptions on the 
phenomenal
side of every plane. While in waking consciousness, those who 
identify
the Thinker with the phenomenal perceptions of physical existence are 
fully
as wise as one would be who identifies himself with the scenes in a moving 
picture
show. Such an one would not be creative in active thought, 
deliberatively
peopling his current in space with thought-forms that spring from 
a
knowledge of the true; he would be a mere reflector of impressions—a sort of 
battledore
and shuttle-cock; of such is not the kingdom of heaven.
These
thinkers have gotten themselves into the realm of “passing shadows” which 
shut
out the light. They may be likened to the prodigal son who left his 
father’s
house and fed on husks with the swine. Some day, they may like him 
remember
and say, “I will arise and go to my father.” When they do so and 
endeavor
to find the way back, they will be helped by the deliberate thoughts of 
those
who have lighted the fires for their guidance; we all can help in that 
way,
as well as in others. There should be an encouragement in that thought. 
Have
you seen Mr. Judge’s article in the Path, “Each Member a Center”? “As 
above,
so below—” analogy everywhere and correspon-
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
dence.
But correspondence does not imply sameness of process. The thinker is a 
creator,
and endows his thoughts with self-reproductive power for such time as 
accords
with their nature, and the kind of matter they relate to. Kinds of 
matter
and states of consciousness are intimately related; in fact, the teaching 
indicates
that Manasic consciousness has its habitat in the fifth state of 
matter
as does Buddhic in the sixth state. The permanency of thought creations 
would
naturally be greater in subtile than in gross matter; these last would die 
out
in short order were it not that the lower aspect of Manas receives the first 
impact,
and, by attention given, recharges their batteries to a greater or less 
degree.
That attention is of the nature of identification with the impact. Here 
we
have the meaning of self-interest. The destruction of these obstacles lies in 
renunciation
of self-interest in the result of actions and reliance upon the 
power
of Truth—the Self—the Supreme.
You
say, “It is strange how little faith there is in the power of truth.” I 
translate
this, “in the power of truth perceived.” There is power in this 
perception,
when reliance is placed on it. Rely on the power of truth perceived; 
if
this is done, there is not much left for any other assumption of power. So 
with
speaking; it is an acquisition—a talent gained by yourself, and for use—not 
of
the transient physical man, but of the Divine Man. To talk Theosophy in the 
spirit
of Theosophy cannot be wrong; so what we have to learn is to guard and 
“use
with care those living messengers called words.” Let us make all our 
faculties
serve the one end.
That
action and reaction take place more rapidly with you is not a bad sign. It 
shows
a fluidic state wherein the sediment may be precipitated, and it will 
be—if
reliance is placed upon the power of truth. For the nature of the inner 
man
is of Truth, and the perception of truth is of the same nature. Action and 
reaction
must be mutual and complementary.
The
“theosophical” meeting that you write of is much as I should imagine—they 
have
missed the key as have so many others; they have become involved in the 
processes
of life. I wonder if these unfortunates ever think what it was that H. 
P.
B. founded?
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
Was
it any branch or the people who belong to branches? “Let it be understood 
that
with the exoteric society H. P. B. has nothing to do.” That which was 
founded
by H. P. B. was not the diversified aggregation now existing, but 
something
else which bore that name. They might also consider the saying well 
known
to them, “If ye love me ye will keep my commandments.” It would be good if 
—
should voluntarily desire to come with us, but I do not think it wise to press 
any
one or try to convince; make bold statements if you wish, to provoke 
questions
and stimulate enquiry, but let it go at that. Do not try to explain 
everything
so fully as to leave no room for germinative thought on the part of 
enquirers.
As
ever, R. C.
CONTENTS
THE
SPIRIT IN THE BODY
Letter
Twenty-Two
Why
is it necessary to sleep? Primarily, because the nature of the body is such 
that
it can stand the impact of the life-current needed to allow the exhibition 
of
waking-consciousness, for a portion of the time, only; the resistance of 
waking-consciousness
must cease, so that the “current” flows through the body 
unobstructed,
thus renewing the ability to withstand the impact. This impact 
during
loss of sleep tends to break down the cells of the body and organs faster 
than
new ones can be formed. The body will die from lack of sleep more quickly 
than
from lack of food.
It
is the body that sleeps—the Ego does not. When the impact of Life grows too 
strong
for the body, the power to function through it ceases; the Ego, 
therefore,
functions in other sheaths until the body becomes equilibrized.
The
Ego lives its own separate life whenever it becomes free from the trammels 
of
matter—that is, during the physical sleep. Its thoughts are not subjective 
pictures
in the brain, such as our thoughts when the body is in use, but living 
acts—realities—for
they instantly realize themselves in action by the power of 
Kriya
sakti, that power which transforms ideas instantaneously into
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
visible
forms. Sometimes these thought-actions are reflected in the brain and 
the
person says, “I dreamed thus and so.” He feels as though he had lived 
through
something as a person (which means his brain-consciousness), whereas as 
such
he had not; but what he perceived through the brain were partial 
impressions,
usually distorted, as other ideas mingle by the power of the 
association
of ideas. It can be seen, then, why Right thought and Right action 
must
prevail in order to be able to use the higher knowledge on this plane. 
Right
thought prepares the “thinking principle,” and Right action so prepares 
the
physical brain that no distortion arises from it. The “real man” knows; the 
evanescent
personality does not know, in the race generally,—but may. This is 
the
great work which our present efforts, if persisted in, lead to.
From
the fact that we “wake” during the day, and “sleep” at night, might be 
deduced
the conclusion that the direct and in direct rays of the Sun (Sun and 
Moon)
have much to do with the states. As a rule men do not rise and retire with 
the
Sun, especially in races where intellectual growth is marked; on the other 
hand,
lower races—simpler minds—do. This might be taken to indicate that Manas, 
being
of a higher plane, and partially active on the physical, has the power to 
draw
from either the direct or indirect rays of the Sun in maintenance of the 
body.
In either case, how-ever, the body will remain in condition for waking 
consciousness
for only a certain period. Being of the earth earthy, it is 
subject
to the general laws of forces pertaining to the earth, of which it is a 
part.
The
general laws of forces pertaining to the earth, again, are the subsidiary 
results
of the higher laws under which advanced beings are evolving; so, it may 
be
summed up that the body sleeps because it needs rest (the Ego does not need 
it
all the time), and because body, Egos, all beings and Manvantaras are 
possible
only under the law of periodicity—activity followed by rest. Rest 
represents
“the unmanifested,” and activity the manifested, the “Unmanifested” 
being
a limited but general state, such as “sleep,” in and from which, as we 
have
heard, other higher states are acces-
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
sible.
So there you are, link upon link, chain upon chain—all connected and all 
under
one great law. I have your last pamphlet from Path IV. It is nourishment 
in
tabloid form, and will give basis for many talks. Thank you on behalf of 
myself
and others who will be benefited. No doubt, your heart-felt desire for 
that
benefit will be felt by those open. Yes, indeed; all our gratitude should 
be
to H. P. B., and to her “alter ego” W. Q. J., particularly, for those 
building-up
efforts which have for so long been passed over by selfishly 
ambitious
Theosophists (save the mark!). That we are so fortunate as to be 
brought
in touch and understanding of his endeavor is the best of Karma; and 
that
we should feel impelled to bring this benefit to the notice of others is 
indicative
of discrimination and a test of true discipleship. “Inasmuch as ye 
have
done it to the least of these, ye have done it unto me.”
It
matters little if few come to the meetings; these few may be the means of 
bringing
many; and besides, the effort and sacrifice are what bring the ultimate 
result.
“A few drops of rain do not constitute a monsoon but they presage it.”
In
our age it is well to consider what the Great Ones have done and do. Age 
after
age, year after year, They conserve the knowledge and wait, doing what 
They
can, and how They can in accordance with cyclic law. Knowing this and doing 
thus,
there can be no room for doubt or discouragement. “Theosophy is for those 
who
want it, and for none others.” We are holding, waiting and working for those 
few
earnest souls who will grasp the plan and further the work, “for the harvest 
is
ready and the laborers are few.” Those who were entitled to the first 
invitation
to the feast have had it, and now with many of these—sad to say—their 
ears
are so dulled and their attention so diverted that no number of repetitions 
will
reach them. Yet it must be held out continually for all. That is our 
work—our
self-assumed work. We have the example in W. Q. J., in means, methods 
and
spirit, and we, so doing, serve that Great Lodge of which he was and is a 
great
and devoted part.
As
ever, R. C.
CONTENTS
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
THE
SPIRIT IN THE BODY 
Letter
Twenty-Three
Reactions
must come; a period of high thought and endeavor is not yet the 
consummation,
and must of necessity— being above the normal level—bring about a 
condition
below it. Knowing this to be the law of action and reaction, the 
buoyancy
resulting from this knowledge should bring us quickly from below to a 
higher
level than before, to a better understanding.
Ships,
sailors and men of all kinds get into “doldrums” at times. The sailors 
know
that there is no getting anywhere without the ship, and the ship goes not 
without
wind, so they—just wait for the wind. Some, I have heard, go to 
whistling
in order to raise a breeze, but I do not imagine that the wind is 
hurried
at all by their efforts, and the whistlers only keep themselves in a 
state
of irritation by their deferred hopes. The wiser take the opportunity to 
repair
their kits, and do a general overhauling, so that when the wind does 
come,
all is ready for it. The general position with them, no doubt, is that a 
sailor’s
life is “work all the time,” the kind of work. being determined only by 
the
circumstances.
A
true student of Theosophy is, I think, a good deal like the sailor in many 
ways—particularly
in the realization that whatever comes, it means work, in one 
way
or another. A realization of the thing to be done gives the right direction 
to
effort. And we, who know that the universe exists for the purposes of Soul, 
can
be but momentarily disturbed by anything that may come to pass. You have 
attitude,
and the adjustment of the effects of events to it must become more and 
more
easy and rapid as time goes on, and enough “monads” have been examined to 
get
the general classification. Call it a study class doing examples in 
obstacles.
To my mind, you are dead right in saying we blunder if we think that 
we
get anything outside. That is the tendency of the age—analysis instead of 
synthesis.
We have not only to fight this in ourselves, but likewise to meet the 
effects
of it on every hand. It
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
is
a tough fight, but it makes strong souls; and we accept both these 
propositions.
We did not start out expecting a “train deluxe” to heaven. We knew 
it
was to be a fight every step of the way; and not only do we have to fight, 
but
to meet and surmount all the obstacles that the enemy—this 
civilization—places
in our way. But in view of the great prize—the uplift of 
humanity—these
obstacles offer opportunity to get into fighting trim, and as 
such
should be welcomed rather than decried or denied. We know all these things, 
yet
we have to say them over and over again to ourselves and to each other for 
mutual
encouragement. And it is right that it should be so. The comrades who are 
well
support those who may be suffering from illness and disability from 
whatever
cause, and they are right glad to do so, for our army is an army by 
reason
of mutual support. Think what OUR ARMY is, and despair—if you can.
I
am reading all your statements with interest; they all show a consideration 
from
the right standpoint—from Universals to particulars. I think with you that 
what
is called “old-fashioned hard thinking” is worse than useless, and that “if 
one
keeps pondering on the philosophy or some application of it, ideas arise in 
the
mind.” Pondering on the Self as in all things, and all things in the Self 
must
be productive, even as the Self is the producer.
It
is not so much what we can formulate as what we consciously live; the 
formulation
may give direction and continuity, and so is useful to ourselves and 
to
others; but the application of right thought comes from pondering on the 
Self.
Your letters indicate that attitude. The thing to be guarded against is 
the
materializing of the ideas, and I see no sign of that in you. The Egoic 
consciousness,
being not limited like that of the physical, and in a state of 
matter
inconceivable to us, our terms cannot comprehend it, although its 
universal
application can be brought to bear upon our present plane, and a 
junction
made—which is no junction in the ordinary sense, but a higher 
view-point.
All these attempts are efforts, and everywhere in Nature we see that 
effort
brings results.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
Judge
said “All, all is the Self.” He said this for no other possible reason 
than
that the idea might be seized upon and held. The Gita says: “Enveloped by 
my
magic illusion I am not visible to the world” (that is, to segregated forms 
of
perception), “for this my divine illusive power acting through the natural 
qualities
is difficult to surmount, and those only can surmount it who have 
recourse
to Me alone.” “I am the Cause unseen, and the visible effect.” “But for 
those
who thinking of me as identical with all, constantly worship me, I BEAR 
THE
BURDEN OF THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THEIR HAPPINESS.”
All
these quotations you know very well, yet they cannot be too often repeated. 
I
think you stated the gist of the matter when you said that any differentiation 
whatever
is Maya—because impermanent. There is nothing but Consciousness per se; 
all
the rest are perceptions in and of different states of matter, and in 
infinite
aggregations.
You
have had a hard week of it; look for the compensation not for yourself, but 
under
Law.
As
ever, R. C.
CONTENTS
THE
SPIRIT IN THE BODY
Letter
Twenty-Four
The
despondency of the age is a general tendency, partly personal and partly 
belonging
to the age. It comes in cycles, as you will have observed. When it 
comes,
the cycle has reached its lowest point. Knowing this, we begin to lift up 
that
cycle by rising quickly from it, and so help to reduce its influence, not 
only
for ourselves but for the age. When we are at the low point, we should try 
to
remember our fellows who are unconsciously suffering from that of which we 
not
only know the cause, but the remedy.
“The
student oftentimes by reason of the changes going on within, feels himself 
less
fitted to cope with existing conditions, but He Must Work. It is his only 
salvation.
What is needed is an utter and entire consecration of the worker to 
the
Cause.”
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
Never
were truer words said, and all that follows is in direct line. Keep that 
spirit,
and all will be well. You have asked for a synopsis of what was said at 
the
last meeting, but I find this most difficult, as I do not remember the words 
I
used. The pamphlet was used as a basis for talk—the subject, “The Unknown 
God.”
One questioner asked, “How could there be a philosophy of the Infinite?” 
Reply
was, there could not be a philosophy of the Infinite, but there could be a 
philosophy
of all Existence. Whether there be existence or none, the Infinite 
Is,
and must be outside of all speculation; the philosophy is in regard to the 
origin,
nature, history, development and destiny of Man, and his worlds—for 
worlds
and men develop together. I then gave the idea of Space as representing 
the
Infinite; of Consciousness, per Se, the Power to perceive—without anything 
to
perceive; the desire to know itself could only be fulfilled by seeing itself 
reflected.
The possibilities of all grades of density of matter being in the 
primordial
matter, and the Power of Creation, Preservation and Destruction 
residing
in Consciousness, the first differentiation took place in accordance 
with
the desire. Functioning in that denser state, and thereby obtaining form, a 
further
differentiation was produced, more dense, and so on, down to the present 
state.
Pointed out that it was the desire to live that kept us alive; the desire 
for
sentient life that brought us back into incarnation. As we rise to higher 
planes
of being, desire becomes less individual and more general—for the welfare 
of
humanity and all creatures. From this we may be able to get some perception 
that
Desire, from being general in the beginning of manifestation, became more 
and
more individual as denser matter was evolved, until with us it reached the 
point
of separated personal desire. The way back must lie through continual 
approach
to that Unity from which all have come. The philosophy exists in order 
that
Man may rebecome a God—as he was and in reality Is.
Your
last pamphlet is to my mind a great one; it points out so many things so 
clearly.
For instance, when it speaks of “analysis” as being the “thought-form” 
of
the age, it indicates to me that our general consciousness is one of 
analysis—classifications—
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
no
synthesis anywhere. In pointing this out to others, there is much opportunity 
to
show how narrow a range of thinking our much lauded civilization has. Then 
how
clearly stands out the statement, “There can be but one philosophy, which is 
a
synthesis of the whole, and which by its consistency and logic proves itself.”
On
the other hand, what have we? Warring dogmatic religions; science which 
clings
to a materialistic basis; and a psychology which is worse off than 
either,
because it attempts to deal with meta-physics from a material basis of 
consciousness;
and at last, so-called New Thought which devotes its energies to 
one
physical life. What a contrast! How can men fail to realize that they are 
ignorant
indeed, and that none of these things bring knowledge. Then they would 
arouse
themselves to seek for light. The student of Theosophy knows that the 
reason
they are so blind to patent facts is that they are surrounded by the 
clouds
of past lives and cannot pierce through them; that all that can be done 
is
to let the light so shine that all who will may see it, thus sowing seed for 
future
harvests. It would be a hopeless task were it not for Reincarnation.
I
am glad that you are able to perceive and hold the right attitude in regard to 
events.
In both of your letters there is evidence, perhaps indefinable, yet 
plainly
perceptible, of an inner action; moreover, there is more of 
unanimity—accord—however
the outer at times may seem to deny it. While we work, 
we
grow; we grow most when our thought is so occupied with the work that we have 
no
thought for ourselves, nor for events, in their color and their relation to 
us.
Knowing that there must be light and shade, heat and cold, pain and pleasure 
in
life, we can take them as we take any climate in which we live, and just 
accept
what comes—as the meta-physical climate of the time, place and condition 
in
which we are—and go on with the appointed work.
What
we have learned gives us a larger view of Karma than the mere personal. We 
begin
to perceive that beyond the personal there comes to the worker in the 
field
of Theosophy—the student disciple—those other phases of Karma which arise 
from
family and race. By the very nature of the effort made, and the position
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
from
which it is made, those other phases must be felt more and more as the 
student
progresses. It may seem to him that it is all personal; and it is, in 
the
sense that he is a focus for it; but, if we have assimilated what the steps 
must
be that lead to adeptship, we must know that the battle we are fighting is 
not
our own, but that of the world, and that the sins of the world will in 
increasing
measure be laid on us until we have finally conquered. If, on the 
contrary
we take these things as personal only, we may conquer them as such, but 
of
us then it would be said, “Inasmuch as ye did it not unto the least of these, 
ye
did it not unto me.”
Your
Sunday meeting was certainly a small one, and apparently of little use; but 
who
can tell? We know that it is the effort that counts, and having made it, 
Karma
does the rest. There are many of these poor unfortunates who are caught in 
the
mazes of the psychic realm; as long as they look there for their “guru,” he 
will
not be found. Good thoughts and ideas may go quite easily with 
self-delusion;
indeed, if they did not, there would be less delusion. All these 
things
are good practice for you; each “crank” presents a new phase of delusion, 
and
has to be studied at the time and handled as well as may be, as well as 
studied
further subsequently. It is fortunate also that they come to you in such 
small
detachments, and not in crowds or with crowds. The greater the obstacle 
the
greater the effort, so we will see to it that the good work goes on, with 
charity
toward all and with malice toward none, and with all our power as the 
cycle
permits. Well, “sleep sweet” and may you bring from the other side of life 
all
necessary power and help.
As
ever, R. C.
CONTENTS
THE
SPIRIT IN THE BODY
Letter
Twenty-Five
“Doubt
nothing, fear nothing, chafe at nothing”—we often have to say to 
ourselves,
when conditions seem to hedge us in and prevent the carrying out of 
some
good work. These conditions are not only our Karma but that of those we 
have
in mind to help. Yet we must strive for them, the best we can, to lift 
their
Karma
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
and
ours. Sometimes it may seem as if everything conspired to laugh at us and 
deride
our best efforts; but we know all that is but the dead weight of the 
world’s
conditions which the Masters, and those who have volunteered, are 
working
continuously to lift; and we feel the assurance which comes from 
understanding
that none of this struggle is in vain. Masters do all that is 
possible
for Them to do; we strive to follow Their example in doing Their work 
in
this world of conditioned existence, each in his place; the knowledge that it 
is
Their work, and what should be done, sustains us. What matters it, then, what 
kind
of conditions confront us? Nothing has yet stopped us, although at times it 
has
seemed that we could go no further; and we are constrained to see that 
nothing
can stop us—not life nor death nor any other thing. So we cheer-fully go 
on
to the end of ends, with our lives and all that they contain—that All may 
Live,
following the footsteps of those Great Ones who have trodden the Path 
before
us.
One
may constitute himself a disciple by his own inward desire, but that does 
not
involve the Masters until he reaches that degree of development where he is 
actually
accepted as a chela. Masters cannot be drawn in unwillingly; neither 
will
They ever refuse help when deserved. Masters in bodies do take upon 
themselves
the Karma of that which They teach, and where an actual relation 
mutually
assumed exists, They must feel bodily the errors of omission and 
commission
of each pupil. Undoubtedly, Those who have been here would have 
remained
until this time, or longer, had the professed disciples been true to 
their
pledges.
It
is said They hold back the awful Karma of the world in order to provide 
further
opportunities. But They do not feel the Karma, while knowing it, and 
mitigating
the evil forces generated by Man. The power to feel all, implies the 
power
of not to feel. They must be able to do the right thing, in the right 
measure,
at the right time, and in the right place, and thus can isolate 
themselves
from prying curiosity, or desire toward Them from wrong motive. 
Otherwise
Their work would be impeded. A desire to know is not a condition, and 
the
proper condition
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
is
the necessary requisite for a demand upon Them; the demand is contained in 
the
condition. in Their Message to the Western World, They have shown how They 
may
be reached, even publicly, in every possible way. Those who admit that 
Masters
exist, and deny or ignore Their message, can hardly be in the way of 
receiving
Their direct help. Yet help is accorded to all in a general way, each 
raising
the self by the Self until the requisite condition of notice or demand 
exists.
None can be shut out; the welfare of all is desired.
Yet
there must be indirect ways, and the direct way. If any aspirant cannot be 
made
to perceive the direct way, then he must take the way he sees. His 
inability
to see bespeaks his Karma, his condition; so also, the fact of not 
having
had the Message brought forcibly to him bespeaks former opportunities 
deliberately
turned aside or neglected—a Karma numerously incurred during the 
past
thirty-odd years. Much as it may seem like dogma, there is but one 
philosophy;
there are Masters; there is Their Message. It is not dogma because 
it
is a statement of fact, which each is invited to prove for himself—and shown 
how
to do it. True knowledge has been lost to the world; the Masters restore it. 
They
help those directly whom They can; those so helped help others directly and 
indirectly.
The cycle has an upward, less material, tendency; it needs right 
direction,
which the direct and indirect influence of the Message provides. 
Blessed
are those who are able to perceive and take the direct way.
You
are quite right, I think, in your deductions regarding “repetitions.” They 
are,
in the case of my talks, re-petitions; only, most do not see what is in 
them.
“There is nothing new under the sun”; there is only a handing on of what 
has
been known before. As the synthesis of the philosophy can be given in a very 
few
words comparatively, those who make only one application of the words—see 
only
one color of the prism, hear only one sound of the scale—naturally get the 
monotony
of it. I think the main obstacle in the way of some is an attitude of 
criticism,
such as, for instance, is taken in saying, “His interpretation does 
not
agree
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
with
mine;” or anything, in fact, that considers the person, rather than the 
meaning.
Our
last meeting was a good one. One questioner asked, ‘Why is it that 
Theosophists
are so passive to political and social conditions?” My reply was: 
No
true Theosophist is passive to any-thing; his knowledge, however, shows him 
where
his energy can be best used for the benefit of humanity. He does not waste 
his
energy poulticing the boils on the body corporate, but devotes it to the 
pointing
out of the seat of the disease and the remedy. It is apparent to 
anybody
that the cause of all human troubles is selfishness and ignorance. The 
ignorance,
which is the cause of the selfishness, lies in men’s way of 
thinking—their
ideas in regard to life. The prevailing idea is that there is but 
one
life, and that each must struggle for himself as against all others. The 
very
idea contains in it “fight,” “opposition,”—his hand against every man and 
every
man’s hand against him. As long as these ideas prevail in men’s minds, 
they
will act selfishly and in opposition, where self-interest is concerned. The 
Theosophist
knows what the true way is; that man lives many lives, and that in 
each
life he reaps what he sowed in other lives, as well as in this one; that if 
every
man were to have this knowledge, he would see that true happiness for all 
can
be obtained only when each human being uses all his powers for the good of 
others.
Under such a way of thinking, no man would be allowed to suffer for one 
moment,
because there would be many willing hands to help on every side. The 
greatest
need, then, is to have a right and true philosophy of life, for the 
following
of it will not only bring relief from the many forms of suffering, but 
a
knowledge that will lead humanity to greater heights. The Theosophist works to 
relieve
the cause in the only way possible. Doubtless, if Theosophists were more 
numerous,
they would be found relieving every possible distress to the best of 
their
ability; but, unfortunately for the world, they are few, and are thus 
compelled
to put all their energy into calling attention to the true nature of 
man,
and to a philosophy of life, so that more and more minds may be turned that 
way,
and the day of relief brought nearer.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
This
was not by any means an ideal answer, but it seemed to be what the 
questioner
was ready to consider.
With
regard to Metaphysics and Physics; metaphysics is beyond physics and must 
have
preceded the latter. It seems to me that Metaphysics becomes physics by 
ideation
on the plane of physical density. To the perceiver on any plane, 
perceptions
are objective to him; on a higher plane than this, would they not be 
his
“physics,” although metaphysical to us? From our plane, that which is 
metaphysical
becomes physical when embodied. Perhaps I do not get what you want; 
if
there is nothing here, come again.
As
ever, R. C.
CONTENTS
THE
SPIRIT IN THE BODY
Letter
Twenty-Six
“Try;
try; ever keep trying.” “Realization comes from dwelling on the things to 
be
realized.” Following such injunctions of Those Who Know, a constant gain will 
appear.
Ups and downs there will be, in accordance with the swing of the 
pendulum,
or, more properly, the turn of the spiral. Knowing the law of action, 
we
can keep on, whether we are at the highest or lowest point of the cycle. As 
time
goes on and the right attitude is maintained, we shall grow less and less 
subject
to the high or the low.
To
realize, at the beginning, the continuous effort required, would be 
discouraging;
but as the greatness of the task we have set before ourselves 
becomes
more and more real, we grow into the condition represented in the six 
glorious
virtues as that of being constitutionally incapable of deviating from 
the
right path.
We
have in the past generated, or created by thought, and re-inforced by action, 
numerous
elemental beings of the nature of Prakriti. As long as our thought is 
in
keeping with their natures, no great friction is observed; but when our 
thoughts
fail to provide them with sustenance, the struggle for life begins, and 
must
continue until these creatures of ours die, or are so changed as to cause 
no
hindrance. It is a new Manvantara in our little solar system, “the guiding 
spirit”
ruling, controlling, or sweeping away
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
all
entities connected with the old evolution, in accordance with the key-note 
of
the new. So, in the concrete state of the old, and the nebulous state of the 
new,
we have to go through the preparatory Rounds. Great Nature repeats her 
action
in accordance with Law, in the small as well as the great.
As
to “the hardest job of reconciliation” set you in this matter of H—: you will 
remember
that I said in a recent letter that I wanted you to keep in touch with 
the
various events, so that you might be able to observe developments—see how 
things
work out under certain methods founded on principles, for all these 
things
are object lessons.
In
the first place, there is no room for misjudgment; judge not at all as to 
persons
should be the rule. As to their ideas, their capacity to grasp one set 
implies
capacity to grasp other kinds. If they have wrong conceptions and are 
amenable
to reason, their wrong conceptions can be reasonably considered on 
their
merits— in themselves, first, and then in their relation to other 
conceptions.
In all this, there has to be first sought points of agreement—all 
of
them; in fact, show a disposition to agree. At no time should any 
oppositional
attitude be felt or assumed—no expressed or implied superiority of 
knowledge.
If opposition exists even in thought, a counter opposition is set up, 
and
the aim to enlighten is not effected. Of course, none of this prevents one 
from
seeing things as they are, and leaving the door wide open for others to see 
what
we do.
Our
work lies among those whose ideas are in strong opposition to what we know 
as
truth. We have to meet ideas as we find them, and extend them in the 
direction
we know. This is a different case from a talk on Theosophy, where we 
are
giving an exposition in order that others may know what it is.
One
of the results of wisdom is the ability—in degree, at least—to do the right 
thing,
at the right time, and in the right place. The object of all right doing 
is
to help others who are seen and known not to be right. Our seeing and knowing 
their
present condition gives us the clue to the kind and manner of helping. If 
we
judge them incapable of help, we shall afford them none. So
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
we
judge not, but like the Sun and Nature, treat all alike—shine for all, work 
for
all, irrespective of presently held ideas, or presumable qualifications in 
any.
Such has been the course of all great Teachers. They come to call “not 
saints,
but sinners to repentance.” All have had their Judases, but even Judases 
have
to have their chance with the rest; even they are inherently perfect, and 
having
free will may rise to the opportunity. The Gospel hymn which says, “While 
the
lamp holds out to burn, the vilest sinner may return,” voices a truth; so 
what
is there in all this that calls for mortal judgment? None, I think you will 
say,
when you consider the matter in its wider bearing, and in the light of 
Karma
which brings opportunity both to give and to receive.
There
is no pretense of personal virtue or knowledge in handing on for the 
benefit
of others what one perceives to be good for them. A claim, even a 
thought
of personal virtue, is detrimental— because it is personal. The Egoic 
perceptions
on this plane are limited by this very thing.
“Thy
body is not self, thy Self is in itself without a body, and either praise 
or
blame affects it not.”
“Deliverance
of mind from thralldom by the cessation of sin and faults is not 
for
‘Deva-Egos’ (reincarnating egos). Thus says the ‘Doctrine of the Heart.’
“The
Dharma of the ‘Heart’ is the embodiment of Bodhi (True, Divine Wisdom), the 
Permanent
and Everlasting.”
“To
live to benefit Mankind is the first step. To practise the six glorious 
virtues
is the second.”
The
six glorious virtues are:
ONE—“Sama.”
It consists in obtaining perfect mastery over the mind (the seat of 
emotions
and desires), and in forcing it to act in subordination to the 
intellect
which had been strengthened by attaining— 
(1.)
“Right knowledge of the real and the unreal” (Right Philosophy).
(2.)
“Perfect indifference to the fruits of one’s actions, both here and 
hereafter.”
(Renunciation of the fruits of actions.)
TWO—“Dama.”
Complete mastery over bodily acts.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
THREE—
"Uparati."Renunciation of all formal religion, and the acquirement of
contemplation
of objects without being in the least disturbed in the performance 
of
the great task one has set before oneself.
FOUR—“Titiksha.”
Cessation of desire and a constant readiness to part with 
everything
in the world.
FIVE—“Samadana.”
That which renders the student constitutionally incapable of 
deviating
from the right path.
six—“Shradda.”
Implicit confidence on the part of the pupil in his Master’s 
power
to teach, and his own power to learn.
SEVEN—One
other, and the last accomplishment required, is an intense desire for 
liberation
from conditioned existence, and for transformation into the One Life.
While
some of these may be beyond us, we can “practise” in these directions; in 
fact,
we have been so doing, and we know that practice makes perfect. Well, I 
must
stop now and send you the best I have, with love.
As
ever, R. C.
CONTENTS
THE
SPIRIT IN THE BODY
Letter
Twenty-Seven
It
is said that there is but one sense; the different organs are but modes of 
reception.
From the same point of view it might be said that there is but one 
“Eye”;
the rest are modes of seeing. These, of course, have to be brought into 
line
for unobstructed vision. The various soul sheaths, as I understand it, are 
formed
from the first ethereal substance of which the permanent body is 
composed.
Man is the microcosm of the macrocosm; so, imagine one individual in 
his
permanent body at the beginning of a solar system: that body will contain 
within
it all possible changes of density; those changes will be the necessary 
steps,
under the general law of the solar system, to reach the most concrete 
expression.
The
concrete expression must be reached in order that the descending 
intelligences
may be able to help or impel to a higher standard the forms of 
consciousness
not yet self-conscious; all
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
forms
meet and mingle in man. Each change in density of sheath involves a loss 
of
spiritual perception, and knowledge of the more dense matter obtainable in no 
other
way.
As
the universe exists solely for purposes of soul, and as resistance is met in 
degree
in all states of matter below the first state, the power of Creation, 
Preservation
and Destruction must be in operation on every plane and all the 
time.
Creation works in the change in density, and toward the ideal form for 
fullest
expression on this plane. This involves continual adjustment, implying 
the
preservation of that which fulfills the purpose, and the destruction of that 
which
does not, as well as further creation to take the place of that which was 
destroyed.
The Creator, Preserver and Destroyer within his own sphere, then, 
must
be the permanent Ego. The same law applies everywhere. For instance, in 
your
business, a new department is added; the other departments keep on and the 
new
one is either shaped into line with the general purpose—or cut off.
The
Secret Doctrine says that we are at the middle point of the seven Rounds; 
this
means that the collectivity of beings called ‘Nature” has passed through 
the
changes in density three times, each time reascending to the original state, 
each
descent marking a further density of each change. We now ascend perfecting 
and
assimilating for three and a half Rounds more, each succeeding plane 
becoming
less dense until the completion of the seventh Round, back to what 
might
be called real matter. Relating this to soul, it would appear that the 
sheaths
are not yet what they will be, though the Perceiver is one through all 
the
changes. The Self is the key, the plan, the purpose and the fulfillment—to 
lose
that sight, is to lose all.
The
quality of your Theosophical expositions seems to dissatisfy you, but the 
attitude
you hold in regard to it is infinitely better than as if you were proud 
of
it, and the probability of the improvement is thereby made certain. As I 
understand
the matter. your exposition is not criticised, but the manner of it; 
if
there is fault there, necessary correction should not be very difficult. All 
progress
is made by a recognition of disabilities at first, after which
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
follow
steps for their removal; but these are minor things. The great effort is 
to
promulgate the fundamental principles of Theosophy; it requires strenuous and 
persevering
exertion, but personal progress is forgotten in the effort. ‘With 
the
right attitude we would not realize our own advance, while it would be 
perfectly
patent to others; this, because we are aware of defects, which 
probably
look more important than they really are. Defects—not being 
valuable—are
not important; their absence is; therefore our thought should be in 
regard
to those qualifications which displace them. If we were refurnishing a 
house,
we would not be thinking of the old furniture, but of the new, which was 
to
take its place.
Being
of the Kshatriyas, and in training for the greatest battle that can be 
fought,
we welcome every event, great or small, that makes us fit for the 
strife.
As
ever, R. C.
CONTENTS
THE
SPIRIT IN THE BODY
Letter
Twenty-Eight
Your
letter received. True, it is hard for those who think in other ways to have 
to
exist in a world and at a time when the generally worshipped god is so hard, 
unfeeling
and merciless in his requirements. Yet such is our Karma, and the 
Karma
of the race we desire to help. We cannot help without sharing the Karma, 
and
in sharing we have to do it in all ways. These things are part of our 
trials.
We can but recognize that even heavenly death is provided for, and if 
so,
why not life—even as we know it?
We
would know that Law reigns for all, and for each and every circumstance, were 
it
not for our doubts and fears. It is natural that fears should arise, for all 
terrestrial
things tend to create them, yet we know from “Those who know” that 
“the
man who knoweth the Supreme Spirit, who is not deluded, and who is fixed on 
him,
doth not rejoice at obtaining what is pleasant, nor grieve when meeting 
what
is unpleasant.” “Be free from the ‘pairs of opposites’ and constant in the 
quality
of Sattwa, free from worldly anxiety and desire to preserve present 
possessions.”
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
All
this is like sending coals to Newcastle, yet sometimes a reiteration helps 
one
free himself; and too, your letter shows that you see clearly what is right, 
so
absolutely clear and sound that I fear some difficulty more than ordinary 
must
present itself to you. Yet for every difficulty there is a way, even if it 
is
not the way we see as the preferable one. And we have to overcome all sorts 
of
difficulties.
I
can understand right well the many things you have in mind to be provided for. 
In
all things there is but one thing to be done, and that is, the best we can. 
Then
await the event; meet one thing at a time, and as it comes. Thus we avoid 
attachment
to results, and interject no interference with the law which works 
for
good to those who love it.
We
so desire personal assurance that all will be well with the personal self 
that
we distrust ourselves and all others, if we do not get it; and all the time 
we
know that we should rely upon the law that works for righteousness. What, 
then,
is needed is a greater faith and confidence, a stronger courage.
I
had a little stone once, upon which was engraved, “Even this will pass away.” 
It
served many a time to remind me of the transitory nature of all trials and 
troubles.
The motto is a good one and may serve many others, if used when need 
arises.
In
all the above, it is not meant that proper care should be neglected, but that 
fear
and doubt should be dismissed. “Fear is the same thing as frigidity on the 
earth,
and always proceeds by the process of freezing.” Who can say in how many 
ways
that “freezing” prevents what would otherwise be.
To
one confronted by “hard facts,” philosophy seems inadequate, especially when 
one
has to meet the fact, and when the philosophy is quoted by another. Yet it 
is
this very application that has to be made in every circumstance. No great 
effort
is necessary to apply philosophy when the stress is slight; but when the 
stress
is great, greater effort is needed. The main thing is to apply the 
philosophy,
and in fact rely on it. All sorts of unforeseen obstacles will arise 
to
test that reliance, in order that we may be
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
confirmed,
and ourselves rendered “constitutionally incapable of diverging from 
the
true path.”
We
do not encompass the six glorious virtues all at once, nor one at a time, but 
make
progress in all of them. Obstacles will arise in the circumstances of 
every-day
life and in our relations to each other.
I
have found it helpful to go back to the time when full confidence abounded, if 
obstacles
pressed hard and insistently. It often appears to us that obstacles 
that
meet us need not be; that they have no relation to the great task we have 
set
before ourselves; yet due consideration of what we have learned must show 
that
nothing can possibly occur which is out of that relation. We often say to 
ourselves,
“If this thing were only different, or proceeded or occurred in this 
other
way, it would be better,” failing to perceive that if it were different, 
it
would be different. The key to conduct, then, seems to be—taking things as 
they
come, and dealing with them singly day to day. We find this hard, yet the 
“hardness”
will continue in degree as we become “confirmed,” until all is easy. 
The
harder the effort, the greater the strength acquired.
I
used to look calmly and dispassionately at the very worst picture I could 
conjure
up as happening to myself, and found it helpful in getting rid of “fear 
of
consequences.” I mentally took account of the very worst, saw myself in it 
with
all that it entailed, went through it in all its parts leaving myself 
alone,
dishonored, stripped of everything. Those very things have happened to 
me,
but I knew them, had outlived them, and went on undismayed. Had I not done 
it,
I would not be where I am to-day. But you know all this and it may seem like 
cold
comfort. I would that I could give you more.
Look
back at the chain of circumstances since first we met, and realize more 
fully
that there is “a Destiny that shapes our ends, rough hew them as we may.” 
Can
we question Master’s hand in everything done in His name? The circumstances 
may
not smile at us, but it is not their favor that is sought. We ought to know 
by
this time that seeming evil is very often—we might say, always— 
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
turned
to good. For it is “that Great Initiate of All, Who keeps this whole 
Movement
in being.” May you have all power, health, and courage externally, 
internally
and eternally. Good night to you.
As
ever, R. C.
CONTENTS
THE
SPIRIT IN THE BODY 
Letter
Twenty-Nine
I
have your letter of first today. Also those “fat pages,” which certainly merit 
all
you say of them. Judge once said, “It is not money that is needed but 
Hearts.”
And it would not take so many, as numbers go, to save a city or a 
nation.
“Providing there be found three righteous men, I will not destroy the 
city,”
says an ancient scripture. There could be no greater work than that in 
which
we are engaged. When our lives are ended, what will count? Our defects? 
Not
at all. It will be the efforts we have made to destroy the causes of all 
defects
among our fellow men.
At
a late meeting the question of being charitable to the weaknesses of others 
came
up for discussion, and brought out quite a lengthy talk on why that 
attitude
is absolutely necessary, from the standpoint of the spiritual Ego, for 
right
development in the mind of spiritual perception and knowledge. It was 
pointed
out that all the errors of any life result in reality from a diseased—if 
not
insane, at least, un-sane mentality. An imperfection is an imperfection—the 
difference
in kind not being anything that anyone should pride himself upon. Our 
duty
is not to rid our neighbors of their imperfections, but ourselves of our 
own.
The pride that results from fancied virtue was spoken of; judgment in 
anger—that
the anger passes but the judgment remains as a bias in the mind, and 
a
hindrance to the one judged; the danger of thus standing in the way of 
another,
to say nothing of the reactionary effect on ourselves. The talk came up 
because
of the tendency of minds in general to pride themselves upon not having 
the
defects that others have, while at the same time they may exhibit defects, 
which,
while not so obvious—as generally classed by the
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
world—are
yet worse, because of being deeper seated and harder to eradicate, as 
well
as being more widely injurious. In regard to your question of confidence: 
your
words sound as if you had more real courage than you ever had. This 
confidence
should not merely be the power to endure trials and suffering, but to 
stand
firmly and courageously through anything and everything. To fall short of 
that
would be a useless sacrifice for all, for slipping to the bottom means to 
do
it all over again. Now is the time to hold fast. “Live while you can and die 
only
when you must.” For it is during life, and then alone, that the most and 
best
can be done for your fellows in that life. No circumstances can arise that 
will
deprive you of the power of assistance, if that is your inmost desire. For 
are
you not greater than any circumstance? And are not all circumstances your 
field
of battle? There-fore, arise, 0 Arjuna, and resolve to fight.
If
one cannot do what he would like to do, he can always do what he can. No one 
can
do more than this. And doing this, he does all. You see that clearly. So let 
us
meet each moment and circumstance as it comes, putting all our energy into 
doing
what should be done according to our best judgment at the moment, and 
living
every moment free from doubt, fear, anxiety—joyful that we are alive, and 
that
there is so much of life in us. Every possible circumstance has its 
Sattwic,
Rajasic, and Tamasic quality, and as all experience affects only in 
accord
with its meta—physical aspect, let us take the Sattwic of each and every 
one.
Thus shall we live and get true learning out of living.
Don’t
worry about me, the meetings, B— or anything; we should know that all that 
is
provided for. You remember what Jesus said: “Take no thought for the morrow 
what
ye shall eat, nor wherewithal shall ye be clothed.” This to his disciples, 
because
reliance on the Law places no hindrance in the way of its free action.
Now,
once more, good nights and days to you, and all help.
As
ever, R. C.
CONTENTS
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
THE
SPIRIT IN THE BODY
Letter
Thirty
Your
letter, as well as the books mailed, have just arrived. Many thanks for all 
of
it, and for the good thoughts and wishes you send me; they are sincere. May 
they
all bear fruit.
There
is a “feeling” of closing in. It comes from that steadfastness which trial 
alone
can bring, and I dare swear that you have that steadfastness, even though 
you
may know it not. In the work we have undertaken together, matters not 
whether
it fails or succeeds as far as we are concerned. Our effort has been and 
will
be for success; the rest is in “other hands,” and stronger ones. We have 
thrown,
each one of us, the best he had into the breach. That “best” may not 
seem
great to us, but certainly the motive was there, even if at times nature 
and
events conspired to minimize it. They did not defeat us—that is sure. To 
hold
our ground is victory, in some cases. It is more, if we manage to move 
forward,
and we have done the latter—which is worth all that it cost and much 
more.
“Having
found a secluded spot remain firm and steadfast in it.” When a student 
enters
upon the new life, he does so because he sees the true. At the same time 
he
is buffeted about by the effects which have arisen, and arise, from whatever 
of
untruth he had held. He oscillates between the real and the seeming real—or, 
as
he might term it, “the ideal and the facts.” His effort should be to remain 
steadfast
in the true, having found that secluded spot.
A
right, true, and correct philosophy of life is absolutely necessary if 
constant,
steady growth is to be attained. This philosophy must have in it—as a 
center—immutability;
otherwise any building up of an “inner body” on a center 
which
is mutable necessitates the destruction of that building and the beginning 
of
another one on another center, with loss of time, effort, and progress. If 
the
second center prove mutable, again destruction is necessary. This is why 
there
can be no progress from the standpoint of any but the Supreme Self. This 
is
LAW and not sentiment.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
We
should endeavor to remain steadfast, relying upon the Supreme and dedicating 
all
our thoughts and actions to THAT. As we endeavor, the oscillations will 
become
less manifest. ALL of the events of life give us opportunity to exercise 
the
“power of steadfastness.” So we should welcome everything—pleasant or 
otherwise—as
a means of growth, for, as has been said many times, the purpose of 
life
is to learn; it is all made up of learning.
The
essence of growth is change. Any center short of the Self (which is all) 
implies
a finality; hence, concretion and cessation of growth, from which 
necessarily
follows decay. With the “true center” all growth remains, for it is 
of
the nature of that center, and indestructible—“The Changeless Self,” with 
fluidic
instruments—always fluidic.
You
say, “I am doing nothing.” Perhaps, but the Self has been afforded an 
opportunity—yes,
opportunities, and these will be continued. The little “I” may 
take
some pride in it, but the real “I” says “you” did not do it and never 
could,
because you are only a reflection and an instrument. You served the 
purpose
well, and will continue to improve. Gradually the lower Manas will 
become
so attuned with the Higher that there will be no distinction between 
them;
then, instead of “puffing up” in one department, the energy will express 
itself
as incentive and power for more and greater work. The “pride” is natural, 
but
when properly diffused, it will not be called by that name. It is energy, of 
course.
You
seem to be getting interesting questions at your meetings. It is splendid 
training—all
of it; just what is needed. It may help if you take the position 
that
“I do not answer; the philosophy does;” and “I do not answer the person; I 
answer
the question.”
If
the right attitude is kept up, all necessary qualities will appear. “No 
concern
but to keep in fighting trim” is most excellent. “Desire ceases to 
attract
us when we cease to identify ourselves with it.” Similarly, “badness” 
ceases
to affect us, when we cease to identify ourselves with it. “Badness” is 
but
one of the three qualities.
“We
are apt constantly to forget the existence of the great force and value of 
our
super-sensuous consciousness. That con-
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
sciousness
is the great register, where we record the real results of our 
various
earthly experiences; in it we store up the spiritual energy, and once 
stored
there it becomes our own eternal possession.” We forget, in looking for 
appearances
of advancement, which is common to all students at first; but by 
retaining
the fact in their minds, they by degrees cease to observe or care for 
signs
of such progress, and none of their energy is wasted. They know that the 
“storing”
goes on, and they keep busy at it, which means the performance of 
duty,
doing the best they know and can— under all circumstances. They “lay up 
treasures
in heaven,” not on earth. This we are doing and will continue to do. 
It
serves to destroy the personal idea”—the enemy of progress.
As
ever, R. C.
CONTENTS
THE
SPIRIT IN THE BODY
Letter
Thirty-One     
“OLD
WARRIOR” is true as regards the Self, and also as regards the real inner 
evolved
man. He is a fighter in lawful war fare, and is only hindered by 
ineffectual
accoutrement, and lack of co-operation; so it applies to you and to 
all
of us who are fighting in lawful warfare. This warfare is against the causes 
of
sin, sorrow and suffering.
“The
Self acts only through the creatures.” It needs bodies or vehicles. The 
units
give adhesion, which then becomes cohesion— unity on all planes.
The
U.L.T. will go along all right as long as there is some one individual who 
knows
the right lines and will keep them. If the Lodge centers spread by being 
taken
up by people not trained at all in the right line of thought and study, 
they
could very easily go wide of the intention and lead others wrong. 
There-fore,
while there is no Constraint, there will be a point from which right 
direction
can be obtained, and advice given as to methods and kind of study. 
This
has to be provided for, even if it is not the ideal condition. The latter, 
of
course, could only exist with ideal minds, and we are not dealing with such. 
“To
perish doomed
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
is
he, who out of fear of Mara refrains from helping man, lest he should act for 
self,”
says the Voice; so we need not fear doing whatever has to be done to meet 
the
circumstances of the case and time. H. P. B. found it necessary to lay down 
the
lines along which the psychical currents might flow from the Lodge. In like 
manner,
we in a smaller way have to provide lines of thought and influence along 
which
may flow the spirit and genius of that which we have undertaken. Our 
Associate
cards provide the means of individual adhesion to the principles. They 
are
a form of pledge, and on individual honor. The sum of individual adhesions 
makes
the cohesive body.
The
a holding power” is the power to hold things together with a definite end in 
view;
statements of that end are contained in our Declaration. The power grows 
as
does the conviction of the reality of our endeavor and the soundness of the 
principles
we promulgate: centripetal foci.
The
motto of U. L. T. is There is no religion higher than Truth.” Truth alone 
can
be authority; it demands nothing from anyone, but invites close examination. 
Falsehood
disagrees with falsehood as well as with Truth; Truth disagrees with 
falsehood,
but agrees with itself. As in an authoritative claim that a certain 
metal
is gold, the test does not lie in the authority, but in the test of the 
metal.
One who has gold and has proved it to be so, has a right to say so, but 
he
does not exact belief in his authority; he presents his gold for testing. 
This
is the kind of authority you will find in Theosophy.
Well,
must stop now and call this today’s letter. Good luck to you and all the 
other
good things.
As
ever, R. C.
CONTENTS
THE
SPIRIT IN THE BODY
Letter
Thirty-Two     
I
think that what we have to do is to carry on the work of disseminating the 
philosophy
of Theosophy in the best way known to us, avoiding the errors of 
omission
and commission that have
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
been
observed by us. Thus working in and through the “minor currents,” we begin 
to
learn the greater lesson. The Lodge has to have its agents in the world of 
men.
“Those who can to any extent assimilate the Master, to that extent they are 
the
representatives of the Master, and have the help of the Lodge in its work.” 
In
a letter of K. H. to Sinnett, He says that the work of the society has to be 
carried
on by “carefully devised plans by the best minds among you,” or words to 
that
effect. Having the fundamental principles, we have to put them into 
practice
by applying them in every way—in our lives and in the work. All this is 
part
of our schooling. There is no set way given us nor any particular form and 
method;
we have to work it out—and yet all that we do has Their help. We shall 
do
rightly and well in any event, if we are single-hearted in what we do. It is 
true
that we have landmarks here and there to guide us, but to be able to 
recognize
these is also a part of right knowledge. The power of the “initiatory” 
in
right direction has to be developed, and that must be done by exercise. If 
what
we have undertaken leads to adeptship we have to begin the development of 
the
powers here and now, while clearing up our natures. One process is 
complementary
to the other, if both are carried on. All this by way of adding to 
what
you say.
“We
cannot prevent people from doing the things they can do,” and would not use 
force
even if we could, because the mind has to be free to choose; otherwise 
there
would be no real progress. We might apply an analogy right here: let 
Oxygen
represent the Truth, and Nitrogen purely terrestrial conceptions; the 
more
nitrogenous the conception, the less room for “oxygenation” in any given 
vehicle.
There can be no breath whatever without some oxygen, and a little is 
better
than none at all. Perhaps the Tingley, Besant and other stripes of 
Theosophy
have their place in the great economy of consciousness; they must 
have,
or minds would not seize and hold that kind. If the “kind” does not bring 
the
expected result or knowledge, a further search is indicated. “It is better 
to
have no side, for it is all for the Master, and He will look out for all, if 
each
does just right, even if, to our view, another seems not to do so. By not 
looking
at their errors too closely the Master will
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
be
able to clear it all off and make it work well. Hence, go on, and keep the 
spirit
that you have only to proceed, and leave the rest to time and the Lodge.” 
I
think that this is a good attitude for us all in the matter of Theosophical 
claims
and exponents. Every person really waked up by them will touch us sooner 
or
later if we hold to the straight line.
Meditation
as used by us, is what is called in Sanscrit Dhyana, i.e., want of 
motion,
and one-pointedness. The main point is to free the mind from the power 
of
the senses, and to raise a current of thought to the exclusion of all others. 
Realization
comes from dwelling on the thing to be realized.” W. Q. J. says, “To 
meditate
on the Higher Self is difficult; seek then, the Bridge, the Masters. 
The
patient dwelling of the mind on a single thought results in the gaining of 
wisdom,
and it is thus that the true Occultist is developed. Aspiration toward 
the
Higher Self should form part of the daily meditation; the rising toward the 
higher
planes of our being, which cannot be found unless they are sought. 
Earnest
and reverent desire for Master’s guidance and enlightenment will begin 
the
attunement of the nature to the harmony to which it must one day respond. 
Concentration
on a single point in the Teaching is a road to the philosophy; 
self-examination,
a road to knowledge of oneself. To put oneself in the place of 
another,
to realize his difficulties, and thus be able to help him, is that 
faculty—which
when extended makes it possible for the Adept to understand the 
nature
of the stone or other form of consciousness.” Meditation is a good 
beneficent
practice leading to a great end. It is also a great destroyer of the 
personal
idea.
Generally
speaking, a “ray” comes from a “light”; the ray is not the light 
itself,
but a projection of it, and yet is the light, because without the light 
there
would be no ray. The color of the light is clear and uniform; the ray is 
changed
in color by the substances through which it passes. When the “ray” is 
“indrawn,”
it is of the same color as the light and is the light; in fact, was 
the
light all the time, for the appearance of the different colors in it was not 
from
the light, but from that through which it passes.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
Unity;
one in essence. There is nothing but the Self. Was this what you had in 
mind?
I
will mail the Incidents. It will require considerable keenness to pick out 
valuable
information from this book, because it is composed of incidents which 
are
often unrelated to each other as to time. You will, however, get something 
from
it as to general idea, dismissing, of course, any personal conclusions of 
the
author. You will note that the tenant of the body is considered as the same 
all
the time by him. There is also a terrible wound spoken of, in regard to 
which
there is no information; also a desperate sickness. A change in occupancy 
might
be looked for about that time. I do not know the cause of the wound, and 
it
does not matter, nor is it necessary to know. We can understand something of 
the
personal nature, habits and manners running concurrently with “something 
else,”
by comparison with the case of W. Q. J.
The
Incidents are what others saw, and, of course, do not relate to what the 
relators
did not see or understand. From our point of view, we may be able to 
discern
matters unperceived by them, from what they relate. They observed the 
personality
and the effects produced through it, but had not the slightest idea 
of
the nature of the Consciousness and Power behind these, masked as they were 
by
commonplaces. “Great is the mystery of the human ego.” I think you will find 
the
book very interesting.
We
are preparing for the future as best we can and feeling our way, taking 
advantage
of the seasons and opportunities. Onward and Upward is our watchword, 
and
we might as well add to it what the Old Lion of the Punjab did, the word 
“Forevermore.”
Well,
good nights to you—even if days are not what we would like.
As
ever, R. C.
CONTENTS
THE
SPIRIT IN THE BODY 
Letter
Thirty-Three    
From
the intellectual point of view, the truth explains; from a higher point of 
view,
each one contains within himself, and actually is the Truth. The 
intellectual
is microscopic; the other,
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
vision
itself. “The great difficulty to be overcome is the registration of the 
knowledge
of the Higher Self on the physical plane.” It cannot be done by the 
intellect,
although the intellect may put the house in order. Patanjali tells 
what
the “hindrances” are; Manas has to get rid of these so that “the way of the 
Lord”
who comes with Truth and Knowledge may be made clear. He is waiting, 
watching,
working. “Behold I stand at the door and knock.” Nothing withholds 
knowledge
from us but the mode of operation of our lower mind. We can have no 
complaints,
if we do not make it conform; but Theosophy, applied, leads us to 
Truth,
which is ourself. Service is a great clarifier.
You
speak of the balancing of forces. In what relation? Perhaps you mean that 
“continuous
adjustment of internal relations to external relations,” which is 
the
basis of rebirth, both of which have to be subjugated before freedom is 
obtained.
If so, this is kundalini—the power or force that moves in a spiral 
path;
it is the Universal life-principle manifesting everywhere in nature. This 
force
includes the two great forces of attraction and repulsion; electricity and 
magnetism
are but manifestations of it. Hermes says: “the genii have, then, the 
control
of mundane things, and our bodies serve them as instruments . . . but 
the
reasonable part of the soul is not subject to the genii; it is designed for 
the
reception of the God who enlightens it with a sunny ray, for neither genii 
nor
gods have any power in the presence of a single ray of God. But all other 
men,
both Soul and body, are directed by genii, to whom they cleave and whose 
operations
they affect.” If forces are balanced, there must be something upon 
which
the balance may be obtained; anything that can be moved by the forces 
would
not so serve. There is but One Immovable—the Self.
Transitory
balancings may be obtained but not maintained. The “ups” and “downs” 
every
one is subject to; sometimes psychic, sometimes mental and sometimes 
physiological;
occasionally, all three at once. These must necessarily be the 
various
adjustments, or “balancing of forces,” which are in constant process of 
variation.
There are, of course, “devachans” in between. The same old process.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
It
does not surprise me that you find “something” at the Theosophical rooms—and 
stronger
at times than at others. Help comes often, when least expected, and it 
is
liable to come at that place where the work is done which merits help. As the 
rooms
are set apart particularly for Theosophy, there would be less obstacle 
there
than elsewhere to such help.
You
have it right: one has to grow into that state where he seeks nothing for 
himself,
but takes whatever comes to pass as the thing he most desired. There is 
no
room for personal desire in this.
With
reference to the mind’s poor grasp of things: what we want cannot be 
obtained
by anxiety, doubt, fear, impatience, expectancy that it is time that 
something
should come to us, and so forth. This latter is looking for reward. 
Make
up your mind to continue as you are for one hundred lives, if necessary, 
and
continue. The hindrances must be stopped, if that which is hindered is to 
come.
All the other study is good, necessary, and preparatory. 
Unity—Study—Work—are
the trinity of this plane. Universality, Wisdom, and 
Service
are the higher trinity. You are the One who is preparing the way for the 
latter,
by means of the former.
We
learn by experience. Confidence gives courage—is courage. After a while we 
learn
that the Law will act, regardless of any sentiment we may hold. And in 
this
work things occur in peculiar ways—not to be accounted for by the usual 
process.
At least, such has been my experience.
The
attention that is paid to what you have to say in the meeting lies primarily 
in
the native force of truth, but much comes from the conviction that one has in 
presentation,
as well as the form used. This triad you have. The main thing to 
be
minimized is whatever you have of diffuseness. It is only a question of 
keeping
on the line of making more and more perfect. The feeling that “I am 
doing
something” is natural. But it is better far to “let the warrior in you do 
the
fighting.” Think of the Master as a living man within you; let Him speak 
through
the mouth and from the heart. The strength shown is not that of the 
personality,
for like an organization, the personality is only a machine for 
conserving
energy and putting it to use. Why give it credit for anything else?
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
The
general habit is to think of ourselves first, and others afterwards. Reverse 
the
habit—consider ourselves last and least in anything we have to do or say. At 
the
meetings, take the view that we are there to give what help we can to those 
who
come, instead of looking at those present as there to listen to us. Judge 
would
sometimes say, “You must not think that I know all these things; I am only 
telling
you of knowledge that exists, and which I am convinced is true.” Each 
one
must arrive at conviction through a study and application of the knowledge. 
There
is no other way.
As
ever, R. C.
CONTENTS
THE
SPIRIT IN THE BODY
Letter
Thirty-Four     
Thought,
being self-reproducing, would suggest crystallized centers, but they 
are
more than “crystallized,” if we would take into consideration that 
everything
is conscious. Each thought stirs to action some form of life; 
according
to the nature of the thought is the nature of the life stirred and 
guided,
the permanence of the thought-action depending upon the energy put into 
it.
I think that the subsidence of the direct energy leaves a latent tendency in 
the
conscious lives to respond to analogous or similar energy. Some of these 
impressions
may be so deep as to have left respondent foci in the physical 
brain;
hence, remembrance is more easily recalled into action; other 
impressions,
not so deep, are obliterated by subsequent ones as far as brain 
foci
are concerned, but remain in some one or other of the sheaths of the brain, 
and
are recollected by the proper stimulus, which may come from similar thought, 
or
from the impressions of the organs or cells of the body.
Nature
tends to repeat any action; thought is the plane of action—the creator, 
preserver
and destroyer of Nature’s modes of action. The Manasic plane is the 
noumenal
plane; the plane of the essence of the phenomenal; the active-aspect of 
Atma-Buddhi.
As
to your question on Spirit and Matter. You will remember what Judge said: 
“The
whole universe is made up of spirit and
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
matter,
both constituting together the Absolute. What is not matter is spirit, 
and
what is not spirit is matter; but there is no particle of matter without 
spirit,
and no particle of spirit without matter. If this attempted definition 
is
correct, you will see that it is impossible to define the things of the 
spirit,
and that has always been said by great Teachers of the past.” 
Spirit-matter
contains both consciouness, per se, and all possible states of 
matter
from the finest to the coarsest. These states are evolved individually 
for
individual experience, and also collectively for collective experience, each 
individual
proceeding on his own line, and in accordance with the general 
progress
of the mass of beings. Changes of matter take place in regular sequence 
by
the force or energy of the mass, of which energy each individual supplies his 
portion.
This energy might be called consciousness in action, or the force of 
ideation,
the lesser entities being guided in their energy by the greater, and 
more
progressed.
Also,
hold in mind that Spirit and Substance are co-existent and co-eternal. We 
are
higher beings clothed in bodies made up of small lives on this plane. We 
call
these lives “matter,” but they are matter only relatively, because we can 
mold
them. To them-selves they are conscious in their way, receiving impress 
from
us, but not recognizing the source of the impress nor its import. We are 
their
incognizable universe in which they live, move, and have their being; our 
light
adds to theirs, as ours is added to by the impress from still higher 
beings.
So there is a chain of life and consciousness which gradually tends to 
fuller
and fuller individualization of being in non-separateness—the more 
complete
the individualization, the more full the sense of non-separateness.
This
quotation from H. P. B. may be helpful. “At the ‘Day be with us’ every Ego 
has
to remember all the cycles of his past reincarnations for Manvantaras . . . 
.
It sees the stream of its past incarnations by a certain divine light. It sees 
all
humanity at once, but still there is ever, as it were, a stream which is 
always
the ‘I’.”
The
place where the line of involution and evolution meet is in the incarnation 
of
the descending gods—ourselves—in the highest evolved form. The analogy is 
seen
in any reincarnation.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
The
consciousness leaves the body, which goes to pieces on its own plane. When 
the
real man returns, he has to wait until the lower lives have built up a form 
for
him into which he may enter, this form being built under the impress given 
by
the real man in other lives. A Manvantara is an enlarged and expanded similar 
process.
We came from the Moon, where we had evolved form to a degree. At 
pralaya
all things stopped evolution of form; on re-manifestation, the lower 
lives
or “builders” began to build up as before, and as their impress and 
previous
building admitted. When the form of man had reached the highest 
previous
point reached, the Kumaras, or real men, overshadowed and entered to 
carry
the evolution further. “They, and no other, are we.” Well, good nights and 
days
to you all the time. The days help make the nights and the nights help to 
make
the days; they both belong to life.
As
ever, R. C.
CONTENTS
THE
SPIRIT IN THE BODY
Letter
Thirty-Five     
I
have your letter of Sunday. Sorry that the trip was hard and immediately 
fruitless,
but we know that there is no blame for results, if the best we know 
is
done. So we can rest on that, and go on to the next duty free from any 
anxiety.
I
have read the extracts you send: they are all good, and we cannot have too 
many
of them. Even if we do not use them all in the prospective pamphlet, they 
will
be at our hand in compact form for reference and use for others. All this 
research
must have its effect on your perceptions as to what the intention of 
the
Messenger was and is. You have found for yourself and cannot be accused of 
taking
any other’s statement. It places you in a position which is unassailable, 
and
that is good for you, for the benefit of others who have accepted other 
ideas
and follow other courses.
“The
Self of Matter and the SELF of Spirit can never meet.” The trouble is as 
you
say—materialization of concepts. When we see that the trouble lies in that, 
we
are on our guard against it,
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
and
all the time endeavor to correct that personal tendency; as results always 
follow
effort, the difficulty is finally overcome. If we have confidence in our 
power
to learn, and reliance on the law of our being, we can never feel 
discouraged
even though we seem to be falling back, or making no progress. The 
result
of the effort is not in that with which we identify ourselves when we are 
impatient
or discouraged, but of, and in, the inner nature which impelled the 
effort,
and which in reality was then in action. We are not our body, brain, 
circumstances,
duties nor any changeable thing; they constitute our instrument 
and
opportunities only; they change and pass away. In them all, “Duty is the 
royal
talisman.” I think it would be better to take the position that you never 
fail
nor fall nor slip back, but that you have not been constant and careful in 
guidance
of your responsive, but irresponsible instrument; hence, you feel the 
effects
through it of your lack of care. Get hold of it, take care of it, guide 
it,
use it, but be the Self—”The man that is, that was, that ever shall be,” to 
whom
all these things are but fleeting shadows.
The
fight against the personal idea is a long one. The personality has to be 
watched
that it does not insidiously take to itself what it has no claim to. 
Theosophy
was given to us; we but pass it on. People are naturally grateful to 
receive
it, and this is right, but the one who passes it along knows where 
gratitude
belongs. He can say, “Thank Theosophy, as I do. It enables me to help 
others;
it will also enable you.” In that way he helps himself as he helps 
others.
Now
as to your extracts on which you want me to say something: “I establish this 
whole
universe with a single portion of myself and remain separate.”
The
finite mind cannot understand many things, and being finite and conditioned 
myself,
I cannot explain that which is beyond the power of sages, but if I were 
endeavoring
to form an idea for myself in regard to the above, I would take that 
of
Abstract Space as the basis of that “I” which establishes the universe as a 
portion
of “itself.” That portion could not be formed by any other cause or 
inherency
than the Absolute (Space) ; yet
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
Space
is illimitable, notwithstanding innumerable universes; Space being not 
only
around such universes, but in and throughout every particle of manifested 
matter.
Our bodies are in space, and space is in our bodies, so that while 
bodies
are formed from and in space, yet space remains space and hence separate. 
These
are words only, yet may serve to convey an idea—grasped but not 
materialized.
“I
am the origin of all,” would have its explanation in the above; the Self as 
All
and in All.
“The
eight-fold division of my nature is inferior,” even though it includes 
Manas,
Buddhi, and Ahankara; these divisions are inferior because they are 
divisions,
conditioned aspects, progressively changeable, hence non-eternal. The 
superior
nature is different because eternal and unchangeable—the origin, nature 
and
basis of all beings. While all these conditioned aspects exist, that which 
perceives
in them all is the Self; there is nothing but the Self. Take 
ourselves:
what perceives in waking; what in dream; what in sushupti; what in 
Manas;
what in Buddhi; is it not the same consciousness per se under varying 
conditions?
This consciousness is no one of the aspects or conditions, nor all 
of
them put together, but is the cause of all evolution of matter and form, and 
the
perceiver and knower in all. It is said that the universe is embodied 
consciousness.
Consciousness must be the Knower of all embodiments and superior 
to
any embodiment or conditioned aspect of perception. Our bodies are made up of 
in
numerable and varying small lives, through which we obtain contact with this 
plane.
Our conditioned aspect of consciousness is so by reason of this contact 
and
attraction of lives; their aspect is expanded; and both are consciousness 
differently
conditioned. We might consider it this way: All is Consciousness, 
either
Unconditioned
or conditioned in innumerable degrees, and yet that consciousness 
is
One—the power to perceive. The more any aspect expands, the more the sense of 
Oneness
in it—“the Self in all things and all things in the Self.” It cannot be 
explained,
but it may be felt. The conditioned has its origin, basis and being 
in
the Unconditioned, but the conditioned is not the Unconditioned.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
“Know
that Purusha and Prakriti are eternal.” This is the same as saying “Spirit 
and
Matter are co-existent and co-eternal.” Spirit and Matter are not to be 
regarded
as independent realities, but as two facets or aspects of the Absolute, 
which
constitutes the basis of conditioned Being, whether subjective or 
objective.
If nothing in these suggestions, call again.
As
ever, R. C.
CONTENTS
THE
SPIRIT IN THE BODY
Letter
Thirty-Six      
I
dropped you a line yesterday which doubtless you have received. If you caught 
the
line and held it, it will be good for you. For, after all, it is not what we 
get
but our eagerness to grow that counts; that, when held, never loses an 
opportunity.
Now, whatever comes of the present occasion, you will have taken 
the
right position, and the results must be in the direction of growth. If you 
could
but have taken this position from the start, it would, of course, have 
been
better; but now that you see it, you have a basis to work from in future.
I
know very well what you forego must be a severe deprivation, but its very 
severity
makes the lesson greater and stronger. So, work now as if you were 
alone,
and always going to be alone. Taking such an attitude will bring out your 
strength—your
reliance being on the Law, the Lodge, and your inner Self. Have no 
fear
whatever; forget results and let the Warrior fight in you. So will you grow 
into
a closer union, a better realization. “Good Karma is that which is pleasing 
to
Ishwara.” It is “good” because of the attitude taken, and because it came 
from
beyond the personality—was not striven for as such.
I
do not suppose that it offers much consolation to think that we will have to 
avoid
making “good Karma” as well as “bad”; for, generally considered, both are 
personal
and physical, relating to the lower self. We use Karma in performing 
duty,
but our work is evidently not that of manufacturing any special brand for 
our
own use and pleasure; we take it as it comes, and are happy
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
as
may be under the circumstances, learning to be happy under any. So, in any 
case,
we will resignedly say, “It is a good opportunity to learn something.” 
Yet,
we would have been equally glad had it been otherwise.
Doubt
is a horror; it grows and spreads quickly in the soil of the personal 
idea.
The remedy is to go back to the time when you had the strongest sense of 
sureness,
and then rehearse your grounds of surety; by this, doubt will be 
dispersed
like the mists before the morning sun. You apparently know how, for 
having
given definite expression to a form of doubt, you let the sun shine on it 
and
it went.
“The
shifting serpent of Self” is a great “murkier” of the waters of life, as 
you
remark. Fortunately, WE are not the waters, and we can learn to swim, with 
the
“head” high; then, it makes little difference how much the serpent “murks”; 
that’s
his business—not ours.
“Prakriti
is said to be that which operates in producing cause and effect in 
action.”
“He
who gives up the results of action, is the true renouncer.”
“The
true renouncer is averse neither to the works that fail nor those which 
succeed.”
“Let
us be true renouncers.”
That
is the right idea, to fight it out on the line of battle, no matter what 
comes.
The worst that can come is to die fighting in a righteous cause. It is 
also
the very best that can come. So there is nothing to fear. “Death never 
touched
it at all, dead though the house of it seems.”
About
the meeting: I think that the explanation about the “astral” was all 
right.
When a man sleeps, he neither knows nor cares what is going on in the 
world
about him; yet he has his self-consciousness and is otherwise occupied 
than
with the doings of physical bodies. At the same time, he may converse with 
people
who may be actively engaged in bodily actions at the time, and who will 
know
nothing of the converse. The “community” is within the sleeper, as the 
result
of waking experiences; the heavenly state is, also, the result of the 
best
of the waking ex-
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
periences;
both are individual and assimilative rather than communal, in the 
ordinary
man. The astral plane is a reflection of earth and an inferno. The wise 
man
tarries there neither during life nor after death. When a man dies, he does 
so
to get rid of the earthly body and its connections; having had a meal of 
earthly
conditions, he stops eating, in order to assimilate the food. If he had 
to
“eat” more on the astral plane (which communal life would necessitate), the 
cessation
of bodily activity would confer no advantage, nor opportunity for the 
assimilation
of desirable elements acquired during physical life. Other 
analogies
may occur to you.
The
elemental kingdoms have never been fully explained, for which there must be 
a
reason. There are seven great classes of Devas, with their seven 
sub-divisions,
among the former being the Kumaras with whom man has most to 
do—or
vice versa. The nature-spirits seem to be the off-shoots of the first 
elemental
kingdoms, some passing the concrete Mineral (not becoming 
crystallized)
; others not becoming herbalized; others escape forms of watery 
life;
still others escape forms of air life. It may be that there is a greater 
supply
of the spirit of the lower kingdoms than opportunity for entrance, and 
that
these become the spirits of the elements connected by nature with the four 
elements
of earth, water, air and fire; some would have etheric forms, and some 
astral,
their field of operation being in their respective elements. They appear 
to
be outside the line of evolution that leads to human consciousness—in this 
-manvantara—but
must be necessary elements in the great scheme. H. P. B. says, 
“There
are no entities in the four lower kingdoms possessing intelligence that 
can
communicate with men, but the elementals have instincts like animals. It is, 
however,
possible for the Sylphs (the wickedest things in the world) to 
communicate,
but they require to be propitiated.” Just why the Sylphs are 
wicked,
I do not know, but think that this is a class that can alter shape at 
will
and produce glamour where human defects permit their impersonations; they 
seem
to court and delight in human worship. No doubt, there are several classes 
of
them. “The heathen in his blindness bows down
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
to
wood and stone,” but he, if the above be true, is better off than many who 
call
him heathen. He is wise who sees the Self in all things and all things in 
the
Self.
There
is no memory without thought. The moment we cease to think of a desire, it 
is
non-existent for us. Memory is the thinking of a past experience. We 
sometimes
recall these experiences into action, purposely; sometimes, they arise 
by
association with other things thought of or experienced; but we do not need 
to
identify ourselves with them or entertain them. The best way is to entertain 
and
keep busy with other kinds of thought; then, there will be no room for 
undesirable
tenants. Well, I will let this go—best of luck and health.
As
ever, R. C.
CONTENTS
THE
SPIRIT IN THE BODY
Letter
Thirty-Seven    
You
should have got a lot of strength and courage from the present short 
separation
and its circumstances. It may not be fully apparent just now, but the 
results
will flow from it, if your attitude has been toward the performance of 
duty
as it came, regardless of self-interest. This is not easy to learn, but 
every
circumstance, taken rightly, leads to this priceless acquisition. We 
sometimes
forget that we ourselves desired to be tried and tested, and that 
these
trials and tests come in the ordinary events of everyday life. If we 
cannot
take these as they should be taken, we do not gain the strength that will 
carry
us through, nor do we lessen the bonds that hold us to rebirth.
I
have your letter about the meeting of Thursday night. Of course one feels 
one’s
inability to meet all inquiries, but it is the very learning of what is 
needed
that induces the study lacking. We accept and know many things 
interiorly,
but if we are to give others the proper words and ideas that will 
convey
them, we have to be able to formulate them; so we practice formulation of 
answers,
constructing them ourselves, or adopting those used by others that do 
so
effectively.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
In
your last paragraph you say, “When the Self ideates, the Manvantara is going, 
and
the ideations of the Self are ‘the Rays from and one with the Absolute’ 
”—meaning
all beings from man up—all the rest of the Cosmos being the results of 
the
ideation of these Rays. Could there be any ideations other than those of the 
Self,
whatever their focalizations? Ideation implies consciousness, and as 
everything
in the universe from the atom to Brahma is conscious, each in its 
degree,
can the Self be absent from any? Is it not apparent that the personal 
man
holds himself as separate from all the rest, and that the lower forms have 
less
and less of such sense as they descend?
How
does this sound: The Self ideates and the Universe is formed in primeval 
focalizations.
In these upadhis Its ideation produces less ethereal and more 
limited
focalizations; so, on to the more concrete, all are forms and aspects of 
the
Self, indissoluble as to essence, ever changing as to aspect and form, each 
aspect
and form acting and being acted upon by every other in both ascending and 
descending
cycles, or Rounds. All rebecome the Self at the close of a 
Manvantara,
each to re-emerge in its integrity at the beginning of a new one, to 
continue
its eternally recurring active progression.
To
get back to the Real would be like standing back from the whole manifestation 
and
seeing how it looks—to use a phrase. Standing back thus, the Real is gained, 
but
as rest is followed by activity, still further and greater manifestation 
must
follow. The Real is the Creator, Preserver, and Destroyer in order to 
further
create, but is not subject to change, although the Cause and Experiencer 
of
all change.
“The
Self ACTS only through the creatures.” It can only know itself in action 
through
its differentiations, which by the inherent power of Self-hood and the 
action
and re-action of all in giving direction, are raised from perception to 
self-consciousness;
this Self-consciousness, once achieved, must continue to 
expand
or be lost. This, of course, is one way of putting it.
Your
letter of today is an excellent statement. I would add to it: the Om is the 
omnipresent
spirit which is also in the body.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
106
Its
powers are Preservation, Creation and Destruction—the basis and the means of 
progress.
Re-creation, on an advanced basis, follows destruction until such 
perfection
as is possible in any given age is reached, which, in turn, forms the 
basis
for further creation. Progression is eternal, yet the Self is one and 
changes
not. One might say, as a conception, that It realizes Itself through its 
creations.
The higher the creation, the higher the realization. The realization 
may
be individual, but that which realizes is the Self. It cannot be fully 
understood,
yet the mind gets glimpses now and then which no word or idea can 
convey.
As
to Masters: the power of Preservation is Theirs as well as other powers. Any 
height
may be retained as long as serviceable, or if not retained in particular 
can
be quickly reached when needed. The present time may be a period when 
Preservation
is in force; who knows? Some have bodies of the highest 
transmutation
of matter; others are Nirmanakayas, we are told. The sheaths used 
are
in accordance with the work to be done. Nirmanakayas can and do act in the 
way
you describe; if They did not retain the Nirmanakaya kosha, They would be 
beyond
the possibility of helping humanity. By this it would seem that certain 
“Preservations”
are necessary for long periods, possibly a Manvantara. So, there 
must
be a “retaining” in order to “remain” and help. This is the “sacrifice,” 
and
it must be so all along the line. They help on higher planes always; Their 
lower
koshas enable them to help on lower planes as well. At least, that is what 
I
understand from what is given.
The
copies of the pamphlets you send are priceless in value for students whose 
eyes
are open. The unfortunate thing is, that until each one has clarified his 
perceptions,
he would not know gold of Ophir from base metal. So much that is 
here
and ready is too high for most; if given, it avails them not. You know how 
that
is in your own progress; words and sentences do not always have the same 
meaning—the
point of view alters them. The danger lies, as you say, in 
finalities.
A high concept serves as a stepping-stone to higher ones; as 
stepping-stones
they are
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
good,
but as resting places they are distinctly inhibitive of progress. Progress 
precludes
finality. Well, good nights and days to you.
As
ever, R. C.
CONTENTS
THE
SPIRIT IN THE BODY
Letter
Thirty-Eight     
I
read with pleasure of your meeting. I remember the name of Dr. G—. He is one 
of
the “old-timers”; he should be able to pick up the string once more. Some of 
them
think that the effort has failed for this cycle, because of the 
dissensions,
but they ought to remember that Masters never cease working, and 
that
it is always possible for the clear-eyed and the humanity - loving to aid 
Their
endeavor. The way to know is to get right back to what They gave—as to 
philosophy
and as to right work; if that is done, it will be found that there is 
neither
variableness nor shadow of turning in the U. L. T. from the lines laid 
down.
And I would call again to mind what H. P. B. wrote: “Night before last I 
was
shown a bird’s-eye-view of the Theosophical Societies. I saw a few earnest 
reliable
Theosophists in a death- struggle with the world in general, and with 
other
nominal but ambitious Theosophists. The former are greater in number than 
you
may think, and they prevailed, as you in America will prevail, if you only 
remain
staunch to Master’s program and true to yourselves.”
Also
this: “For it is only when the nucleus is formed that the accumulations can 
begin
that will end in future years, how ever far, in the formation of that body 
we
have in view.”
To
think that the effort has failed and that it is no use to try further, would 
show
lack of faith in Masters and the Law, and a misunderstanding of the great 
occult
laws that govern such a Movement as this. “The wheel of the Good Law 
moves
swiftly on. It grinds by night and day. The worthless husks it drives from 
out
the golden grain, the refuse from the flour.” This applies to the Movement 
as
well as anything else—being universal in its scope. Apply—apply—apply the 
Teachings.
This, as well
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
as
the booklet, would be good for Dr. G— and for others as well. There is no 
time-limit
to effort.
The
“Authority” you speak of is not what men term authority, which comes from 
outside
and which demands obedience of mind and body, but an internal 
recognition
of the value of that which flows through any given point, focus, or 
individual.
That is the authority of one’s Self-discrimination; intuition; the 
highest
intellection: that kind we all hold to, and if we follow what we 
recognize
in that way and still find it good, we naturally keep our faces in 
that
direction, in the source found to be pure and right. But this means no 
slavish
following of a person—a distinction which some are unable to appreciate.
You
will remember that H. P. B. said: “Do not follow me nor my path; follow the 
Path
I show, the Masters who are behind.” The wisdom of which is seen in the 
course
of those who judged of the teaching by what they were able to understand 
of
the Teacher. They judged Her by their standards and fell down on everything. 
In
their views, a Teacher of high philosophy should not smoke, should be 
conventional;
she made mistakes, in their wise opinions; ergo, her philosophy 
must
be wrong. All the time she said, I am nothing; I came but to do the bidding 
of
Him that sent me. W. Q. J. had similar judgment passed on him; primarily, 
because
he upheld H. P. B. first, last, and all the time— which was the 
underlying
reason for the attacks. Fearful of “authority,” they minimized the 
only
possible source upon which reliance could be placed, and then endeavored to 
convey
the impression that they were so much greater than H. P. B., that they 
could
explain Her away; in this, they made a greater claim for authority than 
she
ever made. Where was W. Q. J. all this time? Right beside Her, holding up 
Her
hands, pointing to Her as the one to whom all should look. Those who 
followed
his advice or yet follow it, will find where She pointed. It comes to 
this,
that those who pretend to follow H. P. B. do not do so, unless they also 
recognize
W. Q. J. They had to vilify H. P. B. in order to do likewise with W. 
Q.
J. These Two stand or fall together. About W. Q. J. being
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
at
work now. It can be said that he never ceased working, and that work has gone 
on
directly and indirectly. He is working for unity—what he has always worked 
for.
His aid will be given to every effort to spread Theosophy pure and simple, 
and
to such individuals as could understand him, and this in exact measure.
Here
are some significant statements from H. P. B.’s messages to the American 
Convention:
“The
ethics of Theosophy are more important than any divulgement of psychic laws 
or
facts.”
“Do
not work merely for the Theosophical Society, but through it for Humanity.”
“Theosophy
is Universal Brotherhood, the very foundation as well as the key-note 
of
all movements towards the amelioration of our condition.”
“There
is a power behind our society which will give us the strength we need; 
which
will enable us to move the world, if we will but unite and work as one 
mind,
one heart.”
“Once
united in real solidarity, in the true spirit of Universal Brotherhood, no 
power
can overthrow you, no obstacle bar your progress, no barrier check the 
advance
of Theosophy in the coming century.” “Each can, and should co-operate 
with
all, and all with each, in a large-hearted spirit of comradeship to forward 
the
work of bringing Theosophy home to every man a woman in the country.”
“But
in order that we may be able to effect this working on behalf of our common 
cause,
we have to sink all private differences. Many are the energetic members 
of
the Theosophical Society who wish to work and work hard. But the price of 
their
assistance is that all the work must be done in their way and not in any 
one
else’s way. And if this is not carried out, they sink back into apathy or 
leave
the Society entirely, loudly declaring that they are the only true 
Theosophists.
Or, if they remain, they endeavor to exalt their own methods of 
working
at the expense of all other earnest workers. This is fact, but it is not 
Theosophy.”
As
ever, R. C.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
Contents    
HOMELY
HINTS
To
make ourselves “better able to help and teach others” is the task. The 
personality
naturally either rebels or is depressed—or both. But we may expect 
that
and can be prepared for the reaction if we are wise and have confidence in 
Masters’
teaching. We want to know, to be, and to go forward, and we know that 
every
little assertion of “personal ideas” is a hindrance, and that these ideas 
and
their particular “feelings” are very easily disturbed and hurt. Their very 
“tenderness”
shows their fragile nature, and that they are not worth preserving, 
in
the face of what we have learned and what we have to do to forward the great 
results.
“Thou grievest for those that may not be lamented” is a true saying, 
which
we should take to heart.
“The
personality, driven from one defense, takes refuge in any other available 
one;”
we have to watch all along the line. The right attitude will make the 
battle
easy; so, having taken this, “send the arrow straight to the mark.”
We
have to learn that we are dealing with minds which need leading, by 
presenting
wider ideas. We can say a great many things if the right manner is 
adopted
and the right, kindly feeling held. It does no good to arouse 
opposition,
and this is most forcibly done if ridicule is used. In any effort to 
point
out fallacies every factor counts: a harsh uncompromising voice, an abrupt 
manner,
together with words whose significance is unfriendliness—these can 
easily
provoke a charge of intolerance. To point out where a system of thought 
is
inadequate, however, is not “tearing it down.” The motto of Theosophists is: 
“There
is no religion higher than Truth,” and all philosophies must be able to 
stand
the most rigid and critical examination in its light, or they are 
valueless.
Everything must stand upon its own merits. If this is pointed out and 
the
talk is in the line of examination
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
of
merits, and the pointing out of demerits in the endeavor to reach the true, 
no
one can find fault. Candid, unprejudiced examination appeals to all.
Dogmatism
is a failing of many. I think it is engendered by a feeling of 
insecurity,
in reality, while endeavoring to assure oneself and others of the 
certainty
of one’s correct knowledge. Of course there are other kinds, such as 
the
maintenance of one’s own opinion simply because it is one’s opinion—an 
egotistical
assertion. Dogma is said to be that which appears good and right to 
one;
Dogmatism, arrogance usually, is assertion. It always calls up to my mind 
the
idea of the assertion of a statement the proof of which is unattainable. One 
may
speak convincingly of that which to him is true, without incurring the 
charge
of dogmatism. When we are convinced of the truth of a matter, there is no 
reason
why we should not voice that conviction as strongly as the case demands, 
but
there is no reason why, in such case, we should demand acceptance of it. In 
our
case, we do not demand acceptance of Theosophy; we point out its principles 
and
their applications. Theosophy makes certain statements as being matters of 
knowledge
by perfected men, but not as statements to be believed. It is shown 
that
such knowledge, being acquired by Them from observation and experience in 
many
bodies, can be reached by all men, and the ways to do so are pointed out. 
The
reasonableness of the claim of knowledge takes the statement out of the 
realm
of dogma.
“Consciousness
is ubiquitous, and can neither be localized nor centered on, nor 
in,
any particular subject, nor can it be limited. Its effects alone pertain to 
the
region of matter, for thought is an energy that affects matter in various 
ways,
but consciousness per se does not belong to the plane of materiality.”
Faith
is really our confidence in the fact that Masters exist, and that Their 
teachings
are what we are following. If our study, so far, of Their philosophy 
has
not begotten that confidence, there is little hope for us—that is, if we 
have
already
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
studied
long. But if we have that confidence, and have realized benefit from 
Their
teachings, we can surely go on in full confidence; for it is only by 
following
the lines laid down by Them that we will ever know. It is not so much 
a
question as to what “we” promise to abstain from—that is, our intention to do 
so—
as a knowledge of the right course to pursue. No one compels us, and no one 
will
punish us, but “we” succeed or fail in accordance with our use of the 
advice
and suggestions freely given. Do we doubt our ability? As long as we 
really
do so, we shall never make much success. We learn to know our ability by 
using
it to the limit. Mistakes need not worry us, if they represent 
conscientious
and unwearied efforts—we can learn through the mistakes we make. 
It
is pure selfishness to desire to know that any advised course will benefit 
us;
advice can be given, but knowledge is acquired. Personal results should not 
be
looked for. We should do things because they are the right things to do, and 
not
because they will be of benefit to us. All our vacillations, fears and 
despondencies
arise from a personal attitude. This we must change, each one for 
himself.
No one can change it for us. The first step towards making the change 
is
the seeing of the necessity for it.
Many
of the statements made by the Teachers are axioms to be applied, while at 
the
same time they are woven in with such reasoning as may suit the ordinary way 
of
thinking. Most people imagine and accept as fact, that there is but one way 
of
thinking—reasoning from premises to conclusions, and tabulating things in 
order
to find the cause. By the infinitude of tabulations they come to imagine 
finally
that Matter is every-thing and does all, because nothing is found that 
can
be “nailed down.” Science, Psychology and all other efforts that proceed 
from
particulars and are based upon them, fail. They fail for no other reason 
than
that they will not admit the existence of a true and full knowledge, or 
that
it could have existed in times preceding theirs. Has not the science of 
every
period held that theirs was the highest and most glorious that ever has 
been,
their civilization the grandest? If Western Science and Psychology would 
go
on
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
with
their painstaking effort in the light of the knowledge of the ages, the 
spiritual
and intellectual darkness would soon be overcome, and a civilization 
come
into being which would express the spiritual and intellectual in a true 
physical
life. What hinders? Intellectual pride hinders, together with the 
cramping
effect of false conceptions of religion which give a material bent to 
thought,
which makes a material life, heaven, hell, god—“idols made of mud.” It 
is
a wonder that life is as bearable as it is; or, it would be a wonder, if we 
did
not know that man is more than his experiences, his conceptions, or 
philosophy,
and that he does not follow out to its logical conclusions what he 
adopts
as his “religion.”
After
an explosion of personality, and the ensuing reaction, a Disciple 
sometimes
resolves that in future he will not oscillate so much. This is not the 
true
position—it shows he expects to oscillate some. Of course if he expects to 
oscillate,
he will oscillate. It would be better to expect to hit the mark, 
instead
of expecting to miss it. There is a great difference in the 
psychological
position, as well as in the quality of the energy aroused. We 
should
cease doubting our power to accomplish. If we doubt, it will be like 
trying
to shoot an arrow with a loose bow-string—no force, and no certainty of 
direction.
When the bow-string is pulled taut, and let go, there is no 
hesitation
in the arrow. It goes where pointed and with the strength in the 
pull.
The
sincere desire to help others acts as a great inlet from our supersensuous 
consciousness.
More reliance on our inner nature, and the Power that is 
conjoined
with it, will bring forth fruit. Always the inner is the more perfect, 
and
this makes the apparent imperfections and inabilities of the outer more 
obvious;
but this very perception arouses the necessary effort to bring the 
inner
and outer into accord. We could not think, we were perfect or imperfect, 
were
we not actually above and beyond both. H. P. B. says, “The progress of the 
Ego
is a series of progressive
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
awakenings.”
Not being sticks nor stones, but human beings, we must “feel” 
success
or failure. The wisdom is shown in not being “swelled-up” by the one or 
cast
down by the other; we should make a steady, unvarying pursuit of that which 
is
seen to be right.
Every
working student of Theosophy must sooner or later meet some Theosophical 
“bumps.”
These are all good as they come, for if we “bump” anything, it must be 
because
we are off the straight road, and “bumps” are of consequence only as 
indications
to us to look to our bearings. We would not feel them if we had not 
a
“compass” inside. The purpose of life is to learn and it is all made up of 
learning;
so these things, while they may not smile at the time, will be matters 
to
smile at later on. Among the Greeks it was said that when the Earth was 
started
rolling in space, the Gods burst into a fit of laughter, just to see the 
thing
go. So we, being those very Gods, can afford to smile at the follies we 
meet,
and go on with the work of promulgating correct ideas for those who are 
able
to receive them. We have to cultivate the attitude of mind spoken of in The 
Bhagavad-Gita,
of being undisturbed by anything that may come to pass. And these 
disturbing
things are the very means by which we arrive at that attitude.
We
sometimes, perhaps often, feel our weakness, as we think. The weakness is not 
that
of our real Selves, the inner Man, but of that which we have leaned upon, 
the
false ego. If we remember that we are working with a portion of our powers 
now—that
portion which needs exercise and proper direction—in order to 
assimilate
it with what we really know and are, we shall feel more content to 
await
the full blossoming. The point of view from which we regard things 
determines
the kind and quality of action. The keeping in mind that the Masters 
are
not only Ideals, but Facts, and that all that H. P. B. and W. Q. J. have 
written
about Them was for our help and encouragement in the
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
struggles
that must be ours, brings us closer to Them, and makes us strong with 
the
power that flows from such reliance.
The
best method to follow in trying to help our friends is to aid them to see 
their
obstacles. One way to do this is the in direct way—telling a story, for 
instance,
of somebody we know who thought or did thus and so; and telling it in 
such
a way as to arouse no suspicion in the mind of the one we are trying to 
help.
It requires finesse, but it can be done—and well. Of course, an obtuse 
mind,
engrossed in its own affairs, is sometimes best dealt with by the direct 
method.
The main point is, not to work for an opportunity, but to take it when 
it
comes.
Some
students have never gotten down to a sound basis. There are many who call 
themselves
Theosophists who take this view of things: “The principles are as 
good
under any name.” This is quite true; but one soldier in the field is not an 
army,
and one principle is not an all-embracing philosophy. Theosophy points to 
a
fact—one of the utmost importance—namely, that there are Masters—our Elder 
brothers,
who have under the name of Theosophy given to the world a record of 
the
Laws that govern all the constituents of Man and of Nature. To take some of 
the
minor portions of this, and withhold from mankind the knowledge of the 
whole,
is an ignoring of the great fact itself—a fact sadly needed in the 
world—as
well as a prevention of the knowledge itself. Whether done consciously 
or
ignorantly, such action entails detrimental karmic results. It is no small 
thing
to stand between the Masters and Their work in an obstructive way. The 
fact
cannot be too often repeated that Theosophy is a record of knowledge, and 
cannot
be assimilated or understood if trimmed and modified in order to suit the 
preconceptions
and prejudices of the time or people; it is sui generis, and must 
be
so taken if benefit is to accrue from it.
People
sometimes say they find a kind of “coldness” at a Theosophical meeting, 
where
principles of philosophy and their
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
application
to the affairs of daily life are discussed; they find more 
“devotion”
at the meetings of the various sects or cults, or even at other types 
of
meetings called “theosophical.” It would be interesting to know what such 
people
understand by “devotion.” They often doubtless refer to those types of 
meetings
where there is “meditation,” a sort of prayer-meeting where 
psycho-religio
emotions are aroused. The Teachers of Theosophy say, “The first 
test
of true discipleship is devotion to the interests of another.” So there are 
different
kinds of “devotion,” some of them to the personality. The real 
meditation
is not that.
Some
Theosophists do not study; this makes them weak. They are often sincere, 
but
they do not work, nor feel the intense desire to do all that they can. On 
this
account they lose in every way. The work will not come without the feeling; 
even
working for personal results without the feeling would be futile. There is 
but
one way to progress—to cultivate the feeling that produces the work. This 
both
strengthens and improves the whole nature, and even the circumstances of 
life.
Again, other students have the devotional feeling, but center a 
considerable
amount of it in themselves. They need to forget themselves in 
working
for others, and to give all their thought, strength and effort to the 
Cause
they see to be true. This will include the personality as a means, not as 
an
end.
Is
it not true that when the personal self is suppressed, the higher finds 
expression?
There is a leaning back, as it were, on the great Ocean of Life—the 
SELF—and
identification with personal ideas and feelings becomes non-existent. 
When
such times come we must beware of self-gratulation; the lower feeds and 
waxes
strong on this, and very often without our being sensible of it—yes, even 
when
we are trying to guard against it, or think we are. Nor is it well to talk 
to
others about these inner struggles, even to our best friends, for there is a 
self-satisfaction
engendered by it—so subtle is the nature of the personal. We 
must
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
learn
to recognize things for what they are, in fact, and cease to value them in 
the
light of the opinions or feelings of others. Nor should we feel depressed. 
In
other words, we should not be affected by the depression of the lower nature, 
for
that is what is felt, and show no signs outwardly of the struggle going on 
within.
The
life of the Disciple must be one of constant watchfulness, not merely of 
others,
but most of all of himself. Our tendency often is to separate our 
Theosophical
life from our personal life. But we cannot restrict our efforts 
upon
ourselves to include only those relations directly connected with our 
active
Theosophical work. In our home life and in our ordinary communications 
there
is more probability of our slacking down than in our public, student 
relations.
The personality has had home life and connections as its paramount 
stamping-ground,
and is more apt to give full play to its disposition there than 
elsewhere.
And this play can be carried on, apart from what we might call 
inordinate
self-assertion, in small and seemingly harmless methods of keeping 
itself
in evidence—such as telling others in the home what one is going to do in 
regard
to matters that are not necessary to communicate. When one comes to think 
of
it—and thinking of these things is necessary—such actions are just the 
efforts
of the personal nature to keep itself in evidence, trying to attract 
attention
to oneself in any way—by speech, by action, by calls for sympathy, by 
assumed
direction to others, by patronizing speech, and the thousand and one 
ways
that the personality keeps on tap, by means of which he keeps alive; for 
when
suppressed in one direction, he slyly emerges in some other way. “He” will 
do
this as long as we leave any loop-hole for “him.”
The
foregoing may seem very restrictive and difficult, but it really is not. The 
very
feeling of “restriction” comes from the personality, not from the Ego. Some 
Disciples
who were trying, and trying very hard, have been known to draw 
attention
to the fact that they had overcome this and suppressed that—this is 
the
same old personality with another suit of clothes on. So it is
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
best
always not to speak about one’s self, “either as to what he shall eat, 
drink,
or wherewithal he shall be clothed.” Here are some good maxims, to apply: 
“Never
ask another to do for you what you can do for yourself;” “Know where your 
things
are and get them for yourself when you need them;” “Do for others all you 
can
in a nice way, but don’t expect others to do for you;” “You are valuable 
only
when you are helpful, not when you require help.” These will be found good, 
if
we try them out.
The
animal is able to relate cause and effect in some directions, but perceives 
little,
if any, relation between different states. A cat out in the cold will 
cry
to come in, for instance; once in and warm, it will go out again with no 
hesitancy,
nor recollection of the state it had shortly before suffered in. Some 
humans
come perilously near to a similar state of existence, and all fall into 
it
in some degree. Most people identify the power to perceive with the act of 
perception
and thus lose right comprehension and application. “What shall arouse 
them
from the living body of this death?” Trouble, pain, sorrow, loss. In the 
meantime,
they are joined to their idols, and have to be let alone. “Theosophy 
is
for those who want it and for none others.”
If
Consciousness is the only Reality, the Knower, Sustainer and Experiencer, 
then
every condition or state is more or less a temporary appearance. All 
classifications
refer only to actions of Consciousness—the universe being 
“embodied
consciousness,” a creation of forms, a building up of the great from 
combinations
of the small, so to speak. You will remember that H. P. B. says, 
“It
stands to reason that life and death, good and evil, past and future, are 
all
empty words, or, at best figures of speech. They are changes of state, in 
fact,
and no more. Real life is in the spiritual consciousness of that life, in 
a
conscious existence in Spirit—not matter.” She also said that she had in vain 
endeavored
to impart this idea to Theosophists at large, and that with this 
basic
idea all the rest becomes easy; yet thousands of Theosophists read-
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
ing
the statement and like statements, time and again, get no meaning from them.
Consciousness
is the cause and basis of all states, whether the fact is realized 
or
not. It alone is whether there are universes or none. If we take the idea 
that
Sight which sees all things cannot see itself, and apply it to 
Consciousness,
we must concede that Consciousness cannot know itself, although 
knowing
all things. Is not Consciousness Knowledge itself as an abstraction? “It 
is
wisdom itself, the object of wisdom, and that which is to be obtained by 
wisdom;
in the hearts of all it ever presideth.” It is ever-present, ever 
perceiving
the changing panorama of existence. “I establish this whole universe 
with
a single portion of myself and remain separate.”
Our
form of consciousness is made up of various and differing contacts with 
other
forms of consciousness. We base our modes of action upon these partial 
expressions,
and get the reaction from them in constant repetitions. As the Self 
is
all and in all things, and all things are in the Self, the Self is the 
Witness
of all. The seeming separate view in us is not a separate Self, but the 
One
and Same as appears separate in all creatures.
Self-knowledge
comprises both Self and Knowledge; without Self there could be no 
knowledge;
without being there could be no knowledge of Self. “The Highest see 
through
the eyes of the lowest.” All are partial expressions of the One, seen by 
the
One, known by the One. Individualization of being does not tend to 
separateness,
but to universality of ideation and consequent action. What does 
it?
Thought does it. All experience is by and in Consciousness; Ideation becomes 
more
and more universal.
“And
when unreality ceases to exist in the individual self, it is clear that it 
returns
towards the universal; hence there is to be a rejection of the 
self-assertion
and other characteristics of the individual self.”
As
to our fellow students: we are apt to be mistaken in regard to their real 
attitude
towards us. It is so often our attitude towards them that presents to 
us
a false conception of theirs. That
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
we
all have defects is quite certain, and a defect of one kind is no better than 
a
defect of another kind. We notice defects in others, or what appear as such, 
in
much the same way as they may notice defects in us, and then on both sides 
there
is judgment of one another on the basis of the defects perceived. This is 
the
opposite of that respect for our fellow students which we ought to have, 
because
they are such, and all are working for a common purpose. We will readily 
admit
the common ground, but say at the same time that on no other basis would 
we
be at all congenial; so it must be true that there rests misunderstanding of 
one
another. What this may be has to be searched out by each one. There is 
something
that causes it. Is it fear, doubt, ambition, jealousy—or what? These 
things
we have to determine and act upon for ourselves, regardless of what any 
other
may do, or what we may have thought of that other. All this will keep us 
so
busy in watching ourselves that we will have no time nor inclination to take 
offense
at others. And all the time we will be raising ourselves to a higher and 
better
degree of discrimination and power to help in the best and most effectual 
way
the very ones whom we may have placed in a pigeon-hole that we have 
specially
constructed for them.
It
is written that students are not selected because of their natural affinity 
for
one another, but for quite other reasons. Each student or disciple carries 
with
him some particular expression of racial defects, which on the surface 
appear
as points of dislike to others, and yet which have similar roots in each 
student,
so much alike that one could not tell them apart. So each has to dig 
out
the root, and when he has done this, the true nature shines forth and is 
reflected
in the others.
The
desire to know the “whence, where and whither” of humanity springs from the 
general
“religious instinct,” the real basis of religion being in man’s own 
spiritual
nature. Religion does not arise outside of man, as the word itself 
shows—from
religere, to bind back. Religion is the binding back of all men and 
all
beings to the One Source of all. Real knowledge arose within man him-
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
self
as he perceived his real nature. Knowledge of man’s nature has always been 
and
has been restated from time to time by perfected men from other periods of 
evolution.
All forms of religion are pale and distorted copies of the original 
statements
upon which they are based, the Three Fundamental Propositions of 
Theosophy.
The
greatest thing most students have to guard against is self-deception. The 
versatility
of lower Manas in this direction is beyond characterization. So we 
have
to watch to see whether our ostensible motives are not cloaks for other 
underlying
ones. While doing this, we should be serious but cheerful—not taking 
“our
selves” too seriously, but the task. itself as seriously as we can. By this 
course
we will gain insight and strength, if we never despair, never doubt—and 
keep
quiet, thoughtful and persistent, as well as cheerful, through it all. 
Nothing
is as bad as we think it is, nor ever will be.
People
sometimes charge others with intolerance. Perhaps this accusation arises, 
not
on account of the statements actually made, but because of the tone and 
feeling
within and behind them. One can usually state his belief and 
understanding,
giving his reasons therefore, without arousing antagonism. This 
is
a good thing to strive for. Tolerance is good, if understood rightly; but 
there
are many strange ideas in regard to it. Some think it to be intolerance to 
point
out to others holding different views any errors of statement or fact. But 
Truth
never yet agreed with error, nor does error agree with error; Truth agrees 
only
with Truth. So if we firmly believe, and are convinced by fact and reason, 
that
we are in possession of Truth, it would be a false tolerance which would 
withhold
it in the face of error. Truth exists in the world for the purpose of 
destroying
error. Error is dogmatic and does not court close investigation. 
Truth
courts all and every possible investigation, and, calm in its certitude, 
examines
everything upon its merits, tests it by the standard of Truth. The 
average
mind of the day is still under the sway of superstition, of dogma and
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
authority,
and must remain so for some time to come. Meeting frequently those 
who
have broken loose from old forms to engulf themselves and, what is worse, 
others
in newer forms of the same old errors, we can but keep on the straight 
path
we know, making a trail that these very ones may follow in the future. We 
need
not be distressed that they cannot now see. Their time will come; for all 
these
things are provided for in the vastness of time. We have but to go on with 
the
Work.
At
certain stages of his student life, the Disciple often feels that getting 
away
alone somewhere with regularity helps him keep his psychic balance. Surely 
it
is not a good thing for progress to depend upon externals for balance. 
Thinking
so only perpetuates the dependence, and cannot bring that inner 
strength
and perception which is so necessary. That dependence occasions 
dissatisfaction
at the majority of externals, and demands periodical changes, 
none
of which brings anything lasting. From all this a nervous tension is 
produced
which is corrosive and destructive, occupies the mind with one’s 
fancied
needs, and reacts injuriously on the body.
True
strength lies within and can only be aroused and used by ceasing to think 
that
anything in particular of an external nature is necessary for us, in the 
ordinary
acceptation of the word. We have our place and our duty to fulfill and 
perform;
externals are our temporary opportunities, and we shall be wise to use 
these
rightly. Furthermore, we will do well if we take the attitude that “we” 
are
not necessary to others; that if we were gone they would miss us only for a 
comparatively
short time, and that other persons and things would finally fully 
occupy
their attention. Only when we have arrived at that state—the sooner the 
better—where
we stand self-centered in the true sense, and “upon nothing 
depend,”
can we realize our inner nature, and be of the greatest service in the 
world
of men. All of which means that our tendency is to exaggerate our 
importance;
and that is distinctly separative and obstructive to real knowledge 
and
effectiveness.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
Effective
Theosophical work cannot be done unless there are found persons in the 
world
who can see the necessity for it and will fit themselves more and more to 
supply
the need. That certain persons find such an opportunity is their karma, 
but
what they do with the opportunity depends upon their realization of its 
importance.
Once we see something of what the Theosophical Movement means to the 
world,
we are necessary to it—not as persons—but because we see and do. The 
Movement
is accelerated by us to the extent we work for it, and hindered to the 
extent
that we, as it were, let it pull us along. Of course, if we were dead and 
gone,
or not able to grasp the great fact of such existence as the Lodge of 
Masters
and Their work in the world, the great Movement would be going on in 
such
measure as others— perhaps not so wise nor capable in many ways—might 
afford.
So, every student who will strive to make himself a fitting instrument 
is
necessary to the work, to his full capacity, Soul, Mind and Body. It is a 
fact
of tremendous significance to our personalities! If we are impressed with 
the
significance of it, and accept ‘ fight that only fortune’s favored soldiers 
can
obtain,” we will hesitate not at all, but seeing that the present basis of 
action
in the world is wrong will work with it as far as we must, while 
ourselves
thinking and acting from a very different basis. Our thoughts are our 
thoughts;
our lives are our lives, and both are devoted to our work. Having put 
our
hands to the plough, and seeing the field that needs cultivation, we may 
push
on in confidence and faith. More power is needed? It will come, if we will 
just
open those big hearts of ours and let “them” work.
The
right kind of Theosophical talking comes only from practice. It is not 
merely
the use of a facile vocabulary, but the possession of well-digested ideas 
that
is necessary. These come only from constant study and application. Frequent 
reading
of articles by W. Q. J. develops the tendency to present the right ideas 
in
the simplest form, and these ideas become a mental storehouse which can be 
drawn
upon at will. It is not necessary that we understand the deeply 
metaphysical
concepts of Theosophy, as
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
it
is to comprehend the fundamentals and be able to make an application of them 
to
every problem of life. W. Q. J.’s articles will be found to contain 
“alphabet,
grammar, and composition,” or, in other words, a basis for right 
ideas,
right thinking and right application. A daily reading from his writings 
is
advisable. One who does this cannot help but imbibe—absorb—the spirit of 
them,
and become an exponent who is at once deep, simple and convincing.
The
question of personality is so large that it might seem as though its 
successful
solution should resemble the working out of a complicated 
mathematical
problem. But the greatest truths are the simplest. And if we 
reflect
a moment on what impersonality is not, perhaps that will help us to see 
what
it is. Some orate forcibly against personality. That does not prove they 
are
free from it. Some say little, but the effect of what is said is to imply 
that
they are impersonal. They seem so modest, but are only politic. Some are 
afraid
to talk about personality, thinking that it must be shunned as an ogre.
Yet
others preach a doctrine of impersonality which takes everything human out 
of
life and makes of it a cold negation. This doctrine has no patience with 
evolution—all
faults must disappear at a single stroke.
Impersonality
isn’t talking; it isn’t silence; it isn’t insinuation; it isn’t 
repulsion;
it isn’t negation. Above all, it isn’t a diplomacy which masks 
ambition.
Impersonality
means freedom from personality, but none of us are going to attain 
that,
right away; we are doing well enough if we are persistently, albeit 
slowly,
overcoming.
For
practical purposes: if we are developing the child-heart; if we are learning 
to
love things beautiful; if we are becoming more honest and plain and simple; 
if
we are beginning to sense the sweet side of life; if we are getting to like 
our
friends better and extending the circle; if we feel ourselves expanding in 
sympathy;
if we love to work for Theosophy and do not ask position
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
as
a reward; if we are not bothering too much about whether we are personal or 
impersonal—this
is traveling on the path of impersonality. So much for the 
individual.
For the T. S. A. impersonality means not to worship itself as an 
organization;
to endeavor to get broader and freer; to merge itself, more and 
more,
into the living spirit of the movement— its higher self; to neither 
despise
itself because it is a form nor exalt itself because it has a soul; to 
become
less doctrinal and more human.
July
12, 1897.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
“Seek
this wisdom by doing service, by strong search, by questions, and by 
humility;
the wise who see the truth will communicate it unto thee, and knowing 
which
thou shalt never again fall into error, o son of Bharata. By this 
knowledge
thou shalt see all things and creatures whatsoever in thyself and then 
in
me. Even if thou wert the greatest of all sinners, thou shalt be able to 
cross
over all sins in the bark of spiritual knowledge. As the natural fire, O 
Arjuna,
reduceth fuel to ashes, so does the fire of knowledge reduce all actions 
to
ashes. There is no purifier in this world to be compared to spiritual 
knowledge;
and he who is perfected in devotion find eth spiritual knowledge 
springing
up spontaneously in himself in the progress of time.”
                                                                    
Bhagavad-Gita,
Chapter IV.
                                                                                
      
Contents
LIVING
THE LIFE
        Letter One
YOUR
letter of ‘Wednesday is here; a good brave letter, and true all through, 
covering
the ground. Yes, if we were quite certain that They were on hand always 
to
pull us out of holes we walk into carelessly, or have made possible by past 
neglect,
we would never become as They are. All the same we are helped, and in 
the
right way, the way our nature needs, not necessarily according to the way we 
assume
would be the proper one. If helped at all, it must be so. “Ingratitude is 
not
one of our vices,” is Their written statement, and it is lived up to; the 
very
best that can be done for us is done, and being done all the time. At times 
we
may doubt, but this arises from the personal uncertainty, fear of some or 
another
kind of consequence. We should take it that whatever arises is a 
necessary
position for us to be in, in order for us to do further and greater 
work
for Them. This must be, if we are true to Them; so, while doing all we can 
to
make the way sure and clear according to our light, we step forward with 
strength
and boldness because the Path is ours and Theirs. We lay our strength 
and
our weaknesses on the altar of sacrifice. Does not the Gita say “Place all 
thy
works, failures and successes alike, on me”? The fact that some are 
recognized
as bad means their relinquishment, sooner or later. The reason for 
this
seems plain; if we waited till we were saints, would we ever begin? We 
would
not. So, recognizing this interiorly—if not in words—we go on and keep 
going.
This is the gist of your letter, and it warms me up to have you write it.
This
is a school and everything that comes for us to do contains a lesson for 
us.
‘We should not forget that, ever. What comes
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
at
any time contains in it the thing we need; so whether it seems hard, 
troublesome,
or pleasant, there is something in it for us. Also it is well to 
bear
in mind that W. Q. J. says in the “Spiritual Will,” that the essence of 
eradicating
the personal element lies in doing the things we dislike to do. 
Fortunately
for us, we don’t have to hunt them up. They come to us right along. 
If
we had to hunt them, we might let a lot of them go by, as not the right kind, 
or
for some other reason. Being Arjunas, we have the battles ready to our hand.
There
comes a time in our development when work seems useless and irksome, but 
W.
Q. J. says, “the disciple must work,” notwithstanding. I think that in the 
irksome
work is the clearing up of Karma, and clarification of the sheaths. We 
are
doing it all, bearing it all, for the Self. It is by the giving up of self 
that
the White Adept becomes. That which galls, that which hurts, is the 
personal
desire unattained, or feared to be unattainable. We know it very well, 
but
find the pressure hard many times. We also know that “realization comes from 
dwelling
on the thing to be realized;” so we have to keep on, and “dwell” as 
much
as we possibly can. Every effort brings the time of realization nearer.
I
was amused at the remark of the lady, “If we could see on the astral plane, we 
could
find there that H. P. B. made mistakes.” I would say, “Perhaps if we could 
understand
English, our mother tongue, and could understand the simplest 
information
in regard to a thing we had never heard before, and knew the very 
first
laws of Occultism, we would keep silence, try to learn, and refrain from 
showing
our ignorance.” This “parrot-talk” has a tendency to make me “tired.” I 
have
heard it before, and I am not gentle with it as I am with other things. It 
is
so unspeakably silly; I often quietly say things that tend to startle such 
people
out of their goose-like assurance. (You have seen geese and heard them!)
These
people should be told to stop taking as a fact what other people tell 
them,
and if they want to know anything, go study the history of the Movement 
from
every point of view. We have done it, and are giving out the result, which 
they
can
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
verify
if they choose. What we are giving cannot be refuted in any way but by 
that
history, assimilated and understood. We stand on the whole record, without 
omissions
or interpolations. Of course, the study needs a modicum of power to 
understand
the meaning of words and their application; if they have it not, then 
they
would better follow some “leader” or another until they have acquired it. 
This
is not their class.
When
the lady asked if never lectures on “what Theosophy is,” it would have been 
a
great opportunity to have her tell what it is. I imagine she would have 
exposed
her ignorance. Such people—many of them—think that talk about Lemuria 
and
Atlantis, Parabrahm, the Logoi, Pitris and what not, is Theosophy; none of 
them
understand even what they talk about. No very explicit information was 
given
out by H. P. B., and there is none other to be had. The races are simply 
sketched
so as to give a general comprehension of the history and nature of the 
preceding
races; if we knew every detail about them, it would not help us any. 
True
knowledge does not lie in the direction of book-study, as we know, and as 
doubtless
you have told them.
The
— were asking last night in respect to the “Declaration.” I had said at one 
time
that the very words were Mr. Judge’s; they evidently got the idea that he 
had
“communicated” the Declaration to me. I told them that I had been looking 
for
the right thing to put Out as a Declaration of Principles and that while on 
that
hunt, you had sent me the very thing I wanted, further explaining that the 
Messengers
had left all that was necessary for us, and that it was for us to 
apply
the right things at the right time and places. thought that was rather 
discouraging,
evidently thinking that we should have direction in ways and 
means.
I tried to show we could not do any good, if directed in everything; we 
would
not grow in discrimination, power and judgment; we would be but automata, 
and
would never fill the necessary place. No doubt we would be helped by 
readjustment
rather than direction, so we should not look for the latter, but 
using
our best Theosophical judgment, move forward, feeling sure that if our 
understanding
of the nature of the task is good,
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
and
our motive pure, the right way will appear to us. Such would be guidance of 
the
right sort, one that leads to growth. Should it be necessary to have 
“direction”
at any time, we may be sure that it, also, will come. In the 
meantime
we live and learn; and we should not forget that They and we are 
working
for the future, and for the same end.
CONTENTS
LIVING
THE LIFE 
Letter
Two
Glad
that you had such a good and large meeting, and that your courage increases 
as
time goes on. You would not have believed a year ago that such progress in 
the
work and in understanding could be made in the time elapsed. Think of the 
numbers
of souls awakened and set upon the right path by going the way yourself 
and
pointing it out to others. This is something that falls to the very few. 
“Just
to thy wish the door of heaven is found open before thee, through this 
glorious
unsought fight which only fortune’s favored soldiers may obtain.” The 
kind
of fighting was not our choosing, but was and is that of fortune’s favored 
soldiers;
the end of the battle is not seen until the enemy has surrendered. He 
may
be defeated in one place to stand and give battle in another; so the fight 
keeps
on because a soldier of the Kshatriya tribe has no duty superior to lawful 
war.
War is his business, and he should find joy in the battling with 
difficulties
presented to him to try his courage, to test his strength and 
endurance.
“Make pleasure and pain, gain and loss, victory and defeat, the same 
to
thee, and then prepare for battle, for thus and thus alone shalt thou in 
action
still be free from sin.”
I
can readily imagine the troubles found in getting people to really study; as a 
rule,
the necessity is not perceived, and this, I think, on account of the 
present
methods of education wherein the soul and mind are considered as mere 
recorders.
Is it not strange that plain statements are not grasped, that the 
superficial
meanings of words are taken to be the applications of them? All
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
of
which is chargeable to our modern educational methods. Most men think that 
when
they have heard a statement made, they know it.
Some
one or two may wake up, among a number of those interested, and therein 
lies
the hope; also we know that those who merely listen or read with attention 
get
something in the way of a trend that sometime will develop into greater 
things.
It is not labor lost, although results at times do not appear to be 
commensurate
with the effort put forth. We make the effort, and the effort 
brings
results: this is enough. We may not look for any specific kind of 
results,
but keep on doing the best we know and can; this includes all proper 
ways
and means open to us.
What
you say about Consciousness is right, as I see it. There is consciousness 
and
its perceptions, the latter becoming more and more objective creations on 
different
planes of matter on account of the Creative, Preservative and 
Destructive
powers inherent in Consciousness, or, more properly, the Self. 
‘Whatever
state of consciousness the Perceiver may be in, the things of that 
plane
are for the time being his only realities.” It is all relativity and here 
is
where the knowledge of the Real and the Unreal frees from bondage. The whole 
universe
exists only for purposes of Soul. Soul is individualization of Being; 
we,
as self-conscious beings, have to remain in the bondage of matter long 
enough
to give lower segregated entities the necessary impetus toward self- 
consciousness.
The majority do this work unconsciously, partly right and partly 
wrong.
It is possible to do it consciously and free from attachment, as well as 
rightly.
A
good comprehension of the processes is wise and necessary, for the sake of 
others
who need to see that the way of devotion is not that of merely being 
good.
The books of devotion contain the rules of war, the duties—individual and 
collective—of
the warrior, the right conduct in the field. Moreover, they give 
the
maps of battle-grounds where the foe is to be met, and tell how the battle 
should
be fought—to win. All the works of the Teachers have their places, and 
all
of Them had a particular work
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
to
do. Those who think that the Teachers can be pigeon-holed— as some do—have 
failed
to grasp the meaning of the Movement. We can see how the work of one 
Teacher
so clearly and so beautifully complemented that of the other. You 
remember
what H. P. B. wrote to W. Q. J.: “As you in America will prevail, if 
you
only remain staunch to Master’s program.” There is no way under heaven by 
which
we shall know that program except through the record left by those Two. 
The
more we proceed on the line we are going, the more clear does it show itself 
to
be according to the “program.
 
CONTENTS
 LIVING THE LIFE 
Letter
Three
I
am rejoiced that you find lessons in all these things that come to pass: this 
is
the realizing of the meaning of life. Most people take it to mean eating, 
drinking,
waking, sleeping, enjoying, doing business for gain in order to do 
these
things—and learning nothing, frittering away opportunities, multiplying 
difficulties,
avoiding by every possible means those things from which they 
might
learn.
Our
attitude should be that if there is work and we can do it, we must, 
regardless
of results; we know that the Law takes care of them, without thought 
or
effort on our part, and with exactitude undisturbed by our sentiments. We see 
that
and admit it, yet fear to trust, even when we know that there is nothing 
else
that can be done by us.
One
finds spiritual knowledge springing up spontaneously within him, not because 
of
his mental exertions, but because of his “attitude of mind.” “Place thy heart 
on
me as I have declared myself to be, serve me, offer unto me alone, and thou 
shalt
come to me; I swear it, for thou art dear unto me.” Krishna calls these 
“my
supreme and most mysterious words”; he adds, “He who expoundeth this supreme 
mystery
to my worshippers shall come to me if he performs the highest worship of 
me,
and there shall
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
not
be among men any one who shall serve me better than he, and he shall be 
dearest
unto me of all on earth.” What determines it? Thought determines it. 
Motive
determines it.
I
am glad that you wrote R— and put it up squarely. I think that was the right 
thing
to do; if it hurt personal pride for you to do it, the hurt showed the 
need.
A sore place like that is not right; some massaging will not do it any 
harm.
The fact that you felt better after writing shows you knew that it was the 
right
thing all the time, but hesitated, like the boy with the tooth and the 
string.
The personality is what you say—a “peach.” It can play all parts, from 
lord
of all creation to Uriah Heep, as its occasion requires, and the man is 
involved
in its pretensions. But he learns, and some time Mr. Personality will 
be
“out of a job”; “there won’t be no such thing”; instead, there will be a 
whole
man.
I
can understand the trepidation that arises in such a transaction as you 
mention;
one does not want to make a mistake because of the large loss that 
would
be incurred, and yet one must decide to do or not to do. The nature of 
your
business contemplates a certain amount of risk based on the probable action 
of
others. It is a sort of gamble; probabilities are better in some cases than 
in
others, but in any, there is no certainty to be obtained. To be able to 
determine
accurately one would have to know all the converging factors, to see 
them
all in their several courses, and this is not possible to us; so we have to 
guess
on probabilities to a great extent. It is this uncertainty which un nerves 
us.
We do not want to make a loss, and we do not want to lose a business 
opportunity.
The only course left, is seems to me, is to determine whether it 
would
be considered a fair risk; if so, we would be justified in taking it, 
because
there is no way by which results can be absolutely assured. Our judgment 
would
then be centered on the quality of the risk, leaving results to general 
average—that
being all that we can do.
The
Conditioned is surely unlimited in its capacity for wrong action, but we 
might
remember that the Unconditioned does not and cannot act. “The Self acts 
only
through its creatures;” the
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
conditioning
is collective. The conditioned has also to exercise its capacity 
for
right action; its ascertained errors lead in this direction, and the 
possibilities
are also unlimited. All being is conditioned, but in it there is 
an
infinite variation. If we rise out of one set of conditions we are in 
another.
The secret would seem to be non-identification with conditions of any 
kind,
while working in and with those which on any plane surround us, improving 
our
judgment and discrimination in regard to them all the time, as well as the 
instrument
in use on that plane, giving the conscious lives of which that 
instrument
is composed the right direction.
Had
we transcended physical conditions, we should not be trammelled by them, 
would
not be in them, except by choice. Even then we could not do other than put 
ourselves
under their operations and limitations, in order to gain a full 
comprehension
of them in all their bearings upon those in that condition by 
necessity.
We have to abide by the rules of whatever game we are playing; at the 
same
time we may know better games.
It
is good to have that “touch of heart” which transcends time, space and 
conditions.
I fully appreciate it, and you know that it exists on my part. Love 
to
you and the highest success in your endeavors.
 
CONTENTS
LIVING
THE LIFE 
Letter
Four
While
situations are not always agreeable, or what we would choose, yet they are 
the
very apparatus by means of which we learn discrimination; you know that. 
Seeming
misfortunes turn into blessings if taken right; this must be true if the 
purpose
of life is to learn. Everything that comes is a part of life, and when 
it
comes to us, it is a part of our life; so all must be right for us if our 
object
is to learn. If people could only look at it in that way, they would 
learn
more, get through with less friction, be happier, and, in reality, have 
fewer
difficulties to surmount; the necessity for learning ceasing, no means are 
drawn
to us for that
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
purpose.
It is Karma, all of it, and as students we should realize and benefit 
by
the knowledge. But it takes time for most to do so, and opportunities are 
lost
and energy uselessly expended in the meantime. Our work is with ourselves, 
however,
and we can do only what we can for others, giving them such 
opportunities
as are beyond us to take; then they must choose. W. Q. J. said 
there
are two things needed—to hold on firmly, and to have perfect confidence. I 
think
therein lies the door to a safe refuge. (He used the words “hold on 
grimly”—which
is more expressive of determination.)
It
is true that when we are relying on other things, we are not relying on the 
law.
Yes, it looks a good deal darker than it really is. We have to grow 
accustomed
to another kind of light, and we shall then see as plainly, or more 
so,
than before. The very sacrifices made to relieve the trials of others are 
also
tests for ourselves, and means of growth, growth coming from the sacrifice 
of
the lower to the higher in every way, as well as on every plane of being. It 
is
spiritual fire that burns out all the dross. At no time is the way easier, 
but
it is sure, and the refining goes on. If we must go down, it will be with 
our
flags flying, fighting to the very last. That is the worst that could 
happen,
and even that is not very bad for us, though others might suffer because 
of
our removal to another field. We may now regret the possibility, but then we 
would
not, because no more could be done.
Also,
your thought that we are not deserted must be right. Too often we think 
all
depends upon our effort and continuance; yet we must know that all these 
things
are provided for, and there are always those who are near us, who see and 
know,
and will never fail us, even though we have to go through the gates of 
death
to get a wider vision and understanding. All the trial and training tend 
to
pull us out of one place in order that we may lay hold of another and better 
one,
when we determine to “suffer or enjoy whatever the Higher Self has in store 
for
one by way of discipline and experience.” It is the Higher Self that pulls 
us
into places and conditions that the personality would run in affright
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
from,
if it alone were acting. It shrinks from the unknown like the steed, but 
the
rider by spur, bridle, and encouragement makes it carry him where he desires 
to
go, for he knows where food, shelter, and rest await both.
In
this work natures are intensified; good and bad come to the surface, but the 
cleansing
process is gradual. Each must do his own work of elimination where 
such
is seen to be needed; it is a process of purpose and discrimination, and 
events
bring us opportunities. Wise are those who take advantage of 
opportunities
and examine motives in the handling of events.
The
Law works in strange ways at times; it is never idle and it makes no 
mistakes.
Let us rely on IT, for there is nothing else on which we may. If I 
were
utterly worthless, your love and faith and courage would bring results to 
you
just the same, and your sacrifice to an ideal bring out in you all that the 
ideal
holds. And when it is Truth itself we seek and serve, nothing can dismay 
us
or turn us aside. It is much to have gained this understanding—worth its cost 
ten
thousand times.
 
CONTENTS
LIVING
THE LIFE
Letter
Five
You
have it right about passing from plane to plane daily but relating 
everything
to the brain circle of necessity and thus losing the meanings. I 
think
both a dwelling on the fundamentals and a giving it to others is what 
produces
the best results. W. Q. J. says, ‘ it (the Will) is freed from the 
domination
of desire and at last subdues the mind itself. But before the 
perfection
of the practice is arrived at, the will acts according to desire, 
only
that desire is for higher things and away from those of material life.” The 
ordinary
events and duties of the day do become fatiguing and harassing to the 
earnest
student by the very nature of the change of attitude and plane of 
action,
and of the changes going on in the body itself; but this has to be 
overcome.
The disciple must work, must do every duty, not in order to get it
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
done,
but as though his whole interest were in it and it were the only thing to 
be
done. This, you will see, is because desire is working in the new field.
As
to memory: you see that memory is a faculty of perceiving registration. 
Registration
is there, but oftentimes remote from the plane of perception, the 
impression
being pressed upward, as it were, from below. Physical memory can be 
trained
to greater effectiveness, a close observation and notation of every 
thing
and every circumstance being the principal agent. We have many careless 
habits
of letting things impress us without definite notation. For instance, 
people
often look at their watch and put it back in the pocket; then, being 
asked,
“What time is it?” have to look again, being unable to tell. In such 
cases,
the object was to see what time it wasn’t, and observation went no 
further
in the way of notation. To carefully note things and not allow the 
notation
to affect our proper course of conduct—that is, to note impersonally—is 
studying
the hearts of men who make up the world in which we live; is studying 
man
as a whole, in fact, for the whole is made up of the parts. Such an attitude 
neither
judges nor condemns, but votes, in order to help understandingly. This 
careful
notation works both ways, inwardly as well as outwardly, and tends to 
effectiveness
of the physical registry. Motive counts in this as well as 
elsewhere;
otherwise, it might descend to “peering about.” One sees without 
giving
any indication of having done so, and without the slightest intention of 
making
any personal use of perception so gained. When we can read the thoughts 
of
others, such knowledge is never used to the detriment of others but ever for 
their
benefit and with wisdom; like the saying of the Masons, it is “locked in 
the
safe and sacred repository of the heart.”
I
think you have the understanding of “Look not behind or thou art lost.” The 
context
says, “Kill in thyself all memory of past experiences.” If we do not do 
this,
we live in them and rejuvenate them. Having in the past made a deep 
impression,
while we have now increased our power of thought, they are re-lived 
with
increased power and expression. Reliance on the Self— “That Thou Art”—is 
the
way out. “As we admit the reality of the
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
Higher
Self, we should embrace the idea, dwell on it day in and day out until 
the
will and desire naturally incline to it and have it as the subtone or aim of 
thought.
This process will make the line of influence brighter and better with 
every
thought. When the influence grows strong it pervades the entire nature and 
strengthens
as well as improves. It will give knowledge and also energy. This is 
the
real and only road to the Masters, the Adepts, the Mahatmas.”
What
you say is true, that any other position than that of the Self is all the 
more
disastrous because temporarily strong. Whatever a man relies upon, to that 
he
goes; he, only, who relies upon the Self is not subject to rebirth. It does 
require
an immortal courage to have an immortal point of view, and to hold to it 
while
watching and guiding the lower forces in unity, for the Self of All. The 
Spiritual
Will cannot act so long as there is any selfishness in the action or 
the
desire for its results. The only way out is renunciation of self-interest in 
the
fruits of actions, and while the perfection of renunciation may not now be 
ours,
growth in that direction is always possible, and each modicum of growth 
makes
for better attainment.
It
is well to have recognized that for a long time the hidden activity of the 
spiritual
aspiration manifests most in the increased activity of the lower 
nature,
and this may also mean in the circumstances of life. It is the hastening 
of
Karma, which may be good quite as well as what we might be disposed to call ‘ 
Karma.
Good Karma is that which is pleasing to Iswara; bad Karma is that which 
is
displeasing to Iswara—the best definition of the two kinds.
We
need not mind what we have not done nor yet what we have done. Have care only 
for
what we are doing; so shall we best work and serve. Like St. Paul, we find 
the
spirit willing but the flesh weak, yet the latter gets stronger all the 
time.
It looks weaker than it is because of the higher standard of judgment we 
apply
to it. Always the inner is the more perfect, and it is that which does the 
work
of perfecting. He who seeth that all his actions are performed by nature 
only
and that the Self within
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
is
not the actor sees indeed.” Our Declaration says, “A truer realization of the 
Self,
a profounder conviction of universal brother-hood.” We are beginning to 
realize
what those words mean, and we realize it by teaching it and endeavoring 
to
live it.
The
Perceiver having to be understood as changeless troubles a good many. This 
is
because we identify that which perceives with its perceptions. Each person 
has
what he calls his mind, but many think that the present attitude of mind is 
the
Perceiver, although he had other attitudes at one time, and will have still 
others
because He changes his mind as He perceives need for such change. The 
mind
is therefore only his instrument for comprehending things and natures on 
the
plane upon which it is used. That instrument can be strengthened and 
improved;
it is and must be something permanent which uses, strengthens, and 
improves
the instrument. The mind might be likened to a telescope in use by the 
Man,
the Perceiver, in order to be able to perceive the nature of the things 
about
him. He can act only in accordance with what He perceives through the 
telescope.
If the telescope is not properly adjusted or out of focus, the 
perception
will be out of true, and wrong action will follow. The Perceiver must 
there-fore
learn, by experience and through the experience of others like 
himself
with similar instruments, the proper adjustment and focussing of the 
instrument
upon which right perception and action depend. If he became any 
particular
perception or perceptions gained through his instrument, he would 
immediately
lose all relation with other possible attitudes to be obtained, 
together
with those that have been obtained.
 
CONTENTS
LIVING
THE LIFE 
Letter
Six
You
ask about the Ego leaving the astral body. I think that the best 
comprehension
of the subject can be had by analogy. ‘When one is said to be 
asleep,
the Manas or mind is no longer receiving nor transmitting impressions 
through
the body; he
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
passes
into the dreamless state, where he functions as a spiritually 
self-conscious
being until the cycle of return comes to function through the 
body
again. Now if we regard death as a more complete sleep, a final one for 
that
body, the Ego would simply cease forever to function through that body; the 
linga
sarira or “form” astral would immediately begin to disintegrate, remaining 
with
the body until its last particle, except the skeleton, is dissipated. The 
Ego,
however, is no more tied to the one than to the other; the Kama Rupa, or 
desire
form, aggregates itself from the skandhas or tendencies of the lower 
nature
clothed in astral matter (not the linga sarira), and the Ego ascends to 
Devachan
clothed in his highest essence. The Kama Rupa quickly or slowly fades 
out,
according to the grossness of the nature of the man in life, but its 
“seeds”
remain, awaiting the return of the Ego from Devachan. As the Ego while 
inhabiting
a body, and during the sleep of the body, may ascend to Devachanic 
regions
without hindrance by the fact of the existence of that body or the 
desires
pertaining to it, so, after the death of the body, the Ego is not held 
by
the disintegrating process of his lower principles, but may quickly pass 
through
the kama-lokic (dreaming) to the Devachanic state. The kama-rupa is but 
the
mass of desires and passions, abandoned by the real person who has fled to 
“heaven.”
Yet, as some dream more than others and in different ways, there is a 
period
of greater or less extent before the segregation of the kama-rupa is 
complete,
before the Triad is entirely free. You will note that Mr. Judge 
writes,
“When the separation is complete (between the body that has died, the 
astral
body and the passions and desires) . . . the Higher Triad . . . 
immediately
goes into another state.”
If
it is remembered that the real Man is the Perceiver of all states, the 
different
states will simply mean his perceptions on different planes. When he 
finally
leaves his lower principles or instruments, he has no further 
perceptions
of those sorts, but has others of a higher sort. He never ceases to 
perceive,
while in manifestation, on any plane; he simply changes the direction 
of
perception. While occupying a body and during waking hours, he is affected by 
the
stimuli received through the body; after the body
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
sleeps,
he is affected by the repetition of the stimuli more or less during the 
dream;
these die out and he is free as Ego on a still higher plane. At death 
these
have a wider range, each of the lower principles beginning to disintegrate 
immediately
upon the death of the body, for it was the field of their operation.
Body
of itself has no consciousness, no power of perception; it is the gross, 
concrete,
earthly part with which we contact earthly things. One of the Teachers 
wrote,
“Chelaship does not Consist in any kind of eating or drinking, in any 
practices,
observances, forms, or rituals; it is an attitude of mind.” Another 
Teacher
said, “Seek ye first the kingdom of heaven and all the rest shall be 
added
unto you.” The reason for this is that it is the mind which is involved. 
If
we resort to practices, then the mind is bent upon them, becomes more and 
more
implicated in them, and as they are concrete things, the mind becomes of 
that
complexion. Jesus said, “Be ye not as the Pharisees who make clean the 
outside
of the platter.” The inner nature has a diet out of our thoughts and 
motives.
If those are low or gross or selfish, it is equivalent to feeding that 
nature
upon gross food. True Theosophic diet is therefore of unselfish thoughts 
and
deeds, untiring devotion to the welfare of Humanity, absolute negation of 
self,
unutterable aspiration to the Supreme Soul. This only is what “we can grow 
upon,
and vain are the hopes of those who pin their faith on any other 
doctrines.”
As
to bodily food. It is that which best agrees with you, taken in moderation, 
neither
too much nor too little. If your Constitution and temperament will 
permit
vegetarianism, then that will give less heat to the blood. “If from 
illness
or long habit a man cannot go without meat, why, by all means let him 
eat
it. It is no crime; it will only retard his progress a little; for after all 
is
said and done, the purely bodily functions are of far less importance than 
what
a man thinks and feels, what desires he encourages in his mind and allows 
to
take root and grow there.” (H. P. B.)
I
am saying so much on this subject because experience has shown that it is so 
easy
for students to slip into bodily observances and stay there; this is the 
wrong
end to begin on. It is best
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
not
to make any particular selection as to diet; take what best agrees with you 
and
sustains your body best. There is nothing in vegetarian diet to create 
spirituality.
The Hindus who have been vegetarians for centuries are, for the 
most
part, degraded, and the better portion have as much difficulty as the 
western
man in the acquirement of spiritual knowledge. Also, cows and sheep 
would
be spiritual if such food had that kind of effect. It is the motive that 
counts,
too, in anything. If a person stops eating meat in order that he may, by 
complying
with that condition, attain to a development he has set before him, he 
misses
the mark and has acquired a selfish motive for the line thus adopted. 
Also,
of course, you should know that it has proved to be a real danger for 
western
peoples, whose digestive organs have become habituated to a meat diet, 
to
change to a vegetarian one. The trouble does not arise from weakness 
following
lack of meat, but from imperfect digestion causing disease—due to the 
retention
in the stomach of vegetable matter for so long a time that yeasts and 
other
growths, including alcoholic fermentations, are thrown into the 
circulation,
sufficiently to bring on nervous diseases, tuberculosis, and 
manifold
other derangements. It is well known that a man who has melancholia due 
to
systemia cannot expect to reach a high development in occultism.
The
first thing, then, is to have the right kind of thoughts; the other, and by 
far
the least important, is diet, in which the main thing to be observed is, eat 
whatever
will keep the body in the best working condition, so that it may be as 
effective
an instrument for work in the world as possible. It is quite true that 
the
foods of the present time are not ideal. In the future better products will 
be
had, but they will come from right thinking; our present work is to think 
from
a right basis and become established in that basis, and assist others to do 
likewise.
From this will flow what is in accord with it, from within, outward—a 
natural
growth.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
146 
CONTENTS
LIVING
THE LIFE
Letter
Seven
No
one who sees his mistakes can be a hopeless case. The moment we see that we 
are
deluded, that moment we are no longer deluded, although we may be surrounded 
by
the consequences of delusion and have to work through them. Any trouble and 
hindrance
come from self-identification With delusion and mistakes; this is the 
delusion
of delusions.
The
way you are furnishing the motive power for the business is great. One feels 
less
and less desire for the things of this world, but he must work. It is 
Karma,
and Karma is Dharma—duty; duty, not ‘inclinations,” is what is required 
of
us. The motive is duty, not love of the game as it is played; we would not 
play
for love of it. But if we aspire to become as Masters are, we work as those 
do
who work for themselves and for ignoble aims. We work just as they do, but 
our
work is not theirs.
It
is well to keep the mind off the future as much as possible, as far as 
results
are concerned, and to concentrate on the immediate work in hand; do that 
and
the rest will follow and find you ready to go on with it—whatever it may be. 
Above
all, avoid being carried away by the excitement of effort; be calm and 
confident;
cultivate calmness and confidence; by them one preserves his best 
judgment
and highest powers. Each day contains no more than a day’s work; each 
day
contains so many hours for the appointed work; let each day and hour be 
attended
to as it arrives. Avoid useless sacrifice of thought and effort; 
conserve
energies; work without strain.
If
help is to come into the Movement we have at heart, the ways by which it will 
come
are provided, and the opportunities will be presented. All we have to do is 
to
take advantage of the opportunities, step by step, as they arrive, doing the 
best
we know, but fearing no failure, courting no success. Keep the attitude “I 
am
doing nothing” before you; it will serve to lessen the strain
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
that
makes you tired. Take the position that everything is going to be for the 
best,
and that your part is to perform whatever comes before you to do. It then 
becomes
the performance of duty, and should arouse no more strain than routine 
work.
And build no castles in the air: they cause only fear of their 
destruction,
and in themselves are useless. Take what Karma brings you and make 
good
use of it. Karma will bring to us what belongs, so there can be no cause 
for
worrying over any future. There is need only that we hold all our powers in 
readiness
to make good use of what is brought to us, and this is best done by a 
quiet,
calm, confident performance of what we are able to do, day by day, from 
day
to day.
I
am glad that M— is getting on right lines. Hope that he will get on a straight 
line
of thought and action. So many mystical minds from their love of mystic 
meanings
turn over the dust heaps of times when hidden meanings were absolutely 
necessary,
and overlook the clear unequivocal truth which is before their very 
eyes.
This is lack of discrimination. If they studied the work of the Lodge down 
the
ages, they would know better than to spend much time on past efforts, the 
only
record of which is found in the impress made on minds of the time, and they 
would
at once take up the lines laid down in the present effort.
Yes,
it is war; but not against persons. War for the Truth— the eternal ideas, 
the
eternal thought in the Eternal Mind; war against error, cant and hypocrisy. 
When
the Eternal Verities are presented to the world, they are always presented 
through
persons. Some worship or lean on the persons; others curse, defame or be 
little
them; none of these look at what is brought forward and handed on. So, 
too,
when error is pointed out, it has to be designated and names used to 
specify;
again, the thoughtless see an attack upon persons. In an age of 
“personality,”
the ordinary mind cannot see beyond it, unless care is taken on 
each
occasion to explain it. The war is to help “personalities” to become 
“living
souls.” It is the Mahabbarata—the Holy War. Ideas are ideas by whomever 
written
or expressed; so, they can flow through anyone who is in the right 
condition.
We find
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
Theosophical
ideas in every direction, in all classes of thought, speech, and 
writing;
pieces here and there are as good as any that Theosophy gives, but 
there
is no synthesis. Theosophy is synthetic and spells unity in diversity, the 
diversity
being only apparent, not real. “Meanwhile the world of real Occultists 
smiles
silently, and goes on with its laborious process of sifting out the 
living
germs from the masses of men. For occultists must be found and fostered 
and
prepared for coming ages when power will be needed and pretensions go for 
naught.”
When
we consider—as we must—that our individual lives stretch back for untold 
ages,
and have an illimitable future, and that the present bodily existence is 
but
one small aspect of that great continuous Being, we rise above the 
temporary,
while acting in it, and, seeing more of the right proportions and 
relativities,
are less involved or troubled by “what may come to pass.” This of 
itself
is much to have gained; it gives the steadiness of the warrior in the 
fight.
“Forget not this lesson, the spiritual man is in this world to get rid of 
defects.
His external life is for this only, hence we are all seen at a 
disadvantage.”
Looking at life from this point of view, everything that comes is 
an
opportunity to be taken advantage of by that “spiritual man,” and in 
everything
we find that “glorious unsought fight that only fortune’s favored 
soldiers
may obtain.”
You
will remember what W. Q. J. wrote: “None of us, and especially those who 
have
heard of the Path, or of Occultism, or of the Masters, can say with 
confidence
that he is not already one who has passed through some initiations, 
with
knowledge of them. We may already be initiated into some higher degree than 
our
present attainment would suggest, and are undergoing a new trial unknown to 
ourselves.
It is better to consider that we are, being sure to eliminate all 
pride
of that unknown advance we have made.” We may all take comfort and 
encouragement
from what is there said, for it may be especially true of those 
who
are fired with zeal for Master’s work. Well, I will close now; grieve not, 
fear
not, but cut all doubts with the sword of knowledge.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
CONTENTS
 LIVING THE LIFE 
Letter
Eight
What
you say about “incarnations like H. P. B. and W. Q. J. being evidently 
governed
by conditions widely different from ordinary humanity” is correct. If 
we
would look at the bodily H. P. B. as a mirror which reflected from above and 
from
below as well, giving back to each who confronted it his own reflection 
according
to his nature and power to perceive, we might get a better 
understanding
of her nature. To the discriminative, it was a well of 
inspiration;
in it the commonplace, the Judas, the critic, and every other saw 
himself
reflected. Mighty few caught a glimpse of the real individuality. Each 
got
the evidence that he sought. We have the Master’s words that the body of H. 
P.
B. was the best that they had been able to obtain for many centuries. Those 
who
looked at the body and its human characteristics got what that view was 
capable
of giving them; those who looked at the mind behind got what came from 
it,
in the degree of their comprehension; those who were able to look into the 
causes
of things saw what their depths of sight gave them—more or less of Truth. 
“By
their fruits, shall ye know them.”
The
Jews are still looking for a coming Messiah. It is very, very few who 
discover
the “Presence,” and among them, even, the tendency is to relate it to 
the
present times and surroundings only, and so miss the greater scope. Many 
years
after such Visits, one here and there begins to see landmarks that 
indicate
that “some one of importance” has been among the people; but they too 
relate
everything to their “present time.” And so it goes, each “discoverer” 
putting
his construction on the facts, while there results an exoteric 
degradation
of Truth—a regard of events and persons, rather than an 
understanding
of truths imparted; finally, someone else has to come, facing 
similar
treatment. All the time, however, and each time, an impress is made upon 
the
thought of the age and humanity gains a little: there is no other way.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
It
is interesting to turn to the “Esoteric Character of the Gospels,” by H. P. 
B.
“Theosophists—at any rate some of them— who understand the hidden meaning of 
the
universally expected Avatars, Messiahs, and Sosioshes and Christs—know that 
it
is no end of the world, but the consummation of the age—that is, the close of 
the
cycle—that is fast approaching.” 
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
 was written November and December, 1887,
and
January, 1888. She said, “There are several remarkable cycles that come to 
a
close at the end of this century
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
 nineteenth  . First, the 5,000 years of the Kali-Yuga
cycle; again, the 
Messianic
cycle of the Samaritan (also Kabalistic) Jews, of the Man connected 
with
Pisces. It is a cycle historic and not very long, but very occult, lasting 
about
2155 years, but having a true significance only when computed by lunar 
months.
It occurred 2410 and 255 B. C. or when the equinox entered into the sign 
of
the Ram, and again into that of Pisces. When it enters, in a few years, the 
sign
of Aquarius, psychologists will have some extra work to do, and the psychic 
idiosyncrasies
of man will enter on a great change.” This “great change” I think 
can
be stated in three words:
Susceptibility
to suggestion, good, bad or indifferent. Look about you and see 
if
this is not so. Are the “Messiahs” of today using suggestion? And was there 
ever
a time when men should use their reason more than at the present time, 
based
upon the widest possible consideration of facts collected for humanity? 
Jesus
said, “Take heed lest no man lead you astray, for many shall come in my 
name,
saying, ‘I am the Christ,’ and shall lead many astray.
If
any man shall say unto you, ‘Behold, he is in the wilderness,’ go not forth; 
‘behold
he is in the inner chambers,’ believe them not. For as the lightning 
(light)
cometh from the East, and is seen even in the West, so shall be the 
presence
of the Son of Man.” The esoteric savior is no man, but the divine 
principle
in every human being. What is needed is a knowledge of the Path that 
leads
to Him or It. The foolish look for a “Man”; the wise look for a “Message.” 
Few
know the Messenger when He comes, but it is possible for many to know a true 
Message
by putting it to every conceivable test. The “Messiah” has come and 
gone;
but
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
He
has left the “Comforter”—His Message. He will return, but not for several 
generations
of men. It is possible for men to get at the truth of these things 
if
they will take the trouble to make the search in all sincerity.
H.
P. B. said, “Do not follow me nor my path; follow the Path I show, the 
Masters
who are behind.” This she knew to be the safe course for all, for each 
one
will judge of the words and deeds of a personality from his own standpoint 
and
understanding, some under-rating, some exaggerating, and some with 
indifference.
At the same time, for those who are able to see behind the veil of 
physical
maya, there is recognition of those who are travelling the same path, 
and
in that recognition, there is comfort and help which extends from the 
smallest
to the greatest—a great band of brothers which includes the Masters as 
the
Guides and the Consummation. “Whosoever does it unto the least of these, 
does
it unto me.”
A
Siddha-Purusha (perfect man) is like an archeologist who removes the dust and 
lays
open an old well which has been covered up by ages of disuse. The Avatara, 
on
the other hand, is like an engineer who sinks a new well in a place where 
there
was no water before. Great Men give salvation to those only who have the 
waters
of piety hidden in themselves, but the Avatara saves him too whose heart 
is
devoid of love and dry as a desert.
CONTENTS
LIVING
THE LIFE 
Letter
Nine
I
think you have taken the right position in your letter and I like it very 
much.
There are just two positions. One stands fairly and squarely upon the 
Messengers,
Their Message, and the admission of Their knowledge as to the needs 
of
the interim between Their appearances, that period being clearly stated by 
Them
so that there could be no vain imaginings that we were left alone in the 
world
and to our own devices. The other position holds that They could not see 
ahead,
that They did what They could, 
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
and
left what They did to the tender mercies of the world and the imperfect 
knowledge
of Their followers; that, in fact, there was no guidance in what They 
left
of record, as to study, philosophy, and propaganda.
We
stand in and on the first position; there we are sure. The closer we stick to 
it
and to what They left us, the nearer we will be to the lines They laid down. 
You
will remember what is covered in that article of
W.
Q. J.’s on “The Future and the Theosophical Society”:
“There
must be adherence to the program of Masters. That can only be ascertained 
by
consulting her and the letters given out by her as from Those to whom she 
refers.
There is not much doubt about that program.” . . . ‘ This is the moment 
to
guide the recurrent impulse which must soon come and which will push the age 
toward
extreme atheism or drag it back to extreme sacerdotalism, if it is not 
led
to the primitive, soul-satisfying philosophy of the Aryans.’ . . . “We must 
follow
this program and supply the world with a system of philosophy which gives 
a
sure and logical basis for ethics, and that can only be gotten from those to 
which
I have adverted.” . . . “By our unity the smallest effort made by us will 
have
ten-fold the power of any obstacle before us or any opposition offered by 
the
world.” . . . “Our destiny is to continue the wide work of the past in 
affecting
literature and thought throughout the world, while our ranks see many 
changing
quantities but always holding those who remain true to the program, and 
refuse
to become dogmatic or give up common sense in Theosophy. Thus we will 
wait
for the new messenger, striving to keep the organization alive that he may 
use
it.”
Our
friends may claim that they are affecting literature and thought in the way 
they
pursue, but is it true that they could do so with any purpose or direction, 
were
it not for those who stand by the program and uphold the standard of true 
philosophy
and the scientific basis for ethics? Besides, it is recorded in 
scripture
well known to our friends, “No man putteth new wine in old bottles, 
lest
the bottles break and the wine be lost.” The inevitable result will be as 
just
stated. Literature is not affected that way, nor
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
religion.
Christianity is a “revealed religion”; its basis lies in the Bible 
revelation,
and nowhere else; to change it, the true basis must be given without 
pandering
to error; otherwise, there is only a change of error. We may well 
remember
that a little leaven leaveneth the whole lump, and dispense the leaven, 
leaving
the leavening process in both literature and religion to take its own 
course,
as it undoubtedly will if we are true to our trust.
Theosophy
is for those who want it and for none others. Our standard is clear 
and
unequivocal, and we may be able to help even old and sincere students by our 
inquiries.
Either there is true knowledge or there is not; if there is, and we 
are
assured in our-selves of it, let us assert it, maintain it, and let error 
correct
itself. It looks hypocritical to me to get in with a lot of church 
people
and pretend that we think just as they do, to say that Christianity is 
just
what we believe, is, in fact, Theosophy, when what is understood by the 
word
“Christianity” is antagonistic to the Eternal Verities, and we know it. Is 
Theosophy
to be administered surreptitiously? If so, will the unfortunate 
“patients”
ever know where they are? If they get a distaste for Christianity as 
it
is taught, what will they have a taste for? We know where we stand and why.
Perhaps
the lack of any real success in all these years is a lack of real faith 
in
Masters, as well as the attitude of being “poor miserable sinners” and 
unworthy;
hence, the lack of strength of Conviction. If there is to be learning, 
the
student must have confidence in his Teacher, and follow the lines he sets 
forth,
or no good result can come. When he knows more, or thinks he does, than 
his
Teacher, let him seek another more advanced. If one desires to teach 
another,
there must be a “tone of settled conviction” to carry any weight. It 
will
appear if the Teacher has any real knowledge. But this does not carry with 
it
any more “authority” than the student accords, and in Theosophy could never 
rightly
be imposed, as the appeal is to the reason, intelligence, and inner 
perception.
What does it matter if the writer believes he speaks from a higher 
plane
of knowledge than that with which the reader is
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
acquainted,
if he seeks to impose nothing? is not the whole effort of students 
to
acquire knowledge in order to pass it on? How can they pass on what they have 
not?
Are there different degrees of knowledge, and are they to be recognized and 
sought
after? To sum up in a nutshell: There are older students; without them 
there
would be no younger ones, and no work done; this line runs from the very 
youngest
to the Masters. “We are all alike and some different.”
 
CONTENTS
LIVING
THE LIFE 
Letter
Ten
I
suppose it is inevitable that you should find yourself head over heels in work 
on
your return home. It is a “muddy civilization,” and we have to wade through 
the
“mud” of it; but there is comfort in the thought that we are not any of the 
mud
and can go through it and look toward the end in view—the goal to be 
reached—for
the sake of those who are hopelessly floundering. So, perhaps we 
take
upon ourselves the muddiest kind of mud in performing the task we have 
undertaken.
If we look at all the pressures and strains in this way, we shall 
not
be discouraged by anything that may come to pass. In our course we have to 
take
advantage of conditions as we may, and always of such as tend to the end in 
view.
Is it not so that mountains are climbed? Also, we can reach the valley 
only
by careful descent. Do we not thus climb and descend, figuratively, all the 
time?
About
men and women “as such,” and the ideas which prevail with each in regard 
to
the other: these must change, being based on physical differentiations and on 
accentuation
of separateness mentally and physically. We have to look at souls 
and
minds, regardless of the kind of body which envelops them, and get away from 
the
hard and fast conclusions so common in the world. These differentiations are 
not
at once to be gotten rid of, but a better recognition must have its 
beginning,
and who should have this, most clearly, but those who see the Triad 
in
every human being?
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
The
present movement of women is such an assertion; it is neither a fad nor a 
fancy,
but an urge of the rising cycle. Necessarily it must follow, at first, 
the
ordinary lines of thought and action pursued by the men in general; but it 
is
bound to work into lines which affect the home, the family, and general human 
interests,
rather than possessions. Errors of judgment and mistakes will 
doubtless
be made, but from them better judgment will come. No one can help the 
restrictions
of time, place and circumstance; they should be recognized, and 
what
is to be done, done as best may be under them.
Most
men are burdened with positivity, right or wrong; most women with 
negativity,
right or wrong; both men and women having these qualities in 
balance,
or approaching it, are nearer to the “double spinal cord,” which must 
come
about in the race as a whole. I share your opinion as to women speakers in 
general,
but I am not blind that there are exceptions, and I look for them, and 
am
glad when I see signs of such in the work; for they can best help that side, 
and
they can and do express a quality of devotion which mighty few men possess.
As
you say, not only much but all that was ever written was by way of 
“pointers.”
Each soul is held by some conception, some interest, which he takes 
to
be the "summum bonum”; the consideration of these is necessary in order to
lead
the mind from the unreal to the Real. There is no other way. Even those who 
know
real things get caught up in the “turba,” the phantasmagoria that we create 
for
ourselves, and have difficulty in reverting to the Real and Eternal—such is 
the
strength of objective consciousness which begets the idea of separateness. 
We
have to see and know all these classifications in pointing to the unity of 
which
they are impermanent expressions. True it is that there are but few books 
necessary.
“Let
me say one thing I know; only the feeling of true brotherhood, of true love 
toward
humanity aroused in the soul of some one strong enough to stem the tide, 
can
carry us through. For love and trust are the only weapons that can overcome 
the
Real enemies against which the true Theosophist must fight.” “Let us all 
draw
together in mind and heart, soul and act, and try thus
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
to
make that true brotherhood through which alone our universal and particular 
progress
can come.”
“The
number of true Theosophists is not legion. The ranks are not crowded. They 
are
not to be known or judged by standards of the world, but by the strength of 
their
convictions. They are one and all dead in earnest. They are those who 
though
they may not have outwardly renounced, have inwardly relinquished, and 
who
will be glad when the incidentals are swept away, and only the essentials 
remain.
They are those who move from age to age invincible and eternal.”
One
asked me a question the other day: why, in view of our undoubted relations 
in
past lives, are we placed in positions that are so difficult and so dark, 
when
the obviously fortunate one was so near and so clearly defined. The answer 
that
came to me was:
Long
ago you took a vow, one of the meanings of which was to step out of 
sunlight
into shade to make more room for others.” We should remember that this 
was
voluntarily done by the inner man, and that now, the very principles of our 
nature
compel us to act, as it were, against our inclination. We should also 
remember
the harder the battle, the greater the victory, and nothing but victory 
will
suffice us. Yes, the present is the test; the past we will meet in the 
future—that
present which has not yet ripened. Yet it is said that the process 
of
development consists in the recovery of the memory of the past. This, 
however,
cannot mean the sordid details of physical existence, nor would there 
be
much concern whether one wielded a battle-axe, or what “part” one played in 
the
various dramas of existence, but a something larger, finer, greater—the 
memory
of the divine Ego, and those functions of our real life which go on 
during
sleep.
It
is all lived out in the mind. Most minds instead of living and acting out 
their
ideals in the present, and fulfilling their present known duties to 
others,
waste most of their opportunities in memory and anticipation. To live 
and
act fully and rightly in the present is the whole of life; the dynamic force 
of
the brain would then act fully and rightly, and there would be no exhaustion.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
CONTENTS
LIVING
THE LIFE
Letter
Eleven
As
the work goes on and new elements are added to it, there must occur the 
process
of assimilation. Each new nature is a new element and has its peculiar 
effect,
but there is nothing in this to cause any surprise or dismay. All the 
time
there must be the getting closer together of the “living germs”; this goes 
on
while we work, each in his own way. Few of us have pleasure in the works 
themselves
that are our Dharma, but we know we are there to do, and they are 
there
to be done.
One
of the great troubles we make ourselves, I think, is the construction of a 
mechanical
universe. And it will not work out to our satisfaction. This way is 
swimming
against the stream. The Universe is guided from within outwards and all 
possible
knowledge of “outwards” will give no real understanding. In trying to 
gain
a knowledge of “outwards,” there is an exercise of what we are pleased to 
call
the mind; but from what foundation and to what end? The problems that the 
“mind”
has are before it here and now, and concern not what has been or what is 
to
be. What if we do know all the laws and forces, all the processes; will that 
fit
us any better to do whatever comes before us? The law works in us and 
through
us; we are ministers of the law, and while recognizing this, while doing 
our
best with what we have and see, further power and perception come. The 
Upanishads
say that this “real knowledge is not to be gained by the mind, but by 
the
subtle sight of the subtle—sighted”—---the Perceiver.
What
is your confusion about Mind? The Self only eternally Is. Now what are all 
the
rest? Perceptions, I think; some permanent, being related to the Self, or of 
the
Self; others, perceptions of perceptions and impermanent in that they are in 
constant
change. The two classes or bundles of perceptions in individuals would 
be
Higher and Lower Mind. Perhaps Higher and Lower Self would be better, but no 
set
terms can give anything but approximations
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
of
differences of perceptions. We may call what is perceived “matter,” or 
“prakriti,”
that basis by which action may take place. It would seem that this 
basis
is the general result of the interpenetration, interblending, and 
interaction
of the perceptions of multitudinous classes of beings.
The
“mind” with which we work is just a bundle of perceptions of this physical 
plane
wherein every idea held has a physical basis. Can such a “bundle” include 
or
solve that which is the cause, or sustaining power itself? Each plane has its 
own
mode or “mind,” and the only way by which we in lower manas can approximate 
the
inner is by rising to that plane where the perception and the mode is 
different.
Can it be wondered at that all at tempts to solve by brain-mind must 
be
temporary hypotheses, one after the other discarded as we see its futility? 
Yet
the very exasperation induced sometimes opens a door to us.
There
is a state of Soul as Spectator without a spectacle, also many states of 
“spectacles”
more or less circumscribed. Spirit, I think, would not be the whole 
of
any given class, although such a condition might be called “spirituality,” if 
the
ideas were the eternal verities. Naught adheres to Spirit.
There
must be that Mind or Power to Perceive which takes in primal causes as 
well
as subsequent effects; also that other circumscribed action which deals 
with
minor causes and effects. Mind is the power to perceive, residing in the 
Perceiver,
its manifold perceptions and possibilities presenting kinds of mind 
and
separate ideas and actions. All spiritual beings are the same in kind, 
differing
only in degree. Terms are confusing, but ideas may be had out of the 
confusion,
if we adhere to the One Reality—which is both Being and Non-Being. 
Each
has his own way of seeing and translating what he sees.
The
question as to whether one could, or could not, get benefit from hearing of 
Theosophy
before death, depends on one’s ability to realize its truth; the mere 
listening
to the words without realization or acceptance could have no place in 
the
thoughts of the thinker. The karma, however, that brought the dying one in 
contact
with those desirous of so helping, will bring him again in con-
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
tact
with that knowledge and probably under better auspices. No effort is lost. 
Our
love for others is truly shown in our desire to serve, and love is the great 
bond.
The highest love that we can have for those nearest and dearest to us 
should
be the standard which we should strive to hold toward our other selves—an 
intense
love of humanity, one which seeks their highest good, which seeks 
nothing
for self, but has all that fortuitously comes. “Friends for the future.”
A
mental change or glimpse of truth may make a man suddenly change to the truth 
even
at death, thus creating good skandhas for his next life. But the karmic 
effects
of the past life must follow. H. P. B. said that the Ego was drawn 
before
birth to the scenes of his former life, saw the meaning and trend of it 
all
and the karmic results that must ensue, and knows the justice of it. There 
is
also the “summing up” after death—cause and sequence, and “Being’s ceaseless 
tide.”
 
CONTENTS
LIVING
THE LIFE 
Letter
Twelve
It
is well to hold the position you do—to maintain the true attitude of the 
“higher
carelessness.” It makes no difference what ever what we do; how we do 
anything
is what counts. And as there is always something doing, we have always 
opportunity
to practice right doing.
It
is no good being anxious; all we have to do is to do our best with each 
moment
and live it as it comes. “If the candidate has firm reliance on the Law, 
he
will not have to wait too long.” In this way whatever comes will be right for 
him.
We must take the position that whatever is right will come about, and while 
making
use and taking advantage of every opportunity, feel that if what seemed 
good
did not come our way, it was best that way for the main object that we 
worked
for. In this case we preserve our best energies, and are neither elated 
nor
cast down by whatever comes to pass.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
We
are apt to overlook the good we afford to others by our effort. Every one we 
affect,
even in a slight degree, affects others, and no one can say what may be 
done
for the future through indirect methods. There is much encouragement in 
this,
and encouragement means a continuation of courage. We have but to keep on 
in
the courage with which we began, for in all great effort there is sure to be 
reaction;
and knowing this to be the Law, we are prepared, and never downcast, 
but
like the song, “We wait for the turn of the tide,” and ride higher on it.
I
was looking over the magazine article you mentioned. It is interesting, 
instructive
in places, intelligent and bountifully interspersed with diagrams. 
It
gives the impression of great learning on the subject. But it speaks here and 
there
of the Logos and His care of His children. Too much of the personal God 
under
another name, thus leaving “His” poor, ignorant, sinful children none the 
wiser
as to their godlike nature! The article made me think of the way the 
Jesuits
side-tracked Masonry. They entered it, obtained its secrets, invented 
“higher
degrees” to draw attention from what lay hidden in the original ones, 
and
gradually made it innocuous, and incapable of leading to the knowledge that 
they
feared. Much that is going on and has gone on in the . . . society has the 
appearance
of leading into innocuous desuetude. This is the mode of working of 
Brahmano-Jesuitical
forces, and the ordinary thinker is unable either to 
perceive,
or credit it if warned. It is not believed that there are Dark Forces 
and
their agents in the world, and that they war within that which they would 
destroy;
that they dress themselves up in “sheep’s clothing” so as to be 
unsuspected.
But it is too true. Every failure to establish the Wisdom-Religion 
is
to be traced to the work of the Dark ones among the unsuspecting stupid 
“sheep,”
who are appealed to through their weakness and led astray. There is no 
panacea
for stupidity and ignorance but self-knowledge, discrimination; anything 
that
leads away from them leads to desolation. Would that there might be some 
way
by which eyes could be opened to a wise and proper consideration of all 
things.
Yet, if one should publicly point out these things, “untheosophical” 
would
be the least charge laid at his 
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
door.
All that we can do is to accentuate the difference between the Eye 
Doctrine
and the Doctrine of the Heart with full exemplification. The . . . talk 
glibly
of these, but in the words of Kipling, “what do they understand?” Those 
in
that society who have the “heart-desire” may find that doctrine, but the mass 
have
it not, and are kept from its consideration by every means.
Without
any conceit, you know it would be admitted by those who listen to you 
that
it would be an easy matter for you to draw diagrams, and lecture on the 
differentiation
of species, on the various Logo, Dhyanis, and classes of beings, 
Rounds
and Races and so forth; but you know, and anyone can see, that if one had 
all
these qualities at his tongue’s end, he would not be one whit better in 
character,
nor would he possess any real knowledge—the knowledge that leads to 
the
wisdom and power of the Adept. Intellectual acquaintance is well enough for 
those
who are entertained by that sort of thing, but those who seek 
self-knowledge,
who will not be satisfied with anything else, go not by that 
road.
Self-knowledge is the first desideratum; the other is incidental, and 
useless
without the first. The first requires whole-heartedness, 
self-discipline,
constant service, unflagging determination. It is undertaken 
only
by determined souls and continued by increased heroism—of such are the 
immortal
heroes of the ages. The second can be followed by any schoolboy, and is 
necessary
to some extent, as an equipment for the sake of others, but unless 
subservient
to the first, it is useless as a means of growth. The general 
tendency
is toward “intellectualism,” and it is easy to follow that line of 
acquisition.
The effort should therefore be to present and practice the study 
that
leads to growth, using the “process” only to assist the understanding. The 
opposite
is too generally the practice. There are Theosophists in name and 
Theosophists
by nature; they are different.                                      
                      
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
CONTENTS
LIVING
THE LIFE
Letter
Thirteen
Your
statement of monthly expenses is not encouraging, but we have seen worse 
conditions,
and with less in view to face them. It looks like “alone and 
possessing
nothing” for us; but we can face all this without the slightest fear. 
‘We
must trust absolutely to the Law, doing our conservative best as we go 
along.
We have but to keep that work, which we see to be the Real work, going 
through
thick and through thin; then, whatever comes will be right, and we shall 
finally
see the right results for All, for it is “All” that we are working for.
Business
has been defined as “a lot of useless activities which we have created 
and
now bow down to and worship.” But there are some we know who are heretics in 
that
direction, and I like these best. Well, the world we live in is governed by 
these
very follies, and we are here to hold fast and get going a crop of better, 
finer
ideas. The fact that burdens are growing heavier cannot be accounted a bad 
sign;
there must be in those to whom burdens come From an unused strength that 
needs
exercise. We will have to take the Bible saying as true that “the burden 
is
to the strong.” Too, it is well to know one’s strength, which cannot be known 
without
using it. By and by you will know what you can do, and the necessity for 
these
trials will cease.
In
answer to H— I am glad that you made it plain—and it cannot be made too 
plain—that
there is absolutely no one in U. L. T. who “instructs and informs 
other
members of what he or she gets as coming from Masters.” This is the safest 
way
for all: point to the records and advise an open mind and an eager intellect 
as
well as an unveiled spiritual perception. We have faith that “the Master’s 
hand
is over all” and go the limit on that. I think that your letter covers the 
ground
pretty well. The “writer” of the “extracts” in question does not care 
what
is done with any
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
words
he has written, so long as the sense and meaning is main tamed, the intent 
preserved;
nor would he in the least object to the presentation of the ideas in 
any
other way; in any event, no name is attached, nor recognition sought.
In
regard to the question asked. In the Voice it speaks of Kundalini as Buddhi, 
considered
an active power—the power of that sheath in full operation. 
Ordinarily,
Buddhi acts indirectly through Mamas in its lower aspect of action, 
thought
and feeling, as they relate to the objective consciousness. In this 
sense,
there-fore, Buddhi may be called passive; the power is there but 
transmuted
into lower and divergent energies.
The
unitary idea in the septenary nature is to be had from the conception of 
Consciousness,
or the Perceiver, using different vehicles for expression and 
reception
on different planes. It is not waking nor sleeping nor Deep sleep, nor 
Sushupti,
nor Turya, but just Consciousness acting in these various ways and 
conditions.
We are That which perceives in these various ways. Consciousness is 
One—the
ways are various. The Seer is unitary, but has many ways and directions 
of
seeing. “Man” is not any of his principles, but they are “his” instruments. 
These
principles or sheaths are made up of the “lives” of various kinds of 
different
planes. The unitary idea is consciousness with power to perceive in 
every
direction through appropriate evolved instruments. Like the God of the 
Bible,
“Man” cannot be found out, for darkness surrounds his pavilion. “He” is 
ever
behind every manifestation and expression, and is also Paramatma, the 
Highest
Soul.
Unity
cannot be stepped down. IT ever is; IT is to be realized. Of course, it is 
a
consideration of processes that is confusing with our present perceptions; but 
it
is not so difficult to have a working generalization sufficient for our 
present
purpose. The thing to be realized is Unity—the One, not separate in its 
manifold
appearances. “That Thou Art, 0 Svetaketu.”
I
think that the word “Perceiver” connotes both individuality and that power of 
perception
which is infinite. As individual, or as Ego, it connotes all the 
experience
of the immense past. It is also Ishwara and Paramatma, for that which 
perceives
has no limita-
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
tions
to its possible field. The Perceiver rests in the Infinite and is always 
behind
and above any and all expansions of perceptions. ‘Man” is greater than 
any
mind he may have, for he is constantly changing it—and remains. The Soul 
looks
directly on ideas; nothing comes to it but ideas, obtained through its 
various
evolved sheaths. We can have no experience whatever, whether from the 
bodily
organs, or by suggestion, unless an idea is presented. Ideas may come 
from
objects, from words written or spoken, but our only real perception of them 
is
in “idea.” We classify ideas because of an assumption of separateness, but 
that
is not the true way, and the effort should be made to realize that the Soul 
is
vision itself, and that it looks directly upon ideas.
There
are minds many, and many kinds of mind, but there is the Eternal Thought 
in
the Eternal Mind—the world of Eternal Idea which is the world of True Being. 
We
must bring back to the light of day the present sense of our divinity which 
illumines
us in dreamlessness—where the “Spirit thinks not, yet thinking not, he 
thinks,
for the energy that dwelt in thinking cannot cease because it is 
everlasting.”
Study,
work and service are the means, with the motive of being better able to 
help
and teach others. Doing all we can, we do all that can be done. There is no 
use
in distressing ourselves about what we do not know; we find knowledge 
springing
up spontaneously within us as we do our best with what we see and 
know.
It matters not whether that which we consider as “we” gains or loses, so 
long
as what should be done is done as best we are able. It is 
desire—results-—---that
trouble us; they always will. The right done everywhere 
is
ours. No learning is learning unless it leads to readjustment.
 
CONTENTS
LIVING
THE LIFE
Letter
Fourteen
What
you wrote about Karma is a splendid conception, to my mind. Karma is Law. 
Those
who best know the Law are Karma, and others the directors of Karma in 
varying
degrees. Knowledge
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
of
it begins by performing that which comes to us as duty, simply because it is 
duty,
and not in order to produce anything for our-selves. This practice begets 
and
inculcates a recognition of Karma and use of and subservience to it. In time 
we
do only those things that work for the general welfare. Masters are the 
highest
expression of this.
In
order to make minds think, I sometimes point out that we know what has been 
and
will be by what is now. We observe the law and sequence of years, seasons, 
and
elements; this is knowledge, and lies outside of memory or prevision. In the 
same
way we know reincarnation to be a fact without having any memory in the 
brain
of this body. Some, however, do remember, that memory coming by the study 
and
application of a true philosophy of life. The reasonableness precedes the 
realization.
We know the infinitude of numbers but cannot demonstrate that 
knowledge.
Changes
go on, and for good, with our efforts to apply the philosophy. Any 
failures
made in such case are stepping-stones to success because followed by 
undaunted
struggles upward. The efforts count and are registered in the 
supersensuous
consciousness. Sometime they will be of quality and force enough 
to
counter balance all opposition.
Your
letter conveyed to me the impression that G— held in his mind too much of a 
condemnatory
attitude as to the deficiences and failings of others; perhaps not 
altogether
condemnatory, but contemptuous, and that it was general in its 
application.
My remarks were addressed to this, not to him as a person, and not 
to
you.
I
think that much of the failure of “old-timers” in study and knowledge of the 
meaning
of Theosophy and the Movement lies in not realizing how necessary it is 
to
apply to ourselves the criticisms and judgments we so freely apply to others. 
And
in saying this I do not say that I am free from these faults. I only 
recognize
that they exist and need correction. So, from that point of view, it 
is
not desirable to let the mind become of the shape and mirror of undesirable 
things.
Then it is not easy to avoid a contemptuous, if not a condemnatory 
attitude
toward others,
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
which
engenders a sort of pride by comparison with our own attitude or what we 
imagine
we would have done under similar circumstances. This is all detrimental 
to
the performance of our own duty, and to our progress on the Path of 
Compassion.
Errors have to be recognized and avoided, and pointed out to others 
when
necessary; but there is a wide difference between that and mere gossip.
I
have found that the knowledge of many “old-timers” consists of just such 
things.
They give them forth to new adherents as evidence of their knowledge of 
the
Movement, the Society, and by implication, of Theosophy. This is not wisdom 
nor
is it good for anyone, and it certainly does not help Theosophy. Of course, 
here
and there all the crimes in the category have been committed by members, 
though
the majority were good, according to their “lights,” and well-meaning, 
but
ignorantly misled by their misconceptions, desires and passions, sometimes. 
For
all honestly striving with their enormous difficulties, we should have pity, 
sympathy,
charity; we cannot do this if we mentally reproduce the opposites, 
weighing
the act and actors in the balance of the mind.
You
will run across more of this as “old-timers” drift in with their mental 
accumulations,
so I wanted you to assist them to dump their encumbering load and 
to
take a fresh cargo of good material. I would gently discourage them from 
making
that kind of mental picture by paying little attention to it, and by 
presenting
present time and opportunity.
 
CONTENTS
LIVING
THE LIFE
Letter
Fifteen
Pressure
is pressure, no matter what the immediate means. Things going so hard 
in
so many directions looks like a settling down into place—getting firmly 
fixed.
Of course our attention to outside things and the pressure of them must 
affect
all others interested to some extent. It cannot do much so long as we are 
internally
firm and calm. Taking this position as you have and do,
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
matters
will find their own adjustment naturally. We see a thing to be done, and 
we
try it out in the way most ready to hand; it does not go that way; then we 
try
another and another until the way is found.
No
duty, of course, should be neglected; we have such by natural law and by 
agreement,
and we should faithfully fulfill them until they leave us; we must 
not
desert them. By doing our duty by every duty, we work out our Karma 
fulfilling
the Law, and are thus made fit for higher duties. W. Q. J. said, 
“Duty
is the royal talisman; duty, alone, will lead you to the goal.” We must 
place
an absolutely firm reliance upon the Law, doing that which is nearest to 
us
first, and then what is farther away. It is not what is done, but the motive 
in
doing it, that counts; so we have to watch well our motives; if the motive is 
right,
anything we do is right, and every duty is equally great. If the right 
course
is followed, there will be time and occasion for all duties and none will 
be
neglected.
Also
we are warned against considering our own progress; first, because that 
kind
of thought is personal and actually prevents progress; and second, because 
our
real progress being in the inner nature is only discoverable by results, and 
these
results may even appear to us to be the opposite of progress. Thus all 
thought
of our own progress should be dismissed from consideration. The line of 
duty
is the right line, to which must be added a Theosophical education, because 
that
assists us to distinguish between what is duty and what is habit or mere 
inclination.
UNITY, STUDY, and WORK should be the watchword. We should be united 
in
aim, purpose and teaching; to do this we have to accept all others on the 
same
basis, who, under the Law of Karma, are drawn together with us. Each should 
endeavor
to learn as much as possible so as to be the better able to help and 
teach
others, and in so doing gradually eliminate such defects as present 
themselves
in the course of study and effort. Hence, we have to hold the 
greatest
charity for the faults and weaknesses of others while striving to 
accentuate
the good in ourselves, and in those who seem weaker than ourselves in 
some
respects. Unity brings an irresistible energy;
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
study
and its application in work gives us the knowledge of how best to apply 
the
energy aroused; but the motive of our study and work must be that we may be 
the
better able to help others to attain—not that we may climb.
Yes,
true knowledge is synthetic, and when we are truly at tuned, perception 
through
any one channel would give us the sum of the attributes so perceived. 
This
synthetic ability has to grow little by little toward a perception of the 
“one
sense” through any of its divisions or channels. The holding of this idea 
tends
toward that growth, for it is consciousness, or the Perceiver, that is the 
Knower.
Everything
is reducible to states of consciousness; every feeling has to be 
traced
to some one experiencing it. Consciousness connotes all. There is 
universal
feeling and relative feelings. Feeling might be taken to be the effect 
produced
or perceived on any plane and depending on the relative or universal 
nature
of thought, as the case may be. We could not have a thought without 
feeling,
but feeling has many grades, depending upon the fineness or grossness 
of
the sheath upon which the Will acts; for, it seems to me, Thought and 
Ideation
are one and may be applied to any plane, while Will is the dynamic 
energy
of thought or idea.
You
are right about “the swing back of consciousness from higher states” 
reacting
with force upon the lower states and arousing them; knowing this, we 
gradually
subdue the lower because such is our desire and intention. No doubt we 
all
fall down from where we see we ought to reach, and that is not to be 
wondered
at, since the inner is always more perfect than the outer. But the 
great
thing in it all is that such seeing makes us increase our efforts. We need 
not
worry about our failures or successes, for if we worry about failure we are 
thinking
of success, and if we worry about success we are thinking about 
failure,
in a squirrel wheel-round of action. We can take the advice to “be up 
and
doing” and forget the rest, only remembering at the moment of action all 
that
is necessary for the act. All of us have to persevere in perfecting the 
instrument
by removing the barriers erected by
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
the
personality. The Path lies up-hill all the way, brightened by the 
consciousness
of doing right. Now more power to you; all these trials and 
obstacles
are but strengtheners for us—beneficial exercises. We play the game 
knowing
what it all means.                                                       
                          
 
CONTENTS
LIVING
THE LIFE
Letter
Sixteen
Your
letters are ‘ meditation” and “good medicine.” Just hold to what you have 
expressed.
It is not easy but every effort counts; the failures do not, and all 
the
time there is progress. If we could only see our true destiny, as W. Q. J. 
puts
it, we would not consider the events of life as anything but opportunities. 
Not
one thing can come amiss to those who so see. If we find that suffering, 
stress
and strain are our lot, we may also see that they afford opportunities 
for
strengthening; and who should be better able to bear them than ourselves, in 
view
of what we see and know to be true? As we carry these burdens we help the 
whole.
Our work is constructive with the right attitude toward all things. With 
the
right attitude toward all things, all that we do is constructive. We may not 
be
enamored of our own proficiency—we may see many deficiencies—but we can help. 
The
fact that we find ourselves of admitted help to others tells the story, and 
as
we help we are better able, all the time.
Of
course, the instruments we are working with are not strong; they are what the 
race
into which we came provided us with, and they are what they are and the 
best
we have. We all can see their limitations but we can push them to the 
limit,
“and then some,” and still know that the end is not to be found. So while 
we
are working to the best advantage possible as we find things, we are always 
moving
toward a better efficiency and bound to get there. You remember what W. 
Q.
J. said in that convention address: “The society was founded by those who 
were
determined to succeed.” Well, that is our determination, no matter how long
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
it
takes, nor what we have to undergo; we look for nothing less than success. 
And
we have the inner knowledge that “the Master’s hand is over all,” and can 
reverently
seek His guidance and enlightenment in full confidence that “in the 
hour
of our need the Lord will provide.” Having confidence in the knowledge, we 
do
not set any particular ways and means, but await the movement of events to 
point
out both. “With patience and full reliance upon the Law, the candidate 
will
not have to wait too long.” We rest on that.
A
Kshattrya is none the less a warrior when wounded, as long as he resolves to 
fight.
Such a “jolt” as you describe was meant in kindness, and for your 
betterment
according to the minds of those who gave it. Something must have 
impressed
itself as an impairment of an ideal instrument upon their minds. It 
does
not matter if the things were small or great in themselves; it only matters 
that
they aroused certain effects and detriments in the minds of others. In the 
enthusiasm
of our effort and the greatness of the subject smaller lapses escape 
our
notice; when such are called to our attention we should eradicate them. They 
may
be tricks of speech and beneath notice in relation to the real meaning 
intended
to be conveyed; we may even see that the attitude which objects to them 
is
hypercritical; yet we are bound to remove to the best of our ability anything 
and
everything that puts a bar—detracts attention from the main thing. Then 
again
“any old” jolt is good; that which feels jolts is the personality, as you 
know;
we get a reminder that there is still work to be done upon it. We have to 
avoid
all kinds of offense, real or imaginary. I do not think one would need to 
spend
much time on such reformations; it would not need more than the admission 
that
they are needed. So long as we do not admit that they are needed, we shall 
be
resenting the reformations and making no headway. So when things come, the 
way
to do is to conform, not necessarily reform, remembering St. Paul’s saying, 
“All
things are lawful but not all things are expedient.” It depends on what you 
are
trying to do. You have got it right, and I take your letter just as a 
setting
down of things in order to get rid of the pressure. There is a law of 
our
being
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
underlying
this; the Chela’s Daily Life Ledger and the Catholic confessional are 
based
upon it. We have to meet conditions as they arise, and need not worry 
about
those that do not confront us. We have, of course, to act prudently on the 
line
of what we have in view, but anxiety should be absent from any act done to 
the
best of our ability. I know all you would do if you could; you have done and 
are
doing all you can; what more can be done? I know that it has been very hard 
for
you; it is harder now than it has been, but in a different way. By-and-by 
you
will be so firm and hard that nothing will “feaze” you for a minute, and 
that
time will find the full play of your energies on whatever is to be done.
Now
good night to you. Be happy as those who live for happiness alone, and 
accept
all blessings possible.
 
CONTENTS
LIVING
THE LIFE
Letter
Seventeen
I
should like to meet your Mr. C. The statement that Theosophy ‘ in anything 
needs
straightening out. There are a lot of self-satisfied Theosophists who 
never
use the words Theosophy, Reincarnation and Karma, yet who would doubtless 
call
themselves Theosophists. The excuse generally given is that Theosophy has 
been
“discredited,”—as if such a thing could ever happen. It is no doubt true 
that
many people calling themselves Theosophists have by their folly given false 
impressions
of what Theosophy stands for and means, but that should induce in 
all
Theosophists more strenuous effort to correct the falsities and put the 
philosophy
in its true light. If there were more Theosophists of the latter kind 
there
would not be so much of false impression; so the moral is to swell the 
number,
instead of helping the enemy by withdrawal, or retreat, which is the 
course
of the ill-informed, the coward and the traitor. What he should have said 
is
that some Theosophists, or members of the Theosophical societies, believe in 
a
big being—the “Logos,” in the sense that he implied. But he may
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
have
the wrong conception of what they believe, and may be imputing to others 
his
own belief and misunderstanding. There is a wide difference between “big 
being,”
in the sense of a “personal god,” and the Logos as set forth in the 
Secret
Doctrine as a “being”; between the conception of “Jehovah” of the Bible 
and
the churches, and the Logos as a collection of beings of many grades in 
posse—considered
as a “being” only because assembled together in one stream of 
evolution,
and necessary to each other for further experience.
No
doubt there is a school of “Occult Arts” in the Catholic Church, as he says, 
but
there is certainly not a school of Occultism in the sense of the Lodge of 
Masters.
It is not only not probable but impossible for a school, whose motive 
is
selfish in basis, to aquire spiritual powers of the higher order. “The least 
taint
of selfishness and the spiritual is turned into the psychic and dire are 
the
results.” One might remain in the Catholic or any other church and be a 
Theosophist,
but it would mean that he was only ostensibly a Catholic. One might 
be
there with knowledge and for some purpose other than perpetuating that malign 
system.
To be really and truly a Catholic and a Theosophist at the same time 
would
be like going in two directions at the same time.
His
saying that H. P. B. made mistakes is a pitiful attempt to drag her down to 
the
level of his own ignorance. It might very well be that she (He) purposely 
laid
herself open to a charge of errancy in unimportant things, in order to 
prevent
dependence upon her “as a person,” but I for one do not believe that she 
made
one single “mistake”; but that everything that she did was intentional, and 
with
a beneficent end in view. It does not make any difference what A— or Mr. C— 
said
about H. P. B.; the value of both are identical—guesswork. “Those who do 
not
understand her had best not try to explain her; if they find the task she 
laid
down too heavy for them, they had better leave it alone.” These are 
Master’s
words, and their repetition at times would help to eradicate wrong 
impressions.
It is quite true that we may be too insistent in speaking our 
beliefs
in regard to H. P. B. and W. Q. J., for that course followed
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
incontinently
would serve to arouse opposition in some and a supposition in 
others
that belief in Them was a sine qua non—either of which would defeat the 
end
in view. One’s own conviction may be given when found advisable, and the 
reasons
for it presented; just as in the Ocean, the Masters are presented in the 
very
first chapter. For without Them as the Custodians of Ancient Wisdom, to 
what
could we assign the existence and appearance of Theosophy? It is the 
Message
that the world needs, and in consideration of that, the question as to 
who
brought the Message naturally follows. Understanding of the Message brings a 
comprehension
of the nature of the Messengers. Otherwise, H. P. Blavatsky and 
William
Q. Judge might be considered as “just people like ourselves,” and as 
liable
to error.
The
kind of Theosophical education that is needed is one that will not feel 
bewildered
by any turnings aside of individuals, no matter how high or advanced 
they
may appear to have been. All prate about the “original lines”; what are 
they?
‘Well, W. Q. J. wrote after H. P. B. had gone, that we must go to Her and 
the
Master’s letters for the “program.” It is not laid down in schedule form, 
but
it is there and can be found by anyone who is anxious to follow the program. 
The
course of the Theosophical Society and Theosophists all along gives evidence 
that
it is possible to drift onto some sandbank of thought, some finality, and 
stay
there even when exceptional opportunities have been had.
Well,
it does not do to be “cock-sure,” but to be ready ever to revert to the 
Source,
the Message, the plan as far as outlined; with that readiness, every new 
development,
event or change— whether in persons or things—is taken into 
consideration
in relation to what has been recorded. If “intuitions” do not 
accord
with that, then it is wise to stick to what the Messengers laid down. The 
mysteries
of lower Manas are great and many.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
CONTENTS
LIVING
THE LIFE 
Letter
Eighteen
Glad
that business keeps up so remarkably well. It is a good sign, as is your 
success
under all the circumstances that stood in the way of it. We need not 
expect
disaster because we are endeavoring to do right, though if disaster 
comes,
we know it is not from our endeavor, and we keep up the endeavor in full 
confidence.
Help comes on all planes of being, and must, if unity means 
anything.
Also, working with the Law and from within outwards, improvement and 
strength
must follow in every direction. There is good reason to take more 
courage.
As
we aspire and work for Theosophy, the nature changes, and what would not 
affect
the man of the ordinary way of thinking is found to react upon us in a 
marked
way. When this occurs, we should endeavor to find that particular cause 
in
our thought and conduct so as to be able to prevent repetitions if possible. 
The
thought and effort in this direction will finally bring us to a point where 
we
are able to resist the impulse arising from desire and anger. We may plan, 
while
living in a house, a much better one; from perceived defects we will build 
better
when the time for building comes. As thought is the plane of action, the 
proper
thought will bring about concordant action in its own good time, even if 
we
have to await a new body for it. But there is no saying what changes may come 
about
in the present body; we have to live on and think and do.
People
have to be encouraged to take hold, in the hope that for their own and 
humanity’s
sake they will “stick.” It would not be helpful to discourage them by 
presenting
the difficulties that we know will confront them; when such 
difficulties
do arise we have still to encourage them by pointing out what the 
great
Ideal means. Some fall away for a time, coming back when they get new 
strength
and determination; others ignominiously retreat and lose their chance 
for
this incarnation. But there are always others,
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
and
for them and for the faithful—“the living germs among the masses of men”—we 
work
on without discouragement. “To have started one soul in the right direction 
is
an opportunity not given to many.” We have had and improved that opportunity 
to
the best of our ability. In all we are building for the future—we work in the 
present
for the future.
You
know how I feel about going to churches and other meetings where duty does 
not
call and where you are not in sympathy with the prevailing ideas. It does no 
good,
and only opens the door to possible hindrances which affect all those in 
the
same line of relation with you; so, even if indifferent to personal results, 
there
is the other more important view to be considered. Where it is a question 
of
duty it is a different matter, there then being nothing of the personal in 
it.
As to the other meeting, am not surprised that you felt a pressure in the 
room
where that aggregation of class-minds was. You did well not to stay and 
would
have done better still to have kept away altogether. Nothing is gained by 
going
to such places and no good can be done to minds whose sole idea of 
existence
is physical betterment for themselves as against others who appear to 
have
that betterment. It is easy to learn the lines of thought of such people 
from
the papers and other literature. Besides, there is danger of certain kinds 
of
infection, as you know. One of the strange things noted during the past 
twenty
years is the fact that students—so many of them—have thought that the 
warnings
were not meant for them, but for others; have disregarded them, and 
then
wondered at occurrences of an unpleasant nature, and at their lack of 
progress.
It did not show an appreciation of the fact that such warnings are 
statements
of Law, and of value, or they would not have been said.
The
question as to whether we “should change the vibration from pain to 
pleasure,”
arouses the counter question, “Why should we desire to?” The object 
of
life is neither pain nor pleasure, and making that object merely the avoiding 
of
pain is to be as nothing but a rationalized animal. Pain is what we feel of 
the
cry of the “lives” that are afflicted, and need attention to have the cause 
removed
intelligently so that the course of all may run smoothly.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
To
desire to drown this cry would not be wise, but foolish. Conscientious 
medical
men use opiates only when absolutely necessary and then only for a 
temporary
relief while effecting a cure of the trouble. A mental ‘dope” is 
equally
objectionable, supposing it could be done. But this is found to be the 
case:
those who seek pleasure feel pain more keenly than those who accept what 
comes
as guides on the way. And it may be safely assumed that those who seek 
pleasure
and fail to see the lesson of pain have not the power indicated in the 
question,
however much they may desire it; for desire is not a condition, nor is 
it
knowledge.
Well,
it is Mahabharata, the Great War. We have waged it before to some purpose, 
and
will continue to wage it to greater and greater purpose, with added power 
and
knowledge as lives go on. It makes all the difference in the world to have 
this
outlook and purpose.
 
CONTENTS
LIVING
THE LIFE 
Letter
Nineteen
The
only storms that really affect us are those “inside.” Of course, being human 
and
having bodies that act and react to the “within” and the “without,” we feel 
these
effects; but we know them to proceed from the “qualities in nature” and 
are
able to take the wise advice of Krishna that they “come and go and are brief 
and
changeable; these do thou endure, 0 son of Bharata!” It seems to me that B— 
is
in a state of complaint and, being so, the intuitive perceptions are not so 
keen
as they otherwise would be. But this all will pass away. It is in fact 
nothing
else than an exhibition of the despondency of Arjuna, although it 
probably
will not seem so to B—. In such cases everything appears to be wrong 
and
all things futile; but knowing it all to proceed—not from the outside 
affairs
which merely give the occasion, but temporarily from within—I place no 
especial
importance on it, save as an expression of the then feeling. All things 
may
not come out just to our liking, but we should know better than to expect 
that,
or
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
find
cause for complaint in it. All this brings unnecessary strain not only to 
B—
but on others intimately concerned.
What
you said to C— was right, and he ought to know that there was and is a 
definite
purpose in U. L. T. It is not a “one man-business” but a 
One-Truth-business.
There will be plenty of writing for the “man in the street.” 
There
has been much, there is much, there will be much; but where does it leave 
the
“man”? Just where it found him—“in the Street”! Those who are inclined that 
way
will do that sort of thing; but where in all the societies, and by all the 
writers,
is there to be found clear direction or a sound foundation to build 
upon?
Well, we know our work, and what we have set out to do. To us the way is 
clear
and we ask no persons to accept our way if they see what to them is a 
better
way. Let C— do what he will do that is consonant with our work. But what 
is
most necessary at the present is the putting into the hands of the public the 
writings
of H. P. B. and W. Q. J. which have been obscured. We are following the 
lines
of W. Q. J. in particular because they do not diverge from H. P. B.’s, but 
strengthen
and confirm them. As well they make simple for “the man in the 
Street.”
C—
thinks that we have lost sight of the “Second and Third Objects” because we 
do
not mention them particularly. We have not. The second and third objects are 
pursued
by some, and never were obligatory on any member’s acceptance. The U. L. 
T.
is an exoteric body and sticks to the first object—a “Nucleus of Universal 
Brotherhood.”
The second object is sufficiently covered in the readings from the 
Upanishads,
Voice, Gita, etc. The third object is “to investigate the 
unexplained
laws of nature and the psychical powers latent in man”; but 
“investigate”
does not mean experiment. There are warnings galore about the 
latter.
It
is good to hear that the Thursday meetings, while small, have a stronger, 
better
feeling and tone. With the devotion that we know is there this must of 
necessity
be, and strength and tone coming from within—from the heart—must reach 
outward
in all directions and make the instrument a better and better expression 
of
that harmony. M— as an exponent will change as time goes on.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
His
natural manner is inoffensive, perhaps apologetic at times. As he obtains 
what
might be called a “deadly certainty” it may be he will approach the “calm, 
quiet
movement of the glacier” which with the genial warmth of the sun will 
prove
effective. All natures have their purpose and uses. It is the fire of 
conviction
that gives each its highest efficacy.
I
think as students become more earnest and closely allied to one another and 
the
work, ideas flow from them to the one speaking. The speaker sees it in 
another’s
mind, unconsciously, perhaps—but truly so. The intercommunication 
between
minds is much more common than supposed, both for good and bad. The best 
strength
comes from the Masters when the mind is centered on doing Their work; 
this
opens the channel between Them and us. “Thought is the plane of action”; 
all
else are results.
What
is this about “looking for orders”? They should know better. Students 
should
look about to see what they can find to do—find ways, methods, and means. 
It
is certain that if one looks for “orders,” he is depending upon authority and 
direction.
The right way is to go ahead and if it is not right, the wrong will 
be
pointed out. It would be well if such would take a more active part in the 
meetings,
get more and more able to carry them on. No doubt they will do this, 
having
begun.
There
is a getting closer together among “the faithful,” and this of itself has 
its
effect upon those about us, as well as upon others not so near. Union and 
harmony
is the secret of strength. So the nearer and closer we get in thought, 
will
and feeling, the more power will flow from us as a body, “till we saturate 
time
and eras, that the men and women of races, ages to come, may prove brethren 
and
lovers as we are.”
 
CONTENTS
LIVING
THE LIFE
Letter
Twenty
In
your last, you question about memory. Memory is a large field. That which we 
call
“memory” must belong to “being” and relate to experience—in fact, it might 
be
said that “memory” and
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
“being”
are synonymous, considering in this view of it that ‘ is the result of 
experience
not necessarily remembered or recollected. It is also said that 
memory
of past lives is recoverable, so that there must be a plane of memory not 
accessible
to us in our present plane of action. Yet these memories are of other 
lives
such as this one. Remember that every sound in the visible world awakens 
its
correspondence in every one of the so-far developed elements; so, by 
inference,
every thought on this plane awakens its correspondence on inner 
planes.
The real register, then, must be in the more ethereal and more permanent 
substance.
The physical brain does not retain all the multifarious impressions 
received
by it, for it is in constant motion and change. While some impressions 
which
are constantly repeated appear to reside in the brain itself and to be of 
ready
access, others, not repeated, fall below the line of perception and have 
to
be recalled through association with some other present idea. H. P. B. said, 
“there
is a constant telegraphic communication going on incessantly—day and 
night—between
the physical brain and the inner man.” The brain is such a complex 
thing,
both physically and metaphysically, that it is like a tree whose bark you 
can
uncover layer by layer, each layer being different from all the others, each 
having
its own special work, function and properties.
Each
plane has its own tablet of memory and produces the appropriate effects on 
any
other plane—being accessible, in fact, but not perceived on account of other 
predominating
perceptions. Memory per se must be on all planes of being, each 
plane
producing “kinds” of memory, or such as relate to that plane only, in 
which
case it is “being” on that plane. On all planes “memory” must be the power 
of
reproducing past experiences; it is manasic because creative; on the highest 
manasic
plane there is said to be neither past nor future but all in Present 
Creation.
The Soul is vision itself. Would not the highest memory be superlative 
vision?
The Seer is in no case the things he sees.
I
am astounded at the infernal practices you speak of that the “New Psychology” 
follows.
One might as well give tests on the action of hasheesh, opium, whiskey 
or
any other thing that causes
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
abnormal
accentuation of the organs and seats of sensation as those “emotional 
tests.”
No wonder the girl fainted! If the students themselves or their families 
cannot
be made to see the wrong and folly of it all, they cannot be helped, for 
these
“professors” are in the ascendant and no layman’s voice would be listened 
to.
The papers lately gave an account of experiments in observation of the 
“human
aura.” The medical men were greatly interested in the wonderful discovery 
and,
marvelous to relate, saw in it “a new mode of the diagnosis of disease.” 
Was
it not said by H. P. B. that “the psychic idiosyncrasies of humanity” would 
undergo
a great change?
You
say that our attitude toward these things seems to many like “condemning” 
others.
It is the duty of esoteric students to unmask error and hypocrisy; to 
face
lie with truth; not as personal criticisms but as facts against 
misstatements.
It is assumed in charity that one who wrongs the Truth does so in 
ignorance;
but the custodians of Truth voice it in the face of lie, ignorance 
and
error, and take every opportunity possible to correct erroneous impressions. 
Theosophy
is in the world for that purpose. We are not to be self-assertive nor 
flabby;
knowing the truth, we speak it and care only for it and that it be as 
widely
known as possible. All of which is entirely compatible with charity to 
the
weaknesses of others and abstention from condemnation of others.
Does
“death-bed repentance” do any good? Well, it depends on what is meant by 
repentance.
If it is recognition of wrong and a change in the mind and nature 
that
would look with abhorrence upon a repetition of the deed, coupled with the 
desire
to make every amend in one’s power, it must be good. But if it is only a 
recognition
and a consideration of the deed from the point of view of the evil 
that
fell upon the perpetrator because of it, it is no good at all, being 
selfish
and occasioning no change in disposition, or only such change as 
regarded
self-interest. The first kind, in the mind of one who knew Theosophy, 
would
be deeper and have a wider scope of action than in the mind of one who 
regarded
every thing from the standpoint of one life. The Karma is the same; the 
one
who created Karma is affected by the results, but the extent
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
and
kind of results depend on the extent of change and the direction of the 
change
that may have taken place in the mind of such “repentant.” The phrase, 
“right
thinking brings everything,” should have been, “thinking has brought 
everything
that exists—right or wrong.” A man’s thoughts may be a gulf apart 
from
what he is constrained to do, and he is what he aspires and desires to 
do—not
his inabilities to perform. He might go through a whole life with out 
much
apparent change, but if he has inwardly relinquished, that which is left 
after
he drops the body is his mind, and his next embodiment will call forth the 
performance.
 
CONTENTS
LIVING
THE LIFE
Letter
Twenty-One
The
work you have planned out for the others seems good, for they should be 
helped
as much as possible. If others are not trained to take hold, the 
necessary
help and education will be minus, should anything happen to us; it is 
also
the study and preparation on the part of beginners that will make them more 
efficient
as propagandists. But let their initiative work as much as possible; 
suggest
and adjust when necessary. Why not begin by taking the three fundamental 
propositions
of the Secret Doctrine? For upon these the whole system hinges. Get 
them
all grounded in these. The first thing to make clear is the impossibility 
of
the ordinary conception of a personal or separative God; then the importance 
of
realizing the Self as all in all; then the law of periodicity with all its 
applications—“the
world’s eternal ways”; and reincarnation by analogy. After the 
Fundamentals,
they might take up the Ocean, chapter by chapter, getting grounded 
in
question and answer. Explain that the object is to formulate for themselves, 
and
thus make their understanding good. If they are helped, they should get 
themselves
in a position where they can best help others. This is the way to 
learn
and know.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
It
is difficult to help individuals as such, especially where all the strength 
is
needed for a general effort. It is quite easy to be drawn into this helping 
of
individuals by our sympathies, and sometimes we do things that are not helps 
at
all, although perhaps a pleasure to both giver and receiver. Wisdom is 
required
in any case; sometimes “jolts instead of johnnie-cake” are needed. I 
have
met much of all kinds of people and have learned some discretion in the 
treatment
of them. You in your position will also meet them and will have to 
deal
with them—for their good, so far as the general good permits and wisdom 
dictates.
That
is an interesting phenomenon you speak of where a brain injury made the man 
forget
his name, and able to do some-thing he was unable to do before. It was 
the
same man, of course; his lapse of memory did not alter that fact at all. 
Neither
did the other fact, that he was under the new condition able to play 
billiards,
change the man; the brain instrument by the injury had one door 
opened
and another shut. If he was able to play billiards actually and never 
played
before in his life, I should say that such an one had done so in some 
previous
life, which the injury gave access to. The previous life, also, must 
have
been comparatively recent because that game in its present form is not very 
old.
We have to remember that every man has a vast store of capacities, behind 
the
nature we see, gained in past lives. Anybody’s capacity is governed by the 
particular
Karma of that life, permitting the expression of only a portion of 
his
acquired knowledge and capacity. There are many lives where the tastes, 
desires,
and capacities change entirely without any brain injury, showing that 
one
set of Karmic causes is expended and another set ensues. In any and all 
cases,
what is in expression is from the store of experience of the past, for no 
one
can do anything that is not related to past experience, whether in this life 
or
some other one. Solomon said there is nothing new under the sun, meaning, I 
think,
that whatever is done, flows from what has been done. There is no other 
knowledge
than that which comes from experience, “experience” being considered 
in
its widest sense.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
The
Saptarishis are not very well explained anywhere, though there are certain 
things
said about them that might give an idea, such as: “they are intimately 
connected
with the present age— the Dark Kali Yuga;” “they mark the time and 
duration
of our septenary life-cycle;” “they mark the time and the periods of 
Kali-Yuga,
the age of sin and sorrow;” “they are as mysterious as their supposed 
seven
wives, the Pleiades, of whom only one— the hidden one—has proved 
virtuous.”
Speaking of the constellation of the Great Bear, H. P. B. makes the 
remark
that these Rishis are the informing souls of the stars mentioned, and 
that
they lie across the loins of the constellation (her underlining) and that 
they
are the Seven elemental powers—the Rupa Devas. There is a hint, too, that 
they
are connected with generation.
From
it all I judge that there is a class of beings that have not been and will 
not
be men in this Manvantara; they are of seven different degrees, not 
connected
with man as a septenary being, although they are with the cycle of 
Kali
Yuga. These cycles must be in a general way determined by man as to their 
nature,
which is what the Star Rishis respond to in particular. It would seem 
that
all the sex vagaries that come up in various directions, and the many 
visions
and “communications” of “Masters” spoken of by persons so thinking are 
of
that nature. You know it is said that very little information was given out 
about
the elementals for the reason that the mind, by directing the 
consciousness,
can segregate the various planes and arouse the elementals to 
action
in relation to the Thinker. Sex ideas strongly held and attempted to be 
“spiritualized"
as the saying is—might easily, I can conceive, attract beings of 
that
nature which would assume the coloring of one thinking in that relation, 
adding
to the main point of attraction—generation—anything that would serve to 
keep
the close contact. Being elemental they respond to their own peculiar 
stimuli,
without any sense of responsibility— not knowing man’s nature. The safe 
road
is the one pointed out by the Messengers: you remember H. P. B. said, 
“Beware
of the path of the Star Rishis.”
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
Well,
Companions, keep on with well-doing; our work is needed badly, and while 
there
are few to listen, we serve the many through the few. Love to you and best 
of
success every where.
CONTENTS
LIVING
THE LIFE
Letter
Twenty-Two
There
is compensation everywhere and for everything; only, as we look for 
results,
we do not, at once perceive the compensation at times and at the 
moment.
Business, being a contest of interests, is full of perplexities all the 
time
to us if we are fearful or anxious or impatient. But bad as it is and must 
be
in itself, if we engage in just a present performance of duty as it comes and 
to
the best of our ability, all strain disappears and we have that calmness 
which
is necessary in the fight. No doubt time is required to be able to hold 
that
position, but it is the condition to be tried for and obtained.
In
the article mentioned, I should take exception to the phrase used: “When the 
first
state of consciousness arises there is the Unmanifested viewed as a 
whole.”
It would sound better to me to say that the Unmanifested precludes any 
“state,”
but represents “Be-ness” or Consciousness per Se; differentiation 
brings
states of being or perception. If we take the simple and well known 
analogy
of sleeping and waking, and call waking the “manifested” and sleeping 
the
“unmanifested,” we see that what transpires in consciousness during sleep is 
the
“unmanifested” to the waking state, while what to us in this state appears 
as
un manifested is but a higher kind of manifestation. May not this be equally 
true
in regard even to that which we call Universal Pralaya? We speak of 
“consciousness”
and mean thereby our present relative and restricted modes of 
perception,
but we get no idea of what the consciousness of our own Higher Ego 
is.
We have the feeling which arises from our present incomplete state; but what 
do
we know of the feeling that comes from a higher state?
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
You
ask about the sentence in Patanjali: “The mind is a factor without which 
concentration
cannot be obtained.” The question is “Why?” It is not easy to say 
what
the “mind” is: it must be basic as well as selective; it can be withdrawn 
from
one object and placed upon another; without “mind” nothing is done. We 
regard
all actions as being mind operation. Thought is the plane of action; so 
to
get at the basis we have to assume a Perceiver, who from his perceptions is 
the
cause and effect in action. Prakriti is said to be that which produces cause 
and
effect in actions, being the basis in which any action inheres. The 
Perceiver
acts upon many planes; his perceptions as adopted by him on any plane 
might
be called his “mind” on that plane. Concentration of perception on any 
desirable
point is necessary to full knowledge.
I
think you have the idea all right, as I understand it: “Universal Mind is the 
sum
total of ideas of all beings concerned in the system” (which as a totality 
and
in the last analysis must be in accord with all other systems) ; and any 
given
mind must be a collocation of ideas within the Universal Mind. “There is 
nothing
but the Self and its environments.”
The
main trouble is we are constantly working with and upon effects, and 
endeavoring
to adjust effects to effects without any relation to the plane of 
causes,
mistaking cause for effect and effect for cause continually. The second 
chapter
of the Gita gives a splendid statement. Speaking of the “three 
qualities”
(prakritic), it says, “Be thou free from these three qualities,” that 
is,
from the ordinary influence of the natural opposites. We are not to perform 
actions
to obtain favor from Masters, nor from a morbid fear of Karma, not even 
from
a desire to obtain good Karma; but “perform thy duty; abandon all thought 
of
the consequences, and make the event equal to thee whether it terminate in 
good
or evil. Such equanimity is called Yoga.”
You
remember the saying of H. P. B., “Embodied consciousness gains knowledge 
through
observation and experience; disembodied consciousness is the Cause.” So 
the
whole is comprehended in Consciousness, conditioned and unconditioned. There
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
is
the internal cause of ideation—Thought; and the external cause and effect in 
action
on the planes of prakriti. Only through spirit can we know spirit in any 
of
its modifications. But to explain high metaphysical ideas in any western or 
modern
language is like doing fine carving with an axe; our perceptions have to 
expand
by application and exercise, so that words in their common application 
and
ordinary relations to each other appear as correspondences rather than 
definite
expressions.
The
mind and Consciousness acting together have the power to separate or 
segregate
the different planes, and this too in the case of the merest beginner. 
I
do not think you can get any better idea in regard to the image-making faculty 
than
is contained in the article by W. Q. J. in Vol. VII of the Path magazine, 
p.
289. The power of concentration is the first consideration: “One should have 
the
imagination under such control as to be able to make a picture of anything 
at
any time. If a picture were made of the ineffectual thoughts of the 
generality
of people, it would show little lines of force flying from their 
brains,
and instead of reaching their destination, falling to the earth just a 
few
feet away from the person who is thus throwing them out.”
Not
much help here I am afraid, but you may get something out of it. Now to you 
may
there be all blessings and growth.
CONTENTS
LIVING
THE LIFE 
Letter
Twenty-Three
So
the question was asked as to “the body of H. P. B.,” and you wish further 
light
upon it. The body of H. P. B. was born in the usual way with its peculiar 
physical
heredity—a “house” of the kind in use by the people of the age, and 
subject
to its own physical karma. It could not be made perfect any more than 
its
shape, features, sex, or color could be made different than they were. It 
was
selected for its adaptability to the work in hand.
 “Imagination and Occult Phenomena,” reprinted
in Theosophy, October, 1913.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
All
great Initiates appear among men in a body of the kind in use by the race to 
whom
they come. The Bible says of the prophet of Nazareth that “he became in all 
things
like unto us.” Should such beings come in their own form and glory, they 
would
be worshipped as gods by some, and hunted as devils by others, and the 
object
of inducing right effort on the part of the people would be entirely 
missed.
So although it entails suffering, it is done for humanity’s sake, from 
the
compassion felt for those younger brothers who continue to bring woe upon 
them-selves
through ignorance. The Masters do not need the experience for 
Themselves.
They sacrifice for others, and as other Masters did in more ancient 
times
for them.
It
is a question whether They suffer any pains from death as the ordinary human 
does
who hangs on to life physical. The force in use by Them racks any ordinary 
body
and disintegrates it. In the case of H. P. B., extraordinary means had to 
be
used to keep the body together as long as it was kept. A couple of weeks 
before
leaving the body She wrote to one in Boston, “Even will and yoga cannot 
keep
this old rag of a body together much longer.” This does not abrogate her 
power,
but it does show that the bodies of the present race are not able to 
stand
such a strain as the occupancy of such a being entails. The nervous force 
in
our own bodies if intensified will destroy the body’s capacity; imagine a 
force
a hundred times higher than that, and it is not difficult to understand 
why
bodies so occupied go to pieces.
Bodies
are formed under the law of cause and effect, and are maintained under 
it.
There is physical karma, mental karma, and psychical karma; these interact 
upon
each other, yet have their own particular lines of operation. The 
production
of the bodies of any race is through causes set in motion upon the 
physical
plane, and continued in reproduction on that plane; they are of a 
certain
nature and subject to the actions and reactions of the collective karma 
of
the race of which they are a part. An Adept assuming such a body would be 
subject,
so far as the body is concerned, to the racial qualities inherent in 
the
body assumed,
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
just
as a man moving into a town and taking a house in the town, would dwell 
therein;
if the houses were deficient in any way, he could do no better and 
would
have to take what he could get, even if 
far from his standard. So he 
would
be subject to the “karma” of the dwellings of the time and place. Bodies 
are
the physical dwellings constructed by the race.
CONTENTS
LIVING
THE LIFE 
Letter
Twenty-Four
I
have read your note and the enclosed letters. It is passing strange that Mr. 
B.
could have gotten such a conception of us—that we are a self-satisfied, 
patronizing
bunch”; that we are not straight in sending out unsigned letters, or 
hiding
in any way. I would like very much to clear up their minds on these and 
other
lines for they are fine people and need only to get rid of some prejudices 
to
place them in that relation which will benefit them. The letters indicate 
much
self-assertion and belligerent personality on the part of one, while the 
other
says somewhat naïvely that he was so interested in the subject itself he 
never
thought to inquire about the history of the U. L. T. and the persons 
connected
with it—which was exactly the effect most desirable to be brought 
about!
Strange,
they do not see, if some human beings know the existence of the most 
important
message to the world in untold centuries, and bring the fact and the 
message
to their attention, leaving it to be accepted or rejected without 
drawing
any attention to themselves, that an act of self-effacement has been 
performed
in order that the Message may be judged on its own merits. They are 
evidently
not aware that it was the prominence of persons and their claims of 
personal
knowledge that drew the attention of enquirers from the Message itself. 
Nor
does it seem to be understood by them that the "anonymity" adopted
was for 
the
very benefit of such as they and all others who desire to obtain that 
message
at first hand with no intermediate distractions.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
As
persons concerned with the Message and its propagation, we certainly are not 
“hiding,”
for we exist and can be found; but as “persons” of intelligence, 
character
and self-sacrifice, we desire most of all to place the Message of 
Masters
in the hands of those who wish to learn and know, without attracting 
attention
to ourselves or seeking any distracting notoriety. For many years this 
has
been done at a tremendous cost of time, money, and effort; for with us it 
has
been a constant and consistent giving and we have asked for nothing in 
return.
Nor can it be said that we are seeking recognition or fame of any kind, 
since
no names are presented to which fame may be attached.
How
does anyone suppose the Teachings of Theosophy pure and simple as given by 
the
Teachers of Theosophy have been carried forward intact? Blind alleys have 
been
spread in every direction by persons who have been and are accepted by the 
unwary
as true Theosophical exponents; the original teachings have been obscured 
and
a flood of speculations arc put forth as Theosophy, to the detriment of 
Theosophy
and those who would learn and understand. How else could such a 
condition
be remedied save by some who knew the truth, knew the Teachers, knew 
the
right lines, and had sufficient experience in the Movement to avoid the 
rocks
that split the original society into a number of fragments?
The
policy and methods of U. L. T. were instituted to avoid personalities 
altogether
and make the effort dependent upon a body of students who desire no 
recognition
for nor of themselves, thus putting the Teaching directly in the 
hands
of those who would know, to be studied and applied; hence the “anonymity.”
Another
critic once said that U. L. T. was “hiding behind Theosophy.” The reply 
was,
“That is much better than standing in front of it and hiding Theosophy.” 
The
U. L. T. does not “hide” behind anything; it is simply holding Theosophy up 
so
that all can see without let or hindrance. Whether it is persons or a number 
of
“two-by-fours” that hold Theosophy up in plain view does not matter; in 
either
case, it could be said with 
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
some
show of justice that Theosophy was hiding them from view. But there is no 
complaint
from that quarter nor thought of any—as you well know. Mr. B. does not 
appear
to distinguish between anonymous communications from enemies or would-be 
friends,
which, as he justly remarks, are cowardly, and an impersonal 
presentation
of Theosophy without placing persons in the lime-light—all of it 
for
the undiluted benefit of those who seek to know Theosophy. The point is that 
we
stand in our own persons for Theosophy, and, while presenting its principles, 
defend
it against any kind of attack.
Well,
in all kindness of heart we will do the best we can with anyone who 
desires
to learn. For those who expect principles and methods to conform to 
their
personal prejudices we can do nothing, however much we might desire to. 
Yet
there is always hope that a little Theosophy may work as a leaven which will 
wear
away or displace existing prejudices, and for this, time must be allowed. 
Theosophy
is for those who want it; it cannot be given to any others.
CONTENTS
LIVING
THE LIFE
Letter
Twenty-Five
Yes,
many people will come to your meetings; of these, a few will remain. Those 
who
really get the spirit of the Movement will not be found running here and 
there
for any purpose of their own. They may go occasionally for general 
information
or to do good to others. Whenever personal friction comes up, as it 
may—do
you stick to principles; enunciate them, illustrate them, but keep away 
from
direct reference to any trouble. So each is left to understand and apply as 
seems
best to him. Study is the great thing. Unity, study, and work are the 
Trinity
that will keep all together and yet leave play for individual 
idiosyncrasies
along harmless lines while subduing them. What you say of some 
who
come, remain away for a time, and come back, may indicate that such have 
taken
a sample away with them, and
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
compared
“the goods” with those offered elsewhere. No doubt that goes on here 
and
there with those who work from reason alone.
There
are many whom we cannot help. Their time has not yet come, perhaps, in 
that
they have not arrived at that condition which permits such help as we can 
give.
We can help those that are ready; they may not be many in number, but they 
exist,
and will come, as the way clears for them to do so. A steady out pouring 
of
the eternal ideas will attract and hold those who need them; others will come 
and
go as their mood determines. I do not think you are to blame for the kind of 
people
that come to you; they are samples of the city—mixed; some good—bless 
them—some
indifferent, some bad and some very bad. You try to serve all and give 
them
of your best; no one can do more. Every spiritual effort is a good action.
It
is true that the “door to the Masters” lies through Their work, and in no 
other
way. You remember that W. Q. J. wrote, “Generosity and love are the 
abandonment
of self.” The Masters love humanity and all creation; Their 
generosity
and love are not stinted, nor tainted with selfishness. We can get 
rid
of our hindrances only by following the Path They indicate. That Path little 
by
little rids us of our besetting “sins.” And They have said that every 
thought,
every desire, every effort in that direction counts. What we need to do 
is
to forget our estimation of ourselves, be that good or bad, and just work on. 
We
shall find more strength and larger opportunities as we move along that road. 
The
idea that we are poor miserable sinners is so ingrained in the race mind 
that
we find ourselves holding separateness either as to goodness or as to 
badness
all the time. This has to be overcome. It is not a question of our 
goodness
nor our badness, but our desire and effort to follow the highest path 
possible
for us.
If
a path is one we know, we have the confidence of knowledge; but where the 
path
is a strange one, various kinds of doubts and misgivings arise. There is 
only
one thing to be feared, really, and that is anything that takes us off the 
Path
we are treading.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
I
think, too, there is sometimes a stronger reason for disquietude than mere 
personal
fear or doubt. We do not want to stray from the Path, and so we examine 
our
steps to see if they are in the right direction, especially if the steps 
bring
us any joy. Ordinary doubt or fear would stop us, but right solicitude 
only
makes us cautious, and that is not a bad thing at all, so long as we keep 
moving.
As
to the friend you speak of: I hope he has found something to do, and that 
whatever
it is he will determinedly settle down to do it as if it were the only 
thing
to be done. I have found that doing what comes, with all my heart, mind 
and
strength, in time brought me to another place and opportunity and always to 
a
better advantage. I have seen in many the attitude, “I don’t like this,” or, 
“I
must have something better,” lead to perpetual change, dissatisfaction and 
poor
results, invariably. On the other hand, I have seen those whom neither 
sickness
nor any other cause could deter, nor diminish their courage and 
efforts,
gain success, the reason being that no opportunity was overlooked and 
no
effort too great for them. It was really an unconscious fulfilling of Karma 
on
their part. I think students too often regard their personal existence and 
predilections
as one thing, and their student life as another. It is not so. 
Both
are interwoven and interbended at every point. The student should see 
clearly
that his present existence is his opportunity to live and learn, as well 
as
learn to live to the best advantage; it contains and presents the 
opportunities
which, if rejected, will come before us in one form or another 
until
we realize that a step forward can be taken in no other way than by 
overcoming
obstacles, and thus, defects. How wonderfully and perfectly this 
works,
when seen and faithfully applied, the generality of people do not credit 
or
know; but we, as students, should be able to apply the lessons of life on the 
basis
of the knowledge which has been imparted to us and which we recognize.
That
we are living in a period of transition when everything is changing may 
easily
be seen. We are necessarily involved in this transition which in the 
general
case makes for betterment, and,
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
with
the student, opens the door to that success which is greater than all 
governmental
and worldly advance or betterment—true knowledge and perception, 
control,
strength and wisdom to apply, fitting us to become leaders of men in 
the
times to come. We should therefore go through our appointed task, not only 
courageously
but gladly, knowing what it leads to, and what the great end in 
view.
The lives we have lived with their joys and sorrows, pleasures and pains, 
are
forgotten; the one we are now living will pass into the same limbo of the 
past;
but we shall be what we have made ourselves, strong or weak, as the case 
may
be, and face once again what we have brought about. We have only the present 
in
which to do what may be done, so we ought to be bold and courageous and go 
forth
and show our strength in the face of any and all difficulties, for they 
are
veritably our saviours.
CONTENTS
LIVING
THE LIFE 
Letter
Twenty-Six
As
to the statement that we have to “assimilate the bliss of Devachan and the 
woes
of Avitchi”: all have to learn these states. Those who of their own free 
will
enter bodies to help humanity pass through them like any human being, but 
are
not involved in them. They feel like any human being, and go through much 
more
than most, so that there may be fresh in their bodily experience all 
feelings
that afflict or ease humanity. Their grief—if it may be called so—is 
over
the inability of humans to understand because of the purely personal 
elements
which prevail in mankind.
“Masters
feel pain but are not disturbed by it.” That feeling is sympathy—a 
feeling
with the condition. They know what any one feels under the 
circumstances,
but They also know that the so-called sufferings of others are 
not
due to the circumstances, but to a false attitude toward them. How could 
They
identify Their glorious knowledge and power with a mistaken
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
conception?
The pain we feel most is mental pain, not physical, and this mental 
pain
is due to fighting against Karmic conditions—in fact, Karmic opportunities. 
Our
inner nature compels us to go in directions that contravene our personal 
desires;
then there is pain in the personal mentality with and because of the 
identifying
our Self with it. The personal nature is extremely sensitive because 
its
constitution is such that it is easily deranged, being made up of separate 
ideas.
Usually with students the changes in ideas are simply the exchange of one 
separative
idea for another; so, the changes leave them still tied up in 
personal
ideas. True growth comes from regarding all things that come and 
go—some
of them pleasant and some unpleasant— as the tides in the ocean of life 
of
which one is the observer. Pleasure is necessary, as also is pain, for these 
are
guide-marks and indicate the “effect” upon us by the varying tides. We are 
not
these effects which are simply means of measuring the value of experiences 
and
of learning how to put them to the best use. What is needed is freedom, and 
freedom
comes from a resigning of all self-interest in results.
A
question was asked, “Is it not very hard to rise?” It is not hard, for our 
Real
nature is at the place we wish to rise to. In the East they catch monkeys 
by
putting nuts in the bottom of a narrow-necked jar; the monkeys see the nuts 
at
the bottom and at once put their arms and hands in to grab a fistful of the 
nuts;
they do not know enough to let go the nuts and be free and so are caught. 
‘We
are much like the monkeys in that we want to rise and be free, but we will 
not
let go the “nut-ideas” that we hold. If we only would, we should rise by our 
own
nature. We ought to be wiser than the monkeys; to be our self and let things 
go.
Your
friend’s statement on tobacco is quite interesting to me, perhaps because I 
may
at one time have held similar ideas and for that reason recognize the 
prejudice
and preconception that his statement presents. Our personal habits one 
way
or another are matters purely personal and do not affect the facts in the 
case,
but our preconceptions may and too often do just
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
that.
Having erroneous ideas, or partially so, as to the facts in any given 
case,
these, together with any existing prejudices, lead us to wrong 
conclusions.
As to his remark in regard to Masters smoking, it would be well to 
enquire
just what his understanding of the nature of Masters is, for upon a 
right
or wrong understanding of that nature our basis of judgment depends. It 
has
been stated by Themselves that They are human beings, but not such as we 
are.
They have bodies, of physical matter indeed, but of such a refined and 
spiritual
kind as to be beyond our ordinary conception and experience. They are 
perfected
septenary beings and present the goal to which humanity may tend. 
Necessarily,
then, control absolute over all Their vehicles or instruments must 
have
been gained before They could reach the stage of septenary perfection. It 
would
also follow that what They do would be with knowledge and for a beneficial 
purpose.
So, even if They used tobacco, it would have to be conceded that They 
knew
what They were doing and why, while we ignorant physical beings would be 
judging
by hearsay and appearances, and considering ourselves competent to do 
so,
which would be a grave mistake.
There
is one thing certain, They have never promulgated anything about tobacco 
nor
mentioned the weed; we should therefore be guided solely by Their message to 
the
world of men, and leave all other matters alone, if we would understand or 
reach
Them. It is said that H. P. B. smoked cigarettes; if she did, it did not 
impair
her wisdom nor ability. No one with any insight whatever would care what 
any
person did as a matter of personal habit, if that person could and did 
present
such a wonderful and complete cosmogenesis and anthropogenesis as the 
Secret
Doctrine. It is never so much a question of what a person does as ‘Why 
does
he do it?” If for self-benefit, it is just as reprehensible as any other 
selfish
procedure. It is motive and motive alone that makes an action good or 
bad,
black or white. After all is said and done, “the purely bodily functions 
are
of far less importance than what a man thinks and feels.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
what
desires he encourages in his mind, and allows to. take root, and grow 
there.”
“True chelaship is not a matter of diet, postures or practices of any 
kind;
it is an attitude of mind.”
CONTENTS
LIVING
THE LIFE 
Letter
Twenty-Seven
The
letter you send is very interesting. The writer asks only one question: “Why 
do
all religions look upon the cheerless side of life, only, as if the other 
side
did not exist?” We presume that the only answer to this question would be 
that
the religionists and theologians are ignorant—and ignorance, as we know, is 
the
parent of fear. The Founders of the world religions, however, did not 
present
merely “the cheerless side.” They one and all enunciated the doctrines 
of
hope, for almost without exception their teachings cannot be understood 
except
on the basis of reincarnation—in fact, many of them directly taught 
it—and
reincarnation is the “doctrine of hope.”
We
think the questioner must have been weary and world- worn when he wrote that 
letter,
for truly Theosophy does not over-emphasize “the cheerless side” of life 
at
all. It supplies a logical common-sense explanation of existing things; and 
once
a man understands what life is for and what it truly means, together with 
its
great possibilities, he can no longer dwell on the “cheerless side” but 
feels
the greatest confidence, hope and cheerfulness—and has a true basis for 
the
feeling.
The
fact that Law rules in everything and every circumstance (Karma) is evidence 
that
exact justice is the rule of life. As soon as one sees that there is no 
“God”
to condemn or punish him and that he can only get that which belongs to 
him,
and will surely get everything that does belong to him in a Universe of 
Law,
then he has no reason for being “cheerless,” but feels satisfled, 
responsible,
and confident. And no matter how much we may have transgressed or 
how
little we may have known in the past, as soon as we sense the truth of 
Reincarnation—the
process
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
by
which Law rules realize that we can set up better causes and make the future 
what
we wish.
The
longer anyone studies along Theosophical lines, and the more he makes the 
Philosophy
a basis for thought and action, the more fully, I believe, he will 
see
the beauty and possibilities of life, and the tremendous opportunities it 
affords
those who are willing to serve.
Yes,
as the questioner says, the vast mass of people do suffer; but the law, 
inherent
in themselves, brings them the suffering because they earned it. All of 
them
experience some joy as well as suffering; the law brings them that also 
because
they earned it. Many of those who now suffer most are paying the penalty 
for
their transgression against the rest, but in time the compensation will 
come.
Furthermore, we always have the power of choice—if only in the attitude we 
take
toward the circumstances of life.
He
speaks of the tremendous task Theosophy has. That is true, but we as students 
need
not worry about that. We can only do what we can do—and remember that the 
Master’s
hand is over all. They know when the times are ripe for beginning a 
work;
They know what to expect; otherwise They would not be “Masters of Wisdom.” 
It
is pioneer work for those now in the world, and by doing what we can now, we 
make
ourselves a place in the future into which we will come under law. Perhaps 
he
has not thought of that.
CONTENTS
LIVING
THE LIFE
Letter
Twenty-Eight
Your
note and questions were handed to me last evening and I am glad to reply. 
From
your statement I should say that you brought forward from a previous life 
that
extension of sight and hearing which you possess. It is not a “gift”; it 
was
acquired by you while in a body before.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
The
strong tie between yourself and your mother does not come, in my opinion, 
from
the fact of your physical relation in this life, but is a soul bond in 
other
lives, and not necessarily in the same relation as in this life, although 
that
could very well be. The fact remains that there is a strong bond between 
your
soul and hers—a bond of unselfish love, the strongest power in the world.
As
all human beings are primarily spiritual beings, the earth is not their 
permanent
abiding place; they are born into bodies, live, form their relations 
as
physical, psychic, and spiritual beings, and again return to their own more 
real
and abiding states.
As
you may be aware, the universe exists for the purposes of soul, and our 
entrance
into earthly existence is but one phase of our continuous conscious 
existence.
When we sleep, whether our consciousness be in the dream state or in 
inner
and deeper ones, our real (subjective) relations with other human beings 
continue.
So also, at death, when we leave the body, we pass into a state like 
to
the dream state for awhile, and then enter into the fullest enjoyment of a 
self-conscious
existence which creates for itself its own surroundings with all 
those
loved during the life last lived. The state is called Devachan—or the 
state
of the ‘ When one whom we have loved has left the body, he carries with 
him
whatever he has felt, loved, or despised. Since he, as well as those he has 
left
in bodies, has the interior states and forms, that which is felt by him is 
felt
inwardly by those in bodies; the impress of the feeling of the departed is 
carried
so as to be recognized as such. The feeling of nearness, the sense of 
receiving
words, admonitions, or encouragement is due to the inner relation and 
love
of the departed, who are not physically near, nor are they aware of our 
daily
earthly experiences, but their love ever operates as a protection and as a 
help,
for they are connected with us in our inner and higher nature. In our 
inner
states we see, feel, understand, and translate that connection into terms 
of
everyday life.
You
can understand that there could be no happiness for our departed loved ones 
if
they were aware of our trials and
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
troubles
in earthly existence. The Soul’s need for the undisturbed assimilation 
of
the highest and best of its life’s experience requires that only the inner 
contact
shall be held, and that is above the exigencies of the physical 
embodiment.
The
“dim vapor” which you saw in the death hour was the withdrawal of the 
“astral
form” from the physical one; the senses, faculties, and feelings of the 
departed
were in that astral “body.” It represented the physical form, for it 
was
that into which the purely physical elements had been drawn and which was 
now
discarding them.
You
did exactly the right thing to have allowed the body to rest and to have 
remained
quiet until the process of separation from the body had been completed. 
This
must have come from inner understanding, as you do not seem to be 
acquainted
with the rationale of the process. You had an inner and truer 
perception
than those who thought you had “lost your mind.” The fact was that 
they
had not found theirs, being bound up in their physical perceptions and 
senses.
What
you feel and understand to be of “her busy life over there and of friends 
she
has met,” are representative of her thoughts and feelings and are not actual 
actions
on her part, for she is in a subjective state and is not in contact with 
other
beings, except in a subjective way—that is, she is thinking of them in 
various
ways and relations, and you perceive the subjects of her thoughts and 
actions.
I
do not know whether you have read the Ocean of Theosophy. It gives a great 
deal
about post-mortem states, as also does the Key to Theosophy. A reading and 
re-reading
of them would be a help to you in understanding that the real contact 
we
have with others is in Thought, Will, and Feeling, which is not dependent 
upon
bodily relations or contact.
If
the writer can further help you in understanding, he will be glad.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
CONTENTS
LIVING
THE LIFE 
Letter
Twenty-Nine
You
have the right attitude, I believe, and as time goes on, more and more light 
will
come and other steps appear. It is just to keep moving, with face turned in 
the
right direction. Masters do not elect their disciples; the disciples elect 
to
serve, and thus constitute themselves disciples to the extent of the 
completeness
of their self-abnegation and service.
“I
produce myself among creatures” has reference to voluntary and conscious 
incarnations
of high spiritual beings—avatars, saviours of the people—including 
not
only the incarnation itself but the influence of a spiritual kind that 
attends
the being. What brings such? The Gita says that They come “whenever 
there
is an insurrection of vice and injustice in the world.” There is an 
analogy
between this and what was hinted about earthquakes by William Q. Judge, 
who
wrote at the time of an earthquake that some soul of use had been born. It 
is
possible that such events conjoin. No doubt that the energy thrown out by 
masses
of men could produce disturbances, affecting the earth itself and 
bringing
into birth patriotic souls whose powers and knowledge will come into 
play
in the mental and physical conditions produced. Local disturbances affect 
the
place disturbed and the people whose karma placed them at that point; there 
is
also a general effect which is shared in different degrees by individuals at 
other
places in the country, by the country as a whole and by the world in 
general.
It is probable that while a destructive earthquake may have a defined 
field,
it may be the production of a general condition, finding expression at 
the
“corroded” point.
You
ask as to the nature and mission of the one called “Jesus.” There is reason 
to
think that the mission of Jesus was a minor one, being in a falling cycle, 
and
that it was not so much to disclose as to cover up the avenues to occult 
knowledge,
so that the following times of the decadence of spirituality should
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
not
have dangerous weapons left for selfish, unprincipled and ignorant people to 
use;
hence He accentuated ethics. This does not say that the being known as 
Jesus
was inferior to the one known as Buddha. They might have been the same 
being,
in reality. The statement is that the “missions” or efforts were of a 
different
nature because of the different cycles and peoples. It is and must be 
necessary
for “those who know” to hide away dangerous knowledge at times, as 
well
as to give it out when the time is ripe. “It is under cyclic law, during a 
dark
period in the history of mind that the true philosophy disappears for a 
time,
but the same law causes it to reappear as surely as the sun rises and the 
human
mind is present to see it.” We cannot judge of the nature of any of these 
great
incarnations to the extent of saying that one is superior to the other. We 
can
see something of the nature of the cycle and people of any period, and hence 
obtain
an idea of the difference in the missions.
With
regard to cycles, there are of course wheels within wheels and no doubt 
there
are smaller “waves” which in degree correspond to the larger ones, but we 
have
not much on that line in the way of direct information except that there 
are
cycles of differing lengths within the greater cycle of the precession of 
the
equinox. Several remarkable cycles came to a close at the end of the 
nineteenth
century; among them, the Messianic. It would appear that the 
Messianic
cycle, lasting 2,155 solar years, closed in 1897.
Allied
to our period, if we consider that the quality of the cycle varies in 
importance,
and, consequently, in the degree of the being needed at any time, we 
find
the conjunction of the cycles above spoken of points to a most important 
period,
and consequently, to important “beings”—which may give us a clue to what 
the
Messengers H. P. B. and W. Q. J. really were. Other periods of less 
importance
bring incarnations of probationary chelas who are on their trial.
There
may be something in the above that will enable you to bring to expression 
what
is as yet undefined; but, if not, it may open the door to other ideas and 
questions.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
CONTENTS
LIVING
THE LIFE 
Letter
Thirty
It
is not worth the effort expended to try to interest special people; the very 
effort
made prevents, by arousing erroneous notions in the minds of those so 
sought.
Let everyone know about Theosophy, but seek no one in particular—is the 
wisest
course. It is not well, of course, to let the impression grow in anyone’s 
mind
that he is important to Theosophy, for Theosophy is for those who want it 
and
for none others. Rather, convey the impression that to learn the philosophy 
in
such a way as to understand and apply it comes to the very few; not because 
it
is with held, but because mental and physical karma are not of such nature as 
to
leave the mind open, or present the ways and means. In many, many cases, in 
an
age when so much of the ancient wisdom is given out, this effect comes from 
failure
to take ad vantage of opportunities in other lives. The opportunity is 
due
to a larger number than might be suspected. All get their chance—some, more 
favorably
than others. It is the height of unwisdom to neglect the opportunity 
again,
most especially in cases where it is brought home to people without their 
effort.
The
Karma of most is such as to leave no mental, nor physical doors open; yet 
even
they, through the effort of others, may take hold and find the way. “Many 
are
called but few are chosen.” You have found it to be true that the harder the 
pressure,
the more there is of spiritual power if we hold fast. So you think 
that
your typewriter spelled the word right the first time— scared—in the 
“sacred
band of heroes”? “Scared” applied to that which you so fondly thought 
was
yourself at one time—and at times. This scare is natural, because common 
sense
tells us that if we stay on earth we must eat. We cannot fight without the 
munitions
of war on this plane, and as we are against the whole trend of the 
times,
we have not the aid they give. But we are working for them just the same, 
unnoticed
and unthanked, and
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
the
work we do is not ours, but of Those who sent us, and neither desires notice 
nor
reward. We live while we can, and die when we must—when we must, not before, 
and
we’ll never say die while there’s a shot in the locker.
The
struggle is fierce—as we face it—not knowing the out come, but it is 
evidently
part of the game, and the struggle is for us or we would not have it. 
We
are expected to do the best that we can and all we can under all 
circumstances;
having done so, we take whatever the Law has in store for us. If 
it
is suffering, then we should be glad it is not death; if it is death, then we 
may
rejoice that there is no more of life. We must not be bound by results while 
doing
the best we know and can.
You
said truly, “We will take what comes, and will give our all to the common 
cause.
More we cannot do, and less we may not do under the Law of Brotherhood.” 
Would
that I could do something to make the way clear. You know that I will do 
what
I can, and I know that you will; so all must come right, even if it turns 
out
to be some unexpected way. Our very thought and effort will produce results. 
Thus
we continue the thought and effort and let the results come as they will. 
Whatever
comes must be right for us, for our work, for everything. Doubt, 
anxiety,
fear, only hinder and delay the outcome. So doing what may be done from 
day
to day, with right motive and trustfully, we meet all requirements, fulfill 
every
duty. I feel the hardship of your trials and struggles, and yet I know you 
would
not change anything except as it should be changed by law, all the time 
using
your best judgment, making your best endeavors under existing 
circumstances.
We must be able to fight against what seem to be overwhelming 
odds,
and as long as we fight we are not overcome. We need not fear for 
ourselves,
nor be unduly anxious for others—just simply, surely, steadily keep 
doing
our duty as it comes before us.
If
I loved you less or knew you less, I would be sorry for you. As it is, I am 
glad
that you have the strength, the courage that you show, and which you would 
neither
have nor show, were not the difficulties just what they are. Without you 
and
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
your
courage those who have had help and are having it from us would suffer that 
loss.
In all this you have borne the heat and burden of the day, never faltering 
although
the load is staggering in weight and shows no sign of getting lighter. 
It
is for Them you do it—for Their work, as far as it is understood. I do not 
think
any of us will starve or even suffer from want, yet if such should be our 
lot,
we shall do it gracefully by reason of the knowledge we possess.
To
give of one’s bounty is easy, and yet how few having possessions really give. 
Those
who think they would, if they were rich, would not do anything worth 
while,
and many who could do more are afraid to deprive themselves of anything. 
Such
are humans in this twentieth century. A few—very few—suffer that others may 
not
perish but have everlasting life, and in their turn bear the burden of still 
others.
Of such are the immortal sages and heroes.
Well,
eat well, sleep well, think well, and cut all doubts by the sword of 
spiritual
knowledge. Love again and again and
PEACE.
CONTENTS
LIVING
THE LIFE
Letter
Thirty-One
Things
past are always easier than things present or things yet to come. The 
past
can be judged by relative importance; it is the hollow of the wave of our 
progress,
whereas the present and the future represent the crest and the 
resistance
felt or feared. Yet if we remember—the past, when it was both present 
and
future, held such disturbances, which we now see were a waste of energy. We 
should
learn from this to “resist without resistance;” that too great an 
expenditure
of thought, of energy is not wise. When we fight we are drawn into 
the
swirl of events and passions; so it is best to lean back on the Self, which 
is
never moved, and look on at the flotsam and jetsam through which “we” move. 
We
can look at the very worst that may happen, in
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
the
same way as we now look back on what has been. Knowing this, when disturbed, 
we
can say, “Even this will pass away,” and wait till the clouds roll by, seeing 
ourselves
in the sunshine and looking at the East of Time. I think that 
practically
all that troubles us is unnecessary, as trouble, but necessary for 
experience.
The
experience of the Ego in its progress on this plane is a series of 
progressive
awakenings, and awakening means “awareness.” It knows the landmarks 
on
its way back to Divinity. I do not think the Great Ones withdrew as we 
approach—although
that is a description of a perception of their natures by 
degrees—but
that we are surrounded by an “invisible escort” as long as our faces 
are
set toward the goal and we remain staunch to Their program. They neither 
push,
pull, nor hinder voluntary action. To do so would prevent true 
self-reliance.
For this reason some may think they are deserted by Masters, or 
are
not seen or heard by Them. This is the worst conception that could be; it 
belittles
Them and implies ignorance and ingratitude on Their part. They gave us 
the
Message and have spoken clearly of Their nearness to those who try and ever 
keep
trying. We cannot take part and harbor doubts as to the rest.
I
did not know that my recent letters had in them discouragement, and in the 
writing
of the Teachers I have found but encouragement. I think you must mean 
that
the deep sense of the gulf between our ideals and attainment dismays the 
personal
conception. This is quite true, but “we” are not the personal 
conception
nor its deductions. If we involve ourselves in the Karma of the 
personal
conception, we shall feel despondent, like Arjuna. We are not these 
relations,
but the warriors who will conquer them in order to make friends.
Of
course, we are all links in the chain; what affects one affects all, in 
degree.
Every-one who endeavors to help others in any real way puts himself in 
the
place where he must take reactions. You are in that place, also, with regard 
to
those who are waked up more particularly, and in a minor degree as to
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
others
whom you teach. In this Karma acts, of course, because we made the Karma 
of
that kind. The Karma of the T. S. is also the Karma of H. P. B. and W. Q. J., 
known
beforehand in general. The first effort is to spread Theosophy, and much 
has
been done in this respect, but its application has not been as general as 
might
have been. The reactions from the spreading of the philosophy and its 
wrong
or non-application will be taken care of when They come again. It might be 
likened
to a plant, which has to be trimmed to proper growth; but before this 
can
be done, the errant tendencies have to get their growth. You will remember 
what
W. Q. J. said, “Our old Lion of the Punjab is not so far off, but all the 
same
is not in the place some think, nor in the condition, either.” We are 
linked
with the Lodge by aspiration, by service, by following of the Master’s 
program
as nearly as we know; we have no other desire. And we know that “in the 
lives
of all who aspire to higher things there is a more or less rapid 
precipitation
of old Karma, and it is this which is affecting you. It will go 
off
shortly, and you will have gained in having gotten rid of a troublesome 
piece
of business.”
Yes,
the feeling of responsibility grows as more and more come for light and 
help,
but, being “transmitters,” we have but to transmit that which is the 
doctrine
of Him who sent us, and this you can do for a million as well as a few, 
for
it is not a case of individual treatment. Of course, we improve all the 
time,
and the wider the responsibility the greater the improvement; everybody 
who
starts small “grows up with the business.” As to the appeal of selfishness, 
does
not nearly everyone begin selfishly? They get a broader vision as they 
learn
more, and it is better to begin even selfishly, than not at all. Some have 
to
come that way, but, of course, that way is not accentuated, even if mentioned 
as
a matter of self-benefit; it is the door for some.
Your
letters of late have been showing much more of an in sight into principles 
and
things, an understanding clear and impersonal. We are all pawns on the board 
of
the Great Game, willing ones, conscious ones, and also have our values which
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
become
cumulative as we serve; we also study and learn the methods. Ease of mind 
and
confidence are better than all, in this work of dealing with other men, that 
is,
with the human heart. The more wise one is, the better he can help his 
fellows;
the more cosmopolitan he is, the better too. More power to you.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
                                          “When
thy heart shall have worked 
through
the
                                          
snares of delusion, then thou wilt 
attain
to high
                                         
indifference as to those doctrines 
which
are already
                                               
taught or which are yet to be 
taught.”
                                           ‘It is even the same exhaustless, 
secret,
eternal,
                                           
doctrine I have this day 
communicated
unto thee
                                              
because thou art my devotee and 
my
friend.”
 
CONTENTS
THE
ETERNAL VERITIES
THE
FOUNDATION OF RELIGION
T0
most people the word "religion" signifies something separate from
human 
existence,
and presents the idea of preparation for some unknown future 
existence.
Some religions are based upon the knowledge of an individual who laid 
the
foundation for them; others are believed to be the revelations of a Supreme 
Being
at the time of the creation of the world. Each people has a God of its 
own;
so many peoples, so many Supreme Beings corresponding to the mental ideas 
of
the people. And so with individuals—as the ideas of men differ widely—so many 
individuals,
so many Gods. All these Gods or Supreme Beings are the creations of 
men,
and not facts in themselves. But back of all those ideas does lie a 
Reality.
The very power that resides in man to create images and endow them with 
virtues
which he does not possess points to something greater than the things 
created.
The creatures cannot be greater than the creators. That which in man 
creates
ideas is greater than any idea he may at any time have held or now 
holds.
We have, then, to get back of all ideas to find the true ‘ true religion.
True
religion must give us a basis for thinking, and consequently, a basis for 
acting;
it must give us an understanding of nature, of ourselves and of other 
beings.
Religion is a bond uniting men together—not a particular set of dogmas 
or
beliefs— binding not only all Men, but also all Beings and all things in the 
entire
Universe, into one grand whole. Just that basis and that bond are 
presented
in the three fundamental propositions of the Secret Doctrine.
Behind
everything that exists is the Sustainer of all that exists, of all that 
ever
was, is, or shall be. Nothing exists without It. It is omnipresent, and It 
is
infinite. But, if we take that idea
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
and
endeavor to confine it to the form of any Being whatever, we shall find we 
have
attempted the impossible. We cannot hold the idea of being with that which 
is
omnipresent and infinite. No being can exist outside of Space which itself 
is,
whether there is void or fulness, whether there are planets, gods or men, or 
none;
which itself is not altered in any way by objects occupying it; which is 
illimitable—without
beginning and without end. A Being must exist in Space, and 
so
must be less than Space. We can then call the Highest Power any name we 
choose—the
Supreme, the Self—so long as we do not limit It, or give It 
attributes.
We may not say It is pleased, nor angry, nor rewards, nor punishes; 
doing
so, we limit It. If Space itself cannot be measured or limited, how can we 
limit
the Supreme? The Highest Power cannot be less than Space. Even to name It 
is
to limit It; yet It must be the One Reality, the One Sustainer, the One Cause 
of
all existences, the One Knower, the One Experiencer, in all directions and in 
every
thing. This proposition drives us back to the very basis of all 
thought—the
power to think, itself—the power which is in each and every being.
We
cannot understand nature, other beings and ourselves, by going outside to any 
conceivable
being. The growth of knowledge must be within the perceiver, the 
thinker
himself. All his observation and experience bring him knowledge which he 
relates
to himself in connection with others. Each stands in the vast assemblage 
of
beings, seeing them all, understanding what he may of them all, but himself 
the
only one who sees; all the rest are seen. All others are the same as he is 
in
their essential nature; all are endowed with the same qualities, the same 
perfections
and imperfections; all are copies of every other, differing only in 
the
predominance of one or another quality. But the thinker is the Self—the only 
Self,
so far as he is concerned—the One Life, the One Consciousness, the One 
Power.
As action proceeds from that basis, the greater the powers which flow 
from
that spiritual quality, the greater the increase of knowledge.
Knowledge
is religion—not a supposed “revelation” from some superior being who 
created
us as inferior beings, but an
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
actual
knowledge gained through myriads of years and many existences by Those 
who
have expressed them all. Those beings above us on the ladder of evolution, 
who
are greater than any “Gods” we can conceive of, passed through the same 
trials
and the same sufferings which we are undergoing, until they learned to 
know
their innermost nature and to act in accordance with it. They came to know 
that
true religion is a knowledge of one’s own self, and action in accordance. 
Drawing
nearer in themselves to the very Source of their being, they found the 
source
of every other being to be the same—only the knowledge acquired and the 
use
of that knowledge making the differences between all beings. Their knowledge 
is
an absolutely accurate knowledge of the essence of everything in nature, 
which
alone is the foundation of all true religion.
What
is it that prevents us from understanding true religion? It is our minds, 
which
we have filled with narrow ideas of life, with small ideas of the nature 
of
humanity and of ourselves. It is our beliefs which constrain us. A belief is 
always
a statement of ignorance. If we believe, we do not know; if we know, 
there
is no occasion for belief. Unless beliefs are tested out in the fires of 
experience
and show themselves true, they are absolutely useless and worse than 
useless,
because they tempt us to use the very powers of our spiritual being in 
wrong
directions which bring suffering and disaster upon ourselves. It is our 
very
spiritual nature which makes our present unhappy condition possible, for 
from
it flows the One power, either exercising itself through small ideas—its 
obstacles—or
acting fully and without constraint. Each man is his own creator, 
and
each one has to be his own savior through learning right use of the One 
Power.
Those who have learned can only point out to us the Way they learned it; 
no
one can learn for us. We ourselves have to clear away the obstacles that 
prevent
us from knowing our inner selves. We ourselves have to throw aside the 
hindrances
in thinking, in forms of religion, in mental as well as physical 
idols.
There
is one realization which immediately sets our minds in order: it is of 
That
in us which is unchangeable and un-
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
changing.
We are that Spirit in very essence; all that has been in our past 
lives
and in our present life, all that will in future be, proceeds from the 
power
of that Spirit itself, and is sustained by the power of that Spirit 
itself.
There is nothing apart from us. Nature does not exist separate and apart 
from
us. The laws of nature are but the interrelations and interdependence of 
all
the beings concerned in this stream of evolution. The forces of nature do 
not
exist of themselves. There never was a force of any kind that was not the 
result
of intelligent action. We as spiritual beings are eternally creating 
forces;
for every man’s brain and every thought has a dynamic power. Are they 
lost?
No: all the thoughts, all the feelings of all the beings in the universe, 
provide
a store of dynamic energy which constitutes the forces, as we know them, 
of
nature. We draw upon that general reservoir of force in accordance with the 
ideas
held and in accord with our present inward nature. All the time we are 
adding
to the powers of nature for good or for evil. So, too, we are taking from 
the
powers of nature the additions which other beings have put in—the forces 
which
other beings have aroused in nature.
All
the powers in the universe are latent in us if we only open the doors to 
their
use. Everyone of us is a little copy of the whole universe. There is not 
one
single element existing any where which each one of us does not contain 
within
his own sphere; there is not a power anywhere that can not be drawn upon. 
Always
the director of that power is the Self within each one. If that Self sees 
darkly,
it is because the mirror into which the Self looks is covered with the 
dust
of false ideas; he sees distorted images. He moves in the directions 
suggested
by the mirror, but it is the Self which supplies the power to move. We 
would
open the door to all powers by a daily and hourly living in accordance 
with
the nature of the Self—seeing that every other being is but an aspect of 
Self,
and acting so that every other being will be helped on its way. For we can 
not
go on our way alone. We have our duty to fulfill by every other being, 
whether
in the kingdoms below us, without which we could not
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
exist,
or in the human kingdom. Every other stands as a vicarious atonement for 
us—an
object lesson—and if we have reached a point higher than that which is 
ordinarily
reached by men, then all the more are we constrained to duty by them.
We
come to physical existence incarnation after incarnation under the law 
inherent
in our natures, to work with mortal ideas and passions and thoughts; 
but
we who created them, we who sustain them, are immortal. If we were not 
immortal
in our very natures, never by any chance could we become immortal. If 
we
were less than Divinity, then we never could by any possibility understand 
divinity.
Those beings who have been men and who have gone beyond our degrees of 
illusion—like
Jesus of Nazareth, Buddha, and many others—have attained to Their 
Divinity.
They accept the woes of birth to which Their younger brothers are 
subject,
to remind us of our own natures—the only natures over which we have 
permanent
control—that we may become as One of Them, bound to Them as to all 
nature.
To live for others is the foundation and basis of religion—of true 
spiritual
knowledge.
 
CONTENTS
THE
ETERNAL VERITIES
OUR
GOD AND OTHER GODS
As
a people we speak of “our God,” imagining that we all have the same idea, 
that
we all mean the same thing by the term. Peoples of the past had their 
meaning
of “our God,” and peoples of the present time also say “our God and 
other
Gods,” imagining that their conception is the only true one—all others, 
untrue,
false. The Great War was fought among so-called Christian peoples, who, 
so
far as a consideration of Christianity is concerned, ought to have been 
worshipping
the same God, and guiding thought and action by the precepts 
ascribed
to that God. But is it not true that our theologians and the 
theologians
of those people at war with us addressed petitions to the same “Our 
God,”
in order to bring success to their efforts as against other peoples 
worshipping
the same God? There would then appear to
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
be
a multiplicity of Gods, or else something wrong in the conceptions of all of 
us.
If we ask ourselves individually, “What do I mean by the term God?” perhaps 
we
would all say: “The highest there is.” But do we mean the highest there is? 
Do
we mean that great power which sustains all beings, all forms, that which by 
its
very nature and by our contemplation of it must appear as infinite, as 
eternal,
as changeless? If we do mean that, then we shall have to amend a great 
many
other ideas which generally connote with the term God. For instance, we 
shall
have to leave the idea of a being entirely outside of our calculations. We 
have
thought that the source and sustainer of all things, all beings, from all 
time
and in all time, is a being; that the something in us which reaches up 
beyond
everything physical, beyond every thing thinkable, is outside ourselves. 
How
could that possibly be? How could we possibly prove that this God is a being 
existing
in some far-off heaven unknown to us and separate from us? How can we 
imagine
a being as omnipresent, and at the same time separate from us or from 
anything?
If Deity is infinite and omnipresent, there is not a grain of sand nor 
a
point of vacant space anywhere where Deity is not. And how again can we give 
to
the idea of Deity, attributes—such as being angry or pleased, rewarding or 
punishing,
since every attribute that we give is a limitation and precludes the 
idea
of omnipresence? No being could be the origin, the sustainer, the source of 
all
that was, is or ever shall be. Any being, however great, is contained and 
limited
in space; no being can be omnipresent.
There
is that which is beyond speech, beyond description, and beyond 
conception—the
highest there is in the universe. But are we to look outside in 
the
heavens, in the sea, in the secret places of the earth, in any place 
whatever;
or are we to find it in a much nearer place, that is, within 
ourselves?
For all that anyone can know of God, or the Highest, is what he knows 
in
himself, through himself and by himself. There is no other place of knowledge 
for
us. Yet at the same time we have to perceive that God, or Deity, is not 
absent
from anything, is immanent
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
in
the whole, is omnipresent, is at the root and is the seed of every being of 
every
kind anywhere; that there is no thing, not even a grain of sand nor a 
speck
of dust, no point in space, absent from that Source which sustains the 
whole
manifested universe. We can imagine, then, that God, as the ancients put 
it,
“seated in the hearts of all beings;” for there is something in the heart of 
man
whence proceeds all feeling, all true life, all true conception. The heart 
is
not the same as the head—a man’s heart may be right and sound and his head 
wrong.
The feeling of the true in the heart is not deceived by this thought or 
that
thought or the other thought; it can only be experienced by each one for 
himself
within himself. God is not an outside God, but is to be sought in the 
very
innermost recesses of our own nature— in the silent chamber, the temple, 
within
us—and nowhere else.
We
think that our present civilization far transcends any past civilizations 
that
ever have been; yet there are many records and relics of arts, sciences, of 
knowledge,
of religion, of philosophy such as we have not yet mastered. We are 
but
a young people, as a matter of fact. It is not so many centuries ago since 
the
Founder of the Christian Religion lived upon the earth, and there were many 
thousands
of centuries before that. The people who lived down the course of 
those
centuries knew far more than we. They knew, as we may know, that there is 
no
such thing as creation. No being ever created the earth, or its conditions. 
This
planet, or any other planet, was never created by any being. This solar 
system
and other solar systems were not created by any being. Something produced 
them.
Yes, and it is possible to understand how that production was brought 
about!
By evolution—always an unfolding from within outward—from the very root 
of
every being, from the Deity, the Soul of all, the Spirit of all. Spirit is 
the
root, the sustainer, the energy producing force for all the evolution that 
has
gone on. Every being in the universe is a product of evolution—all from the 
same
identical root of being, all drawing their powers of expression from the 
one
Source. All are rays from and one with that
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
Absolute
Principle, which is our very Self—the Self of all creatures. What of 
all
those beings who were the Self in process of evolution, who reached a 
realization
of this truth ages and ages before the present civilization? What 
became
of them? Have all their hopes and fears been lost? What is the meaning of 
those
races, those civilizations—was it death for them when their civilization 
passed
out as ours must, since just so surely as it had a beginning so it will 
have
an ending? Just so surely as there are those rises and falls in 
civilizations,
so is there a cycle of time through which the conscious man goes, 
and
a cycle of form which the conscious man animates, uses, and leaves—to take 
another—from
civilization to civilization. When, then, we look about us for the 
results
of the civilizations that have been, and try to understand the 
conditions
of the present civilization, we have to see that the people of the 
world
to-day are the very ones who passed through those ancient civilizations, 
left
them, and carried forward whatever of knowledge or of ignorance, of truth 
or
of error, they had gained during those vast periods of time. For LAW rules in 
every
thing and every circumstance, every where. There is a law of birth—of 
successive
lives on earth, each life the successor and result of the life or 
lives
which preceded. That which sustains man, garners all experience, retains 
it,
carries it forward, and propels evolution, is the One changeless, eternal, 
immortal
Self—the real perceiver, the real knower, the real experiencer in every 
body,
in every form.
The
Self is its own law. Each one is the Self, and each—as Self—has produced the 
conditions
under which he finds him self. When the Self acts, it receives the 
re-action.
If it acts not at all, then there is no re-action. Every action 
brings
its re-action from those who are affected by it for good or for evil. For 
good
and evil do not exist of themselves nor in ourselves; they are but effects 
we
feel and classify as good or bad according to our attitude toward them; that 
which
seems ‘good to one is “evil” to another. When we have rid ourselves of the 
idea
that there is a God who produced and sustains good, and a devil who pro-
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
duced
and sustains evil, we have come to the fact of true perception from within 
outwards.
Every
civilization that has been, and the one in which we now are living, is due 
to
a true or false perception of what our real nature is. If we would ever know 
and
understand our natures, we must first understand that there is in us That 
which
never changes at all, whatever changes are brought about by it. We never 
are
the things we see, or feel, or hear, or know, or experience. No matter how 
many
the experiences may be, we are still unchanged with the possibility of 
infinite
other experiences. That the Self in us is changeless may seem difficult 
for
the Western mind to grasp, thinking that without change there is no 
progress;
but it may be perceived by the fact of our identity remaining ever the 
same
in a child’s body and through all the changes of body that have occurred 
since
childhood. If the identity ever changed, it could never observe change. 
Only
that which is permanent and stable can see change, can know it, can make 
it.
And—what theology, modern philosophy, modern science have never taught 
us—there
is this fact: as we are immortal spirit at the very root of our being, 
we
have made for ourselves many mansions all down through the process of 
nature’s
changes. The gradual condensation which goes on with every planet and 
in
every solar system goes on with every body; every form has its initial 
existence
as form in the finest state of matter, from which it is condensed and 
hardened
to the present physical state of matter. But the illimitable 
experiences
of higher planes, back through all those changes, are now resident 
within
ourselves— present with us wherever we are or may be—except as we have 
shut
the doors on them. Why? Because this brain of ours, the most responsive 
organ
in the body, since it is used in our modifications of thought, is 
concerned
with things of the earth, in relation to the body. A brain trained and 
sustained
by this kind of thinking can not register from the higher nature—from 
the
finer sheaths of the soul. But once we begin to think and act from the basis 
of
these verities, the brain—which is the most rapidly changing organ in the 
body—becomes
porous to the im-
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
pressions
of our inner life. Dimly at first, and more strongly as time goes on, 
we
begin to realize the fact of this inner experience, and—what is more to us 
than
all else—the continuity of our consciousness; the fact that consciousness 
never
ceases, no matter on what plane we may be acting. Therefore, we may have 
in
our own bodies and during our lifetime—not a promise—but a sense, a 
realization,
a knowledge of immortality here and now!
We
have been taught to believe. But, belief is not knowledge. We have been 
taught
to believe in a formula, but a formula is not knowledge. So we have gone 
astray
in every direction and made of this life a terror to ourselves. We are 
afraid
of death, of disaster; we are always buttressing ourselves with some sort 
of
guard in this or that direction. We are afraid to trust the very God we say 
we
believe in. We will not trust Christ. We will use all the means we can think 
of
to look out for ourselves. Each one of us is Spirit and each one of us is 
using
spiritual powers to induce what we call good and what we call evil; but 
the
misapplication of the spiritual powers, in default of real knowledge, must 
lead
us to misery. So we have to know what we are, and to think and live in the 
light
of our own real natures. Then we shall know the truth within ourselves. We 
shall
understand ourselves and we shall understand our fellow-men, and we shall 
never
again say, “Our God and other Gods,” but the SELF of all creatures. We 
shall
see the Self as all and in all; we will act for and as the Self, because 
the
Self acts only through the creatures; and we shall see every being—man, 
below
man, or above man—as an aspect of ourselves; as individualized beings we 
will
try more and more to exercise the spiritual knowledge that is our own 
heritage.
Like the prodigal son who ate the husks with the swine and then 
suddenly
remembered his Father’s house, we will say: “I will arise and go to my 
Father.”
For there is no one so wicked, so ignorant, so poorly endowed that he 
may
not make good progress in the right direction; on whom the light may not 
dawn
and a feeling of power and strength and purpose arise that will do away 
with
fear and make him a strong helpful being in the world of men. Far from 
taking
us away
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
from
our families, our duties, our business, or our citizenship, this knowledge 
will
make us better citizens, better husbands, better fathers, better patriots, 
if
you will, than ever we were before—patriots of not just one country, but of 
all.
 
CONTENTS
THE
ETERNAL VERITIES
THE
KINGLY MYSTERY
The
“kingly mystery” is Life itself. We all have Life. We all are Life. Every 
being
everywhere is Life—expresses Life. To know what is Life itself is to know 
the
mystery. But there is a condition precedent to this mysterious knowledge, 
stated
by Krishna, in the opening of the Ninth Chapter of the Bhagavad Gita: 
“Unto
thee who findeth no fault I will now make known this most mysterious 
knowledge,
coupled with a realization of it, which having known thou shalt be 
delivered
from evil.” When the one who desires to learn is not in a critical 
attitude,
when he has sensed in one way or another that truth lies in a certain 
direction
and gives all his attention to it without quarreling with terms or the 
ideas
put forward, his is the attitude of the true student. The one who desires 
to
know must set aside for the time being all preconceptions, pride, and 
prejudices
which he may have held, and then he is ready to begin his studies— to 
take
the first step in the right direction.
The
world is full of false ideas, false religions, false philosophies which must 
be
thrown away. We of the Western peoples have been taught that we were poor 
miserable
sinners who could do nothing of ourselves. We have assumed that we are 
poor
miserable sinners and have acted as such. Our whole civilization is colored 
and
steeped through with this falsity. Our theologies, our sciences, our 
commercial,
social and political conditions are all based on this false idea, 
which
in its turn rests upon another equally false—that man is here on earth for 
once
only. Hence, that his entrance on this physical scene was through the act 
of
others, and we believe that whatever of merit or demerit is his was handed on 
to
him by his forebears. As a consequence, man constantly shifts his 
responsibility,
and acts as an irresponsible
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
being.
The whole falsity of our existence is centered there, for we are 
responsible
for every ill that exists among us; every kind of suffering on every 
hand
has been brought about through a false idea, and the false action which 
followed.
What are sin, disease, sorrow and suffering but the result of our own 
thoughts
and actions?
Again,
we say “we cannot know;” or, “this life is all there is.” Therefore, the 
whole
force of our consciousness is directed in the line of that one false idea 
and
inhibited in the expression of any other; whereas all directions lie 
absolutely
open to us, if only we understand our own natures. Man circumscribes 
his
own conditions by the false ideas he holds in regard to life. No one holds 
him
back. He holds himself back. Yet, even with his narrowing, limiting ideas 
and
conceptions, he is able to accomplish wonderful things. Whatever he sets out 
to
do on the purely physical, material plane of life, he accomplishes in a 
shorter
or greater length of time. If his ideas of religion are all concerned 
with
the physical aspect of life, however, how can he know more? All the 
conquests
that he can make will be physical conquests. What could it avail him 
in
the direction of real knowledge, if he continued similar conquests from 
civilization
to civilization, age to age, planet to planet, solar system to 
solar
system? He could gain nothing but a small sum of possible combinations and 
correlations,
and in all that search and effort would not have gained the first 
fundamental
of true knowledge, of true thought and action.
The
kingly mystery of Life can not mean physical existence, which is merely one 
aspect
of the Great Life. We have to go deeper into our own natures, and into 
the
natures of all beings, in order to grasp what that great mystery is. Then 
the
lives of all beings become clear Unto us; we understand what all phases of 
existence
mean; we see the causes for all the difficulties that surround us; we 
know
how to bring about better results, and we perceive from the very first that 
the
power lies in us, and in us alone, to bring about all future changes for 
ourselves.
Looking at all existence from a universal point of view, we become 
able
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
to
exercise the power which lies in the essential spiritual basis of every 
being,
high or low. The One Self appears only to be divided among the creatures; 
in
reality, It is not divided at all. Each being is That in his essential 
nature.
In It is the foundation of all power; in It lies the power of unfolding, 
of
evolution, which makes possible for each being—representing one ray of that 
One
Life—the attainment of a full knowledge of Life in his own true nature.
Each
one of us stands in the midst of a great and silent evolution. Each one of 
us
sees many expressions of different beings— those of the same grade as 
ourselves
and beings of grades below us. We find relations with other elements, 
the
power of which we do not see, the source of which we do not grasp, yet the 
effects
of which we feel. On every hand we are getting effects from different 
beings
of different grades, each one receiving those effects differently. The 
beings
below us in forms of the mineral, vegetable, and animal world are all 
working,
just as we are working, toward a greater and greater realization of the 
whole.
Sparks of the One Spirit, of the One Consciousness, they have begun their 
little
lives in forms, or bodies, by which they may contact others. As they have 
need
for better and better instruments, need for further and further contact, 
they
evolve, from within, a better instrument. Such is the whole course of 
evolution,
always from within outwards, and always with the tendency to an 
increasing
individuality. From the one ocean of Life there finally tends to 
arise—Divinity.
Divinity
is always acquired. It is not an endowment. It does not exist of 
itself.
If we could be made good, if we could be made to turn around and take a 
righteous
course, life might seem very much easier to us. But there is no 
escaping
the law; no one can get us “off” from the effects of our wrong-doing; 
no
one can confer knowledge on another. Each one has to see and know for 
himself.
Each one has to gain Divinity of himself, and in his own way. We think 
of
this as a common world. But it is not so. There are no two people who look at 
life
from the same view point, who have the same likes and dislikes, whom the 
same
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
things
affect in exactly the same way. No two people are alike either in life or 
after
the death of the body. Each makes his own state; each makes his own 
limitations;
each acquires his own Divinity. Divinity lies latent in each one of 
us;
all powers lie latent in every one, and no being anywhere can be greater 
than
we may become.
What
is Divinity but all-inclusive knowledge? True spirituality is not a hazy 
condition.
It is not something that denies any portion of the universe, nor any 
kind
of being. A hazy abstract condition would mean no men, no principles, no 
opposites;
but Divine spirituality is the power to know and see whatever is 
wished
known or seen; it is an intimate knowledge of the ultimate essence of 
everything
in nature. Such knowledge would not mean seeing all things at once, 
nor
being everywhere at the same time, but it is the power to see and know in 
any
direction—the power to grasp whatever it wishes, the power to shut out 
whatever
it wishes. Otherwise it would be no power at all; there would be no use 
in
having power and wisdom, and such beings as the Masters could be afflicted 
with
all the grief and misery in the world, unable to help where help is needed 
and
possible.
All-inclusive
knowledge lies before every living being, if lie will but take the 
necessary
steps. What prevents him are the false ideas he holds; for thought is 
the
basis of all action, and wrong ideas in regard to life inevitably bring 
about
wrong actions. We have thought we are all different, because we have 
different
ideas, but, in essence, we are One. The One Life is in each of us. 
Each
one of us stands in the same position, looking out; all the rest are seen. 
Starting
from this point, we begin to find ourselves, to see ourselves, to feel 
ourselves,
and, in feeling ourselves, feel all others. All that a man can know 
of
God is what he knows in himself, through himself, and by himself. Never by 
any
outside presentation can that realization be gained. All the great saviors 
of
all times have never asked man to rely on some outside God, to fear some 
devil,
to go by this or that revelation, to believe in any book, church, 
‘ology,”
or ism” of any kind. They have asked him to take the step that the 
height
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
of
his calling demands—to know himself, to know his own true nature, and the 
nature
of every other being. They have shown that the Real Man must assert 
himself,
and must act in accordance with his own nature, and the responsibility 
which
the oneness of all nature demands.
Man
occupies the most important place in the whole scheme of evolution. He 
stands
where Spirit and matter meet. He is the link between the higher beings 
and
those below. He has so to act, so to think and act, in and upon and with 
this
physical matter that he raises it all up, and gives it another tendency, 
another
trend. By the very constitution of his nature, by reason of his being 
connected
as he is in a physical body with all nature, the Secret Doctrine 
states
that man can become greater than any one of the Dhyan Chohans and equal 
to
all of them put together. That is the goal which lies before him—the goal of 
the
‘Kingly Mystery”—the seeing and knowing and feeling and acting universally. 
For
there is a power in man which enables him to judge aright; he has the 
all-seeing
eye—the all-encompassing sight which permits him to see the justice 
of
all things. And always there is present the power of choice in one direction 
or
another. The questions before each human being are: Whom will ye serve? Will 
you
serve the higher spiritual nature, or the body of flesh? WHOM CHOOSE YE THIS 
DAY?
 
CONTENTS
THE
ETERNAL VERITIES
THE
RECOGNITION OF LAW
We
have to assume either that this is a universe of law or a universe of chaos, 
chance,
accident. In fact, we know perfectly well that it is not a universe of 
chance,
because everything we use and understand we see to be under law; and 
where
something befalls us, the cause of which we cannot discern, we none the 
less
assume a cause and try to find it. We cannot even imagine an effect without 
a
cause.
The
first thing that the student has to learn to perceive in everything and in 
every
circumstance is the reign of law. We recognize law in part, but not in 
full,
as it should be recognized.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
Mistaking
our own nature, by the very power of that nature, we set in motion 
causes
that produce the results we now feel, and then call those results by such 
terms
as “destiny,” “fate,” “chance,” or the “will of God.” The operation of law 
to
most minds means a fate which befalls us wherein we are benefited or 
afflicted,
but over which we have no control, and in producing which we had no 
hand.
Yet the operation of law can be easily understood. It has been enunciated 
by
all the great Teachers of the past as meaning action and its consequent 
reaction.
Let us remember that these are not two separate and unrelated things— 
Cause
and Effect, Action and Reaction, are the two aspects of one and the same 
thing.
In Sanskrit, both these aspects are included in the one word, Karma.
Karma
has been recognized in the Christian scriptures, with which we are most 
familiar,
in the expression, “Whatsoever a man soweth, that shall he also reap.” 
By
consequence, we should easily see that whatever a man is reaping, that he 
must
have sown. Once we get the conception that actions do not produce 
themselves,
that law does not operate of itself, we can see that we cause 
actions
and experience their reactions; that it is we who set up causes and feel 
their
effects. Cause and effect, action and reaction—the operation of law—are 
seen
to be in ourselves, not outside. There is no action unless there is a being 
to
make it and to feel its effects. Everything that happens to any being has its 
antecedent
cause, and that cause lies in some past action of the being himself. 
In
other words, law rules on every plane of being, and every being of every 
grade
is under that law.
We
are all reaping what we have sown, individually and collectively; for we must 
know
that we never act alone. We always act on and in connection with others, 
affecting
them for good or evil, and we get the necessary reaction from the 
causes
set in motion by ourselves. This presents to us the idea of absolute 
Justice,
for under such a conception of Law each being receives exactly what he 
gives.
This
points to another conception: there could not be action and its consequent 
reaction,
unless there were a community of
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
being
amongst us. There must be that in our natures which is peculiar to none, 
but
common to all. In other words, we have all sprung from the same Source; we 
are
all traveling toward the same Goal. The path differs only with the pilgrims. 
The
causes that each one sets in motion determine the path that one must follow. 
This
might be called “destiny,” if we understand that it is a destiny of our own 
creation.
Being created by us, it can be sustained by us or changed by us. If we 
do
not like the “destiny” that befalls us, the effects that surround us, the 
conditions
that encompass us, all we have to do is to set in motion such causes 
as
will produce other and more desirable effects. But we have to do it; no one 
else
can do it for us. No one holds us back. No one propels us forward.
There
is no difference in our powers. Each one of us has the same power to 
perceive,
to experience, to learn. ‘What we learn differs, our experiences 
differ,
our perceptions differ, but that does not show a difference in our 
powers—it
shows a difference only in the application of those powers. Each one 
of
us contains within himself the same possibilities as exist anywhere and 
everywhere
in the universe. The lines that we have hitherto taken have brought 
us
to whatever pass, conditions or surroundings that may obtain at the present 
time.
But we might have gone another way and produced an altogether different 
environment.
We ought to see that even now, however hampered we may be as the 
result
of mistaken actions in the past, we have not lost and can never lose our 
power
to set other and better causes in motion. The path toward all knowledge 
lies
before us: “All nature lies before you—take what you can.”
This
means that all beings below man, and all beings above man, as well as man 
himself,
have gained whatever individual positions they may now be in by their 
own
exertions. It means that no being is standing still; all are acting, all 
progressing
in one direction or another, according to the lines they have 
followed
and are following. It also means that all the beings below man will 
some
time reach our stage, and that every being above man has passed through 
stages
similar to our own—which is evolution carried to
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
its
highest point, spiritual and mental, as well as physical. We have applied 
the
great Truths of nature only in a partial, a limited, a personal sense. These 
are
universal truths and should be applied in a universal sense, if we desire to 
arrive
at the fullest recognition of them.
The
life in each of us is the Universal Life. Many imagine that Life means 
existence
in a physical body, and that only; that out side of physical existence 
there
is no life. But Life includes all things and forms from the highest 
spiritual
down to life in its grossest form; it is the same Life all through, 
common
to all. It is the One Life, the One Spirit in each and all, so that in 
each
being of every grade there lies the potentiality of All-Being. There is 
that
in each which is beginningless and endless, which is changeless; and that, 
though
illimitable, invisible, inconceivable, can be realized by every human 
being.
Some
illustrations will bring this fact forcibly to our minds. We speak of 
ourselves,
of our identity. We say, “I was a child; when I was a young man or 
woman;
when I was middle-aged; as I am today; as I will be in the future.” Now, 
what
is That, itself unchanged, which is going through all those changes? The 
same
“I,” the same identity. That does not change. The body changes, the 
ideas—the
mind—change, the surroundings change. But the Man himself, the 
identity,
remains unchanged through all these changes of body, scene and 
circumstance.
Again,
take the power of seeing: we all have that power, and no matter how much 
we
exercise it, it still remains the power to perceive. It is not changed by 
what
we see. And we may consider this: change cannot see change. Only that which 
is
permanent can see change. So there is that in us which is permanent, which is 
Real,
which is of the highest, which is a ray from and one with the Supreme, the 
universal
Principle or Power, the creator, the sustainer, the regenerator of all 
that
was, is, or ever shall be. We have to realize That—each one for 
himself—first
by recognizing that IT IS, omnipresent, eternal, boundless and 
immutable;
second, by divesting ourselves of those things we thought It to be: 
that
It is this body, this mind, these circumstances. All these are changing
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
things,
things seen; but that which is the Real, the Supreme, our very Self and 
the
Self of all things, is not subject to change; It is changeless; It cannot be 
seen,
for It is the Perceiver.
The
ideas we entertain of the Supreme, of Law, of Nature, and of our own Being 
govern
the actions we perform. When we were children we had certain ideas, and 
we
acted according to them, and so on, all through the years. Some of our ideas 
we
have from time to time discarded, and others that we have collected have 
taken
their place. We are now acting according to the ideas we now hold. Are 
they
the best and highest possible to us?
If
we change our ideas, we change our actions. If we see that Law rules, that 
this
Law is inherent in our highest nature and not outside of us, we shall see 
that
it is the Spirit in us—our very Self—that is the cause and sustainer of all 
our
actions; and this Spirit by its very power as the Highest, through false 
ideas
creates for itself false positions and false destinies. We have often 
adopted
and we often change our ideas without any real consideration as to their 
truth,
as to their relation to Life, as to their bearing upon existence. We must 
adopt
and hold fast to three great ideas: that each human being has what are 
called
the ‘ attributes of the God power of creation, the power of preservation 
as
long as that creation seems satisfactory, and the power to destroy that 
creation
and regenerate better ones. All we have to do is to realize our own 
real
nature, see what our defects are, strengthen our virtues, and move on. Just 
so
surely as we do this, we shall find that our Virtues and strength increase, 
and
our defects gradually fall away.
 
 
CONTENTS
THE
ETERNAL VERITIES
THE
ORIGIN OF EVIL
Christian
theology states that evil came into the world through the sin of the 
first
man’s eating of the tree of forbidden fruit. All men sinned in Adam; 
because
of Adam’s sin, every other being is and has been a sinner. Strangely 
enough
this first man was made by a Superior Being in His own image, or, in 
other
words, perfect;
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
yet,
he was not able to restrain himself from doing those things which he had 
been
forbidden to do. In the very first being created in the image of the 
“Supreme,”
there was a tendency to do wrong!
We
have, then, in this creation, out of nothing, a very limited Creator, as it 
is
perfectly patent that any being must be. A being could be neither infinite, 
supreme,
nor omnipresent; for there is That in which all beings, however high, 
or
planets, or solar-systems, have their existence—Space, which exists whether 
there
is anything in it or not; which has no beginning nor ending; which always 
is;
which is outside as well as inside of every being. Any being must be less 
than
Space; could the Absolute be less than Space? Illimitability and infinitude 
are
not in relation to any being whatever; hence creation from the point of view 
of
a Creator has to be abandoned.
But
the existence of all beings—not only of mankind, but of beings of every 
grade
and everywhere—has to be accounted for: what is the basis of all 
existence?
We have to go back of all form, back of every kind of being, to see 
that
all beings and all forms spring from One Source, which is not different in 
any.
It is in deed the Supreme which lies within and behind every being; every 
being
of every kind in the universe is in its innermost essence a ray from and 
one
with It. It is Life. It is Spirit. It is Consciousness. Each is God in his 
innermost
Essence. Taking this basis for our thinking, let us ask the question: 
under
what process do things become? What brings about the operation of all the 
different
forms that we see? Whether consciously or unconsciously, we all 
recognize
the fact that Law rules in this universe, but what we have to 
understand
is that Law is merely the inter-relation and inter-action and 
inter-dependence
of all the acts of all beings concerned in the universe. The 
one
inclusive law is the law of action and reaction—a law not outside of, but 
inherent
in the nature of every being. From the very Source there is the power 
to
act, but there is no action unless there is a being to act and feel the 
effects
of the action. If I act, I get re-action. If the highest archangel acts, 
he
gets the re-action of his action.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
There
are two kinds of re-actions produced from acts: those that are good or 
beneficent;
those that are evil or maleficent. The whole responsibility of every 
action
rests upon each and every being. So, if any being finds himself in any 
given
state, good or bad, it is because of his thoughts, words and deeds—his 
own,
and those of nobody else. We get some good and we get some evil, all of our 
own
reaping; but all the time, every single moment of our existence, we have the 
power
of choice in the direction of good or evil.
Good
has no existence by itself; evil has no existence by itself. The two terms 
relate
to matters of conduct and of impressions we receive. They merely 
characterize
the effects produced upon us: a thing is “good” to us if it 
benefits
us in any way, and “evil” if it does not benefit us. Who is it that 
judges
between good and evil effects? In every case, it is the man himself. One 
man
will say such and such things are good for me, and such and such things are 
evil;
while another man, with a different point of view and different relations 
to
things, will perhaps say the exact contrary about the very same matters. So 
it
always resolves itself into the individual point of view: in the last 
analysis
each man is himself the sole director and final authority as to what is 
good
and what is evil, so far as he is concerned.
We
need to ask ourselves if we have always followed that which seemed to us to 
be
the best course to follow; and, then again, if we have, did we consider that 
course
from the point of view of personal self-benefit, or from the point of 
view
of benefit to all others. For if we moved along the line of that which at 
the
time seemed best for us personally, we must have acted in a way that 
afflicted
others; we must have done evil to others, whether consciously or 
unconsciously,
by obstructing their path. There we sowed evilly, and we either 
have
reaped or will reap evilly. The very first act that was selfishly done was 
the
origin of evil so far as that being was concerned. Likewise, wherever there 
was
an unselfish act, there was the origin of good for him. Let us remember, 
too,
that the Tree of Knowledge mentioned in the Bible was the knowledge of both 
good
and evil. Good and evil are not to be
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
considered
separately, but together. You cannot tell good except by its 
opposite,
evil. Goodness would speedily cease to be such, were it not for the 
operation
of its contrary.
There
are many things in life regarded by us as evils----like sorrow and 
death—which
are not, in fact, evils. They are merely stages and conditions 
through
which we pass in our progress up the ladder of development. We need not 
be
afraid of death, for death will never touch us at all. We pass on out of 
life,
and on. One of the Great Teachers said that death ever comes to the Ego as 
a
friend. There is no need to fear anything, for there is nothing in the 
universe,
high or low, that can ever destroy us—our consciousness, or our 
acquired
individuality. Mistakes occur, for many of our actions are performed 
through
ignorance, and evil results follow. Even so, it is through those very 
wrong
actions that we learn. It is through the operation of vice that virtue is 
seen
as a resistance to vice.
The
origin of evil is to be found in ignorance of our own true natures. There 
are
no afflictions put upon us by any being other than ourselves. We are 
afflicted
just to the extent that we make ourselves open to affliction. Things 
affect
some people terribly. The same things affect other people very little or 
not
at all. Why? Because of their point of view. Attitude towards things makes 
the
suffering or the not suffering, the pleasure or the pain—not the things in 
themselves.
If we knew ourselves to be divine beings merely going through a 
school
of life—our whole purpose to learn—what would there be to fear, or even 
to
be anxious about? If it were not for the obstacles in life—if life were one 
happy,
placid dream—we never would make the motion or the effort that would 
arouse
the highest characteristics of thought and action. It is by reason of the 
obstacles
we have to overcome that we become stronger and obtain nobler traits. 
There
is no such thing as a divinely created being, for everything that exists 
becomes.
Is
it not true that now we can look back upon and smile at anything ‘ that ever 
happened
to us in the past? It looked awful at the time, but it has passed, and 
we
can see that from those very things came something of gain, of strength and 
wis-
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
dom.
Under the law no one can meet with an obstacle which he is not able to 
overcome;
the obstacle is but an opportunity for him to get rid of some defect 
which
he now possesses. Often the very things which seem the most difficult for 
us
prove to be the most beneficent.
Those
who stand the greatest chance of loss in the future are those who have the 
easy
times. When one has ‘ Karma—that is, when everything is coming his way—he 
is
prone to take the ease of it and flow with the current of the river, missing 
many
an opportunity to do good. Through these errors of omission, which are as 
bad
as any errors of commission, he fails to under stand that he has diminished 
his
own stock of good Karma and must of necessity share in the evil which flows 
from
his lack of appreciation of the situation and his opportunity. We need 
never
fear our opportunities, but should always act up to them, relying on the 
law
of our own spiritual being to carry us through any thing and everything. The 
Path
is within ourselves, not outside; each of us is the stair to his own 
development.
We
have so long been ruled by political and religious man made laws that we have 
come
to believe in them. Yet, goodness does not need laws. Our laws are based on 
the
ignorance and selfishness and wickedness in men’s natures; they are made to 
restrain
the evil which we think is ineradicable and incurable because ‘we all 
sinned
in Adam and cannot help it.” Then, too, because we think we know what is 
good
and what is evil, we are very anxious that everybody else should be made to 
think
in the same way. We want to prohibit those things which we do not desire 
ourselves;
we want other people to eat what we think they ought to eat, and to 
clothe
themselves as we think they should be clothed. We talk much of the 
“rights”
of men. But we have just one right, and that is the right to do right. 
No
man was ever made “good” by law; no man was ever made moral by law. Each man 
must
be a law for himself, both moral and spiritual.
Are
we proud of this civilization, made by the collective thought and action of 
every
individual in it? Have our telephones, automobiles, airplanes, and 
radiographs
made us any more
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
divine?
Do they measure our true progress? No; because ignorance and selfishness 
still
lie in every human heart; because men, according to the vicarious 
atonement
idea, blame their parents for their wrong attributes and tendencies, 
and
accept only the good as their own. They are unjust, for both good and bad 
are
their own earnings. If we have good, let us be happy that at some time we 
earned
it; if we are in bad case, let us be glad, claim it, understand it and 
correct
it. If we want a civilization better than the one we have now, we are 
the
ones to start right now to make it. No one else will make it for us. We have 
to
set the lines in motion towards a true civilization from a true basis; but if 
we
think we are not able to do much and are not now doing what we can, it is 
certain
we never can do more. As we do what we can, greater opportunities arise 
to
do. Until we do what is before us, never will any greater opportunities 
arise.
When
we get the right attitude of mind—and that is what discipleship is—there is 
not
a quality in us, not a force, not an at tribute, but can be put to the best 
and
highest use. We do not get off this plane. We do not cut off any part of our 
being.
We do not destroy the usefulness of any part of us, but put all to the 
proper
use and for the proper end. Herein is seen the difference between one who 
knows
and one who does not know. One who knows does not get off to the 
Christian’s
heaven, nor to any other heaven. He works right here where he finds 
himself
and does the best work he can with the instrument he now has, fearing 
nothing,
trusting the Law of his own being. If any being will trust the Law of 
his
own nature, if he will work on with nature by helping all others in every 
direction
possible, then all nature will turn and help him. It never was 
otherwise.
It cannot be otherwise.
 
CONTENTS
THE
ETERNAL VERITIES
  WHAT REINCARNATES?
What
reincarnates is a mystery to many minds because they find a difficulty in 
understanding
such a permanency as must stand behind repeated incarnations. They 
know
that the body is born and dies and is dissolved, but their minds are so 
identified
with the body in its relations and surroundings that they are un-
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
able
to dissociate themselves from it. They think of themselves as persons, as 
bodies
of a physical nature, and hence can not see where in them may reside that 
power
of incarnating from life to life.
Theosophy
presents a larger view in showing that man is not his body, because 
the
body is continually changing; that man is not his mind, because he is 
constantly
changing his mind; that there is in man a permanency which is the 
identity
throughout all kinds of embodiments. There has been no change in our 
identity
from childhood up to the present day. The body has changed; the 
surroundings
have changed; but the identity remains the same and will not change 
from
now on through all changes of body or mind or circumstance. That in us 
which
is itself unchanging is the only real. Nothing is real that changes. It is 
only
the real that perceives change. Change can not see change. Only that which 
is
constant perceives change; only the permanent can perceive impermanence. 
However
dimly we may perceive it, there is that in us which is eternal and 
changeless.
This
unchanging, constant, and immortal something in us is not absent from any 
particle
or any being whatever. There is only one Life in the world to which we, 
as
well as all other beings, pertain. We all proceeded from the same one 
Source—not
many— and we are proceeding on the same path to the same great goal. 
The
ancients said that the Divine Self is in all beings, but in all it does not 
shine
forth. The real is within, and may be realized by any human being in 
himself.
Everyone needs that realization that he may shine forth and express the 
God
within, which all beings but partially express.
If
then the Source is the same—the One Spirit—in all beings, why so many forms, 
so
many, personalities, so many individualizations? All, again Theosophy shows, 
are
developments. In that great Ocean of Life, which is at the same time 
Consciousness
and Spirit, we move and live and have our being. That ocean is 
separable
into its constituent drops and the separation is effected through the 
great
course of evolution. Even in the kingdoms below us, which are from the 
same
Source, the tendency to separate into drops of individualized consciousness 
goes
on in ever-increas-
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
ing
degree. In the animal kingdom, those species that are nearest to us make an 
approach
to self-consciousness; but we as human beings have arrived at that 
stage
where each is a constituent drop of the great ocean of Consciousness. As 
with
an ocean of water, each drop of it contains all the elements of the great 
body,
so each constituent drop of humanity—a human being—contains within its 
range
every element of the great universe.
The
same power exists in all of us, yet where we stand on the ladder of being we 
see
many below us and others greater than we above us. Humanity now is building 
the
bridge of thought, the bridge of ideas that connects the lower with the 
higher.
The whole purpose of incarnation, or our descent into matter, was not 
only
to gain further knowledge of matter, but to impel the lower kingdoms to 
come
up to where we are. We stand as gods to the lower kingdoms. It is our 
impulsion
that brings them weal or woe. It is our misconception of the aim of 
life
that makes Nature so hard; that causes all the distress and disasters which 
afflict
us in cyclones, tornadoes, diseases, pestilences of every kind. All are 
our
own doing; and why? Because there is a sublimation of mineral, vegetable and 
animal
kingdoms in our bodies, which are lives in themselves. Every cell in our 
bodies
has its birth, youth, manhood, decay and death, and its reincarnation. We 
are
impelling each one of those lives according to whatever thought, will, or 
feeling
we may have, whether for help or injury to others. These lives go out 
from
us for good or evil, back into their kingdoms with good or evil. So by our 
lack
of understanding of our own true natures, without a comprehension of 
universal
brotherhood, we are imperfectly performing our duties on this plane 
and
are imperfectly helping the evolution of the lower kingdoms. We shall 
realize
our responsibility to them only as we see that every being is on his way 
upward;
that all above man have been men at one time; that all below man will 
some
time reach man’s estate, when we have gone on further; that all forms, all 
beings,
all individualizations are but aspects of the One Spirit. Granted, then, 
that
this one unchanging Spirit is in all—the cause of all evolutionary 
development,
the cause of all incarna-
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
tions
—where, we may ask, do we carry the power to see and know from life to 
life?
How is continuity of knowledge, gained by observation and experience, 
preserved?
How is the individual maintained as such?
We
should remember that we were self-conscious beings when this planet began; 
some
even were self-conscious when this solar system began; for there is a 
difference
in degree of development among human beings. If the planet or solar 
system
began in a state of primordial substance, or nebulous matter, as Science 
calls
it, then we must have had bodies of that state of substance. In that 
finest
substance are all the possibilities of every grade of matter, and hence 
it
is that within the true body of primordial matter all the changes of coarser 
and
coarser substance have been brought about; and within that body is all 
experience.
Our birth is within that body. Everything that occurs to us is 
within
that body—a body of a nature which does not change throughout the whole 
Manvantara.
Each one has such a body of finest substance, of the inner nature, 
which
is the real container for the individual. In it he lives and moves and has 
his
being, and yet even the great glory and fineness of that body is not the 
man;
it is merely the highest vesture of the Soul. The Real Man we are is the 
Man
that was, that is, and that ever shall be, for whom the hour will never 
strike—
Man, the thinker; Man, the perceiver—always thinking, continually 
acting.
Life
is one. Spirit is one. Consciousness is one. These three are one—a 
trinity—and
we are that trinity. All the changes of substance and form are 
brought
about by Spirit and Consciousness and expressed in various forms of 
life.
We are that One Spirit, each standing in a vast assemblage of beings in 
this
great universe, seeing and knowing what he can through the instruments he 
has.
We are the Trinity—the Father, the Son, and the Holy Ghost; or, in 
theosophical
parlance, we are Alma, Buddhi, and Manas. Atma is the One Spirit, 
not
belonging to any one, but to all. Buddhi is the sublimated experience of all 
the
past. Manas is the thinking power, the thinker, the man, the immortal man. 
There
is no man without the Spirit, and no man without that experience of the 
past;
but
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
the
mind is the realm of creation, of ideas; and the Spirit itself, with all its 
power,
acts according to the ideas that are in the mind.
The
Voice of The Silence says, “Mind is like a mirror. It gathers dust while it 
reflects.”
It needs soul-wisdom to brush away the dust. This mind of ours, or 
that
which we call the mind, is merely the reflector, which presents as we train 
it,
different pictures. The Spirit acts in accord with the ideas seen, for good 
or
for evil. Is there evil in the world? It is the power of Spirit that caused 
it.
Is there good in the world? It is the power of Spirit that caused it. For 
there
is only one power. The misdirection of that power brings evil; its right 
direction
brings good.
We
must give up the idea that we are poor, weak, miserable creatures who can 
never
do anything for ourselves; for as long as we hold that idea, so long will 
we
never do anything. We must get the other idea—that we are Spirit, that we are 
immortal—and
when we come to realize what that means, the power of it will flow 
directly
in and through us, unrestricted in any direction, save by the 
instruments
which we ourselves caused to be imperfect. let us get away from the 
idea
that we are this poor, miserable, defective physical body over which we 
have
so little control. We can not stop a heart beat; we can not stop the breath 
without
destroying the body; we can not stop the constant dissociation of matter 
that
goes on in it, nor prevent its final dissolution. Some people talk of 
“demonstrating”
against death, but we might as well try to demonstrate against 
the
trees shedding their leaves when the winter blasts come. Death will always 
be,
and there is a great advantage in it. If we could not change our bodies, how 
would
there be any chance for advancement? Are we so well pleased with the 
bodies
now ours that we would desire no change? Certainly not. There is only one 
thing
in this life that can be retained permanently, and that is the spiritual 
nature,
and the great divine compassion which we may translate by the word 
“love.”
We
are the reincarnating Egos who will continue to incarnate until the great 
task
which we undertook is completed. That task is the raising up of the whole 
of
humanity to the highest possible
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
stage
of perfection on an earth of this kind. We incarnate from age to age for 
the
preservation of the just, the destruction of wickedness, and the 
establishment
of righteousness. That is what we are here for, whether we know it 
or
not, and we must come to a recognition of the immortality of our own natures 
before
we shall ever relieve ourselves from the distresses that afflict humanity 
everywhere.
We have to bring ourselves in touch and tune with the whole great 
purpose
of Nature which is the evolution of Soul, and for which alone all the 
universe
exists
CONTENTS
 THE ETERNAL VERITIES
REAL
MEMORY
The
general idea with regard to memory is that it depends entirely on the 
orderly
functioning of the physical brain, and that where derangement of that 
function
occurs, there is loss of memory. It is quite true that certain forms of 
memory
depend upon the brain, as in those two particular functions known as 
remembrance
and recollection. In remembrance, we can get the idea, but not all 
the
particulars that have brought about some feeling, event, or circumstance of 
the
past; in recollection, we can collect back from one point all the other 
points
connected with it. But there is a third function of the memory, known as 
reminiscence,
which is not at all dependent upon the brain. It is brought into 
function
oftentimes, not by any present object or occurrence arousing attention 
in
that direction, but as it were, springs direct from the soul itself. It is a 
direct
perception of what was. It comes from something behind the brain—the 
brain
serving merely as a sort of filter, or interceptor, or translator of 
impressions.
We
can understand why remote memories are difficult to recall to our brain 
perception,
when we consider the fact that the brain cells are constantly 
changing.
It is not conceivable that the millions of impressions received during 
a
lifetime could be retained and given out again by those changing cells. All 
the
time during our lives there is a continuity of perception, but we do not re 
member
one-thousandth part of the impressions that we have received in those 
days
or years. Very few events are impressed upon
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
us,
or are immediately translatable through the brain, by way of remembrance. 
Even
if we so desired, we could never make any complete history of all those 
impressions
through the faculty of recollection. Yet there is the innate faculty 
of
recalling and recollecting in such a way as to have a consecutive or 
synthetic
grasp of all those impressions through reminiscence, that faculty of 
memory
which applies to the soul—is a peculiarly innate quality of the soul.
To
reach into and exercise soul memory, we must first under stand the real 
nature
of man. We must first see that all beings of every grade—not only man, 
but
the beings above man and the beings below man—are of the same essence, the 
same
Spirit, the same Life, and of the same potential powers. The higher beings 
have
brought these potential powers into activity, and differ from the lower 
orders
by reason of a greater degree of development, a greater range of 
perception
and a finer evolution of form. But highest as well as lowest are rays 
from
and one with the Divine Absolute Principle. Each one is the Seer, the 
Perceiver,
who stands in the center of his own universe, through which alone we 
may
know all that may be known of the Highest.
We
must recognize the fact that this is a universe of law, with no chance or 
accident
anywhere in it, and that we have arrived at our present position under 
law—the
law of our own being, set in operation by ourselves; that the same law 
rules
in every direction in space and in nature. The races of men that now exist 
are
the result of races of men which preceded them; the planet on which we now 
live
is the result of a planet that preceded it; the solar system of which our 
planet
is a part is the result of a solar system that preceded it. Everything is 
an
exact consequence of that which preceded it—everything is a repetition of 
that
which was. This return of the same action or preceding impression occurs 
under
the true aspect of memory; it is the memory of what we have been through 
that
brings about the repetition.
On
the physical plane, the action of true memory is seen in all those stages 
through
which the human form goes from conception to birth—representations, in 
fact,
of the evolution of
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
earlier
races. In every act of our existence we are exhibiting true memory, 
whether
we realize it or not. The memory of walking is with us now; the memory 
of
talking is with us now. We may not remember how nor when we learned to talk 
or
to walk, but we have present with us the knowing how to walk and to talk. 
True
memory is just that—the possession of the knowledge of the past. It is 
memory
which connects us physically with the body, through all changes of body, 
scene
and circumstance; without it, we should be living merely from impression 
to
impression; there would be no connection whatever with the past and there 
would
be no sense of self-identity.
Memory
exists also in other inner departments of our nature. Living on the 
physical
plane, our ideas connected almost entirely with the “three-dimensional” 
state
of matter, we are no more conscious of those inner planes of being than, 
when
in sleep, we are conscious of the physical plane, being absolutely shut off 
from
the outside world, from the happenings to our friends, to the nation, and 
to
the world at large, which are then of no consequence whatever to us. Yet 
there
is an active life in those inner departments of our nature, and there is a 
memory
of it. The Thinker who uses the brain in the waking state is simply 
acting
on another plane of matter and using another plane of memory. Every plane 
of
consciousness has a memory of its own.
That
consciousness never ceases, but is continuously active, is evidenced by the 
fact
that no one has ever experienced sleep. Nor does death come to us any more 
than
sleep. We may be aware that sleep or death is coming for the body, but we 
know
those states only as we see them in others. When we say “I was asleep,” we 
mean
that the body was in the sleeping state, while we passed away altogether 
from
this plane for the time being. Then we passed back again from the inner 
planes
to this, picking up the memory of the waking state where we laid it down, 
and
leaving behind the memory of what passed on the other side. There is no 
record
made in this physical instrument of the inner planes, for the brain has 
not
been trained in that direction, and hence it can
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
not
translate those planes of consciousness, except in some partial 
recollections
such as occur in dreams. Dreams attest that we are alive and 
active
on inner planes; for in them, we think, speak, smell, taste, hear and 
move,
as individuals, and never have any question as to our identity, even 
though
the personality presented should be that of some past incarnation. The 
dreaming
state is very close to the point of waking—the intermediate state 
between
waking and sleep—so that we are able to impress the brain-cells with 
what
has occurred before waking, and remember. But beyond the dreaming stage, 
which
is a very short stage of sleep, there is a Vast extent of human thought 
and
action. We go in and in until we are close to the source of our own being, 
where
the Thinker is at work, where he knows all that he has been before—all his 
past
incarnations—where he sees and knows himself as he is. The memory of all 
the
experiences through which he has been as an individualized being is there in 
one
consecutive whole. That, indeed, was the Paradise of man, when he walked 
with
Deity, when he knew himself as he really was. True memory is the Paradise 
which
all human beings should strive to regain. To recover that whole memory, to 
make
that great knowledge of the past usable, here and now in the brain and in 
the
body, is the true work of ‘salvation. Only when we understand what we really 
are,
shall we be able to take a conscious, active, purposeful part in the 
evolution
of our race. Only when we gain the perception that we are the Eternal 
Spirit,
that Death never touches us at all, that we may have a conscious life in 
spirit,
not in matter—only when we begin to think and act from that basis, can 
true
memory come through to the brain; only then can we know for ourselves, have 
nothing
to ask of anyone, but have everything to give to every other one. That 
true
memory is possible for every living being.
The
barrier for every man is not in the memory, but in the false ideas of life 
according
to which he acts. However much the soul remembers, if we are using the 
brain
contrary to the nature of the soul, the brain can not translate its 
impressions.
The Thinker must transfer the memory of the soul to the brain, and 
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
he
can do so only by thinking and acting along right lines during active waking 
consciousness,
until the brain responds to the ideas and learns to transmit what 
occurs
while the body is inoperative. Then the true memory of the past that is 
in
the soul is our knowledge in the brain.
The
Masters are those who have the true memory of every step through which They 
have
gone—the knowledge of all past civilizations, the understanding of all that 
every
human being has to experience, the recognition of all the laws ruling 
evolution.
As custodians of that knowledge, and as our Elder Brothers, They 
stand
ready to help mankind in the only way open to Them—by recording as much of 
that
knowledge as we can assimilate, by directing us to its proper use for the 
benefit
of all other human beings, that all humanity may advance in an orderly 
way
to the true goal. Greater and greater individualization, wider and wider 
range
of perception, are the objects of evolution; but there are two paths by 
which
we may reach the goal. One path leads to an individualization that is 
selfish,
and self-righteous—a state of separateness from all human beings; on 
the
other, there is no cessation of work for humanity. The Elder Brother goes as 
high
as he can, but he stops before he enters the final door that separates him 
from
the rest; he returns and takes up again a body of the race, as Jesus did, 
that
he may help those who know less than He does. So we are never alone. Never 
will
there come a time when those Great Beings will cease from that labor, which 
is
a labor of love. But we are the ones who must determine for ourselves, sooner 
or
later, whether to go on through aeons of suffering and millions of lives of 
ignorance,
or to follow the path They show, which leads straight to the 
goal—which
involves the power of direct cognition of truth without any mistake 
whatever,
and which includes real memory.
                                                                          
CONTENTS
THE
ETERNAL VERITIES
THE
CAUSE OF SORROW
We
are never free from pain, sorrow, and suffering in the world. Pleasures come 
and
go very lightly, but always the sorrow and suffering of life itself abides 
with
us. If we could see and
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
understand
the cause of the sorrow existing in the world in every direction—not 
only
the sorrows of the ordinary life but those brought about by collective 
action,
as wars are—we should cease to make that cause. We have assumed that all 
these
sorrows are due to external causes—to some higher being or beings, or to 
some
outside laws of the universe; never to ourselves. And because we have never 
brought
it home to ourselves that we are in any way connected with the causes of 
sorrow
which come our way, we go on looking for something external to relieve us 
of
those sorrows. Not all the religions that ever have existed on the face of 
the
earth, not all that the sciences have so far achieved or may achieve will 
ever
give us that knowledge, because the cause of sorrow does not lie outside; 
it
lies within each one. Each one contains within himself the power to cause 
sorrow;
he also has the power to cause its cessation.
The
wisdom of the ages explains the cause of sorrow. It teaches that each being 
is
spirit; that the power of spirit is illimitable, although we limit it because 
we
assume that it is limited; that the changeless spirit in the heart of every 
being
is behind every form, the cause and sustainer of all forms; that spirit is 
the
force be hind evolution, and also the force that rules and relates all 
things
of whatever grade; that every being is the result of an unfoldment from 
within
outwards—of a desire for greater and greater expression. But we who have 
reached
this stage of self-consciousness, unlike the lower kingdoms, now have 
the
power of choice and can draw upon that illimitable source of our being and 
realize
it while we live in a mortal and ever-changing body.
Desire,
in a limited way, with regard to the personality, is the cause of all 
sin,
sorrow, and suffering. Such desire is based on selfish thought; it is not 
what
others desire; it heeds not any other urge than its own. The unfulfilled 
desires,
it is, that hurt us; yet do the fulfilled desires give us happiness? 
Never,
for so soon as they are achieved, there begins a further desire for 
something
more, something greater. With many conflicting desires, then, we live 
upon
each other, we prey upon each other, we devour each other, we injure each 
other—in
every way. There is no necessity
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
for
all this. It never was the original plan—the original nature of the 
development
of man. There is never any need to desire. All our woes are 
self-inflicted;
the very inherent power of spirit has plunged us into them and 
maintains
us in them.
Yet
misery, sorrow and suffering have a mission. It is usually only the misery 
we
bring upon ourselves that makes us stop doing wrong, to look around and ask 
and
see what is right. It is by our mistakes we learn to see the difference 
between
right and wrong, and in seeing that difference is the whole story of 
progress.
We have to be able to tell the difference. It is only through ‘ 
opposites”—the
perception of them and the employment of them—that any being can 
grow
at all. There has always to be duality in nature. All human beings are One 
in
spirit, dual in expression. Always there is the actor and something to act 
upon.
Always there are the two—Purusha, the spirit, and Prakriti, matter—not two 
separate
things, but two aspects of one and the same thing. No perception is 
possible
unless we have that duality. We have to experience darkness first in 
order
to see light, and so with the opposites of pleasure and pain. Without pain 
we
could not understand pleasure; without pleasure we could not understand pain. 
What
lies behind all advance in intelligence, from the lowest to the highest, is 
perception
gained by that which acts, from that which is acted upon.
Law
rules everywhere in nature in accord with the basis of duality. We call it 
the
law of periodicity, but it is simply a statement of Karma, or action and 
reaction.
What we call the laws of the elements are in reality but perceptions 
of
the actions and reactions of various grades of intelligences. ‘What we call 
our
seasons, and all the cycles of time or of individuals, are covered by that 
law—reaction
from action previously sent forth. The people who form a nation are 
people
who were together in other times; their collective actions have brought 
them
the same collective reactions. Every thought we have has its return of 
impression;
every feeling we have has its return. All react upon us, coming back 
either
impoverished or enriched. Thus, with the power to produce any kind of 
effect
resident in us, we can understand the power of false, mis-
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
taken
ideas. We can sustain these ideas interminably by the law of return of 
impression,
and continually suffer reactions from them. The whole power of 
spirit
used in a wrong direction, in ignorance of our own nature and the nature 
of
beings in general, creates sorrow of every kind.
No
one can stop us in our mistaken course so long as we foolishly entertain 
false
ideas. Our evolution has been brought about by us under the laws of our 
own
operation—action and reaction within ourselves—and in no other way. It is a 
mistake
to think that good comes to us from outside quarters. It never does. 
Whatever
good or whatever evil comes is the reaping of what we have sown, in 
every
way and in every circumstance. There are no exceptions. We look for 
“justice.”
We are getting it, according to our own thought and action. For let 
us
remember that the plane of action is thought itself, that is to say—ideas. 
Action
is merely the sequence of the concretion of thought. So there is every 
necessity
for us to clear out the rubbish which we hold as ideas. Our “minds,” 
as
a rule, are found to be made of a bundle of ideas that somebody has handed on 
to
us. We accept the ideas of the race, of the people about us, of this “ism” or 
that
“ology,” and call it our mind, when, in reality, we have no mind of our own 
at
all. The mind is the power to receive and to reject. What we receive and what 
we
reject depends upon ourselves—on our ignorance or on our wisdom. There is 
nothing
outside we have to learn, but every thing inside. The task we have at 
hand
is to understand our own natures.
If
any great number of beings in this world should reach the understanding of 
their
own natures, and so exercise their inherent spiritual powers for the 
benefit
of their fellow-men, in no long time we should find the misery of the 
world
most wonderfully abated. As was said of old, a little leaven leaveneth the 
whole
lump. And one of our Teachers said, “Give me five hundred good, earnest, 
sincere,
devoted men and women and I will move the world.” Our success does not 
depend
upon any form of physical evolution, nor upon any form of scientific 
advancement.
These are but means and not ends in themselves, though did we but 
know
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
our
own real powers, they could be carried to a pitch not yet dreamed of. We 
must
and eventually will carry the civilization of the world to a higher stage 
than
has ever before existed, but that will never be until men realize their own 
natures
and act from that basis. We can go on indefinitely repeating the present 
thinking
and acting, but so long as we do, just so long will there be sin and 
sorrow
and suffering. Never will they cease, nor wars, diseases, pestilences, 
tornadoes,
cyclones, nor earthquakes—for all these come from man’s errors.
We
shall never find a vicarious atonement. We must take the results of what we 
sow.
Recognizing that we are responsible for our own conditions, we must do our 
best
to adjust them. Readjustment can come only through assuming our own 
spiritual
birth right, instead of assuming that we are these unfortunate bodies 
that
are born, live for a while and die; through the fulfillment of our duties 
in
every direction as the opportunities are offered us. For we cannot work out 
our
salvation alone. We cannot live alone. We cannot progress alone. We cannot 
raise
ourselves beyond the rest, but must help all the rest to whatever stage we 
occupy,
going further and further ourselves that we may be the better able to 
help
and teach the others. Jesus was what he was because he became so. Buddha 
was
what he was because he became so. There was a time when they were sinning 
and
erring mortals like ourselves. But they saw the true path and turned and 
followed
it, as in all time to come must every being.
Just
so long as we think that we are physical beings and follow after this or 
that
desire, just so long do we put off the day of readjustment and suffer from 
the
causes we have set in motion. But when in place of false ideas we commence 
to
base our thought and action on correct ideas, the brain begins to be 
clarified
and to be permeable to the immense knowledge of the inner man—a 
knowledge
which is not now recorded because of the wrong way in which we have 
trained
it. The brain has to be made a good conductor for spiritual knowledge. 
If
true knowledge were ours, would we have desires? Would we seek after this or 
that
thing in physical life and expend our
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
best
energies upon them? No. Further, we would know that no matter what there is 
in
the universe anywhere, nothing can stop the progress laid down for ourselves 
in
a spiritual direction. We would also know that nothing can harm us; nothing 
can
be wilder us. We would trust the law of our own spiritual nature, seeking 
only
to do what good we can; seeking nothing for our selves, but to do service 
in
every possible way for every other being. Then we should be in accord with 
the
nature of the whole, and the natures and forces of all beings would carry us 
along
on the stream that brooks no obstacle whatever. Would we be sorrowful? 
Never;
because we would be fulfilling the real purpose of spirit and soul in 
helping
all other souls on the path, so far as the opportunity lay before us. In 
this
course there is no need to strain and struggle; we have only to take those 
opportunities
which our reactions bring us. The evil that comes to us—well, it 
is
something for us to adjust, to balance. The good that comes to us—that too is 
the
result of our own actions. So we may take the good and enjoy it, and meet 
the
evil without fear or trembling or resistance of any kind in an attempt to 
avoid
it.
    The only sorrow of the great Teachers, or
Masters of Wisdom, is to see men 
perpetually
engulfing themselves in sin and sorrow and suffering which They 
cannot
prevent. One of Them was asked at one time, “Why is it with your great 
knowledge
and power that you do not make men think as they should?” He said, 
“The
human soul is not so constituted. It has to see and act for itself.” For 
the
action is from within outward, and the power goes with the action. No one 
can
save us but ourselves.                                                      
                   
CONTENTS
THE
ETERNAL VERITIES
WHAT
SURVIVES AFTER DEATH?
Day
after day we are constantly confronted by the fact that we are all subject 
to
death. No matter how we may live, whether our lives bring to us failure or 
the
greatest possible success in the eyes of the world, death is there at the 
end.
So sure as there is birth for us, so there is death. Each one knows that 
sooner
or later death must be his portion; but what does he know of after-death?
 
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
‘What,
if anything, survives? Religions such as we have professed do not give us 
any
information whatever on this most serious question; materialistic science 
presents
us no solution; from neither religion nor science have we gained 
anything
to rest upon when the great conqueror of all human bodies appears 
before
us. Is there any hope in life that what we are doing may be of any value 
after
death? Whether we can answer that question, or not, before death confronts 
us—the
confronting of death will be there. The time will come.
If
any solution to the problems presented by death exists, it must be 
perceptible
during life to have any value for us as living human beings. It must 
be
a reasonable solution, sufficiently evident to us as we now live, to convince 
us
of the correctness of the solution. There must be clear evidence as to an 
understanding
of the facts of life, before we may accept any explanation as to 
what
must be after death. When we know the meaning of birth; when we know what 
we
are working here in bodies for; when we know what all manifested life exists 
for—then,
we may have an answer as to why we pass so few years in any one 
physical
existence; we may know where are our friends, our parents, our 
grandparents,
who lived as we are living but now are gone; we may know if life 
has
ceased for them; and, then, if life can ever cease for us.
There
is one fact of human existence which should guide us in our thinking—the 
fact
of law, ruling in everything that we do. Is it not our knowledge, our 
perception
of law that enables us to control the elements in nature? We control 
the
various substances and elements by understanding the law of their operation. 
We
know that the law of action and re-action prevails in nature; we recognize in 
nature
the law of cause and effect. But do we not know that law rules in our 
very
selves? We know there is a law under which the body grows from conception 
to
birth, from birth to maturity, followed by gradual declination. Just as there 
is
for man a cycle of birth, youth, manhood, decay and death, so there is a 
succession
of events in nature, which we perceive to be a universal law. 
Morning,
noon, and night are followed by morning again; spring, summer, autumn, 
and
winter are followed by spring
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
again.
We ought then to be able to perceive that, as in nature our birth this 
time
is but in orderly succession after previous death, so must we come again 
and
again for a life-time on earth, as we come again and again to our day-times 
after
the night. We must have passed through a great sweep of existence to have 
reached
this present birth, but that must also have been the operation of law. 
The
choice lies between law and chaos. There can not be law here and chaos 
there.
All is under law; or, all is chaos. Our whole experience shows that law 
rules,
and the conclusion becomes necessary that law rules in every thing and in 
every
circumstance. Law, therefore, must rule on both sides of death.
But
is this law enforced upon us by some powerful Being? If so, there is no hope 
whatever
for us. And who are WE operating under this all-inclusive law? If we 
are
mere bodies, we are small and restricted beings. If all the life there is, 
is
what we feel and experience in our bodies, life amounts to nothing. Very 
little
thought, however, will convince us that we are not our bodies. We know 
that
our bodies are under constant change from birth to the present time; 
constant
change will go on until the cessation of these bodies; but we do not 
change.
The same “I” was child, youth, young man, and older man. The identity 
has
not changed at all through all the changes of body it has experienced. Nor 
are
we our minds, as so many believe. Our minds are merely certain bundles of 
ideas
in regard to life, and we must be greater than those minds because we can 
change
them. Nor is there any imaginable limit to that changing. No matter how 
much
knowledge we may acquire, we can go on learning; no matter what kind of a 
mind
we may have, we possess the illimitable power to go on increasing it. If 
one
doubts the existence of anything greater than mind, he has but to see that 
the
very fact of doubting—the expression of doubt—shows an act and purpose 
beyond
the idea. We could utterly refuse to think, and still exist. We must look 
deeper
for ourselves than the mind and the body. Both are but instruments which 
WE
use. Then, what can we be? There is that in us which lives, which thinks, 
which
is life itself, which garners all experience, which it 
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
self
changes not at all. It is smaller than the small, as the ancients said; it 
is
greater than the great. It can not be weighed nor measured. We can not say 
where
it is and where it is not; and yet it is the one thing in us—our very 
selves—---which
enables us to have any experience, any idea or combination of 
ideas.
Call it Spirit, if you will. Call it Life. Call it Consciousness; for we 
well
know that we can not have any experience unless we are conscious of it. The 
ancients
said: “The Soul is the Perceiver, is Vision itself, pure and simple, 
and
looks directly on ideas.” Spirit sees the idea; actions flow from the ideas 
adopted.
Our differences are in respect to mentality, in accordance with the 
kind
and range of ideas; but we have all sprung from the same Source; we all 
have
a common basis, a common essential nature, which is Spirit and Life itself.
Our
days and nights afford an illustration of the fact that we can let the body 
go,
that we can depart from the body, and still exist. While we are awake in the 
day-time,
we act outwardly through the organs of the body which serve to 
transmit
and receive impressions. At night, these activities are stilled, and it 
is
said that we sleep. But how may we know we are conscious during those hours 
of
the night? Because when we awake, we can say, “I dreamed,” and there is no 
question
as to our identity in the dream. We were conscious, too, of having all 
the
senses; we had, apparently, the powers of motion. Notwithstanding the 
dormant
condition of the body in that state we call deep sleep, we were still 
acting,
living, conscious beings. It may not be difficult to conceive that, 
during
the greater portion of the night’s rest passed in what is known as 
“dreamless
slumber” of the body, we are conscious; that our action is of a 
higher
and finer kind than in waking-life; that it is possible for us to keep a 
conscious
hold on that action— to bring back into this brain of ours, which we 
are
using during the day-time, the memory of every act on every inner plane of 
being.
The soul—the Real Man—with all his past experiences is fully awake when 
the
body is asleep. The night-time of the soul is the day-time of the body. It 
is
only in exceptional cases, however, that a human being knows that he is 
conscious
all the time; that Consciousness can never by any possibility cease. 
Yet
each
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
one
can see for himself that if Consciousness ever ceased, there would be no 
possibility
of its ever beginning again. We can see continuing consciousness in 
the
fact that we are able to take up, each day in our life, the work of the day 
and
days before.
Theosophy
is presented for the purpose of showing that this full consciousness 
in
the day-time, in operation through the body, is possible to every man. If we 
had
that consciousness, what would death mean to us? It would mean no more than 
sleep.
Death would mean merely a letting go of the body which had become useless 
to
us. We should know that death could never touch us any more than sleep 
reaches
us; that as our consciousness is continuous, whether the body is asleep 
or
awake, so when the body dies, there is no cessation for us.
What,
then, survives after death? The man himself, with all his tendencies, with 
all
his experience. The Thinker, the Soul, is what survives, is what can never 
be
extinguished, can never itself suffer, can never be involved, is always of 
its
own nature, no matter what conditions a man may become involved in for the 
time
being. Conditions, whether of joy or suffering, must have an ending; but 
the
One who enjoys, the One who suffers, the One who feels, changes not at all. 
That
which survives is our very selves—all that we call ourselves—the self who 
wakes,
who dreams, who enjoys, who goes into different states, through all the 
worlds.
Let us say that this life is a dream in which we have our sufferings and 
our
joys. When we awake, we shall have other experiences, but it is that 
something
permanent in us which takes to itself of each and every experience; 
coming
into any field of operation, it gathers experience according to the 
tendencies
which itself has engendered on that plane of being. Thus man has no 
other
experience on earth save that which is his very own, save that which he 
has
made part of his action on this earth. The law of action and reaction, of 
cause
and effect, sowing and reaping is, then, his own law.
What
is it that survives? WE survive, as conscious beings, with all the powers 
of
perception, with all that we have ever gained, and thus shall it ever be. 
There
is no cessation for us. Bodies wear out in one life, as we know, when they 
are
no longer capable and
                                                                              
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
useful.
Would we in wisdom wish to continue in such bodies? No: the soul demands 
a
better instrument. We tear down the old house to build a better one—or it may 
be
a worse one, we might remember. If we are selfish, if we work for this body 
alone,
if we are against our fellow beings, then, in a body we shall have the 
reaction
from our selfish action. This is law, and not sentiment. It is not the 
doings
of our fellow men that we are suffering from, but the evil we have sown, 
coming
back and pressing with its full weight against us. Not until man assumes 
his
birthright and realizes that the whole course of evolution is the working 
out
of the laws of justice, will he take the first step forward in true 
progress,
which leads to conscious immortality.                                  
                                        
CONTENTS
THE
ETERNAL VERITIES
CAN
THE DEAD COMMUNICATE?
Since
the forties of last century Spiritualists have affirmed the answer to this 
question,
claiming sufficient evidence for the survival of intelligence after 
the
state known as death. But Spiritualism is not a new thing. Five hundred 
years
or more ago, and, way back through every age of man, people have practised 
what
is called Bhut worship—that is, worship of the “spirits” of the dead. 
Present
day Spiritualism is but a repetition of a former error, even though its 
resurrection
has been among those whom we would call of higher intelligence, 
“deep
thinkers,” and men of science. The “communications” of today, just like 
those
others all down the ages, bear nothing whatever in them of a truly 
spiritual
nature; they are physical to the last degree, as the communications to 
Sir
Oliver Lodge from his son, Raymond (through a medium, remember), bear 
witness.
According to the latter’s statement, his life after death is very much 
like
the one he has left behind: people there still drink, smoke cigars and, in 
fact
(?) have cigars made for them in spirit-factories out of cigar stuff 
belonging
to that state of matter. If this is a “spiritual” communication, 
anybody
is welcome to take it as such, but it only goes to show that when we are 
out
of physical life we are not necessarily in a spiritual state— as is the 
common
supposition.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
The
question is, what do we learn from such “communications”? Is there anything 
or
has there ever come anything from the plane of spiritualistic communication 
which
has been of any benefit to mankind? Has anything from that source shown us 
the
great purpose for which we are here? Does it tell us the meaning of life; 
why
there appears to be so much injustice in the world? Does it tell us of wars 
that
are to be, and how to prevent various great catastrophies from falling upon 
us?
Does it inform us as to the connection or common cause of all the different 
beings
in the world? Does it show us the nature of the becoming of beings who 
are
greater than we are, as well as of beings lower than we are? Does it show 
why
and how this solar system came into existence, and the laws which rule it? 
No.
These are all matters on which we need knowledge; yet from so-called 
“spirits”
we get all sorts of differing communications as a basis for reasoning 
about
them. Those very differences should show us there is no source of 
knowledge
in that quarter. ‘What we need is not what any “spirit” or anybody 
else
says about anything, but rather, a reasonable, logical, just statement of 
laws
which each and every person can test out for himself.
Let
us consider the presentment of Theosophy as to how man has become what he 
now
is—the real story of evolution, as gained by observation and experience in 
the
vast ages that have passed. The basis underlying that evolution is the same 
in
every human being, in every human heart, in every animal life, in every speck 
of
matter—the same Spirit in all, the same One Life, the One Intelligence. All 
are
rays from that One Life, that One Intelligence, and each expresses the 
possibilities
existing in the Infinite Source. Differences in beings, in 
mankind,
in various races, all mean degrees of intelligence; for each has the 
same
power as the highest being and the same power as all beings; the use or 
employment
of the power brings about an instrument to represent it more or less 
fully.
Evolution is Spirit expressing itself, whether in this solar system, or 
in
those which preceded it. Intelligence was behind the beginning of this planet 
in
its nebulous condition, or fire mist; intelligence was behind the cooling and 
hardening
processes
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
through
many, many ages. In all those states and in all those substances 
connected
with this planet we also have existed as spiritual beings, nor are 
they
absent from us now. At the end of every life, we go back through all those 
stages
again to the highest one, and then descend again to the earthly stage, to 
reap
the effects of causes set in motion by us before in other bodies. For there 
is
no transforming power in death; as a tree falls, so must it lie. It is during 
the
life-time that we must recognize and awaken our true natures. Death opens no 
door
to knowledge.
We
have proof of these states of consciousness right within our nightly 
experience.
When we sleep—though we never sleep; only the body sleeps—the 
consciousness
of this physical plane is gone from us. We have no idea of what is 
going
on among our friends or relatives; we have not one slightest sensation of 
what
is occurring anywhere on the earth while we are not using the body. Here is 
“death”—a
smaller, temporary death—for the body. Then we pass into another state 
altogether,
which we know as the dreaming state. The human soul goes on in 
dream,
knowing oneself as the one there, seeing, smelling, hearing, talking, 
moving
and doing all the other things which he does while in the body, awake. 
They
used to say that if you took hold of a sleeper’s great toe he would talk to 
you.
You would get a communication from a “spirit,” but what kind of a 
communication
would it be! The man would tell you just what his own mind had 
worked
with; he would not know in the dreaming state any more than his own 
personal
thoughts, his own personal ideas and activities.
Applying
this analogy to the time of death, we can see that in reality the time 
of
death never comes. We finally give up this body and it goes back to the earth 
from
which it was taken; but WE are not dead. We are still alive. We are still 
conscious
on other planes and in other degrees, though we are not using the body 
nor
the brain. But what kind of a consciousness, what kind of an intelligence, 
are
we using? Just the same kind that we had when we were in the body. Our 
thoughts
and feelings and desires go on acting for a time just as they did when 
we
were using the body, because of the energy we had put into them. As there is 
no
renewal
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
of
it, that energy wears itself out, and the man—as a real spiritual 
being—enters
into quite another state, where no one on earth can disturb the 
action
of his intelligence and the enjoyment of his bliss. How could that be a 
state
of bliss if for one single instant it could be disturbed by the sorrows 
left
behind on earth? Could there be a worse hell to some people than seeing 
from
their “heaven” the appeasing of a husband’s sorrow and the place of mother 
taken
by another? We should understand that when a human being passes out of 
life,
he passes through something like the dream state—a mixed state—and then 
reaches
the best state he is capable of expressing. A spiritual human being, it 
would
be folly to imagine otherwise, could not be disturbed by earthly doings, 
for
his mission on earth was fulfilled when he left it. But he would come back 
again
in another body to take up another day’s work. Then, can we not see that 
all
this idea of communication with so-called “spirits” who have left the body 
is
nonsense?
Let
us not imagine that there are no other beings besides men outside the body. 
Let
us not imagine that dead men, or living dead men, are the only ones existent 
on
the other side of this physical world. There are myriads of kinds of beings 
who
do not live in bodies like ours but inhabit planes into which men pass from 
this
earth. Contiguous to our plane all sorts of beings—sub-men, as well as 
human
elementals, dwell. Can we imagine these are desirable communicants? And 
how
can we be sure that any external communication is not connected with some 
devilish
spirit who likes to pose, to take the cast-off clothing of man because 
of
its at traction to his nature and desires, and exploit it to us? A great deal 
of
knowledge is required to understand the real nature of man, nor is it arrived 
at
by any kind of “communication” what ever, but by entering into our own 
natures.
The Father in secret is within, not without, and everything we know or 
ever
will know has to be known in ourselves and by ourselves. Never from other 
people,
never from any other kind of spirit, will it be known. The Spirit of God 
within
everyone—the Knower in everyone—is the last resort, the highest tribunal, 
the
last eminence that we shall reach.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
We
are now traveling together through earth matter; when we leave the earth, we 
leave
it, alone. So, when we travel through astral matter, we are not 
confabulating
with the denizens of the astral plane but are moving along our own 
lines.
The states after death are merely the effects of the life last lived. We 
step
through from the place of our endeavor to reap what we have sown—first 
casting
off the evil, and then experiencing the highest and best of all our 
aspirations.
In all of these states each being realizes himself to be the same 
person;
never for an instant does it enter one’s perception, or consciousness, 
that
he is any other than the one who was on earth; nor does he know that any 
such
thing as death has occurred at all, in his highest state he has with him 
all
those whom he loved, and in just that condition which he would desire to 
have
for them. He has his bliss, because the balance between cause and effect, 
even
for his sufferings on earth, is struck straight and true for the spirit. 
All
those states are within us, not outside; in those states, we meet first, 
last,
and all the time Ourselves—first as we think we arc, and finally as we 
really
are.
There
is no possibility of any communication from a “dead” person to a living 
one,
except perhaps in the very short period before the real individual has 
shaken
off the ideas held during life. Sometimes then a very, very strong desire 
to
impart something will effect some sort of communication, but after the great 
change
known as “the second death” all connection with earth is broken off. A 
pure-minded
living person by his aspiration and love may himself ascend to a 
heavenly
place, and there seem to speak and feel and be with those he loved, but 
that
speaking and feeling do not disturb the one there. The very essence of the 
spiritual
state would exclude all disturbance, though we can obtain the kinds of 
feeling
which exist in that condition. All that a medium obtains are simply 
reflections
and repetitions of what has occurred, recorded in the nature of the 
sitter.
A medium will describe the after death state of a person very much 
alive,
which should show how subject to mistakes and errors a medium is. In the 
passive
mediumistic state there is no control over anything; there is merely a 
channel
provided through which certain things can come, or “leak.”
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
The
majority of the “spiritual” communicants of the mediums are suicides and the 
victims
of “accidental” death. For not always is there death when the body dies. 
Unless
the death coincides with the end of the life-term, which is fixed at 
birth,
a man is still tied to earth until the end of his term.
But
there are cases of communications with beings in the world—almost within the 
realm
of this world—beings not in physical bodies, who live and move on another 
plane
of substance, far away from connection with some easy going medium. These 
beings
are known as Nirmanakayas. They are men who have become perfected—who 
could
if they chose reach up to and hold the very highest state of bliss, but 
who
refuse that bliss because it would mean forever to forsake all chance of 
helping
their fellow-men. They can, when the nature of the person is true and 
aspiring
strongly, communicate, if it is necessary to help him. But there is no 
mistake
about these communications. They are personal, meant for that one as 
direct
help. It is the within which induces any outside help that we receive. It 
is
a recognition of the spiritual nature of ourselves and all beings which makes 
the
true condition. It is from the spiritual that all true strength comes. And 
it
is for the perfection of humanity that all the Divine Incarnations have 
labored.
 
CONTENTS
THE
ETERNAL VERITIES
  SLEEP AND DREAMS
There
is something in each of us which enters the state called dreams, the state 
called
sleep, and the state called death. No understanding whatever can be had 
of
the states into which we pass and from which we emerge save under the idea 
that
there is an Ego, a thinker, a perceiver, a knower, an experiencer, who 
enters
the states and re-emerges there from, and that this Ego, the real man, 
retains
his integrity throughout them all.
We
are more than any of the states we enter into, no matter how highly we may 
have
considered any of those states. Even if we imagine that we have reached, or 
can
reach, the highest state of intelligence and action—that which we call the 
divine—it
is we who enter it. So an understanding of the states into which we go
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
cannot
be had until we recognize that there is That in us which goes through 
them
all; then we must try to understand what that something is, and in this 
endeavor
begin right where we now are; we cannot start from any other place or 
position
than where we are at any time.
What
do we find, then? That we are a continuing identity. We have passed through 
many
changes from birth up to now, but our identity has not changed, no matter 
through
what changes it may have passed, or may pass. When we get this fact 
firmly
fixed in our minds we will have reached the point of understanding that 
there
is an immortal nature in each of us; that it is divine in its essence, not 
subject
to change; for It is changeless.
The
dreaming state we enter just as we let go of the body, before we pass into 
the
state of dreamless sleep; and on awakening is, again, the transitional state 
into
which we return before resuming waking state in the body. We know that we 
have
all the senses in dreams, although the body is quiescent, and the sense 
organs
are not in use. We can see and feel, we hear, talk, and act, just as we 
do
in waking state, without using the physical organs associated with those 
sensations
and actions. This shows that we are conscious, alive, existent, 
although
the body knows nothing. We know further that our identity is not 
disturbed
by entering dream-state; it is we ourselves, and none other, 
experiencing
that state.
Dreaming
state is known to be a very short state as contrasted with the waking 
state.
It is known that we can dream and experience through what seems to 
represent
a very long period of time in the dream, though the state last but a 
few
seconds by the clock. There is a portion, by far the greater portion, of the 
“night’s
rest” which is only known to us (in waking state) as “dreamless sleep.” 
This
is merely the slumber of the body. The body is then almost as if one had 
left
it entirely. Yet the entity must be in contact somewhere, for he is 
existent
all the time, and is conscious—the same identity. Were this not true, 
we
would not wake, or on awakening there would be a new being altogether.
Further
than these ideas as to dream and sleep Western psychologists have not 
gone.
They do not know what was known ages
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
ago,
and what is known to some today, that the Ego, the man, the thinker, is 
more
fully occupied, more his real self, during the dreamless slumber of the 
body
than at any other time. So it was said that the day-time of the body is the 
night-time
of the soul, and the night-time of the body is the day-time of the 
soul.
When the body sleeps, the real man is most active, with the greatest 
degree
of intelligence, but thinking and acting on another plane altogether, in 
a
different state altogether, from any known to us in ordinary waking human 
existence.
We
know nothing about sleep, although we say that we experience it. What we know 
is
that we are getting sleepy—that is, that the body is growing exhausted—but 
sleep
never comes to us. We are awake in the day-time; we are conscious; we 
think.
But our power to see and know when awake is applied almost exclusively to 
external
things of a material kind, so that what we call knowledge—waking 
knowledge—is,
practically, an application of all our powers to physical 
existence,
and to that alone. When we sleep, what takes place?
During
that interval we know that the body is absolutely irresponsive in regard 
to
anything external. We do not know nor feel anything that happens to our 
friends.
The most frightful calamities might occur around about us, and we would 
know
nothing about them until we resumed control of the body. Yet we must have 
been
alive, conscious, with an unchanged identity. This brings our minds to the 
question
as to why or how it is that we know nothing when awake of that activity 
on
higher and altogether different planes during the deep sleep of the body.
We
have within us in abeyance, but not forgotten, not inaccessible, all that 
knowledge.
It is recorded, impacted, in our imperishable nature as truly as any 
record
can possibly be made—every thing that we have been through, every degree 
of
experience, of knowledge, that we have ever acquired. When we sleep—that is, 
when
the body sleeps—we go back to that fountain of knowledge which is within 
ourselves;
and “wake up” in the morning none the wiser. How can it be that, 
possessing
such knowledge, possessing the powers that belong to immortal Spirit, 
to
divine Intelligence,
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
we
nevertheless cannot use them, are not even aware of their existence in us?
There
is a law known as Karma, the law of action and reaction, which has been 
stated:
“Whatsoever a man soweth, that shall he also reap.” We have so thought 
and
acted while in the body as to produce finally an instrument that is not in 
accord
with our own real nature. We have put the power of our intelligence upon 
a
consideration and use of material things—things that appertain to a lower 
state
of being than our own—and so have become involved in them. The brain that 
we
use is responsive almost entirely to these lower ideas; so that when we 
return
into it, upon awakening, there is nothing in that brain which will take 
the
slightest impression or record of those states of consciousness through 
which
we have passed.
If
we are beings who have passed through higher states during sleep, how are we 
ever
going to regain a knowledge of these possessions? If we are told that we 
are
divine in nature, not earthly; that we have an immense past; that we have 
planes
of consciousness higher than this and powers of action on those 
planes—what
does that do for us? What does that impart to us? What does that 
arouse
in us? Does it not make us look at life from a different standpoint than 
the
one we have hitherto been accustomed to take?
Everything
that we do in life, every result that we experience, is governed by 
some
attitude of mind which we hold in regard to life. If one is an atheist, let 
us
say, or a materialist, who thinks that life began with this body and will end 
with
it, then all his thoughts and acts will be on that basis. But if he changes 
that
idea, as he may, for the idea that he is immortal in essential nature, then 
that
of itself begins to work a transformation.
It
is not what we go through that counts; but what we learn from it. Knowledge 
is
what we should desire; not comforts nor station. We desire to know, for in 
knowing
we perceive the right things to do, the right thoughts to hold. As we 
are
thinking all the time, we are thinking either good or evil or indifferent
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
thoughts;
our actions are good, evil or indifferent according to our thoughts. 
If
we begin to think aright, we give direction to that Spiritual Force which is 
the
very essence of our nature. Let a man think aright, let him think and act 
unselfishly,
and just so surely as he does that he opens up the channels of his 
brain
to a greater and greater perception and realization of his own nature. 
When
he reaches a certain point he is able to perceive that whether the body is 
awake
or asleep or dreaming, or whether the body has passed through the state 
called
death—there is no cessation for him.
Supposing
we were able to pass from waking to dreaming, from dreaming to 
sleeping,
from sleeping to death, from death to re-birth in another body—and 
able
to go through all these states and changes without a single break of 
memory,
so that we could not only carry the memory intact from lower to higher 
states,
but bring it through with us from higher to lower states, through every 
plane,
bringing back the knowledge into this or an other body—what would we be? 
Then
we would know just what we are. We would know the relation of this plane to 
every
other. We could read the hearts of men. We could help them to take a 
greater
and higher stand. We should no longer be deluded by the ideas which 
impel
the majority of men. We would no longer struggle for place or position. We 
would
struggle only for knowledge, for possessions of every kind in order that 
we
might be the better able to help and teach others. We would sojourn with 
Deity
all the time, whether in a body or out of it.
It
is to arouse man to an understanding of his own nature and to the right use 
of
his powers that Theosophy has been brought to him again, as it has been 
brought
in period after period by Those who are greater than we are—Those who 
have
passed through the same stages we are now passing through—our Elder 
Brothers,
the Christs of all times, the Divine Incarnations. It is They who come 
to
remind us of our own natures; to remind us and to arouse us to action, so 
that
what we really are may be known to us and expressed by us here on this 
lowest
physical plane, on which we are working out our destiny—a destiny made
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
by
ourselves, a destiny which can only be changed by ourselves, by the very 
power
of that Spirit which we are..
No
one can know anything for another. Each one has to know for himself. Each one 
has
to do his own learning. The object of Theosophy is to teach man what he is, 
to
show man what he is, and to present to him the necessity of his knowing for 
himself.
No vicarious atonement, no vicarious transmission of knowledge, is 
possible.
But the direction in which knowledge lies may be pointed out; the 
steps
which will lead us in that direction may be shown, as can be done only by 
those
who have passed that way before. It is exactly what is being done. It is 
the
course of all Saviors of humanity. It is the doctrine of Krishna, of Buddha, 
of
Jesus, no less than the doctrine of H. P. Blavatsky. The two teachings that 
the
West is most urgently in need of are those of Karma and Reincarnation, the 
doctrines
of hope and responsibility— Karma, the doctrine of responsibility 
means
that whatever a man sows he shall also reap—Reincarnation, the doctrine of 
hope,
means that—whatever he is reaping—there never will be a time when he may 
not
sow better seed. The very fact of suffering is a blessing. Karma and 
Reincarnation
show us that suffering is brought about by wrong thought and 
action;
through our suffering we may be brought to a realization that a wrong 
course
has been pursued. We learn through our suffering. Life is one grand 
school
of Being, and we have come to that stage where it is time for us to learn 
to
understand the purpose of existence; to grasp our whole nature firmly; to use 
every
means in our power in every direction—waking, dreaming, sleeping, or in 
any
other state—to bring the whole of our nature into accord, so that our lower 
instrument
may be in line” and thus more and more fully reflect our divine inner 
nature.
                                                                                 
                         
CONTENTS
 THE ETERNAL VERITIES
INSTINCT
AND INTUITION
Instinct
is a direct perception of what is right, within its own realm. 
Intuition
is a direct cognition of the truth in all things. Reason is, as it 
were,
the balance between instinct and intuition. Animals have right instinct in 
regard
to what to eat, and in regard
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
to
what is dangerous to them, for their instinct is acquired experience; but 
they
do not reason in their instincts—they feel them. We reason about both our 
instincts
(for we have some) and our intuitions, and usually reason ourselves 
into
a false position from a false basis of thinking. Reason is an instrument we 
are
working with, but if we start with wrong premises we are bound to come to 
false
conclusions, however faultless the reasoning. Working logically, we can 
come
to right conclusions only with an eternal premise; in no other way shall we 
ever
determine the right in our modes of looking at things.
In
trying to understand instinct and intuition, therefore, we shall have to 
ascertain
their true foundation. Certainly, there must be a deep meaning in, and 
a
deep cause for, their existence. Looking upon the animal kingdom and seeing 
therein
actions proceeding for the welfare of the different animal beings, we 
call
those actions on their part instinct, without at all realizing that some 
thing
produced that instinct. It could not arise of itself. It must have been a 
production,
as all things in this or any universe are productions. The statement 
of
the ancient Wisdom-Religion is that at the root of every being of every 
grade,
of every form and of every kind, there is one reality—Spirit, and Spirit 
alone.
From Spirit have come all productions; from Spirit all evolutions have 
been
brought about. The Spirit is the same in all; the acquisition differs in 
accordance
with the degree of progress of the individual or being; for 
evolutions
proceed on individual lines. All beings are of the same nature, but 
because
the thought, the ideal and the action differ, we find in a great 
universe
like ours many kinds of intelligence evolved from the great Root of all 
evolution—the
Spirit in each being.
All
beings below man are evolutions each in its own degree. Even in the mineral 
kingdom
there is form, whether that form be of a crystal or an atom; it is a 
spiritual
something with a psychic nature, expressing itself according to its 
own
acquired nature. Crystals have their own particular sympathies and 
antipathies,
their own attractions and repulsions. Are these mechanical? Not in 
the
least. They are inherent instinct—an unerring faculty which
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
is
but that spark of the divine lurking in every particle of in organic matter. 
If
the mineral kingdom did not have a psychic intelligence, man could never use 
it.
The same is true with the vegetable and animal kingdoms, which, each, adds 
something
to the mere psychical intelligence of the mineral kingdom in a limited 
way.
Then, coming to man, we find that he has the power of transcending his 
conditions,
of standing apart from them and looking upon them as a 
self-conscious
being, separate from them, and of an entirely different nature. 
That
which is but a spark of divinity in the lower kingdoms grows to be a flame 
in
the higher beings.
There
are seven distinct stages through which all forms come, from nebular 
matter
down to our present concrete formations. Conditioned existence is 
produced
by various kinds of lives in every state of matter—by different 
acquired
intelligences. But Man had a large part in the determination of the 
processes,
of the degrees of descent to be undertaken, and it was according to 
his
knowledge and processes instituted by him, that the state or conditions of 
the
kingdoms below him were made. For Man was a self-conscious being when this 
earth
began. Man stands midway between spirit and what we call matter; he is the 
turning
point of evolution, and on him depends the future of this evolution. Man 
has
both instinct and intuition. Every cell in our bodies is instinctively 
impelled
by us. Whether we are conscious of it or not, that instinct causes them 
to
evolve. The lives in our bodies have been trained life after life, until 
their
action is automatic and reflex. The cells of the different organs have 
their
own special impulsations. The cells subtract from food whatever is 
necessary
for the composition of the blood, the bones, the various tissues, and 
the
brain—which, too, is made of the food we eat and is changing all the time, 
like
any other part of the body, being in constant dissociation. But the Real 
Man
is not his body, nor his brain, and it is to the Real Man that intuition 
pertains.
Both
instinct and intuition have been gained in no other way than through 
observation
and experience. All the instinct
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
of
animals is a gain in that particular species along the lines of their own 
growth
in intelligence and expression in bodies. So, man’s intuition carries 
with
it all the knowledge existing in his real nature. Man has lived lives 
anterior
to this one, not few but many—even on a planet which we inhabited 
before
this earth began, or, rather, before we began with this earth. The many, 
many
experiences gained through many, many lives are still with us. We have 
never
lost them. They are still resident and potentially active in our innermost 
being—in
that real nature of ours which each one of us reaches every twenty-four 
hours,
when the body is asleep, when the dreaming state is passed. There lies 
intuition—
the sum total of all our past experiences. Something comes through 
occasionally,
giving us an inkling of what is the true nature. The voice of the 
conscience
is the outlook of that true nature upon the action which is 
contemplated.
Some people hearing that “voice of the silence” think God is 
speaking
to them, or that some other outside being impresses them. But, in 
reality,
it came from their own inner nature—was born from and drawn from the 
accumulation
of all past wisdom; it was “the voice” of their own spiritual 
nature.
The
channel through which the intuition may flow may be made clear by any and 
every
one of us. In what way? By desiring to perpetuate the personality? Never, 
in
this nor any other world. There must be a recognition of what, in reality, 
our
personality is. It is not the body; it is the ideas held. Ideas make a body 
a
fit vehicle for them; ideas control the action of the body. Our personalities 
are
composed of our ideas, our likes and dislikes, our attractions and 
repulsions,
of the little things that we demand for ourselves, that buttress up 
in
us the notion that all this is for me. This is not the Real Man. The 
personality
can not be retained; whatever the ideas held today, they are not the 
same
as those we held in the past; yet in the past we acted, as now, according 
to
the ideas then entertained. In the future we shall have still other ideas, 
and
will act in accordance with them. It is our thinking which limits our 
action.
It is, then, for us to see that we are real spiritual beings internally, 
and
that it is only the
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
outer—the
personality—which needs clarifying. The clearing can come about only 
by
acting for and as the One Self. Then we shall express our real natures 
clearly
in this world of material things; then we shall know what some men only 
suspect—for
intuition is a direct cognition of the truth.
The
Message of Theosophy was given us that we may reach into that part of our 
nature
which knows, which notes and knows. This is not an impossible task; for 
we
are not poor miserable sinners, and others have accomplished it. They went 
this
way and tested out for themselves, as is the only true way for every one. 
They
found it to be absolute fact that all this inner knowledge, or intuition, 
is
recoverable. They know that our ideas, our thoughts, our modes of thinking, 
our
limited understandings of our natures make our hindrances; they know that 
neither
the body, nor any environment whatever is detrimental, but that every 
environment
is an opportunity—the greater the obstacles, the more hindrances of 
circumstance,
the greater the opportunity. If we could but be wise enough, if we 
could
open our eyes wide enough to see, we could learn something from the 
various
instincts perceived in the kingdoms below us. All those beings are 
proceeding
by instinct on that long, long journey which leads to that place 
where
we now are. If we are wise, by intuition we also will proceed on that 
small
old Path which leads far away—the Path that all the Predecessors of all 
time
have trodden. All the Beings who have appeared in the world as our Elder 
Brothers—Divine
Incarnations—in past civilizations have reached that stage 
toward
which we are now consciously or unconsciously proceeding. Our intuition 
is
not so asleep as we think. It is shining in us all the time. If we will only 
remove
the false conceptions which prevent us now from seeing, those of us who 
are
operating on this side of the dark veil can draw that veil aside and let the 
light
shine through.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
CONTENTS
THE
ETERNAL VERITIES
THE
CREATIVE WILL
There
is no possible way of understanding or explaining the nature of any being 
whatever
except through Evolution, which is always an unfolding from within 
outwards,
the expression of spirit or consciousness through the intelligence 
acquired.
The will of spirit in action has produced everything that exists.
If
we understand that intelligent will lies behind everything that exists, is 
the
cause of everything that is, is the Creator in the universe, we may perhaps 
gain
some idea of what it is necessary for us to know in order properly to use 
our
powers.
All
stand as creators in the midst of our creations. There are creators below us 
in
the scale of intelligence. We stand in another place, with a wider range of 
vision,
a greater fund of experience; so we can see that below us, infinitely 
below
us, are beings so small that many of them could be gathered on the point 
of
a needle. Yet the scientists who have examined them under many conditions 
cannot
deny to these infinitesimal organisms a certain intelligence, an ability 
to
seek what they like and to avoid what they dislike. From the smallest 
conceivable
point of perception and action there is a constantly widening range 
of
expression, of evolution, a development more and more in the direction of a 
greater
range of being. This evolution of intelligence, or soul, proceeds very 
slowly
in the lower kingdoms, more rapidly in the animal kingdom, and in man has 
reached
that stage where the being himself knows that he is, that he is 
conscious,
that he can understand to some extent his own nature and the natures 
of
the beings below him, and see their relation to each other.
Man
has now reached a point where he begins to inquire what more there is for 
him
to know. He has ceased to think exclusively of the material; he is sensing 
his
own nature, and he asks, What am I, whence came I, whither do I go?
If
we have these ideas, we can perceive that there must have been in the past 
some
amongst men who asked these very questions that we are now asking, and who 
took
the steps that car-
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
ried
them to a higher point of experience and knowledge than we now occupy. It 
is
these very beings, now above us, who form a stratum of consciousness, of 
knowledge
and power, that we have not—men who have passed through the stages we 
are
now in. They are the very ones who come to this earth as Saviors from time 
to
time.
As
Christians, we look back to the advent of One such, and think of Him as 
unique.
Yet He came in His time to but one small nation; He said Himself that He 
came
but to the Jews. Do we not know that every civilization and every tribe 
that
ever has existed has held a similar record—that of some great Personage who 
came
amongst them?
Back
of all the religions that ever have been, there is the record, the 
tradition,
of some great Personage. And we find an astonishing fact in studying 
the
scriptures and teachings of other days—each of these great Teachers taught 
the
same doctrines. There is no difference between the teachings of Jesus and 
the
teachings of Buddha, although those teachings are recorded in different 
languages
and an interval of six hundred years separated the two great Teachers. 
What
is true of these two is like wise true of all the other many Saviors of 
different
times and peoples—they all taught the same fundamental ideas.
This
fact suggests that there is a body of Men, of perfected men, product of 
past
civilizations and evolution, our Elder Brothers, in fact, who have acquired 
and
are the Custodians of the knowledge and experience gained through aeons of 
time.
Their knowledge is actually the very Science of Life, for it enters into 
every
department of existence, of nature. They know the natures and processes of 
the
beings below man, and above man, as we know the processes of ordinary 
every-day
experience. This knowledge they have preserved and recorded, and they 
have
the memory of it, just as we have the memory of yesterday’s experiences and 
events.
They
have not extended their power to know. We have each of us the same power to 
know
that is theirs. But they have extended the facilities of the instruments 
which
they possess. They
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
have
improved what they have. They have better brains. They have better bodies. 
How
did they acquire them? By fulfilling every duty which faced them, regardless 
of
what came to themselves. They thought nothing of acquiring power and 
knowledge
for themselves; they thought only of gaining power that they might 
expend
it for the benefit of every living creature. In so doing they opened the 
doors
to the full play of the power of the Spirit within.
We
do the very opposite. We contract the divine power of the Spirit within us to 
the
pin-holes of personal desires and selfishness. Do we not see that? Do we not 
see
that we ourselves stand in the way of the use of the power within us because 
our
ideas are selfish, small, mean?
The
great work of evolution proceeds from within outwards. The Soul is the 
Perceiver;
it looks directly on ideas. The action of the will is through ideas. 
The
ideas give the directions. Small ideas, small force; large ideas, large 
force;
the Force itself is illimitable, for it is the force of Spirit, infinite 
and
exhaustless. What we lack are universal ideas. We need to arouse in 
ourselves
that power of perception which will lay the whole field of being open 
to
us. A stream cannot rise higher than its source.
The
nature of man can never be understood in the least degree by the ideas and 
methods
which modern psychologists and scientists and popular religions are 
following.
They all proceed from the basis of physical life, many of them from 
the
basis of one life only. They tabulate experiences of many kinds, with out 
any
firm basis upon which to fix their thought, their reason, and so never 
arrive
at any definite conclusion or real knowledge of what man is, or of the 
powers
that he may exhibit. This is their use of the creative power, but it is a 
limited
use, a misuse. Those who follow that way usually have some selfish 
purpose
at the base of their desire, something they wish to achieve for 
themselves,
some benefit they desire for themselves. This is not the way. 
Theosophy
says that if the desire or aspiration is unselfish, noble, universal, 
then
the force which flows through the indi-
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
vidual
is grand, noble, universal in its character. Further, that every human 
being
has in him the same elements, the same possibilities, as any other, even 
the
noblest and highest beings in this or any solar system. This puts man in 
quite
a different position from where our religions, our science, or our 
philosophy
of the West place him. They all treat of man as if he were his body 
or
his mind, as if he were the creature and not the creator.
The
body changes; we change our minds; but there is a Something in us which does 
not
change, which does not depend on change, whether of body, mind or 
circumstances,
but which is the creator, the ruler, the experiencer of all 
changes
of every kind. It is this portion of our nature—the real Man within us— 
that
we need to know the nature of. If we can reach such a point of perception 
that
we can grasp the fact of the Spirit within us, we shall have reached a 
point
where a knowledge of ourselves is possible; and if a knowledge of 
ourselves,
then a knowledge through that of all other beings whatsoever.
The
great Teachers point to the fact that the real basis of man’s nature is 
Divinity,
Spirit, God. Deity is not some other being, however great. It is not 
something
outside. It is the very highest in ourselves and in all others. That 
is
the God, and all that any man may know of this Spirit is what he knows in 
himself,
of himself, through himself. This is the idea that all the ancients put 
forward
in saying there is but one Self, and that we are to see the Self in all 
things
and all things in the Self. That is what we all do to some extent; we see 
the
Self, more or less. Nothing is seen outside ourselves; everything that we 
see
or know is within ourselves. But we think of the Self in us as mortal, 
perishable,
having no existence apart from this body and this mind, and as 
separate
from the Self in all other forms.
If
we had within us and behind us all the power that there is in the universe, 
and
we had no channel through which that power could flow—or only a narrow, 
twisted,
distorted channel— that great Power would be of no use to us. would be 
non-existent
to us. To open up the channel it is necessary for us to understand 
the
real basis: the God within, immortal and eternal, the
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
Source
of all being, our very selves; second, that all action proceeds from that 
Source
and Center of our being and of all being. Then who is the constructor of 
all?
How was all this evolution brought about? All the beings involved in it 
make
up both the world and its inhabitants; all that exists is Self-produced, 
Self-evolved—the
creation of Spiritual beings acting in, on, and through each 
other.
The whole force of evolution, and the whole power behind it, is the human 
will,
so far as humanity is concerned. We do not realize that every form 
occupied
by any being is composed of Lives, each undergoing evolution on its own 
account,
aided, impelled or hindered by the force of the higher form of 
consciousness
that evolved it. For this universe is embodied Consciousness, or 
Spirit.
And just as a single drop of water contains within it every element and 
characteristic
of the whole ocean, so each being, however low in the degree of 
its
intelligence, contains within itself the potentiality and possibilities of 
the
highest. The will of the Spirit in action has produced all.
The
great Message of Theosophy has provided for every interested enquirer the 
means
by which he may know the truth about himself and nature. Just as the Elder 
Brothers
have provided in the past, so They have again in our day. Everything 
that
Humanity needs has been given to us. But can you give to any one what he 
does
not Want? Can you cause to enter into the mind of another what that mind 
will
not receive?
There
has to be an open mind, a pure heart, an eager intellect, an unveiled 
spiritual
perception, before there is any hope for us. As long as we are 
self-centered,
as long as we are satisfied with what we know and what we have, 
this
great Message is not for us. It is for the hungry, for the weary, for those 
who
are desirous of knowledge, for those who see the absolute paucity of what 
has
been put before us as knowledge by those who style themselves our teachers, 
for
those who find no explanation any where of the mysteries that surround us, 
who
do not know themselves, who do not understand themselves. For them there is 
a
way; for them there is food in abundance; for them this whole Movement is kept 
in
being by one single will, the Will of the
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
Elder
Brothers who have carried these great eternal truths through good and evil 
in
order that mankind may be benefited; not desiring any reward, not desiring 
any
recognition, desiring only that Their fellow men, Their younger brothers, 
may
know, may realize what They know.                              
 
CONTENTS
THE
ETERNAL VERITIES
MAN,
VISIBLE AND INVISIBLE
“There
are two kinds of beings in the world, the one divisible, and the other 
indivisible:
the divisible is all things and the creatures, the indivisible is 
called
Kutastha, or he who standeth on high unaffected. But there is another 
spirit
designated as the Supreme Spirit—Paramatma—which permeates and sustains 
the
three worlds.”—Bhagavad-Gita.
In
considering these statements, our immediate tendency is to make a 
separateness—a
division—in our minds; but to understand nature at all, to 
understand
ourselves at all, we may not make any such division. Both the 
divisible
and the indivisible, and the Supreme Spirit, exist within each and 
every
being. The “three worlds” exist in the nature of man as a being. Man, 
“visible
and invisible,” is Man, “divisible and indivisible.” There are 
different
classes of visible beings, as well as different classes of invisible 
beings,
but whatever we may know of those different classes must come from a 
perception
within ourselves. For that perception, however high, there is no 
stoppage
any where; it may reach to the utmost confines of space. The power in 
each
one is the Supreme Spirit.
When
w look at a human being with our physical eyes, we are able to see only the 
form;
when we listen to the speech of a human being, we are able to understand 
only
the sounds that we hear, or the ideas that the words convey. We can not 
tell
just what a human being is, just what his possibilities are, or what 
knowledge
is his, either by looking at him or by hearing him speak. We may know 
this
or that presentment, or the various circumstances under which we came in 
contact;
we may gain ideas from those contacts; but to know one through and 
through,
root and branch, is not given to any mere physical thinker. So
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
there
is in the human being that which is invisible—that power of perception and 
expression
of which we sense only a part. That invisible part of man has never 
been
fathomed, though it exists in all of us, and from it all that is visible 
has
sprung.
Spirit
is invisible, yet can we think of a place where Spirit is not? Spirit is 
everywhere,
in everything, the cause, the sustainer, of all that was, is, or 
ever
shall be. Spirit is not outside of us; the same Spirit is in all; whatever 
differences
we may be able to perceive in any other are not differences of 
Spirit,
but differences in range of perception. All our powers rest upon that 
One
Spiritual Nature. The limitations placed upon the power to express are not 
made
by any external force whatever, but made by ourselves, by the ideas that we 
hold.
Our range of perception is governed by the ideas we hold in regard to 
ourselves,
our nature, and the life about us. These ideas that control our 
physical
lives and our minds are, in fact, the limitations in ourselves; yet, 
however
varied, however high, however low they may be, their very permanency 
rests
on the Spirit itself and every one of them springs from perceptions of 
Spirit.
Truth and error both spring from perceptions of Spirit, and by the very 
power
of Spirit are sustained. Ideas rule actions, and, as ideas have, like 
actions,
their cycle of return, so we create a vicious cycle in which we become 
involved,
from the one single fact that we constantly identify ourselves with 
this,
that, or the other condition. But this very power of self-identification 
is
from Spirit.
Visible
man—his body, his physical instrument—alone is a growth from below 
upwards.
The physical body is merely the shell of the man, made of matter of the 
earth,
from the three lower kingdoms—mineral, vegetable, and animal—and is being 
constantly
renewed from day to day, constantly worn out from day to day. Man, 
himself,
is that invisible power and entity which inhabits the body, which is 
the
cause of its present construction and development from lower forms of 
consciousness.
Man, himself, is above all physicality. From the physical point 
of
view, man, himself, is absolutely invisible. He is that which acts. No form 
may
restrain him. No form can in any real sense
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
contain
him. Any form may be the focus from which he may and can act. The Real 
Teaching
is that the man himself, as spiritual being, descends from the plane of 
spirituality,
or spiritual self-consciousness, step by step, through all the 
stages
of condensation of matter; that he meets the uprising tide of form from 
the
lower kingdoms, and when the most perfect form of all has been brought to 
its
highest stage of development, he enters it. Not until the invisible man 
enters
the physical instrument, could there be humanity at all. So we, as human 
beings,
are the product of the higher Divine Spirit, of all the knowledge of a 
past
immensity of time, and also, of all that lies in the lower kingdoms, which 
constitutes
our lower nature. Man’s higher nature is not divisible. It is 
constant,
eternal and true. The lower nature is impermanent and changing, but 
the
invisible man within is the one who makes the changes, who forces on the 
changes,
and who gathers experience and knowledge through them. There is no 
static
condition for any instrument whatever in all the kingdoms, in all the 
worlds
and in all systems. Never-ceasing motion, the power to move on and on, in 
greater
and greater ranges of perception, is the birth-right of every human 
being.
We are like the one who went out from his father’s house and dwelt among 
the
swine and fed upon husks. The time must come for us to say, like the 
prodigal
son, ‘ will arise and return to my Father”—I will arise and resume my 
own
real place in Nature; using all the instruments that I have, I will work to 
the
end that all beings may share in all knowledge, that they may progress in a 
consecutive
range of steps, ever on and upward, without the breaks and obstacles 
that
a false conception of our nature brings about. Such is the whole object of 
the
ancient Wisdom Religion—that man may resume his own birthright. No being or 
beings
of any grade can confer upon man the knowledge that he alone can get. 
That
knowledge is all in reserve in the invisible part of his nature, the result 
of
every experience of all his immense past; it is right with him, although he 
has
made his physical instrument of such
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
a
nature that it will not register what he, as the real being—the invisible 
man—knows.
Man, the invisible being, eternally is; for him there is never for an 
instant
cessation of consciousness. The curtain rings down on one scene to 
immediately
rise on another. When the body is at rest, the man is still acting 
and
thinking, in another way, in a finer form, on planes not so restricted as is 
the
physical plane. There he has freedom. There he sees and feels and hears and 
speaks
and acts (as he does on the physical plane) but he can be here, there or 
elsewhere,
wherever his thought brings him, wherever his desire is; he can move 
freely
and unhampered by gross physical material. The power of perception of all 
kinds
of substance, and of all kinds of beings is the power of everyone of us, 
but
that power to see lies behind the physical eye; it belongs to the eye 
within—the
eye of the soul.
How
shall we recognize that power? By acting from the basis of our eternal, 
divine
nature; by assuming our own identity; by ceasing to place dependence on 
any
philosophy, on any science, or religion, or any statement whatever; by 
depending
on the reality of the inner, true, spiritual man; by clarifying our 
mental
conceptions; by thinking right thoughts and by acting in accordance with 
them.
In that way, every channel in the body becomes open to what goes on when, 
as
spiritual beings, we leave the physical instrument at night, and are active 
on
the inner, spiritual planes of being. Each and every human being must open up 
those
channels on his higher nature for himself. He must know for himself, and 
the
only place where he may know is within himself. Each one, in reality, stands 
at
the center of the universe, and all the rest are pictures and sounds and 
experiences,
in which he may see the play of spirit.
How
may we obtain a resumption of divinity? It can not be obtained by much 
speaking,
nor by argument. It can be obtained only by taking the position. 
Always
we act in accordance with the position assumed. So let us take the 
highest
position, the position that is shown by everything in nature. The 
highest
of the high is ours. We must assume that high position. We must affirm
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
it.
How else can we gain a knowledge of immortality than by taking the position 
of
immortality? We assume and act in accord with the position of wickedness very 
easily.
If we take the high position, we not only act in accordance with the 
greatness
of the position taken, but we come to a realization of it within 
ourselves,
where is all perception of it, all fulfillment of it.
What
knowledge could we have of immortality from the point of view of mortality? 
What
idea of perfection could we get from the basis of imperfection? None but a 
faulty
one. The highest idea on that basis would merely be less imperfection. 
Real
perfection does not mean a relative perfection; it means an intimate 
knowledge
of the essential basis of everything that exists in nature. True 
spirituality
is not a hazy condition; not a mere existence without action; but 
the
power to know and to do, to have what the ancients called ‘all-knowingness.” 
When
we reach "all-knowingness" then are we truly divine—-divine in
knowledge, 
divine
in power, acting through every conceivable state of matter, and through 
every
conceivable instrument. And that is our great destiny. Just let us seize 
it.
Life is ours. Spirit is ours. Consciousness is ours. Eternal existence is 
ours.
Just let us take it.
The
greatest of all knowledge does exist. All the experience of the past, all 
the
civilizations that ever have been, have produced beings who now are the 
custodians
of all the knowledge that has been gained. That knowledge is waiting 
for
us as soon as we shall take the necessary steps to fit ourselves to become 
the
possessors of it. That knowledge includes all intellectual knowledge, all 
spiritual
knowledge, and all knowledge of every force in nature. Great and 
powerful
as are some forces that we know of now, there are forces to be known 
that
far transcend them all. The power to destroy a world is reachable by the 
one
who takes the right step; but the one who takes the right step will never 
destroy.
He will only build. He will use all the power that he has to construct 
a
path on which humanity may travel the way that he has gone. If, then, we all 
think
of ourselves as eternal invisible beings, acting through visible 
impermanent
instruments, we shall get a
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
better
and truer conception of life; and if we will try to reach inward to the 
innermost
part of our heart of hearts, we shall find a greater vision ours—a 
power
to perceive in wider ranges, to greater depth, with more effect than can 
ever
be gained by our physical organs of sight. As one of our Great Teachers 
said,
“All nature is before you; take what you can.” It is for each one to 
listen,
to learn, to apply.
 
CONTENTS
THE
ETERNAL VERITIES
RENUNCIATION
OF ACTION
It
would be a grave mistake to think that by not acting one frees himself from 
the
consequences of action. Such would be a totally false view of the 
“renunciation
of action.” The whole universe is action. First, last, and all the 
time
ceaseless motion lies behind everything that is. Among all creatures the 
impulse
to move on—to progress—is action, and it comes from the very nature of 
Spirit
itself; it cannot be denied. Nor can one, even if he should think so, 
ever
cease from action, in not doing that which ought to be done; for there is 
action
in the very thought—thought being the real plane of action and that which 
induces
any kind of action. Without action there is no manifested life. While we 
live,
we are constantly acting. There is not a moment when action ceases, 
whether
the action is through a mind in a body, or after the terrestrial mind 
and
body are laid aside for the time being and functioning goes on in inner 
instruments
and sheaths of the soul.
Motion
is the basis of man’s physical existence. There is not one atom, not one 
molecule
in the body, which is not in constant motion, and it is through that 
constant
motion that the body is enabled to register the various differing 
effects
presented by physical matter itself. But within the body is that which 
gives
direction—the mind—or that bundle of ideas which each one has. In the last 
analysis,
it comes home to each individual that he himself is his own judge, 
jury
and executioner; for, if his ideas are small and concerned only with 
physical
existence, then the
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
motion
given is in a wrong direction, personal and physical. If, however, we 
realize
that such ideas as we have accepted and made a basis for our action may 
not
be true, we can change and enlarge them, or reject them altogether. Who, 
then,
are WE, having the power behind both body and mind to arouse change?
We
are the real mover behind the ideas and behind the will—the 
Experiencer—Spirit
itself—that which looks out through our eyes and that which 
senses
through our organs. It is the same Self in each and every instrument. 
Spirit
has the faculty of identifying itself with the business upon which the 
mind
is concentrated, so that it becomes involved in its instruments and 
confused
by its involution. Although we are Spirit—divine, eternal, 
beginningless,
endless—we have created right or wrong ideas as to our own 
natures,
as to anything and everything which we experience in any direction, 
upon
any plane of being. We are the One Reality behind all experiences, behind 
all
planes of being—which are but temporary in their nature, while Man himself, 
divested
of every means of communication with them, becomes creator of his own 
means.
Within the spiritual nature lie every possible power, force and means for 
the
creation of a more and more perfect instrument, yet, by our own actions, by 
our
own creation of false ideals as their basis, we have made the conditions in 
which
we find ourselves.
We
could get beyond the troubles by which we are affected, if we would cease to 
deal
in every case with effects. We are constantly in a sea of effects, and we 
try
to relate one effect to another without for one moment going back to the 
basis
of causation—to the Self, the Spirit within. In the Spirit, no one of us 
differs—no
human being, nor any kind of being—whether above man, man, or below 
man.
The One Spirit in all is the perceiving power. It is the executing power. 
It
is the creative, the preservative and the regenerative power in every being. 
Out
side of us lies nothing but perception, but within us lies the power of 
realization
of Spirit itself and of the powers which lie within that Spirit. Our 
differences
lie in our spiritual advancement and in our discriminative 
knowledge,
according to our self-evolved
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
nature
of mind and body—an evolution which always takes place under law, under 
the
same law ruling from the minutest life to the highest spiritual being—that 
inherent
law which is the power to act. Action is merely the execution of that 
spiritual
law.
We
are learning all the time because we are acting all the time. In every fresh 
combination,
the understanding and proper use of it points us onward and enables 
us
to go still further into higher worlds and wider combinations. Each one of us 
is
a sensitive instrument—the embodiment of everything there is in the whole of 
nature;
for we have evolved from instruments of homogeneous substance more 
concrete
instruments and we move in them, as spiritual beings from an immense 
past,
to make all possible differentiations and combinations to be obtained in 
our
evolutionary stream. And let us not forget that we were concerned not only 
with
the beings above us and those of our own high estate when we began this 
evolution,
but with all the beings below us in the mineral, vegetable, and 
animal
kingdoms. All are interdependent. It can only be when we realize our own 
natures
and act in accordance with them that we shall fulfill the purpose of our 
life
here, which, in fact, includes every being of every kind anywhere. We act 
upon
them all to some degree in every thought and action of our own, and just as 
we
affect them so the effect flows back upon us through beings like us, and 
beings
above us and below us. So, the whole course of understanding—the proper 
ideas
from which to act—lies within our selves and not outside.
To
imagine that we are here by chance, that there is no law, that there are 
accidents,
that we are not responsible for our selves being impinged upon while 
others
are gratified of their desires—is an error. We have brought ourselves 
into
the present condition by doing similar things before. We have in other 
lives
pursued a course that shut us out from a knowledge of our own nature. We 
have
so acted through the inherent power within ourselves as to bring about a 
closure
between our high perception and our lives in the body; we have affected 
others
in a
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
similar
way, and they in their turn come back to affect us and keep us on that 
plane
of thought and action. For it can be seen that our thoughts are action 
more
than the acts themselves. It is the way we think that produces action, and 
others
are permeable to these thoughts of ours, be they good or bad.
There
is the faculty in man of identifying himself with whatever condition he 
finds
himself in—the faculty, called in The Bhagavad-Gita Ahankara, or egotism. 
As
soon as we are involved in any set of circumstances—be it happiness or 
misery—we
immediately identify ourselves with the prevailing condition, 
forgetting
that there were other conditions before and that there will be other 
conditions
in the future with which we may again identify ourselves, if we have 
not
learned to do otherwise. So we go on thinking that we are this body, that we 
are
this nation, these events, and this period of time. All these ideas are 
subversive
of an understanding of our true natures, but they are eradicable, 
because
we ourselves created and maintain them.
A
true understanding may be had by no matter whom or where through what is known 
in
one of the ancient writings— the Mundaka-Upanishad”—as the shaving process. 
It
is the elimination of all that is not the Self. For nothing that we can see 
is
Self; nothing that we can hear, or smell, or taste, or know is Self. The Self 
senses
all, through its instruments, but is not any of these things. Nor are we 
any
of the experiences we have ‘had, are now having, or will have. We are that 
which
experiences, and are not any of the changes. We are none of the processes 
through
which we go every day, from sleeping to waking, or from life to death, 
according
to universal law. ‘WE never sleep; WE never die. Sleep is just the 
reaction
of the body, and when the body sleeps WE are still thinking and 
perceiving
and experiencing, in the dreaming state, and in deep sleep states 
beyond,
where we have full spiritual self-consciousness.
Why
do we bring back so little memory of the action of consciousness during deep 
sleep?
Because our registering apparatus is of a small calibre. The physical 
brain
which is the register of our thinking—our manipulating instrument 
here—like
every-
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
thing
else in our bodies is formed from food, and so is constantly changing as 
our
impressions change. It becomes receptive only to the constant influence of 
our
earthly thinking. But, if while awake, we take a spiritual basis for our 
thinking—that
which compels us in right action, with the recognition of all men 
coming
from the same source and proceeding toward the same goal, though the path 
varies
with the pilgrim—thinking and acting on that basis during our daily 
lives,
then the brain will become responsive to those other forms of 
consciousness
during the sleep of the body; then, all that we know on the high 
planes
of being can be carried through and to a great degree expressed in the 
body.
In
all processes something of change is going on. So, action from the highest 
basis
of thought institutes an action in the body itself and changes the very 
nature
of the lives in our bodies, making them porous to the inner side of 
nature
so that they finally become translucent, and permeable to all higher and 
finer
influences. There is the higher and inner side of any and every form that 
exists—mineral,
vegetable, animal, human or beyond the human—and as we become 
more
universal in our modes of thinking and of action, we contact more fully 
that
higher, inner side. We raise ourselves higher, and we see the world as 
quite
different from the one perceived when we were treading the path of mere 
terrestrial
existence. ‘We see what all false modes of thought and action have 
brought
about- animosities, wars, divisions between individuals, pestilences, 
disease,
cyclones and earthquakes, noxious insects and animals.
The
great errors of mental conception which darken man’s mind keep him as an 
ever-acting
being creating the conditions which bring him his sorrows and 
disabilities.
If there were no human being in the world who would ever harm 
another,
there would be no harm. All harmful things would disappear. But even 
though
there be harmful beings, and their nature can not be changed, we can so 
change
our own attitude that no harm can come to us from them. If harm comes to 
us,
there must be harm in us. The Yogi of the East can go into the midst of all
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
kinds
of harmful creatures unharmed, because of his own harmlessness. When our 
thought
is fixed on false ideas, it is apparent to the harmful creatures, and 
their
instinct of so-called self-preservation moves them to attack us, because 
they
recognize a danger in us. The natures of those beings below us will be 
changed
only by man, for they can not change themselves. It is the lives which 
we
are using in our own bodies—themselves motion, action—which become the 
embodiment
of beings in the various kingdoms, because we have endowed them with 
our
thought and action and given them direction, as each moment passes, back on 
to
their own plane. We are their creators and their providence, or we delay 
their
progress by misunderstanding our own natures and, consequently, theirs.
What
will be in the future depends upon those who have the power to act in any 
state
of matter. The civilization that now is has been created by ourselves, but 
behind
all true progress there must be a universal conception of Spirit, mind, 
and
action. Let us dismiss any idea of renunciation of action. Act always. We 
have
to act. Every principle of our nature compels us to act. If we fear or fail 
to
act in any given place where the situation calls for action, then we have 
acted
in a wrong way, for we have missed an opportunity. And an error of 
omission
is worse than an error of commission. Act, then, but act for and as the 
Self
of all creatures. Renounce not action, but selfish interest in every 
thought
and act.
 
CONTENTS
THE
ETERNAL VERITIES
THE
LAW OF CORRESPONDENCES
“
Law of Correspondences” is a greater subject than people are liable to 
suspect;
yet we all know something of correspondences in the simple facts of 
nature—the
seven colors of the spectrum, the seven notes of the scale. Each 
color
of each octave corresponds to the same color of another octave. We see 
only
a certain number of rates of vibration, but above the number perceptible to 
us
are those too fine for us to perceive with our physical senses, and, also 
below,
are vibrations too coarse for our
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
perception.
‘We stand in the middle, as it were, of a great range of 
perceptions,
aware of only a portion of the universe in which we live. The same 
is
true with regard to sounds——from the note do up to Si; do corresponds to 
every
other do in the seven octaves which we are able to perceive physically; 
but
these seven octaves are merely a portion of all the great octaves of nature 
above
us and below us. There is correspondence between the high and the low 
throughout
all nature, because the great Center of Life, of Consciousness, of 
Perception
is the same in every being of what ever grade; and because from 
within
that Center proceeds all action. The use of the power to act which is 
inherent
in that Center is the cause of all manifestation.
All
things which are visible come from the invisible. In the evolution of a 
planet
there is a beginning in homogeneous, radiant matter—such as composes the 
Milky
Way—the basis of all subsequent forms that are brought about, or produced, 
by
the beings existent in that homogeneous state. Each being is a Center and 
each
Center is the same as the One Great Center. Proceeding from the same 
Source,
necessarily, all beings proceed under the same laws. The same Law rules 
all
beings. The power to act and the subsequent reaction—the law of laws which 
we
know as Karma—is brought into operation by all beings to produce the 
manifested
universe and all the differentiations in forms and substance. Thus 
there
is a connection between each being and every other being. There is a 
correspondence
between each being and every other being. There is a 
correspondence
between the constituents of each being and the constituents of 
every
other being.
The
law which rules the atoms of our world as well as the highest spiritual 
beings
in it—that law inherent in the Center of each being—proceeds in a 
definite,
orderly mode. This progress is known to be divided into seven degrees, 
or
the septenary nature, from the states of fine matter down to the matter that 
we
now know in the body. All beings go through forms in the various states, and 
not
only do they go through them but they possess them at the present time. Man 
possesses
every body which
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
ever
has existed for him in any stage of matter. But our planet is one of many 
planets.
It exists in a solar system which is one of many solar systems. There 
are
inhabitants of other planets— some of them below us in point of development 
and
others so much higher than we that if we knew the state of their progress we 
would
esteem them divine beings. All beings of each and every planet are of the 
same
Center and proceed under the same universal law of manifestation. Thus, 
there
is a correspondence between each and every planet: we are related to Mars, 
to
Mercury, Venus, Jupiter, Saturn and the Moon by certain correspondences in 
fact,
there are organs in our bodies which correspond to the various planets.
At
the root of all these correspondences with planets, beings and states of 
matter,
and behind all these points of attachment with every thing—the most 
minute
as well as the coarsest—lies a tremendous, almost immeasurable SCIENCE 
related
to all portions of the universe, to every state of matter and every 
plane
of consciousness—a science which by our self-induced and self- devised 
efforts
it is possible for us to attain it ourselves. For knowledge does not 
exist
outside of us, nor does knowledge exist without the knowers of it. Always 
the
knowers of the greater knowledge have achieved it through observation and 
experience.
Those Beings who are greater than we are and who have handed down to 
us
Theosophy—the science of life and the art of living—in the far distant past 
had
to go through similar experiences to those we are now encountering. So again 
we
see there is a correspondence in ourselves with those higher Beings, and, as 
well,
with lower beings. We have to manifest as various classes of beings, some 
on
higher planes and some on lower planes. The forms of the kingdoms below us 
are
embodiments of minor grades of consciousness on their way up to our estate, 
which
they will reach when we have progressed to still higher states, under the 
law
of evolution. For evolution of form is always brought about by the extension 
of
the Consciousness of the being in habiting the form, and our own purpose, as 
spiritual
beings connected with all states of matter, is to evolve a better and 
better
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
instrument
on this plane of being to correspond to, or be accessible to, those 
inner
states of being and higher planes of consciousness which we all in reality 
possess.
It may seem strange to us that we possess what we know nothing of, and 
that
there are powers latent in us which in our present case we are unable to 
manifest.
But we ought to see that we have the power to learn. We have the power 
to
learn sciences of various kinds, or languages entirely different from those 
we
now know. The power to learn is within us. We could not learn these things if 
they
were new—that is, due to some formation of nature separate from ourselves. 
There
is a power that we may gain over all nature, and ‘use, for in fact nothing 
is
of use by way of knowledge that can not be practical for the true evolution 
of
man, for the forwarding of humanity. There is a certain knowledge in the 
possession
of some which relates to the occult sciences, to powers which we do 
not
presently possess but which are latent in us—the reason for either latency 
or
possession lying in the fact that this life is the reaping of what has gone 
on
be fore. As day succeeds day and life succeeds life, as planet succeeds 
planet
and solar system succeeds solar system, so we have come down through the 
immeasurable
past to the present conditions—to conditions, let it be remembered, 
where
spirit and matter conjoin, where man may become higher than any being in 
our
solar system because he is conjoined with the lower kingdoms; because he may 
so
increase his knowledge in connection with those lower kingdoms that lie may 
raise
them up and use the powers that exist there and are produced by beings of 
every
grade. Let us remember, too, that even on this physical plane there are 
beings
other than those we ordinarily see in mineral, vegetable, animal and 
human
embodiments; there are invisible beings existing in what we call our air, 
in
the ether, in electricity, in fire—for it is life everywhere in this 
universe;
there is not a hand’s breadth of vacant ‘ space anywhere. However 
minute,
visible or invisible, the forms of life may be, they are Centers of 
Consciousness,
beginnings of perception, the beginnings of individuality—ever 
increasing
from form to
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
form
until the human form is reached, and then, on and on. For we as human 
beings
are not the product of this earth. Our bodies are; but as spiritual 
beings
we were present before this earth was formed. Once more we have come down 
through
the stairway of the seven worlds from that primal state which is the 
very
Center of being, plus all that we had gained before in other worlds. ‘We 
bring
with us all that we have gained in similar states and planes of substance 
before,
and go on with the world in each stage, just as we go on from day to day 
with
our various occupations. Thus we may see that there is a continuity 
throughout
the entire course of evolution; what we have to learn is that 
knowledge
of it along the line of true correspondences will never be acquired by 
mere
study, nor by information given us by any being or beings whatever.
True
knowledge has to be gained through an increasing perception of the 
universality
of all law and the universal line of progress for every being of 
whatever
grade. We have to think and practise altruism before the higher and 
more
recondite powers of the universe can be placed in our possession for our 
use.
The thought and the motive must be that which makes for the good of all 
beings.
What has been given to us in the philosophy of Theosophy is for the 
purpose
of arousing the attention of that Center within us which can see, which 
can
know and which can do, when it resumes its own nature and status. For there 
is
a deep knowledge of all these things in the soul of every human being and the 
soul
knows what it needs; it can understand when the brain can not understand; 
it
can feel when the senses are not capable of transmitting feeling. This 
knowledge
is open to every human being; but only when the mind that we now 
possess
is in exact accord with the nature of the indwelling Spirit, shall we 
begin
to see, from within outwards, all the lines of correspondence and relation 
that
exist between us and all other beings. Only when we realize that we are a 
part
of the Great Chain of being, that no one of us is unnecessary and no one 
can
drop out, that the development is one for all, that we are all from the same 
Source
and going towards the same goal; only when we shall
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
think
and act from that basis, will we move onward with the great force 
proceeding
from the Center in that true direction which leads to enlightenment 
and
power. The law of correspondences constitutes a science which is perhaps 
beyond
the idea of any one of us. Can we realize that — all beings are forces 
and
all forces proceed from beings? Can we realize that there are forces or 
beings
in nature which can be moved without the lifting of a finger—just by the 
thought,
just by the will of one who knows the law of correspondences? 
Fortunate,
indeed, it is that men as they are now constituted, with the wrong 
ideas
that rule their actions, do not possess these powers which they could use 
against
their fellow men! For is it not true that if we had them we would use 
them
to blot out of existence many human beings who are running counter to our 
own
ideas? And those beings are, just like ourselves, controlled by ideas 
foreign
to the true progress of the whole and must meet the exact results of 
their
wrong course of thought. Even without knowing it, perhaps, we may fight 
the
battle of humanity merely by taking one idea of Theosophy—one universal 
idea—
towards the freedom of the soul, and holding to that help. But we have to 
go
much farther than that, which is but one step on the way. We have to realize 
within
ourselves the kind of bodies, inner and outer, which we possess and the 
powers
that belong to those bodies. We must bring those higher powers into 
operation
through this physical body. We must build a higher and greater 
civilization
than ever yet has existed. Whether it is accomplished in this or in 
ten
million lives, whether we go straight to the goal or through suffering after 
suffering,
it must ultimately be brought about.
We
are here for a great purpose. A great mission lies before every one of us, as 
well
as a great knowledge. We are here as knowing, self-conscious beings, buried 
in,
and identified with this body, with this matter. Involved in the very work 
we
had to do on this plane of being, we have forgotten our own true natures. It 
behooves
us to understand what our true nature is and to think and act in 
accordance
with it. Let us remember, too,
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
that
“the true nature” is not far away; it is right within us— within our 
hearts.
In the silence of our own hearts there pulsates that One Life, which 
beats
in correspondence in the action of the lungs, the action of the tides, the 
flux
and reflux which is going on all the time and everywhere in nature. Can we 
not
see that the laws of correspondences are the same now that they were 
millions
of years ago? Nor has humanity changed. We have changed the conditions 
surrounding
us, but we ourselves are experiencing the same desires, the same 
feelings,
the same stupidities which were ours millions of years ago. We have 
not
advanced spiritually beyond the civilizations that are dead and gone, but in 
what
we call “advancement” we have made merely another closer bond to physical 
existence.
So there is much for us to do.
We
move from death to death until we realize our true natures and take the 
course
pointed out by the Wise Men of all ages—the course by which They gained 
Their
wisdom. Theosophy was brought into the world to wake up the souls who are 
in
the least degree susceptible to an awakening, to join that body of pilgrims 
moving
on their way with their faces turned in the direction of the Masters of 
Wisdom,
regardless of their present conditions, quickly or slowly clearing away 
their
defects that they may be the pioneers and helpers and guides of the 
humanities
that are to follow. Moving on with courage and confidence in the 
Great
Beings, they gradually learn and come to a resumption of those powers 
which
we all possess but do not express. Nor can one express in words the power, 
the
happiness, the freedom from fear of any kind, the realization, while in a 
body,
of immortality which spiritual knowledge brings. This knowledge and these 
powers
are within the reach of all of us. As the ancients said, “The Great Self 
shines
in all beings, but in all it does not shine forth.” We may reach that One 
Self,
the One Spirit, whence come all law, all possibilities—which has the power 
to
produce all changes, but of itself changes not at all— ever the experiencer, 
the
enjoyer or the sufferer of the changes. Power comes from this knowledge, 
which
springs up spontane-
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
ously
within us because it resides in the innermost parts of our natures.
 
 
CONTENTS
THE
ETERNAL VERITIES
CULTURE
OF CONCENTRATION
Concentration,
or the use of the attention in the direction of anything that we 
wish
to do, consistently and persistently, has long been recognized as the most 
effective
means of arriving at the full expression of our powers and energies. 
The
ancients called the power to focus the attention upon a subject or object 
for
as long a time as is required, to the exclusion of every other thought and 
feeling,
‘one-pointedness.” Concentration is difficult to obtain among us as a 
people,
because the key-note of our civilization is, in fact, distraction rather 
than
concentration. Constantly and in every direction we are having presented to 
our
minds objects and subjects—one thing after another to take our attention and 
then
to pull it off from what we are putting it on. So, our minds have acquired 
the
tendency to jump from one thing to another; to fly to a pleasant idea or to 
an
unpleasant idea, to remain passive. Remaining passive is normally sleep; 
abnormally,
its tendency is towards insanity. That we have be come habituated to 
these
distractions and are not able to place our minds on any given thing for 
any
length of time may be easily proved by anyone. If he will sit down and try 
to
think of one single thing, one single object or subject, for only five 
minutes,
he will find even in a very few seconds, perhaps, that he has wandered 
miles
away mentally from the thing he intended to place his mind upon.
We
have first to understand what man is, his real nature, what the cause of his 
present
condition, before we can arrive at any pure and true concentration, 
before
we can use the higher mind and the powers that flow from it. For the 
powers
that we use in the body are transmitted powers, drawn, indeed, from our 
inner
spiritual nature, but so disturbed and limited that they are not powerful. 
We
need to know about our minds, and we need to control our minds—that is, the 
lower
mind, occupied
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
with
personal and physical things, known in Theosophical phraseology, as Lower 
Manas.
It is this
“organ,”
the thinking principle, which the ancients said is the great producer 
of
illusion—the great distracter of concentration. For there is no possibility 
of
obtaining real concentration until the possessor of the mind can place it 
where
he will, when he will, and for as long a time as he pleases.
It
is written in The Voice of the Silence: ‘ Mind is the great slayer of the 
Real.
Let the disciple slay the Slayer.” The disciple, who is the Real Man—the 
spiritual
man—has to act as such. He has to stop the switchings and fittings of 
his
thinking principle and become calm in that knowledge to which the 
consideration
of his own true nature brings him. The object of all advancement 
is
the realization of the true nature of each one and an employment of the 
powers
which belong to it. What hinders is the thinking principle. WE are the 
thinkers,
but we are not what we think. If we think wrongly, then all the 
results
of our thoughts and actions must lead to a wrong conclusion, or to a 
partial
one, at best; but if we realize that we are the thinker, and the 
creator—the
evolver of all the conditions through which we have been, in which 
we
now are, and in which we shall find ourselves in the future—then we have 
reached
the point of view of the Real man, and it is only to the Real man that 
the
power of concentration belongs.
Again,
in order to obtain concentration, we need an understanding of the 
classification
of the principles of man. We all have the same principles, the 
same
kinds of substances within us, the same spirit within us. We all contain 
every
element that exists anywhere or in any being. So, too, each one has all 
the
powers that exist anywhere, in himself, though latent. We are all of the 
same
Source, all parts of one great Whole, all sparks and rays from the Infinite 
Spirit,
or the Absolute Principle. The second principle is Buddhi, or the 
acquired
wisdom of past lives, as well as this one. It is the cream of all our 
past
experiences. The next principle is Manas, the Higher mind, the real power 
to
think, the creator—not concerned with this physical
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
phase
of existence, but with the spirit and the acquired wisdom. These three 
principles
together make the Real Man—Atma Buddhi-Manas—and these three each one 
of
us is in his inner nature.
Our
Lower Manas is the transitory aspect of the Higher mind; that is, the 
portion
of our attention, our thoughts and feelings addressed to life in a body. 
But
if our thinking faculty is concerned only with the personal self—only with 
the
body— the powers which reside in the Triad, the Real man, and the acquired 
wisdom
of the past, can not force themselves through that cloud of illusion. 
Lower
Manas is the principle of balance. It is the place from which the man in a 
body
either goes up towards his higher nature or down towards his earthly 
nature,
made up of the desires pertaining to sensuous existence. Life about us 
is
throwing its impressions and energies upon us all the time. We are constantly 
subject
to them and connected with them by our ideas, our feelings and emotions, 
so
that there is a constant turmoil going on within that inner mind which makes 
a
barrier to absolute calmness and concentration.
Then
we have the astral body, itself an aspect of the real inner body which has 
lasted
through the vast period of the past and must continue through the far 
distant
future. This astral body is the prototype, or design, around which the 
physical
body is built, and which, considered from the point of view of the 
powers,
is the real physical body. Without it the physical body would be nothing 
but
a mass of matter—an aggregation of smaller lives. It is the astral body 
which
contains the organs, or centers from which the organs have been evolved in 
accord
with the needs of the thinker within. The real senses of man are not in 
the
physical but in the astral body. The astral body lasts a little over one 
lifetime.
It does not die when the physical body dies, but is used as a body in 
the
immediate after-death states.
Now
as soon as we begin to make the effort to control the mind, and desire to 
know
and to assume the position of the inner man, the effort and the assumption 
bring
an accession of power and of steadiness. We have started something going 
in
the astral
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
body.
What were before merely centers of force around which organs were builded 
now
tend to become separate astral organs. A gradual building of those organs 
goes
on within us, until in the completion of our effort we have an astral body, 
with
all the organs of the physical completely synthesized, and we are beyond 
the
vicissitudes of physical existence; we have the power of the action of the 
astral
body. The astral body is even more complete and effective on its own 
plane
that our bodily instrument here on the physical plane, for it has a wider 
range
of action in its seven super-senses, where physically we have use of only 
five
senses.
Many
hindrances arise, however, as soon as the effort is begun. Old habits of 
thought
and feeling press us on every hand, be cause we have not yet been able 
to
check our responsiveness to them, and so we find ourselves subject to certain 
feelings
and emotions which tend to destroy that astral body which is being 
built.
First, and most potent, is anger. Anger has an explosive effect, and no 
matter
how much we may have progressed in our growth, the uncontrollable inner 
shock
coming from anger will tear that inner body to pieces so that the work has 
to
be done all over again. Next to contend with is vanity—vanity of some kind or 
another,
of some accomplishment, of ourselves, our family, our nation, or what 
not.
Vanity tends to grow and grow, until finally we will not listen to anybody 
and
are too vain to learn anything. So, vanity tends to disintegrate this inner 
body,
although it is less disruptive than anger. Envy is another hindrance. Fear 
is
another, but fear is the least of them all because it can be destroyed by 
knowledge.
Fear is always the child of ignorance. We fear those things we do not 
know,
but when we know, we do not fear.
We
are all a prey to those fears that tend to disrupt the very instrument by 
means
of which true concentration may be attained; but it may be attained. The 
peculiar
power and nature of concentration is that, when complete, the attention 
can
be placed on any subject or object to the exclusion of every other for any 
given
length of time; and this thinking principle—this
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
mind
of ours which has been flitting about—can be used to shape itself to the 
object
gazed upon, to the nature of the subject thought about. While the mind 
takes
the shape of the object, we get from that shape the form, the 
characteristics
of every kind that flow from it; and when our inquiry is 
complete,
we are able to know everything that can be known of the subject or 
object.
Such a height of concentration we can easily see is not to be attained 
by
intermittent efforts, but by efforts made from “a firm position assumed” with 
the
end in view. All efforts made from that basis are bound to be of avail; 
every
effort made from the point of view of the spiritual man counts, because it 
makes
the body subservient to the thinking principle.
Other
things come about from that true power of concentration. We begin to open 
up
the channels that reach from our brains to the astral body, and from the 
astral
body to the inner man. Then, that which is temporary tends to become a 
part
of that which is eternal. All the planes become synthesized from above 
down,
and all the vestures of the soul which we have evolved from the past 
become
in accord with each other. It is just like the tumblers in a lock: when 
they
work together, the lock works accurately. So we have to bring all the 
sheaths
of the soul into exact accord, and that we can do only by taking the 
position
of the spiritual being and acting as such.
The
height of concentration is possible to us, but not on a selfish basis. The 
concentration
of the brain mind stands beside true concentration as a rush light 
beside
the sun. True concentration is, first of all, a position assumed out of 
regard
for the end in view of union with the Higher Self. That is the highest 
Yoga.
Concentration upon the Self is true concentration. And concentration must 
be
attained before we can ever reach that stage where eternal knowledge of every 
kind
is ours to the last degree; before we shall once more resume and wield 
those
powers which are the heritage of all.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
CONTENTS
THE
ETERNAL VERITIES
MENTAL
HEALING AND HYPNOSIS
Mental
healing, metaphysical healing, mind cure, spiritual healing and Christian 
Science
all come under the same head; there is no difference between them in the 
range
of their action or the basis upon which they are founded. All are forms of 
self-
hypnotism. But hypnosis is something of itself, and in itself, which calls 
for
extensive consideration, its basis being a sort of artificial catalepsy. 
Whoever
is hypnotized is thrown out of his normal modes of perception; his own 
external
perceptions are closed to him and he sees only from the basis which the 
operator
presents to him. Mental healers and Christian Scientists make use of 
certain
ideas and abstractions in formula which take the mind off the body, 
though
it is generally believed that thought” is the means by which the healing 
is
effected. Now thought differs entirely in its nature and relation according 
to
the knowledge of the thinker, and to use a prescribed formula, as do the 
adherents
of these healing cults, is by no means to employ thought. What passes 
for
‘thought” is the idea that diseases are caused by thinking of them, and that 
the
only way to over come them is by thinking of that which is not disease. Of 
course,
this is only a formula.
Are
there cures brought about by such practices? Certainly; by each and every 
system,
no matter how much they suffer from one another in their claims. Just 
so,
there are cures made by every remedy” ever proposed under the sun. 
Testimonials
are found for every kind of remedy and to every kind of formula 
that
was ever presented mankind. Medical practitioners bring about their cures 
also,
and even the ‘quack” remedies advertised in the newspapers bring floods of 
testimonials
from people who have been cured of disease after having been given 
up
by physicians. Since, then, healing is brought about in many ways, it is 
clear
that neither the fact of healing, nor any number of testimonials, have any 
value
as evidence that any one of these systems of healing is a true system.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
We
need to inquire into these systems from the point of view of Theosophy, for 
let
it be understood that the Theosophist does not attack any form of belief nor 
any
form of philosophy what ever; he merely compares them with Theosophy. If 
that
comparison shows a lack in their theories of explanation and a failure to 
give
human beings a true basis to think from, by which they shall gain a 
realization
of their own nature and the laws ruling everything in every place, 
it
can not be said that Theosophy is at fault, but that the partial philosophy 
under
consideration has failed to withstand the test.
People
are attracted to these partial systems of thought by the healing of 
disease
promised. What they need to look for is not the cure, but the cause of 
disease.
The fact that no one specific method is a cure-all ought to show that 
there
are different kinds of disease; some, the result of bad habits, lack of 
exercise,
wrong diet, and the failure to observe the ordinary laws of hygiene; 
others,
nervous diseases, the effect of wrong ways of thinking, of worriments of 
various
kinds. There are also diseases which are mechanical and organic, where 
certain
organs have become affected to such an extent that they can not respond 
to
normal action in accord with the other organs. The organs are materially 
formed
of the matter of the three lower kingdoms—mineral, vegetable and 
animal—taken
from the food eaten and transmuted into the organs. Consequently, 
where
some kind of element is discovered to be lacking, something of a material 
nature
may be added which, in most cases, in itself will restore the organ to 
its
natural condition. Diseases caused by wrong habits are, of course, cured by 
correcting
the habits. Where an irritation and nervous condition has been caused 
by
too much thinking about some ailment that may exist in the body, mental” 
operators
have their great field of ‘success"; for when the mind is with drawn 
from
the ailment, the body has within itself the power to restore itself to a 
normal
condition in many, many cases. Where the mind is self-centered and 
concentrated,
it does not permit the body to resume normal operation, but rather 
increases
the
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
disease,
since the power of the consciousness of the being is placed upon that. 
The
body has its own immunizing power, if left alone. The body is a mechanical 
instrument
which has been brought into being and is kept in action by the 
thinker
who inhabits it. But those who put forward ideas in regard to mental 
healing
have never concerned themselves for a single moment with determining the 
cause
of humanity’s having such bodies, being born into such bodies at this time 
on
the earth. They do not inquire where they themselves have come from, whither 
they
are going, and what the purpose of life is. All these panaceas for ills 
fail
absolutely to recognize the operation of law—the operation of cause and 
effect.
They call for no understanding, nor do they present a basis for right 
thinking,
right conduct, and right progress. Therefore, people who take up these 
lines
get nowhere. If perchance, by taking their minds off the disease, the body 
gets
better of itself, they have gained no knowledge by the experience; they are 
only
made better able to continue along their ignorant lines; they die when the 
time
comes no wiser than when they were born, believing this to be the only 
physical
existence they will ever have.
To
minds engaged with universal ideas, such as the Self of all creatures, the 
Divine
Law of Justice, the evolution of all grades of beings, the great cycles 
of
men and planets and universes—ideas of healing these temporary bodies appear 
very,
very small. For what does healing mean? Getting rid of the effects which 
we
ourselves have produced, consciously or unconsciously. What does a diseased 
body
mean but that we have ignored our own natures and acted as though we were 
bodies,
and broken every law of hygiene that we know of? If we lived according 
to
the laws of hygiene as we know them, these diseases would not be upon us. The 
savage
does not know anything about Christian Science; the Red Indians of the 
past
knew nothing about mental healing of any kind, but they had remarkably 
healthy
bodies. Was it their thought? No, for the Red Indians did much murder. 
It
was not their thinking that made them healthy. It
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
was
their mode of life—because they lived naturally. It is our modes of life 
that
make us unhealthy. It is our modes of thought that make us take up these 
modes
of life. We have not discerned what we are, and consequently we have acted 
in
ignorance.
All
these healing systems are presented for one purpose—to enable us to relieve 
ourselves
of the responsibility of our own acts. In Occultism that is a crime. 
We
may use natural bodily methods, but we may not try to drag the Spirit itself 
down
to relieve us of the diseases that we have brought upon ourselves. That we 
can
think for a moment that Spirit, the root of all being, can be dragged down 
to
relieve us of those troubles brought upon ourselves is a blasphemy to anyone 
who
thinks deeply, and a denial of the Real Self. The body is a machine, which 
represents
the effects of causes set in motion, whether ignorantly or 
consciously.
We should recognize that being a machine—an instrument formed from 
the
matter of the earth—it can be kept in balance by restoring those elements it 
lacks.
We should not think too much of the body, nor think of it at all, save as 
an
instrument—our present physical automobile, so to say—which we ought to keep 
in
running order and use as we would any machine. We have to run it according to 
the
laws of its operation to make the body a perfect instrument; but we should 
keep
our consciousness on the plane to which it belongs— not chained to the 
body.
In
these mental healing processes there is a great danger. The powers of Spirit 
are
far greater than any known power we possess—greater than dynamite, or the 
applications
of electricity. Moving along these lines blindly as many do is 
liable
to bring disaster, has brought insanity time and time again. We hear the 
“demonstration”
of cures, but we do not get the demonstration of failures. They 
are
many. Mental healing may throw the disease back into the place from which it 
came,
back into the mind, but just so surely will it come out in some other form 
and
also with more force than before. The spiritual nature itself will not 
permit
us to avoid the results of causation which we ourselves have set in 
motion.
Those abstractions which take the
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
mind
off the body, such as “God is all Good,” “There is no imperfection,” set 
certain
currents in motion in what is known as the Pranic or Astral body. These 
currents
act and re-act and interact between the inner and outer body, and in 
the
end are bound to produce injury, no matter what the present benefit may 
appear
to be. At the best, we have only delayed the day of settlement.
The
only way in which the affairs of life may be brought into their proper 
relation
and harmony is by an understanding of our own nature, and fulfilling 
it.
That course would make a heaven of this civilization, compared with what it 
is
now. It would obviate nine-tenths, yes, one hundred percent, of those 
diseases
which now afflict us, whether individual or general, sporadic or 
epidemic.
For all diseases are caused by men, individually and collectively; 
even
the catastrophes in nature are the result of man’s misunderstanding of his 
own
nature, and the thinking and acting based upon it. The spiritual power that 
lies
in man’s thinking goes much farther than the formulation of it. Whatever of 
error
he produces finds its return from all parts of nature—from fire and air 
and
earth and water—for all the elements are but the embodiments of so many 
degrees
of intelligence, and we affect them against the nature of the whole, 
which
is a synchronous evolution. We hinder the lives and they resent it. Even 
the
forces of our bodies are composed of lives or different kinds; the very 
organs
in our bodies are composed of different kinds of elemental lives, all 
having
their relations to different parts of nature.
All
these healing schemes, ‘isms, and religions are attempts to dodge our 
responsibility.
Our complaints about our environments are attempts to dodge our 
responsibility.
Our belief in this God or the other God, or this system of 
belief,
this salvation, are attempts to dodge our responsibility. We have to 
accept
that responsibility, and stay with it, first, last and all the time. For 
we
are all bound up in one great tie; we can not separate ourselves from each 
other,
nor from any other being. The high beings above us who have passed 
through
the stages which we
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
are
now passing through are just as closely related to us—and more so—than we 
are
to each other; for They desire to help us in every way, if we would only 
allow
Them. Savior after Savior has come to the earth for our benefit, but no 
one
can give us any more benefit than to point to the truths that have been 
given
all down the ages. We must take advantage of that knowledge and advance 
out
of the state in which we have placed ourselves. No Savior can save us. No 
God
can protect us. No devil can torment us. For both the God and the devil are 
within.
The devil is the misunderstanding of our nature. The God is that place 
in
ourselves that we come to know and realize and see reflected in the eyes of 
every
living being. It is the God in us which demands self-advancement, 
self-induced
and self-devised exertions, and the full acceptance of 
responsibility.
 
CONTENTS
THE
ETERNAL VERITIES
THE
OCCULT SIDE OF NATURE
The
word Nature used in its widest sense, as when we speak of Great Nature, or 
Mother
Nature, means the whole of the outside—all that is external to us—the 
trees,
the open places, and the world of men. We do not, in fact, know what that 
nature
is, because it presents to us something external to our perceptions. We 
speak
of “the laws of nature,” seeing that nature always acts in an orderly way, 
without
in fact knowing at all what those laws spring from nor what they rest 
in.
Yet nature cannot exist of itself, by itself, and come from nothing. It must 
come
from a sufficient cause. There must of necessity be an occult side to 
nature.
The “sufficient cause” in reality lies upon those planes which are 
invisible
to us, but constitute a part of nature. The invisible side is the 
producing
side—the causal side— of what we see; all the laws noted on the 
visible
side are really existent in and proceed from the invisible side of 
nature.
First,
then, let us try to understand what composes the basis of nature—what 
lies
behind it all. Certainly not a Creator, by whose whim or command all beings 
and
things in nature exist and move about in their established places. THAT in 
which
lie all powers, all possibilities, all infinitude, is greater than any
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
Being,
however high. IT is an impersonal Deity. Call the divine in all of us 
Spirit,
if you will, the Self, or God—if you do not personify or limit or define 
it.
This One Spirit is not divided, though it seems to be divided in all 
creatures,
just as the Sun’s rays are merely the Sun extended—they do not 
dissipate
when the Sun disappears from our view but indraw to the Source from 
which
they came. That which lives and thinks and perceives in each of us, and 
that
which suffers and enjoys in each of us, is Spirit. All anyone can know of 
the
Highest—of God—is what he knows in himself, through himself, and by himself. 
No
out side information can bring us that perception, but only the indrawing 
into
the very essence of our being—the center, the same center as the Great 
Center
whence it sprang.
The
laws which rule in us are not imposed by any Being or beings whatsoever. In 
the
center of every being, whatever its form, the power of action is present. 
Action
always brings its re-action, and it is this Law—or Karma—which operates 
from
within alike upon every individual, incessantly and unerringly. So, too, we 
have
collective actions and reactions of all the beings of every grade that make 
up
the world and its inhabitants. These collective actions make what we regard 
as
the laws of the various elements and kingdoms, but they are contained in and 
subservient
to that one universal Law of Karma, which is ethically stated as 
sowing
and reaping.
Law
rules all the time from the very first beginning in the finest radiant 
matter.
That matter was builded by beings of all grades of every kind—beings of 
a
world which preceded this where they had their course of evolution and from 
which
they were indrawn again to the Center of the Self. Then came the dawning 
of
another Great Day of manifestation, and all those beings were there with all 
the
potencies, the ideas, and all their past experience—once more to go forth 
and
carry on the work which they had started. It is the action and reaction by 
different
classes of beings which causes a change and concretion in primordial 
substance,
and this goes on from stage to stage down through seven steps of the 
stairway
of matter. On each plane the beings
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
clothed
themselves in the substance of that plane, and we are the beings who 
have
come down through all those stages. There is, then, hidden within us a 
nature,
and natures, which we have not suspected. There is something within us 
which
is not clear to us with our present modes of perception. Yet these 
invisible
natures are ours; they are not apart from us; we have not left them 
anywhere
on the stairway of the seven worlds. This outside nature which we all 
perceive
through the body and with the physical senses is only the external 
envelope
of states and stages of consciousness hidden to the generality of man 
kind.
There
is an occult side not only to our own nature but to the nature of all 
beings,
as should always have been apparent to us, if we had been observant; had 
we
thought for ourselves; had we not taken for granted what others have handed 
down
to us as religion or revelation. For there are stages in our very daily 
lives
which are hidden from us. While we are awake, we operate through the body; 
then
we sleep—we do not operate through the body—and that side of our nature is 
hidden
to most people. They may know they dream, but they think the dreaming has 
no
relation to the lines under which they operate when awake; they do not 
understand
that dreaming is a transitional stage which precedes the reaching 
into
our own spiritual nature and also precedes the return into operation of the 
body
again. Usually, the dreaming state is a repetition of the scenes or 
experiences
of daily life, but sometimes things come to us in dream that are 
far,
far away and apart from any experience in this body. Oftentimes, the dreams 
which
occur upon waking bring an influx from our inmost self; they bring down 
with
us some of the experiences of a vast past. We have premonitions. We have 
presentiments.
We have sometimes what are called minor initiations” occurring in 
dreams.
Never for a moment do we cease to be conscious, whether in the dreaming 
state,
or in the full consciousness of the finer sheaths of the soul beyond 
dreaming,
or in the stage of “dreaming” after “death”; how, then, could we ever 
know
death?
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
In
every direction in the air about us are lives which are invisible to us. 
There
is no vacant space—not one vacant point of space. All is life. All is 
being
of some kind or another. We take in with every breath small lives 
invisible
to us. All these lives are classes of beings which have their own 
laws—laws
which pertain to their own actions and reactions in kind. But to 
understand
our own natures, we must understand the laws which operate upon those 
planes
of being of which we are a part and on which none of us is separate from 
the
others. This immense knowledge is back of us and within us and to be 
regained.
There is always a high and a low expression. There is a full and an 
incomplete
expression. The fullness of our expression is upon the highest plane; 
the
incompleteness of our expression is on this lowest plane. We have touched 
the
bottom of the stairway, plus all the experience gained; but if we are to 
reach
that state from which we have descended, without any misstep, we have to 
understand
the real occult laws which rule all the different stages of our 
being.
There
are pretenders to a knowledge of these occult laws— for unfortunately no 
great
amount of good can be given at any time without opening the doors to an 
equal
amount of evil. Consider, for instance, the power of dynamite: it is good 
for
man when properly used, but in the hands of an evil-minded one it can work 
great
evil to humanity. Thus, a knowledge of occult laws makes it possible for a 
man
to do good in any direction he chooses without raising a finger—or, also, to 
do
evil. The means by which either the evil or the good is done is always a 
control
of invisible beings—messengers for the man who knows how to use them and 
who
understands them. All he has to do is to loose that power within himself 
which
propels those beings to execute his mission, whatever it may be. Those 
powers,
let it be known, lie sleeping in the sheaths of every man, and in the 
human
body— for this body which we now possess is formed under the same laws as 
those
of the solar system, and there is not an organ in it which does not 
correspond
with some one or other of the celestial mansions, with some sheath or 
plane
of consciousness, and with all the powers belonging to them. We have to 
ask
ourselves if
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
we
are ready to accept the responsibility which a knowledge of these laws 
implies.
Could we trust ourselves to have these laws imparted to us—laws which 
are
set into operation merely by our thinking and feeling?
To
use these powers rightly, a universal attitude must be held, and all actions 
based
upon that universal nature. The philosophy of Theosophy presents that 
universal
attitude and basis, showing that each one is the SELF; each one looks 
upon
all others and gathers from all others what he may of understanding and of 
knowledge;
each one must act for that SELF and as that SELF, which includes all 
other
selves. So acting, all ideas of selfishness, of personality, of desire for 
reward,
of fear of punishment, leave us; defects are corrected, and the whole 
force
of what we may call nature in its fullest sense comes into play; all the 
great
powers of nature flow into the one moving in that direction and from that 
basis.
We shall come to understand all laws; for, as we progress, those laws 
exhibit
themselves spontaneously within us. We find in our possession the power 
to
accomplish by thought, the power to do this or that at a distance, the power 
to
speak at a distance, to be heard at a distance, to be seen at a distance, to 
know
anything at a distance. There is nothing hidden for the one who works on 
and
with nature; with the interests of all, he has the force of all.
The
powers that were used by Jesus, as recorded in the New Testament, and those 
of
some of the older Prophets as recorded in the Old Testament, were not 
“God-given”
powers. They came from a knowledge of the occult laws, the hidden 
laws
of so-called “nature.” The miracles of Jesus—transforming water into wine, 
raising
the dead, operating where his body was not—were all part of his occult 
knowledge.
Everyone who moves along that universal line learns the operation of 
these
laws. H. P. B. and W. Q. J. did as wonderful things, and even more 
wonderful
things than were ever recorded of Jesus. They knew the occult laws of 
nature.
They knew the workings of occult law in themselves and therefore in all 
other
natures. These powers are latent in every human being—not peculiar to some 
great
ones. H. P. B.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
and
W. Q. J. knew the story of “Give up thy life, if thou wouldst live.” If we 
would
live the life of a spiritual being, then all these sheaths of ours—this 
body
and all—would be at our service. Possessing everything, we would want 
nothing.
We should be able to do anything, but we would use no powers for 
ourselves.
Just as we have to live Theosophy if we are to know the doctrine, so 
we
have to “live the life” if we are to know its laws.
The
minor laws by which phenomena are produced on this plane are a small part of 
occult
study in its universal aspect. For in it lie every science, all the laws 
and
all the powers of all, all the planes of existence and all the states of 
consciousness
that ever have been. We are never alone. Always in some of our 
sheaths,
bodily or bodiless, we are connected with other beings, other stages 
and
states of substance and other planes of consciousness. Never can we be lost 
in
that sense. But we may suffer, and suffer immensely, through making a mistake 
in
regard to our own natures and acting with the power of our spiritual nature 
along
false lines, creating, as the ancients said, “the black doves of death and 
sorrow.”
It is for us to arouse ourselves to take the path pointed out, to test 
it
for ourselves. Then, only, will each one know the truth about himself and 
about
all other beings; then, only, will he gain what we all seek—the power to 
be
a beneficent force in nature.
 
CONTENTS
THE
ETERNAL VERITIES
A
LEAGUE OF HUMANITY
Now
that the most frightful and destructive war known to the annals of history 
is
over, the questions that arise in every thinker’s mind are: What has been 
learned
from the war? Has there been any lesson learned? Do we think for a 
single
moment that the end of the war has brought an end to our troubles? Do we 
not
see the clouds gathering in the skies of humanity?
Revelations
of every kind are spread before us as panaceas. On the part of some 
there
is evidence of a desire to bring people to “a moral sense”—a sense which 
they
think resides in the
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
Christian
religion. So, they are trying to effect an amalgamation of the 
churches,
imagining that to be the remedy for preventing wars and causing men to 
act
more humanely towards each other. But the moral sense existed in times 
before
the Christian religion was ever thought of, in other religions; in fact, 
the
basis of all religions is morality. How comes it, if Christianity is to be 
the
remedy, that after its being the basis of thought and action for nearly two 
thousand
years, such a struggle has gone on among Christian nations? Does 
Christianity
give any promise whatever of what ought to be? Would there be any 
benefit
whatever in returning to Christianity, the whole history of which has 
been
one of intolerance and persecution? If the Christian church had the power 
today,
would it be any less dogmatic or intolerant than it was in the days of 
the
Spanish Inquisition?
There
is no hope in the direction of the church, because, in the first place, 
the
people will have none of it. It has not satisfied their minds; it has not 
answered
their questions. Instead of the knowledge they asked for, it has: given 
them
only hope or fear. The church has lost its hold upon the people—for the 
great
majority are not adherents of any Christian church—be cause of its poverty 
of
idea, because of its dogmas and creeds. People have tried out the ideas and 
found
them wanting. Nothing else will do but that which appeals to their sense 
of
judgment and to their spiritual perception.
Others
have placed their faith in a league of nations. Yet, they begin to see 
that
though the ideal is beautiful, it does not prove out in practice. The 
members
of the league have each desired to take all they could, and give as 
little
as they could. The same spirit exists between nations now, after the 
settlement
of peace, as existed during the conflict; the same nations are just 
as
grasping and just as selfish as they were before the war. In this country, 
too,
our public men still voice the particular interests of this particular 
nation
as against all others. A league of nations could only fulfill its purpose 
by
a common aim and by a like ideal. Such do not obtain. The nations are not 
alike.
None of them have high ideals—not even our own nation, which
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
should
have the greatest ideal of humanity and of nature. In stead, our ideal is 
one
common idea—of trading, of gaining dollars or possessions, of getting 
advantage
and prestige over other nations. Such an ideal will never give us 
peace,
will never bring happiness, content, nor right progress, and there will 
always
be struggle until we change that ideal. A league of nations among similar 
selfish
nations can only bring what self-interest always brings—disasters of 
some
kind. The seeds of war are in it.
Where
shall we find the true foundation for a changed civilization that all men 
and
women can see and stand on? It is not philosophies nor religions nor 
political
panaceas that are needed; but Knowledge, and a wider scope of vision 
than
the vicissitudes of one short physical life. The knowledge that is greater 
than
all the forms of religion ever invented is the knowledge of the very nature 
of
man himself, for himself and in him self. For we are not here as things 
apart;
we are here because of one great sustaining Cause—infinite and 
omnipresent,
not separate from us, nor from any other being. It is the same in 
all
beings above the human and in all beings below the human—the very root of 
our
natures, the very man himself. It is the Source of all powers and of all 
actions,
whether good or evil. Then, everything that is done by beings affects 
all
beings, and all that is has been caused by beings, each one affected 
according
to its share in the cause. What the past has been, we are experiencing 
now—our
lives now being but repetitions of lives that preceded them. What the 
future
will be, we are making now—the lives to come depending entirely on the 
choice
and direction of our thoughts and actions now.
The
war of this or any time is the result of the warring spirit, of the 
selfishness
of mankind. It is the result of the failure to understand the great 
purpose
of life, the nature of our minds, the full power of attainment within 
each
being, the one Law of absolute justice inherent in all beings, the One 
Deity
behind and in all, the one Goal for every Pilgrim, however the path 
varies.
As soon as men are brought to the perception that every one reaps 
exactly
what he sows, no one will do harm to any other being;
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
there
will then be no war. There will be no such misery as now exists; for to 
realize
our own responsibility to all others and to act in accordance, is to 
have
become unselfish, and to have done away with the prime cause of sin, sorrow 
and
suffering.
Back
of the failure to understand our own true natures lie false ideas, false 
conceptions
of life, false ideals—the heritage of our Christian civilization. We 
have
believed that we were born in this condition or environment by the “will” 
of
some God. We have imagined a personal God, a personal devil, and a personal 
Savior.
We have imagined an impossible heaven and an equally impossible hell. We 
have
imagined a “creation,” instead of evolution. We have believed that we are 
poor,
weak, miserable sinners, and have acted out the part. We have laid all our 
troubles
and evils and pain upon some other imaginary Being. Thus, we have 
remained
irresponsible creatures, mere rationalized animals; not immortal souls. 
We
have dodged our responsibility. But we must guide ourselves according to the 
realities
of our own nature. We must take care of each other, not of ourselves 
according
to the personal basis on which this and every other nation in the 
world
is proceeding today.
We
are going to have a league of humanity only when the ancient truths of the 
Wisdom
Religion are once more perceived—when there is one purpose and one 
teaching.
Its truths are self- evident, not to be accepted because written in 
some
book, nor because they are the dicta of some particular church. They are 
the
only truths worth considering because in the use of them they prove 
themselves
true. And truth, as we ought to know, always explains. When we have 
the
explanation, we have the truth. Each has to make his own verification of the 
truth,
but the fact remains that there is truth, and it has always existed. It 
has
come to us from Beings higher than we, because once They turned Their faces 
in
the right direction and pursued the course pointed out to Them as leading to 
spiritual,
divine perfection. They know all that has been known. They know us, 
although
we may not know Them. They know our needs, although we may be densely 
ignorant
of them. They come again and again to present
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
the
truths of life to man, hoping that some echo may be aroused in his soul so 
that
he, too, shall arrive at a realization of Self, of Spirit—which is 
Knowledge.
Those
who can see the course of humanity see nothing but much trouble yet for 
the
world in general. Nothing but severe, dire disaster will make men stop and 
think.
The war has not ceased! The war is going on between us all the time. 
Consider
our selfish pursuits, our condemnations, our judgments, our criticisms, 
our
foolish laws, which seek to make men “good” by legislation with no attempt 
to
arouse the real nature of man, but only to repress what is considered “bad.” 
Prohibitions
of all kinds serve only to exasperate the evil nature in men. We 
need
not to prohibit. We need to educate, and first of all, we need to educate 
ourselves.
Let us take the beam out of our own eyes before we try to remove the 
mote
from the eyes of others. Let us retreat into the shrine of our own being. 
Let
us be that Self, and act for and as that Self. Let us follow the lines of 
the
law of our own being—compassion, love, helpfulness for all—and then we shall 
be
able to understand ourselves and the natures of all others. Then we shall be 
able
to help men in a way they are sometimes not aware of; we shall be able to 
help
leaven the whole lump.
It
is because there are those in the world desirous of helping humanity to 
proceed
further, that we are not worse off. Often the ideas given out by men in 
high
places are not the result of their own cogitations, although thought to be 
such.
Many an idea is received by those who have the ear of the public, who 
speak
and will be heard, from Those with a far deeper knowledge of the issues at 
stake,
yet whose voices would not be heard at all. So, though there may seem to 
be
little action on the part of Theosophical disciples, there is much action on 
inner
planes of being, and that action never but for the benefit of humanity. If 
only
once any considerable number of persons could take the true position and 
act
from the true nature, right ideas would soon spread all over the earth. Once 
the
ideas are implanted in our minds, we can help the world by speaking of them, 
and
by
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
exemplifying
them. We can do that much, however selfishly the world moves on.
A
true league of humanity could be formed—without social distinctions, class 
distinctions,
national distinctions. In their stead would come a common 
perception
and a common realization of the universe and a common course for 
humanity.
We must know that we are all of other peoples. We came through all the 
civilizations
that have been. We have passed through the Eastern, the near East, 
and
the European peoples and now we are here, at the farthest confines of the 
West,
under the law of Karma. Civilization must roll back over the course it 
came,
and as it goes back in spirit, speech, act, and example towards the East 
from
which it came, the misconceptions that have arisen around religious and 
other
ideas will be cleared away by the power of our knowledge and example.
We
are here as the best representatives of the people of the world—the most 
intelligent,
the freest in mind and opinion, the freest in action. All that 
means
something under Law, and it means that every being coming in contact with 
the
Ancient Wisdom has an opportunity devolved upon him. We have not met for the 
first
time, nor have we met for the last. Once more we are together, and 
listening
to what we do absolutely know inside. There is that in us which sees 
and
knows when the word is spoken which gives first indication of the life 
within
a life, of a life greater than this we have conceived life to be. Then we 
begin
to tread that small old path that stretches far away—the Path that our 
great
Predecessors, the Masters, have trod before us.
 
CONTENTS
THE
ETERNAL VERITIES 
NEW
YEAR’S RESOLUTIONS
All
have doubtless made New Year’s resolutions, and all, no doubt, have failed 
to
keep them. There must be a reason for our failures, as well as for the fact 
that
there comes a certain season in the year when we have the inclination to 
make
resolutions. These reasons lie hidden in the depths of our own being. 
Unconsciously
to ourselves,, it may be, we have a natural per-
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
ception
of occult law in our observance of this particular period of the year. 
The
ancients celebrated and understood what was called by them “the birth of the 
Sun,”
or the return of the Sun on its northern course, beginning the 21st of 
December.
They knew that all the occult forces in nature have an upward and 
increasing
tendency at the return of the Sun. When the Sun’s rays become warmer 
and
stronger, all the other forces behind the Sun itself, and behind ourselves, 
become
stronger within us. In the rising wave of spiritual and psychic renewal, 
all
that we desire to do has a greater impulsion than at some other time of the 
year.
The
reason for our failures is that we do not understand our own natures. 
Consequently,
we are not able to use the force and influence that lie within us, 
so
far as we are physically concerned, and we have difficulty in endeavoring to 
carry
out resolutions of any kind. Our first mistake is to make negative 
resolutions.
We say, I will not drink; I will not lie; I will not do this; I 
will
not do that. Whereas the proper resolve to make is that—I will do this, the 
opposite
of what we are now doing. In this case, we make a direct affirmation of 
will,
while the other form of resolution puts us in a purely negative position. 
Perhaps
we have thought with regard to others or ourselves, that because we do 
not
do a number of questionable things, therefore we are “good.” On the 
contrary,
we are merely not bad—again a negative position. True goodness is a 
positive
position.
To
effect our resolutions we have to call on the will of man, for that will is 
not
restrained by any form of obstacle what ever. By will, however, is not meant 
what
is ordinarily called will. We are prone to think that a person who is very 
determined
on gaining his ends has “a strong will,” and is very positive in his 
character;
but such a person exhibits only a kind of will. He has very, very 
strong
desires, rather than Will itself, and will follow them out.
There
are many exhibitions of the will itself, some phases being quite 
unrecognized.
The very will to live is a recondite aspect of Will. If the will 
to
live were not present, we would
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
not
live. It is not the body which holds us here but the desire to live. Always 
behind
Will stands Desire. Again, everyone of man’s bodily organs and processes 
was
at one time evolved by conscious effort. Even the process of digestion, of 
assimilation,
the heart beat, the various qualities and functions of all the 
organs
were consciously evolved. Now we have bodies which will proceed 
automatically,
while we use our consciousness, perceptions and attention in 
other
directions. Our will, then, operates in reality in every part of our 
physical
life though we may not be able to perceive it and understand it. There 
is
also a mental phase of the will which can be cultivated by practice: the 
fixed
attention, or concentration in certain directions capable of effecting 
desired
results.
But
the real and true Will is known as the Spiritual Will, which flies like 
light
and cuts all obstacles like a sharp sword. It is that Will proceeding from 
the
highest spiritual part of our natures which causes man to be an evolution 
from
within out wards, through all the forms of substance that have been, and to 
continue
evolving instruments in this state of matter. All the powers that exist 
or
can exist are latent, however ill expressed, in the spiritual nature. We draw 
from
it in degree, but in small degree because most of us, having our ideas so 
fixed
on physical existence, have come to the conclusion that life means nothing 
more
than physical existence.
We
were once conscious of our spiritual nature, but as we came down through the 
planes
of matter to this plane, we made a growth in intellectuality at the 
expense
of spiritual perception. With our intellect we always reason from 
premises
to conclusions, whereas the spiritual nature has the power of direct 
cognition
of the nature of anything regarded. So our intellectual gain was at 
the
loss of spiritual insight, and it is useless for theology, science, and 
psychology
to proceed from the personal and physical perceptions in order to get 
an
understanding of what man really is: their psychological causes are but 
reflections
of the physical ideas. If we are going to realize our own natures, 
we
must begin at the highest point of our nature—by assuming that.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
It
is, and by holding to the power of that assumption. We begin to see light by 
the
very affirmation of the spiritual nature.
As
we stand, we are always using our will along the line of our desires and of 
our
likes and dislikes, imagining these to be a proper basis for thought and 
action.
What is most necessary for us is a proper basis for thinking. We need to 
eject
the false idea of our being weak, sinful creatures, with all the faults of 
our
parents and their parents before them, because we were born that way. We 
need
to eject the mental idol of an outside creator. We need to understand the 
purpose
of life, to see that we are the product of many of our own prior lives, 
and
to recognize an evolution under law—a law both true and merciful—which 
operates
everywhere. It is because that law operates in a round of impression 
that
we have the tendency each year to make New Year’s resolutions. We could by 
an
understanding and using of this law of recurrence bring into effect those 
resolutions.
Often,
however, resolutions are made because it is ‘proper” to make them—with no 
real
expectation of keeping them. We remember them for a few days—they choke us 
off
for a little while—and then gradually the old desires assert themselves and 
we
find ourselves traveling along the old way. Resolutions will never do us any 
good
if we do not sustain them. A desire is not a condition. The mere desire 
will
never get us anywhere. We have to maintain the desire; we have to stick. to 
the
resolution; we have to exert our will, and cleave to the object of that will 
throughout.
We can’t get rid of the evil in us by thinking of it, nor can we get 
rid
of any unpleasant thing by thinking about it; for it is truly said that we 
are
attached to anything by thinking about it. The harder we don’t think about 
the
evil things in us, the better; think about their opposites, and the evil 
will
not have the chance to return. Attachment is by thought, first of all. 
Desire
exists in thought, first of all. Then follows the action. We have to have 
a
firm basis for our thinking if we are ever going to express ourselves as we 
should,
as spiritual beings. Why do we all have our pet theories of life, our 
pet
religions or philosophies? Because they conform to our own desires; not
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
because
they conform to truth or that they provide an explanation of all the 
mysteries
we see about us. This is why after so many thousands of years of what 
we
call civilization, we have become none the wiser, still moving in the same 
old
tread-mill of life and death and sorrow and suffering and pain. Yet we are 
not
bound to it, save as we bind ourselves by our own thoughts and action. We 
are
not under the necessity of following along on those planes of error as we 
are
now doing.
There
is a chance for us if we understand our own natures. Then, let us resolve 
one
great thing: resolve to know; resolve to think right, and do right; resolve 
to
acquire some of the knowledge that always has existed—the knowledge of man as 
a
spiritual being through all his fluctuations in the realm of matter. As we 
rely
more and more upon the Self within, we begin to express and use the power 
which
we already have—and that is far more than we imagine. We have to help 
ourselves
by taking the suggestions already given in the teachings of 
Theosophy—which
are Masters’ suggestions. And then, as the sustaining power of 
the
will is held along the line in which we desire to do, more direct help comes 
from
those Elder Brothers, who at every hour of each day “are willing and 
anxious
to meet those clear-eyed enough to see their true destiny and 
noble-hearted
enough to work for ‘the great orphan, Humanity’.”
CONTENTS
THE
ETERNAL VERITIES
OCCULT
KNOWLEDGE
Occult
Knowledge means knowledge which is “hidden,” but it also means knowledge 
which
is known. If it is knowledge that is known, there must be Those who know 
it;
there could be no knowledge without the knowers of it. True occult knowledge 
can
be obtained only by those who follow the path to it. That path was set down 
by
Those Who Know; all who will may and can arrive at that knowledge. This is 
not
a path open only to certain persons; it is open to every living human being, 
and
limited only by the limitations we ourselves place around it through choice 
or
through ignorance.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
Much
is heard in the world today of what passes for “occult knowledge.” Much 
experiment
goes on under that name in various directions: we have societies for 
psychical
and psychological research, and there is much talk of psychic and 
astral
“experiences” and “communications” with the dead. All these various 
methods
of research are from below, upwards, and will never find the goal. 
Scientific
methods, psychological methods, the methods of the Spiritualists, 
alike
proceed from particulars to universals. Particulars are infinite, and 
those
who follow that path will inevitably get lost in its infinite 
ramifications,
with no real knowledge gained. The goal is to be found from 
above,
below—from universals to particulars, and not the reverse.
The
Path of real occult knowledge begins where all begin. It is the Path of all 
beings,
and we need to see the reason why it is an open path for all. We find 
ourselves
in the midst of a vast evolution, with beings of many grades still 
below
us—lower in point of consciousness and intelligence than ourselves—as also 
we
ought to see there must be beings above us far greater than we are. All these 
beings
have sprung from a common Source; all differ seemingly, yet there exists, 
supreme
in all, the same power to perceive, to know, to learn.
We
have to understand the reason for the differences in beings and for our own 
limitations.
Let us, then, seek out the beginnings of things—for everything that 
exists
had a beginning, and, of course, everything that had a beginning will 
have
an ending. If our beginning was with this life only, the end of this life 
would
be our complete extinction; then we would have no concern with anything 
else.
But there is knowledge that extends prior to this birth and beyond this 
life,
and in that hidden knowledge we may get the clue to an understanding of 
not
only our own natures, but the nature of all beings everywhere.
Our
first firm basis is in the perception that all knowledge must lie in and be 
sustained
by the common Source of which we are a part and an expression. That 
common
Basis could not be any supreme Being, for “Being” means finiteness and 
limitation,
and outside of it must still be that which is not contained.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
We
have to go far back of all beings and creations and creatures to that Cause 
which
lies behind all life, all consciousness, all spirit, all being. That is 
not
different in any being. IT is the same in all, so must be the essential 
Divinity
in all beings of every grade. There is one Absolute Principle which is 
the
origin, the sustainer, the container, of all that ever was, is, or shall be. 
We
call it a PRINCIPLE, because to name IT is to define IT, to limit IT, to 
belittle
IT. To endeavor to give IT attributes of any kind is a limitation, and 
we
must go back of all limitations if we are to understand the Omnipresent and 
Immortal
in us and in all things.
Our
search for knowledge is almost universally a looking for something outside. 
We
are looking for information, for instruction, in the thoughts of other men, 
in
the ideas of other peoples, which, in this school of Occult Knowledge, is not 
knowledge
at all. The only knowledge we can have is that which we gain for 
ourselves,
and within ourselves, as actual experience. External facts and 
information
can never give us any understanding whatever of the higher, more 
divine
parts of our nature.
There
is no understanding, no explanation, of the mysteries of our own 
existence,
on the basis of a single life. We have to go beyond that, back of 
that,
to realize what evolution means. Evolution means an unfolding from within 
outwards.
That is the way all beings grow—physically, intellectually, 
spiritually.
The beings below us are unfolding; they are embryonic souls not yet 
arrived
at the human stage of self-consciousness and self-realization, but they 
are
on their way to where we already are. The same thing is true of all the 
beings
above us. They have already passed through stages similar to ours. The 
inner
part— the Enduring in every being—is illimitable, infinite, in its power 
of
unfolding and expression, because it is the Immortal.
But,
one may say, there was a beginning to this life. So, too, there was a 
beginning
to this day, to this experience, to this collection of experiences, to 
this
body. Yes; but in each and every case this beginning and those beginnings 
were
the repetitions of other beginnings and endings—of what? Of experiences, of 
instruments,
of perceptions; not of the Perceiver, the real being.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
This
brings us to the perception of Law; the Law of Periodicity, of Cycles, 
which
is illustrated in every department of nature. Our being here under 
evolution
ought to show any intelligent person that no one has reached his 
present
stage save through previous stages. That which pushes “us” on, that 
which
is the basis of all the powers we show or express, is the Spirit in us, 
our
real Self. The Spirit of man has all the powers that any Spirit has. That 
Spirit
is universal, not limited to any one being or class of beings. In man it 
is
individualized and is the true Ego in each of us. As such Ego we have the 
direction
of that inflow of universal force which we call the Spirit, and we 
direct
that power in various ways, some of which we call good, and others we 
recognize
as evil; for it must be understood that neither good nor evil exist of 
themselves,
but only as the results of action.
We
have imagined that good and evil have come to us from others, but as 
directors
of the forces of Spirit, as Egos, we can see there is nothing brought 
to
us nor upon us except as we cause that operation ourselves. ‘We have often 
heard
it said, “Whatsoever a man sows, that shall he also reap,” and we have 
perhaps
believed it. But have we ever applied it in another way, that whatever 
we
are reaping we must have sown?
The
Law of Periodicity, of Cycles, being universal, must apply in every 
particular
to every particular being. That is justice. If Law is not universal 
then
this is not a universe of law, but of chance. If it is a universe of law, 
then
our very conditions, our possessions, our intelligence, our beliefs, 
everything
that comes to us, comes as the result of our thought and action. As 
we
are reaping at any time, so we must have sown at some time. As we are sowing 
at
any time, so we must reap at some time. Our birth, our circumstances, are 
reapings.
Our attitude towards them, our use of them, are sowings. We are born 
into
any body, any conditions, as the result of our past sowing—our past lives. 
This
is justice, and it alone explains the differences between people.
We
are responsible beings, and the feeling of responsibility is the first step 
towards
selflessness. The thought that Law is im-
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
posed
upon us by any being or beings, is destroyed by the recognition that Law 
is
inherent in ourselves: as each one acts—that is, affects others—so is the 
re-action
upon himself.
The
differences between people, and the contradictions in ourselves, are in the 
fundamental
ideas held; for as a man thinks, so he acts. If he thinks this is 
the
first time he has been on earth, that it is the only time; if he believes 
that
some being brought him here, governs him while here, is going to take care 
of
him when he dies—if he has those ideas, he will act in accordance with them, 
and
will receive the inevitable reaction.
But
if we see that the Spirit is behind everything, that all Law is the action 
of
Spirit, that we are Spirit, we shall have a true perception of our own 
natures.
We will begin to think in ages, instead of the days of one short life; 
the
basis of our actions will be those Eternal verities that have been proven 
again
and again by Supermen—those Beings above us who once passed through our 
stage,
and who are now the Knowers of the Eternal. They hold this knowledge, and 
that
which has been given out by Them as Theosophy is a statement of a portion 
of
Their knowledge. It is as much as we can assimilate, or understand, or use.
So,
being Spirit, and acting under the Law of our own Being, we grow to realize 
what
the whole Universe means: that the Universe exists for no other purpose 
than
the evolution of Soul—the embryonic souls below us, the partially developed 
souls
here among us, and the perfectly developed souls above us—all climbing the 
great
stair of development, of Self-evolution. No one can force us up the stair. 
We
may go on and on, remaining on the same level for myriads of lives; we may go 
lower;
but if we are ever to make the ascent from Man to Superman, from Soul to 
Great
Soul, we ourselves must fulfill the conditions that will enable us to do 
so.
Along
these lines lies Occult Knowledge. There is such a knowledge, and it is 
far
beyond what we call reason; for reason is merely working from premises to 
conclusions,
whereas real knowledge is direct cognition. We do not reason about 
the
things
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
we
know. We do not have to reason about all the knowledge we have attained in 
the
past; when we are on the plane of Knowledge, we know without any reasoning 
whatever.
This goes far deeper than most people imagine. It is possible for the 
human
being to reach that stage where by looking at anything he can tell the 
whole
nature of it—from its origin, all the processes through which it has 
passed,
all the incidental relations it may have had. This is direct 
cognition—Occult
Knowledge. It is to be gained by the recognition and conscious 
use
of the powers of the Inner Self. It cannot be gained by reasoning, nor by 
the
inferences reached from looking at things from outside and judging from what 
we
are able to perceive; it is gained by what we call the Intuition—the acquired 
knowledge
of all the past. Occult Knowledge enables one absolutely to determine 
what
is the nature and essence of anything regarded.
True
and full Intuition can come to us as a steady light only through our doing 
away
with the false ideas that we now hold and employ. What is required is a 
correction
of our basis of thinking. Theosophy gives us the true basis for right 
thinking,
and so for right action. The consistent and persistent effort to think 
and
act from the right basis draws out a certain power in ourselves, and that 
power
manifests, first of all, as the power of concentration—the ability to hold 
our
mind upon a single subject or object to the exclusion absolute of every 
other
thing.
How
many of us have that power? I venture to say, not one. We have no stability 
of
mind, and we must get that. But the power of concentration cannot be used if 
we
imagine ourselves to be changeable, perishable beings. We think that in order 
to
“develop,” we must change. It is not true. We need to change our fundamental 
ideas,
our minds, our modes of thought, our instruments. That is where the 
development
comes. If we are ever going to learn to concentrate, we must 
concentrate
from the basis of the steady point in us, the Perceiver, the Spirit, 
our
real unchanging Immortal Self. We cannot come to or connect with that Power 
in
ourselves unless we realize that all life is One, that all beings like 
ourselves
are moving on the same path. In that
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
way
we realize Universal Brotherhood in a spiritual sense: Altruism should 
actuate
us in every thought, word and deed.
If
we consider these things we shall see how far away we may be from making a 
beginning
in the direction of Occult Knowledge. A beginning has to be made, and 
the
sooner we start the better. It calls for the arousal of the Spiritual Will. 
Will
is not a thing in itself, a power in itself. The will is consciousness in 
action,
as distinguished from consciousness inactive. As soon as we think or 
desire
in any direction the ‘will” works. That will is weak or strong according 
to
our idea of ourselves, our thoughts, our desires, our aspirations, our 
considerations
of our weaknesses, our limitations. If we realize that we are 
Spiritual
beings and think and act in the right direction, at once the Spiritual 
Will
begins to work, the power of Concentration is strengthened, the feeling of 
responsibility
grows, the whole nature begins to change, to be transformed—the 
Great
Transition is going on.
These
are the Eternal Verities that we ought to grasp. We ought to grasp them 
first
and apply them in ourselves and to ourselves, and then we will find that 
these
ideas are true, because their truth is realized—has become as evident to 
us
as the sun in heaven.
 
CONTENTS
THE
ETERNAL VERITIES
THE
POWER OF SUGGESTION
The
power of suggestion means many different things to many minds. It is coupled 
with
the idea of hypnosis, where the operator is able to make the subject think, 
say,
do, or imagine anything he chooses. That is possible through the abnormal 
condition
of the subject. The means and methods of inducing this abnormal 
condition
are not generally known, although some practitioners have hit upon 
various
ways of bringing on hypnosis in some subjects.
But
what is to be discussed is the fact of suggestion itself, generally 
considered,
and as it affects all men. People are not aware that they act almost 
entirely
under suggestion. From our birth we are surrounded by those who suggest 
certain
ideas to
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
us
as true, and we follow these suggested ideas. There is very little original 
thought
anywhere, and particularly is this true in those lines to which the 
public
pays the most attention—that is, politics, religion, science. Whatever 
system
of thought is presented to us, that we adopt. We follow the suggestion 
given,
with no attempt to reach to the basis of that which is suggested. The 
foundation
upon which the suggestion rests is taken for granted, even in the 
most
important things in life.
Our
religion, for example, is stated to be a ‘revelation.” We accepted it in 
childhood,
accepted it as a fact, without looking into it to see what it is and 
on
what it is founded. Our powers of thought and action being based upon a false 
suggestion
does not inhibit their exercise, but as a result all our 
possibilities
of thought and action, all our mental creations, the whole super 
structure
of our existence, are false, because, thinking from false premises, 
our
thinking will inevitably lead to false conclusions.
This
is just as truly the fact as in the case of the hypnotized subject. He is 
thrown
into an abnormal condition; he has nothing before his mind; the operator 
presents
a given idea and with it the suggestion of a certain mode of action. 
Immediately
the subject adopts the suggestion, goes to work on it, and will 
continue
working along the suggested line cumulatively until the suggestion is 
changed.
Those
who are born into any particular sect ought to know this. With our first 
sense
of understanding, ideas are presented to us, instilled into our minds as 
absolute
facts. We proceed from that basis, and however long it is followed, no 
true
understanding or conclusion can be reached. What do we know of the truth or 
falsity
of these ideas when presented to us in childhood? Nothing whatever. What 
do
our parents and teachers know of them? Nothing whatever. They have merely 
passed
on to us the suggestions which they received in childhood and which have 
operated
in them cumulatively ever since.
We
must learn not to accept statements, no matter by whom made, simply because 
they
are made to us. We must get at the basis of whatever is presented, know 
what
its principles are—
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
whether
those principles are self-evident. If they are not self- evident, how 
can
they be basic?
The
idea is common to everybody in the Western world that there is a Creator of 
this
universe. What do we know about it? If it is true that a being created the 
universe
and all the beings in it, then we are not responsible. In continuance 
of
that idea other ideas follow it: that man is here but once, that this is his 
only
birth, and that from here he knows not where he goes. We have followed the 
suggestion
that a man lives but one life, that he is fundamentally irresponsible 
for
his being here, and we have built up our thoughts and actions on that basis. 
Does
it make us wiser, happier, while we live? Does it produce peace and 
happiness
for others? Does it bring us to the end of life any wiser, any better 
off?
For we know that when we come to the end of life we leave every earthly 
thing
we have gained while here.
But
this earth is only one of many earths. What of the other planets, the other 
solar
systems with which space is filled? Have we any vital knowledge in regard 
to
them or the reason for their existence under the suggestions that have been 
handed
to us?
When
our religious impressions are changed, when other suggestions are given us, 
are
they not handed to us in the same way? Whatever they are— Science,” “New 
Thought,”
“Christian Science,” and so on—we adopt them, move along the lines 
suggested
by those who give them to us, and what do we really learn? Nothing. We 
come
to the end of life just as encased in ignorance, despite all the 
“revelations”
ever given us. What do we know of their bases? Are they true or 
only
partially so? We are never asked to look into their fundamentals, to see 
for
ourselves if they are true, self-evident. No; we are asked to accept what is 
given
us and go to work on that. That is suggestion.
Our
municipal life, our national life, our political life, are all under 
suggestion,
and few are they who try to go to the root of things and understand 
what
the nature of being is, so that they can know for themselves and thus act 
with
power and knowledge. As we look the field over, we find that we are all 
prey
to the power of suggestion in every direction.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
What
is the criterion which we should apply to every suggestion presented to us? 
Just
this: If we have the truth, it will explain what was before a mystery. And 
as
we are surrounded by mysteries, the Truth must explain them all.
This
power of suggestion must still be used, whatever line may be pointed out to 
us.
If Truth exists and is possible to us—the Truth in religion, science and 
philosophy—it
must first come to us by suggestion from Those who know. If it 
were
not possible for this to be done, were not possible for us to avail 
ourselves
of it, then there would be no use talking of these things. But when 
the
true is suggested to us, there is always a means presented by which we may 
see
and verify it. That means is not in anyone’s authority or endorsement, but 
in
the fact that we can perceive it and test it for ourselves. The final 
authority
is the man himself.
An
outside God is an idol. We have to reach into the very recesses of our own 
being
and understand that it is ourself that chooses and determines for itself 
what
it shall accept and what reject. The very power of Divinity—the power of 
choice—is
in each one of us. When we begin to understand that, we get the first 
clue
to our own immortality. So we may see that That which lives and thinks in 
man
is the Eternal Pilgrim. If you prefer to use the term God, you may say, “So 
many
men on earth, so many Gods in heaven.”
There
are many beings below man; perhaps some will admit that there may be, that 
there
are, beings greater than man. None of these beings can be omnipresent, 
none
of them can be the Supreme. What is that which is omnipresent and supreme 
in
each and every being—in man, in the beings below man, in the beings above 
man?
is it not this Power to perceive, to think, to choose, to act upon the 
thinking
and the choosing—upon the Intelligence which the being has? That Power 
transcends
all beings, all conceptions. It is that Power which lies at the root 
of
all evolution, and is the very Essence of every being. No one is separate 
from
That. No one is without That. All are rays from
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
and
one with That. There is no possibility of any existence apart from That.
Man
stands in the midst of a vast and silent evolution—the evolution of 
Intelligence,
of Soul. All the beings below man must be coming up the ladder of 
being
to our stage, and whatever beings may exist beyond man, they must have 
passed
through our stage and gone still farther up the ladder. They are our 
Elder
Brothers and have passed through civilizations before ours—many, many ages 
before
ours—and have reached a point of development far higher than ours. It is 
They
who have carried forward all the knowledge gained in that vast evolution 
which
has preceded ours.
These
Elder Brothers of the human family are not spirits in the ordinary sense 
of
the word, nor are they hazy beings, ‘ or ‘ They are men, Mahatmas (Great 
Souls),
who are perfected beings physically, mentally, morally, psychically, 
spiritually—who
stand now where we shall one day stand, when we have perfected 
ourselves
in the same way that They have done, through self-induced and 
self-devised
exertions.
These
Masters stand to us in Their knowledge and power, in Their ability and 
efforts
to help and guide us, as the greatest and most powerful suggestion that 
could
be made to any human being. They are willing and ready to help whenever 
and
where ever we are willing and ready to receive. They never ask for anything; 
They
are always ready to give to those who may be willing to follow the lines 
indicated,
so that we in our turn may become as They are—may know for ourselves.
If
we take Their philosophy as given to us in Theosophy, if we take it as a 
theory
to be examined on its merits, we shall find that it explains. It explains 
why
there are so many different kinds of people; it explains different natures; 
it
explains why some suffer more and others suffer less. It explains why each 
one
is born in a particular place, in that family, in that nation, at that time. 
It
explains every inequality in life, every injustice, every mystery. It will 
enable
a man to realize his own immortality, to live a conscious existence in 
Spirit,
even while incarnated
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
in
a body here on this earth. At present we live in matter; we think that we 
exist
in matter and are dependent on matter for our existence. We think in 
matter.
Our religion is materialistic; our science is materialistic; our 
philosophy
is materialistic. All this is due to the misuse of the power of 
suggestion
and to our acceptance of ideas without investigation, without 
comparison,
upon authority. We believe; we do not know.
There
is no Divinity, save it has evolved as such from the One Spirit. Every 
Divine
being is an evolution. Where ever divinity is spoken of it means an 
evolution
of a being. All intelligence is based in the Power to perceive, and 
that
exists in every grade of being. Intelligence is the extension of the power 
to
know. This idea sets aside a great many suggestions that we have perhaps 
depended
upon. It would be well for us if we did not depend upon anything save 
our
own inherent power to learn, to extricate ourselves from our difficulties. 
All
our powers are born with us; all our past experiences are with us, but they 
are
crowded out by the suggestions given to us when we were children, and by the 
false
ideas which we still entertain. Nothing but the Truth can ever set us 
free,
and that Truth each one can find and follow, and thus come to know for 
himself.
 
CONTENTS
THE
ETERNAL VERITIES
TRUE
CLAIRVOYANCE
Since
the Theosophical Movement took outward expression in 1875, the term 
clairvoyance
(clear seeing) has become familiar to many people. In the latter 
part
of last century and in the early part of this century, many kinds of 
clairvoyance
have been observed and experienced. Clairvoyance itself had its own 
peculiar
development and facility, the different kinds of clairvoyance relating 
to
varying degrees of perception of matter where there was no physical thing to 
be
seen, and to events transpiring at a great distance from where the seer was 
located.
Unfortunately, all of these kinds of clairvoyance were limited in their 
scope;
they were but partial clairvoyance.
Societies
of psychology and of psychical research have under taken the task of 
finding
out what the power of clairvoyance
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
may
or may not be, from the basis of brain, or mere physical existence. They 
seek
the necessary causes in effects which themselves have been set in motion by 
causes
which are hidden. Consequently, their researches are limited. Yet, 
clairvoyance
itself, however followed, points to the fact that there is latent 
in
man the power to see, hear, feel, contact, at any distance whatever; and the 
power
is not limited to any special person, or persons, but is common to all 
humanity.
There
is a true clairvoyance. There is a true school of occultism. There are 
many
false clairvoyants. There are many false schools of occultism. All the 
false
schools go in some particular direction that is attractive to the ordinary 
human
mind—the mind that desires to obtain something for itself, as it believes 
itself
to be. So with the different kinds of clairvoyance—if the desire on the 
part
of one endeavoring to find the power in himself is to obtain something for 
himself,
the clairvoyance obtained will never lead him in any true direction. 
Nothing
can give a true understanding of clairvoyance, nor bring to our minds 
what
true clairvoyance may be, but a study of the nature of man, of the nature 
of
the world in which he lives, and the nature of the solar system in which that 
world
exists.
The
clue to true clairvoyance lies in the septenary nature of man. There are 
seven
distinct planes of consciousness; there are seven distinct states of 
matter,
of which the physical is one. These seven distinct planes of action are 
the
different departments of man’s nature, but it is the same One who acts in 
all
the different departments. Clairvoyance, then, in any true sense, we should 
understand
to be clear seeing in each and every one of these seven departments 
of
the nature of man. All other partial clairvoyance can bring us no great 
results,
and, certainly, no great knowledge.
Many
are those who have ‘sat for development,” have endeavored to obtain the 
state
that is termed “the astral plane,” in order to be able to see and hear at 
a
distance. But the greatest danger imaginable lies in that direction. The mere 
seeing
or hearing things does not give any understanding of their nature,
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
and
many things to which we may be attracted on the astral plane are dangerous 
and
poisonous in their nature. The efforts made to reach that plane are always 
by
means of passivity, and, when we allow ourselves to become passive, any 
influence
what ever outside of the normal physical perceptions may reach us. We 
are
just as much the prey of evil effects as we are open to good effects, but we 
are
not choosers in either direction. What ever may be in our nature attracts 
the
good, or evil, or mixed, accordingly; but the mere seeing or hearing would 
of
itself give us no knowledge, nor carry us one step on the way of progress. 
For
illustration, say we were transported to the planet Mars, saw the operation 
of
the beings there and heard the sounds made in their speech. If they were a 
different
kind of beings from ourselves we would have no understanding at all of 
what
they were doing. True knowledge and true understanding are gained by a 
comprehension
of laws and principles, and in no other way. Just as there is a 
law
which from the very beginning of our being prompted us to advance step by 
step
in development, so there is a law which admits us step by step up the 
stairs
of knowledge. Not one of those steps may be omitted. To attempt to get to 
the
top by springing from the bottom is not possible, for each step depends upon 
every
other—the highest resting upon all the rest, the lowest preceding the 
highest.
The
septenary nature of man is best explained by reference to the three great 
principles
which underlie all life, as well as every religion and every 
philosophy
that ever has been, or ever can be. They may be indicated by the 
brief
terms God, Law, and Being. As to God, the ancients have recorded that 
there
is One Absolute Principle—Unspeakable, Untranslatable, Undefinable, 
Infinite,
Omnipresent—the Cause, the Sustainer of all that was, is, or ever 
shall
be. Deity, the Omnipresent, can be absent from no point of space, and we 
are
inseparable from It. Each one is of That—a ray from and one with that 
Absolute
Principle. The power in us to perceive, to know, to experience—apart 
from
any thing that is seen, known, or experienced—is the One Self, the One 
Life,
and the One Consciousness, shared by all alike—the
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
Source
of every being, the Life of every being, the Power of every being. Behind 
all
perceiving and knowing and experiencing is the One undivided Self. Herein 
lies
the true basis of Brotherhood—the unifying bond for all above man and for 
all
below man—and the real growth into divine life is the increasing realization 
of
the fullness of that Life in each. Acting for and as that Self in every 
direction,
realizing that the Self acts in all and through all, and endeavoring 
to
realize more and more that each one is that Self, the fullness of one’s own 
nature
and of other natures comes to be seen, appreciated, understood, and 
helped.
The
second great principle—Law—shows that the universe is a boundless plane, in 
which
occur periodical manifestations. This earth had a beginning; this solar 
system
had a beginning. So, too, they will have an ending, since everything that 
begins
in time ends in time. All earths, solar systems, and beings of every 
grade,
have reached their present stage through evolution—that evolution under 
exact
law, inherent in the nature of the beings concerned. All evolution 
proceeds
from beings. It is the force of the beings in action which causes 
individual
and collective results. The law of laws is Karma—the law of action 
and
re-action, of cause and effect, which are the aspects of action, and which 
can
not be separated. All progress goes on under this law in the natural 
sequence
of periods of activity and periods of rest. As after night comes 
morning
again; as after spring, summer, autumn, winter comes spring again; so 
after
birth, youth, manhood, death comes birth again. The process of 
reincarnation,
or coming into a body again, is just as natural as coming into 
another
day which is not yet. This life is; last life was; next life will be. 
So,
as planets or solar systems have their ending, will they and the beings who 
composed
them, have their re-incarnation—a new beginning.
The
third fundamental principle points to the fact that all beings in the 
universe
have evolved from lower points of perception into greater and greater 
individualization;
that the beings above man have gone through our stage; that 
there
never can never be a stoppage of evolution in an infinite universe of 
infinite
possibilities; that whatever stage of perfection may be reached in
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
any
race, on any planet, or in any solar system there are always greater 
opportunities
beyond.
When
this solar system began, then, it was merely a continuation of that which 
had
been. In another aggregation, on another planet, beings of every grade, 
corresponding
to our mineral, animal, man, and superman, were working together. 
That
great day of operation ceased; that world stopped so far as any further 
action
was concerned, just as we stop when we cease waking consciousness and go 
into
sleep. Then the dawn of the next day comes. There is an arousal and 
operation
again. All the beings that had hitherto expressed themselves, that had 
been
indrawn into the primordial state of matter, go forth again on a new basis 
to
further development.
We
were self-conscious beings when this world began, clothed in that primordial 
state
of matter from which all subsequent states have proceeded, and in which 
the
possibilities of change are infinite. Just as our planet, beginning in a 
nebulous
state, tends to a concretion, gradually cooling, hardening, and 
condensing,
so every living human being has made himself concretions of 
substance,
until he has reached this most dense plane, and final concretion in 
the
present physical body. Those stairs down which he has descended are seven in 
number.
That this solar system, this earth and man are septenary in nature is 
the
teaching. Observe the seven notes of the scale, and the seven colors of the 
spectrum.
These colors do not ‘happen,” by chance; they are evolutions, 
differentiations
of the one substance. Both sound and color are different rates 
of
vibration caught by the instruments of the ear, the eye, or both. Some think 
that
while we have now only five senses, we are gradually acquiring another 
sense.
What we really have are five organs that give five distinct 
characteristics
of matter. What we shall next arrive at is an understanding of 
the
sixth characteristic of matter, and beyond that is the seventh synthetic 
sense,
which covers all and belongs to the higher planes of being.
If
we are that being who is the perceiver, the knower, the spirit, Life, 
Consciousness
itself—what would be true clairvoy-
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
ance?
Could that by any possibility be called true clairvoyance which would be 
embraced
in the mere looking through fleshly eyes upon a state of matter only a 
little
removed from this of the earth? There are true clairvoyants who not only 
know
what is apparent to everybody, but who see everything that is in a human 
being,
or in any being. In their sight, one can not make a motion of any 
kind—such
a simple motion as moving from one chair to another—without setting 
every
one of his seven senses into action and exhibiting along the line of those 
seven
senses every single qualification and motive he may ever have held. It is 
within
the power of some to know the very hearts of men, to know the very 
motives
that actuate them. In true clairvoyance, the real being is absolutely 
and
unconditionally awake. He is using every one of the instruments with 
precision
and in exact line with one another. He has clear seeing. He reaches 
down
into the motives of man, because he sees everything. How can he see? Every 
center
in man—that is, every organ—has been evolved under the operation of the 
laws
that govern the solar system. These laws may be known. Every center has its 
own
distinctive color and its own distinctive sound; it also presents a 
distinctive
symbol and form. If, then, one knew the laws of sounds, colors, 
symbols
and form, he could tell, just as exactly as we tell the simplest thing, 
what
caused the nature of any motion and the motive that underlay it. From him, 
deception
could not be hid; evil could not be hid; motives could not be hid. 
Such
an acquisition, without any possibility of failure, would be divine—the 
true
clairvoyance.
True
clairvoyance is not gained by “sitting for development.” One might sit for 
development
ten million years, and in the end be only capable of sitting. The 
true
power is gained by trying to realize our own divine nature, and to act as 
divinity
acts; by trying to get all the possessions possible, that we may place 
them
at the service of our fellow-men. The power is gained by self sacrificing 
service,
and in no other way. The divine in us has its fullest expression in 
self-sacrifice.
As man moves along, realizing more and more his own nature, 
working
more and more for the
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
natures
of every other, he finds spiritual knowledge springing up spontaneously 
within
him. He seeks nothing for himself. He seeks all power and all knowledge 
only
that he may help others less endowed. Jesus said: “Let him who would be the 
greatest
among you serve the least.” And so it has always been in this great 
work,
that those who were the greatest among us served the least, were the 
humble
ones, who sought no preference, no recognition.
Altruism,
self-sacrifice, devotion to the highest interests of humanity—these 
constitute
the one password to true clairvoyance. If it could be had in any 
other
way, would not a great many things that have happened, a great many 
disasters
that have befallen different peoples, been avoided? If such knowledge 
could
be bought, would not institutions be despoiled, people robbed, the 
stock-market
exploited, and all sorts of self-advantages gained? But true 
knowledge
is never used for self-advantage; not even for defence. When Jesus was 
on
the cross, they said: “Let Him save Himself; let Him come down from the 
cross.
He saved others; Himself He cannot save.” ‘Was He powerless to come down? 
Not
at all. They had wreaked their natures upon Him, and He suffered it. He 
could
have destroyed them all, if He chose, but He said: “Father, forgive them, 
for
they know not what they do.” Nor would those who were able to read the inner 
most
thoughts of a person be “peering about,” be endeavoring to discover what 
others
desired to hide. Never would they look where the demand had not been made 
upon
them. They would take each person at his own valuation. If such an one 
deceived—whatever
the deception—they would meet him on his own ground, striving 
all
the time to give him a higher point of view.
There
are beings who come into the world from time to time, with no marks of 
distinction
that we, as human beings, can recognize, yet the possessors of a 
knowledge
which we ardently desire to possess. They are never recognized, save 
by
the very few while they are among us; but when they go, that which they have 
given
tells us what they were. By the very character of the teachings of Jesus 
we
recognize the nature of the being who brought them. So the teachings of 
Theosophy—a
knowledge which is absolutely
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
scientific,
covering every department of nature, explaining all that now are 
mysteries—declare
the nature of those beings who brought Theosophy, our Elder 
Brothers.
And They, who have raised themselves out of our ranks, do not leave us 
in
trouble, in darkness, in ignorance. Their desire is that we shall see, under 
stand,
know ourselves; that, quickly setting right the ideas which we hold of 
life,
and letting right actions flow from right ideas, we may act as divine 
beings.
However blind, however ignorant, we are not left alone, but are helped 
just
so far as we desire and merit help, and just so far as we, with what we 
learn,
help others who know still less than we. Unselfishness, and that alone, 
brings
us all the gifts there are. As Jesus said: ‘Seek ye first the kingdom of 
heaven,
and all the rest will be added unto you.”
 
CONTENTS
THE
ETERNAL VERITIES
TRUE
MORALITY
True
morality is not a thing of words or phrases or modes of action of any kind, 
nor
is its basis to be found in the many kinds of ideas of morality in the 
world,
which vary as to time and place. What is “moral” at one time is “immoral” 
at
another. There is no basis whatever in this changing attitude towards 
actions,
changing classifications of good and evil, in a changing “division of 
the
universe.” Intolerance is their sure resultant; for those who pride 
themselves
upon their own special brands of “morality” are always intolerant of 
others
who do not accept that brand. True morality rests in an understanding and 
in
a realization of man’s own spiritual nature, and must of necessity flow from 
it,
irrespective of all kinds of conventions. We need to know our own inner 
natures
in order to know what is, in truth, morality.
The
conventions of external life are established merely by a consensus of 
opinion
of the beings living at any one time and in any one place. They are not 
necessarily
based on truth, and certainly not on a perception of the whole of 
truth.
As we may see, the best interests of all are not served by the ideas that 
are
generally held. The world is in a tremendously evil and selfish
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
state.
With all our prevailing ideas of progress, of morality and of religion, 
it
is not anywhere nearly so happy a place as it was perhaps a century or two 
ago;
it is not nearly so good a place for human beings to live in as it was in 
the
more innocent and less complex civilizations of the older nations. There is 
evidently
some thing wrong with the ideas that we hold, if we find it impossible 
to
deny the fact that instead of the world getting better and in stead of life 
becoming
more simple, the world is growing worse and life is becoming more and 
more
complex. We should not find ourselves in the present condition if our 
ideas,
religious and moral, flowed from the underlying basic ideas of all 
religions,
philosophies, and systems of thought.
The
basis of understanding of life accepted by the majority of Western peoples 
has
been a revealed religion, and a personal God who revealed that religion. 
From
this basis have sprung all our wrong conceptions. Hence the great stress 
laid
on physical existence. in fact, one might say that the generality of human 
thinking
is centered entirely on physical existence. The question has not even 
been
asked, “How is it that I am born at this time, under such conditions, in 
this
people, and not at some previous or future time, when the world might be 
better?”
The question has not been asked, “Why are we here at all?” Nor have we 
asked,
“What is the pre-existing cause that brought us into this relation? Was 
it
at the whim or caprice of a special Being, or was it under the operation of 
an
indwelling, inherent law within ourselves?” If we are here with our present 
qualities,
surrounded with difficulties, not because of anything we ourselves 
have
done, but because of the whim or caprice of some Being, then we must regard 
ourselves
as absolutely irresponsible for anything what ever. If we were so 
created,
there is nothing that can undo that creation and we must suffer the 
consequences,
the causes for which we did not set in motion!
The
true ideas of the ancient philosophy relieve us of two misconceptions: one, 
the
idea that there is a revengeful God who punishes us for those things that we 
are
unable to prevent ourselves from doing; and second, the idea of a Devil to 
whom
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
we
are consigned if we do not follow the lines that some people have laid down 
for
us. A knowledge of Theosophy enables us to understand that there never was 
any
“creation,” in the sense of making something out of nothing; but that 
everything—every
being of every kind—has evolved, and is still evolving. The 
beings
below us are evolving to our estate, where the beings, now evolved so far 
beyond
us, some time in the distant past went through a similar stage. All 
beings
are what they are through evolution from within outwards, that evolution 
proceeding
under Law.
Law
is operative everywhere and upon every being, because the Law is not 
something
separate from him; it is not separate from the inner spiritual man. 
Law
is the law of man’s own action. So, as we act along those lines that affect 
others
for good or for evil, we necessarily receive the return from those good 
or
evil effects which we cause others to experience. Each individual is the 
operator
of the Law; according to his actions he gets the re-actions; according 
to
his sowing, does he reap. In place, then, of the idea of a revengeful God, we 
have
the ideas of absolute Justice and individual responsibility.
If,
from the point of view of Law, we ask ourselves what pre-existing causes 
brought
us into these relations, we can see that what now is must have been 
brought
about by ourselves, and what now is is similar to what was. At once the 
idea
is presented to our minds that this is not the first time, by many times, 
we
have been in a body; that re-incarnation is the process by which human beings 
reach
greater and greater heights; that there is no other way or means to learn 
all
the lessons to be gained in physical life among our fellow-men, except 
through
repeated incarnations.
We
come, then, to another phase of our being—for we see there is in us something 
that
is continuous in its operation, something which was never born and never 
dies.
If it continues from one life to another, through many lives, and for many 
lives,
there must be a permanency in us which no change of condition or body or 
circumstance
can alter for a single instant. As we thus think in terms of ages 
rather
than in the days of one short life,
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
we
begin to get a glimpse of that Reality which lies within us; we open the door 
so
that those internal, real, more permanent perceptions can find operation in 
our
daily waking thoughts—for every single human being has sprung from the One 
Great
Source, is animated by That, is, in fact, That at the very root of his 
being;
in That is his power of perception and of action, which is spiritual and 
permanent.
The power of perception and of action exists in everyone; the 
direction
of that perception and action rests in each one. Each has the power to 
take
the course which to him seems best; but, in taking the course, he sows, and 
must
also reap as was the nature of his sowing. Every being in this universe of 
Law
is experiencing as he is because of his own thoughts, words, and deeds; 
every
circumstance, every misshapen day, every evil that comes to us as well as 
every
good, is due to thought, word of deed of ours in the past. In each 
incarnation
we find friends as well as enemies. So our minds may be set at rest 
with
regard to either God or Devil. Each one of us represents both the 
Spirit—the
highest divine nature—and also, the very lowest—the infernal nature. 
Man
is spiritual, in fact, but, thinking himself material and separate, and 
acting
in accordance with his thinking, he brings about the battle between the 
two
natures in him.
The
great mistake of religionists in our age has been the classification of good 
and
evil. There is nothing good in itself. There is nothing evil in itself. It 
is
the use to which anything is put that makes it good or makes it evil. How can 
we
draw a fine line between good and bad in every case? Good and evil are judged 
by
the effects that flow from the action done, but what might seem bad in one 
case
might be in fact the highest good, and what might seem good in another case 
might,
in fact, lead to the greatest evil. Just a hair’s line divides the Divine 
from
the Satanic. And that hair’s line consists, not in this nor in that mode of 
conduct,
but in the clearly presented motive or intention of the one who acts. A 
good
motive can never produce altogether evil results, and yet a good motive is 
not
enough. We may have the best motive in the world, but if we have not also 
knowledge
and wisdom, we may unintentionally do a wrong thing when
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
we
intended to do good; and sometimes we may do a good thing when we intended to 
do
evil. Thus true morality may be seen to lie not in the act itself, but in the 
motive;
it depends on the knowledge and intelligence of the being acting.
The
lines of true morality may go anywhere, but by this is not meant that we do 
evil
that good may come! How could we do evil if our perception is good, if our 
knowledge
is clear, if our motive is unquestioned and without self-interest? No 
imaginable
evil could flow under such conditions, which are of the nature of the 
Spirit.
The widest range of intelligence and wisdom are required to make it 
possible
for no evil effects to flow even if good is intended. Wisdom is always 
required,
because the very nature and essence of our being is wisdom itself, the 
object
of wisdom, and that which is to be obtained by wisdom. There is nothing 
higher
than that essence of our being, and we may consciously gain it by first 
setting
aside all those ideas that conflict with it, and then, acting from the 
basis
of our spiritual nature, from the basis of absolute, unerring Law. Once 
these
ideas are held in mind to the exclusion of all other separative ideas, 
unity
of Spirit, unity of thought and unity of action take place.
This
great philosophy of Theosophy, then, presents a basis from which the truest 
kind
of morality can be perceived. True morality does not depend upon words, 
phrases,
or conventions, but upon a universal perception of all things, whereby 
everything
is done for good, every thought and feeling expended for the benefit 
of
others rather than for one’s self. A clear perception of one’s own spiritual 
nature,
and the motive to benefit mankind in every direction and in every case, 
without
self-interest, are the two essentials for true morality. True morality 
is,
in fact, a universal existence, and the beginning of it is in the desire to 
live
to benefit mankind without self-interest or hope of any reward whatever; 
then,
to practice and to help those who know still less than we do.
This
is quite the reverse of prevailing religious ideas of personal salvation, 
yet
this universal existence is our salvation. At
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
once,
when these universal ideas are seen and to some extent realized, one loses 
all
fears. Neither change nor death, nor things present or to come, can have any 
effect
upon that one. He meets conditions as they come, does what he can, and 
lets
other conditions succeed them. He moves through life, far from an un happy 
being,
quite capable of taking all the joy and pleasure that exist in the 
world—all
that upon which his fellow-men only subsist or hope to subsist. He 
moves
among his fellow-men, understanding everything that they are going 
through,
enjoying with their joy and sorrowing when they sorrow, yet himself 
free
from either joy or sorrow. When we arrive at that condition, our sense of 
morality
will be based on the nature of man. We shall then look on each and 
every
being as of the same kind as ourselves, differing only in degree of 
understanding.
There can not be in us anything but tolerance and mercy, for we 
shall
know we can not judge others in their struggles; we can not say that there 
is
good in this case, bad in that; we shall understand that goodness and badness 
are
entirely relative in men, while they perceive the Reality not at all; we 
shall
see that the best thing we can do for anyone is to assist him to 
understand
himself, so that he may reach that point of perception and knowledge 
and
power which is, in reality, his own and which he has but to realize.
Man’s
false conceptions of life are what prevent him from knowing the truth, and 
it
is evident that the first step towards true perception lies in throwing aside 
the
prejudices and predilections he has lived by. And there is always help. 
Never
have we been, left alone. Always there are beings greater in evolution 
than
we, who return to this field of physical existence to help us, to wake us 
up
to a perception of our natures. Such has been the mission of all Divine 
Incarnations
down the ages. Those beings have come and lived among us, have 
become
“in all things like unto us,” as was said of Jesus, in order that the 
human
words They spoke should be words we would understand. They meet us on the 
basis
of our ideas and try to clarify them and set them in a true course. They 
can
do nothing to stop what
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
we
have done and what we want to do; They can not interfere; but They can help 
us
to see the right direction, if we are so willed; They can give help when we 
turn
to that direction which They indicate—that Path which They themselves 
followed
so many ages ago. Always They try to help us, even when we are 
proceeding
along wrong lines and bringing upon ourselves the suffering such 
wrong
lines entail—even then They try to direct the results into a better 
channel.
They hold back the awful Karma that would shake the world, and let the 
effects
come so gradually that we can stand and bear them. That is part of the 
protective
power of the spiritual nature, and it operates in every direction.
It
is for us, then, to say which way we shall go. We are not creatures of 
circumstance.
We are not the creatures of environment. We are their creators. It 
is
for us to see that we think right, that we build right, that we build upon 
the
strong foundation of the eternal verities, and that we keep our eyes upon 
that
Path which the great Masters of Wisdom have sought to open before us. So in 
our
turn we shall point out the Way among the hosts who are moving in delusion 
and
ignorance, and as we help each one, we help ourselves. As we help ourselves 
by
helping others, we raise all.
 
CONTENTS
THE
ETERNAL VERITIES
THE
STOREHOUSE OF THOUGHT
When
we consider the idea of thought we must remember that there cannot be 
thought
without a thinker. There are no thoughts that arise of themselves; they 
are
all produced by intelligent beings, no matter what kind of thoughts they 
are.
We
are all thinkers, and we all assume that we have minds, but of what does the 
mind
consist? What we call our mind is not, in reality, mind at all. The mind 
itself
is the power to think. The bundles of ideas that we call our minds are 
the
products of the thinking faculty; they are the effects of intelligent 
ideation,
and we have to get further and further back from the effects perceived 
to
the causes of those effects.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
Mind
itself is not limited; we all have the unlimited power to think in any and 
all
directions. But we all are born into or come in contact with different sets 
of
ideas which we consciously or unconsciously adopt and cling to. Yet we ought 
to
recognize and realize from the very outset that we are not those ideas, 
because
we have the power to “change our minds”; if we were in fact our ideas, 
we
could not change them, could never get a new idea nor expel an old one.
We
think that our ideas are our own; but, when we come to self-analysis, we find 
that
as a matter of fact not one in a million is an independent Thinker who 
creates
his thoughts from a realization of the universality of nature and the 
common
source from which we all derive or draw what seem to be our separate 
powers.
It is strange that we do not see that there is a common source for us 
all,
and for all our powers; that only the use of life and the life-powers 
differ
in each, according to the ideas each one holds. We all have the power to 
think,
and we all think differently, and that makes us seem to be different.
We
live in a world of effects, overwhelmed mentally by them, unable to extricate 
ourselves
from them. So what is most needed in the world is a realization of 
what
our own real nature is. If we find what our own real nature is, then we 
shall
know what the real nature of every other being is, whether that other 
being
is below us in point of intelligence, or as far above us as has yet been 
attained
by any being.
If
we are ever going to know anything of the common Source of all our being and 
of
all our powers, we have to gain that knowledge within ourselves. For no one 
is
separate from It; each one springs from the same Supreme, is one with It in 
his
inner most nature. The idea is beyond any conception of the Deity as people 
hold
God today, or that has been popularly held in the past.
The
Supreme is beyond form. It is beyond expression. Where is the man who can 
say
what That is within himself which sees, which knows, which feels, which 
experiences,
which garners the results of all experience? Each one is of that 
Infinite
Source,
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
because
all have the same infinite root; each one is an expression of It.
If
a man does not understand what his real Source is, what his real nature is, 
and
assumes himself to be that which he is not, then all his exercise of the 
power
to think, all his creative thoughts, all his subsequent actions, will 
follow
the lines of his wrong basis of thought and action. If he thinks he is a 
poor
miserable sinner who cannot do anything of himself and for him self, then a 
poor,
miserable sinner he will remain. But if he realizes that all the effects 
which
surround him are due to thinking, that he can create better effects, that 
all
things are within his reach, he will gain a new insight and a greater 
strength.
He gets beyond effects to the field of causes, and begins to realize 
that
all things are alike in essential nature. He finds from that consideration 
that
the universe is under Law. The very highest being is under law, just the 
same
as the very lowest. That Law does not exist outside of us, and is not put 
in
motion by some being or beings outside us, but is inherent in each. As we 
act,
we experience the reaction; as we think, so are we. In accordance with the 
intelligence
of our action, so will be the expression returning to us. ‘ ye sow, 
so
shall ye also reap;” as we are reaping, so we must have sown.
We
have there the first and final expression of Justice: that we reap what we 
have
sown. In whatever conditions we may find ourselves, we have to admit that 
they
are our own productions. How were they originally produced? By the thoughts 
of
the thinker based on a false conclusion. The power of the Supreme is in every 
one.
No matter what the man thinks, there is power in it; and if he holds to 
that
thinking he is bound to produce the effects that flow from the lines of his 
special
endeavor. If he is creating things that perish, if he is creating things 
that
do not relate to his own true nature—if his power to think is wrapped up in 
the
things that have to do only with his body or the bodily surroundings, or his 
physical
advancement—is it any wonder that soon or late we find ourselves in a 
complex
situation and with such usually disastrous consequences to ourselves? We
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
are
bewildered by the very effects that we have produced by our thinking based 
upon
wrong ideas.
We
have then to beware that we do not set the power of our spiritual nature in a 
personal
direction, for personal, selfish ends; such will only bring reaction 
upon
us, of necessity. Each one has pursued his own individual path, as if he 
were
separate from all the rest, and so has created the conditions under which 
he
exists, the experiences that bring him suffering or enjoyment.
We
have considered that good and evil are things in themselves. They are not. 
There
is nothing good in itself; there is nothing evil in itself. Good and evil 
are
the effects felt by us. What is good to one may be evil to another. It 
depends
on the recipient, on his attitude of mind. If we see that Law rules and 
recognize
that these effects were produced by ourselves, that we receive the 
exact
return of causes set in motion by ourselves, then we see that whatever we 
do
or have done affects others either for good or evil, and that we must in the 
nature
of things in time pay that debt incurred or receive back the benefit 
conferred.
The good that comes is what we have earned through service to others. 
The
evil that befalls us is also what we have earned, by lack of service or by 
injury
to others—every effect is the continuation of the cause set in motion by 
ourselves.
There
is the true idea to be established in us—that of our individual 
responsibility
to all others for the use of our powers. In it is implied the 
Spiritual
Identity of all beings, the divinity of every being that exists—not 
only
of mankind—the good and bad natures there—but every being below us, as well 
as
every being above us. This presents the fact that all powers—of perception, 
of
experience, of knowledge, of wisdom—lie for each being within himself, in his 
inmost
nature. And it brings instantly to our minds the idea of development, of 
unfoldment,
of evolution, for every being high or low. There are embryonic souls 
below
us in their various stages of progress; there are the souls of men with 
their
varying degrees of development; and there are Great Souls—Men who have 
gone
through the stages we are now passing through. The whole universe is made 
up
of
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
beings.
The form is the home, the instrument, of some minor or greater 
intelligence.
No intelligence, no form; no intelligence, no action of any kind, 
no
responsibilities of any kind. Wherever you find actions and conditions, there 
you
get intelligence, and where ever there is intelligence there is 
responsibility,
whether recognized or not. So that the universe exists for one 
purpose,
and for one purpose only—for the Soul’s experience and emancipation.
Soul
means the acquired experience of the Spiritual Being. In the vast universe, 
with
such an innumerable and immeasurable range of intelligent beings, differing 
infinitely
in their respective degrees of acquired intelligence, or Soul, where 
or
what would be the Storehouse of Thought?
In
this vast assemblage of beings there are many, many kinds of thought. There 
are
the thoughts or ideas of all the men now on earth and of those who have 
been;
the thoughts or expressions of the beings below man; the ideas and still 
wider
expressions of the beings above man. All these make a vast storehouse; but 
no
one of us can draw from that storehouse any more, nor any different than he 
puts
himself in a position to receive. He must make room for it. All that we 
perceive
directly is ideas. Behind all action is thought of some kind. It is the 
kind
of ideas we hold that makes us do everything—good or evil.
Now
we can see how important it is that we should know what we really are—become 
acquainted
with our own nature— and have that as a basis of our thought and 
action.
Upon the quality of thought depends the quality or kind of action. It is 
all
a sequence, and so what is needed is an orderly succession of thoughts based 
on
our true natures, and action in accordance with them. Then everything flows 
along
the line of divine unfoldment, of divine evolution; then we are working in 
accord
with nature, in accord with all others.
 
CONTENTS
THE
ETERNAL VERITIES
THE
LANGUAGE OF THE SOUL
The
Soul is pictured in the ancient teachings as the real Self man. There are 
many
different conceptions of what man is
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
and
what the soul. From Christian teachings we are led to believe that man has a 
soul,
and may save it or lose it—the idea generally held in the West. But the 
conception
of the ancients, and that of Theosophy, which is a re-presentation of 
this
eternal idea, is different. The teaching is that Man is a Soul; that Soul 
is
in fact the one who perceives; that it is vision itself, pure and simple, 
unmodified—not
subject to change—and that it looks directly on ideas.
This
idea presents the fact that the real Man in whatever condition he may be 
existing,
whether asleep or awake, whether in a physical body during his 
lifetime,
or whether in another form of body after death or before birth, or 
before
the existence of this planet or this solar system—that this real Man was 
the
same Perceiver, then as now, the same Soul all the time; the Creator of all 
the
conditions that have arisen; the intelligent Creator of this universe, in 
connection
with all the beings below him and all the beings above him. Man thus 
forms
part of one great Brotherhood, and this bond of brotherhood extends 
throughout,
from the lowest being to the very highest.
They
are all Souls; even the very lowest forms of matter are none the less 
Souls,
for in the lowest form of matter is the power to perceive, the power to 
act,
the power to gain experience. The potentiality is the same in all, and that 
potentiality
becomes a potency ever expanding as the Soul increases its range of 
experience.
All the forms, the bodies, that compose the universe are the results 
of
the experience and action of the souls inhabiting them. They are all the 
instruments
of the soul, and we always act with others in any grade or class of 
beings.
There is that unity of action which produces a similarity of instrument. 
In
these similarities of instrument we play upon and are played upon by beings 
of
the same class in the fullest degree, and by lower and higher classes in a 
greater
or less degree.
So,
taking this conception that the Self is the same in each being, no matter 
how
great that being may be, nor how low, we get another idea in regard to 
soul—that
soul also represents the acquired experience gained through evolution 
by
each and every
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
class
of being. Each individual being is not only Self, but, in addition, the 
acquired
experience gained through contact with all other beings. Realizing that 
there
are individual souls, we can see that the only differences between souls 
are
in their degrees of acquired experience. Taking the soul from this point of 
view,
then, as the acquired experience of individuals, when we speak of God, or 
the
Over-Soul, the Universal Over-Soul, we simply mean the acquired experiences, 
or
wisdom, of every soul and all souls. That would be the meaning of the 
sentence
in the Bhagavad Gita that the Self is “Wisdom itself, the object of 
Wisdom
and that which is to be attained by Wisdom”—full consciousness of the 
union
of all-souls, or Spiritual Identity.
If
we are to try to relate these conceptions to language we would, perhaps, have 
to
clear up many ideas which we now hold. Supposing there is a real language of 
the
soul, what would it be capable of expressing? Undoubtedly every experience 
through
which it had ever been.
Theosophy
teaches the doctrine of reincarnation—of successive lives, both on 
this
earth and in other states of substance and consciousness. Continuity of 
Consciousness,
or Spirit, is preserved through all these states and 
environments,
and the record of all that occurred in all these lives is present 
at
all times in any one- life in manifestation, because the Self, the Spirit, is 
present.
The language of the Soul would be capable of expressing all that we 
ever
experienced.
In
those past lives we have undoubtedly spoken different languages from those we 
now
speak; in those personal existences we used languages now altogether 
deserted
and forgotten by us as persons. But the memory of those languages must 
be
there, if we are a continuing Self and preserve the continuity of experience 
gained,
as well as the continuity of consciousness. Those old languages which we 
once
used, in themselves amount to nothing, because any language and all 
languages
are only the expression of the feeling and thought of the individual 
soul;
his emotions, hopes, fears, ideas and aspirations. So there must be at all 
times
behind any language whatever, the basis for it—the Soul and its ex-
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
perience.
Where is that recorded? It is impacted in the imperishable part of 
man’s
nature. It cannot be any spoken tongue what ever. What, then, is its 
nature?
To
understand these propositions we have again to consider the philosophy of 
Theosophy.
Theosophy points out that matter is in seven states or degrees of 
substances,
and each of these with seven sub-states, the whole ranging from the 
very
finest, most plastic and enduring state down to the very coarsest—what we 
may
call the material plane, or matter as it is known and suspected by us, with 
its
many differing gradations and combinations. Man, as the highest and most 
evolved
being concerned in the evolution of this solar system, is clothed in all 
these
seven states of substance derived from the original primordial 
substance—the
homogeneous matter from which every form is evolved. These degrees 
of
substance are indicated in the seven colors of the spectrum; they are also 
pointed
to in the seven notes of the scale of music.
The
notes and colors are not exactly what we think they are: they represent the 
seven
great distinct states of matter; sound itself, or light itself, represents 
the
homogeneous state from which the seven notes and the seven prismatic colors 
are
derived. Our colors and our musical notes are only replicas of these—their 
reflections
or correspondences in this one state of matter and sound with which 
we
are acquainted. We know there are seven colors; we know that there are other 
octaves
of color beyond those, which our eyes are unable to transmit to us—some 
so
high, some so low that our eyes will not register their vibrations. The same 
is
true with sound. We are able to detect several, but there are degrees of 
sound
beyond the highest we are able to detect, and also sounds too low for us 
to
hear.
Let
us call the Soul the Ego; perhaps that, for us, is the most compact 
expression
for what is meant by Soul, since it includes both the one who 
perceives
and his perceptions, both the one who knows and his experiences. Well, 
then,
the Ego has a language of his own, and that language is one of color, 
sound
and symbol. It is a language that may be seen; that may be heard; that may
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
be
felt. It is by means of this language of the soul that the experiences of 
others
may become directly known to us, comprehensible to us, no matter what 
vocal
tongues we may use. This is why it was said in old times, as mentioned in 
the
Bible, that the Wise understood every man speaking in his own tongue, 
although
many different languages were used, then as now. It was because these 
Wise
men could read back of the spoken language, that they knew the very 
thoughts,
feelings and natures of the speakers. That is why in any person’s 
motion—even
so simple an action as in moving from one chair to another— quality 
of
the thought, the very nature of the person, is clearly shown by the 
assemblage
of colors and shades of colors produced by the action. The same with 
any
uttered sounds or speech, no matter what—the centers in the body are set in 
motion,
each having its own particular tell tale colors and rates of vibration.
Strange
as it may seem to us, colors may be heard, sounds may be seen, and forms 
may
be experienced, because all are merely different rates of vibration—the 
motion
of Intelligent Consciousness, or Spirit. They are all correlated, and one 
does
not exist with out the others. They are merely aspects of that which is the 
real
propulsion of the soul itself, or the conscious being. So, in our thoughts 
we
have a great combination of colors and sounds, constantly changing their 
form,
or appearance. Our brain is the finest material instrument we use. It, 
like
everything else we use, is an evolution. It is the organ of thought on this 
plane
of substance where we are now acting. If we think high and noble thoughts, 
then
our brains become very susceptible to that kind of use. Every kind of 
thought
has its own particular rate and range of vibration, its own particular 
colors.
If we were acquainted with ourselves, in reality, we could read thought 
as
we now read a book. We could read thoughts as we now hear sounds. If our 
brains
are trained to high thoughts while we are awake; if we try to understand 
what
we really are while occupying this physical instrument; what this body of 
ours
represents; what it is capable of— then gradually the brain will begin to 
respond
to something of our higher knowledge. It will carry forward and transmit 
more
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
and
more of the Language of the Soul, of all the garnered experience of the 
past.
The
ideas that we have, even in regard to Spirit and Soul, to Life hitherto, 
here
and hereafter, are those we have been taught. They are nearly all personal 
and
keep us entirely on the personal plane—the plane of merely physical 
existence.
They give us no true ideas whatever of the real inner self. We have 
not
yet begun to think—in any true sense, in any true direction; and it is only 
true
ideas that will give us knowledge of the inner nature of man. Our habits 
are
merely memory impacted in our nature, whether they be habits of body or 
habits
of thought. We do not store knowledge anywhere but within ourselves; but 
sometimes
we forget where we have hidden it, or we cover it up with a lot of the 
useless
rubbish of mere mental activity. Most of our mental activity is applied 
solely
to the things of this life, to things of the body; so, mankind is 
continually
moving along a false path. No being, however high, can prevent this, 
because
each man is Soul, is Spirit, is Consciousness—is of the Highest, however 
he
use and apply his powers.
Theosophy
endeavors to present to man what his real nature is; that he is first, 
last,
and all the time SPIRIT. Spirit means Life and Consciousness—the power to 
see,
to know, to experience. We all have that. That is common to all of us. It 
is
not separate in self—it is the One Life in all beings of every grade. But we, 
as
individuals, have evolved into individuals from the great Ocean of Life. We 
are
Individualized Spirit, and so we each have a separate individual existence, 
which
is continuous. In that sense we are an evolution, but an evolution of 
Spirit,
not Matter—an evolution of Knowledge, not of form only. This has been 
obtained
through observation and experience; whatever differences exist are 
because
of more or less experience, or a better adaptation and application of 
it;
there is no difference in the Source or Potentialities of any being. All 
this
we shall find out, if we move along the Path shown. For it is not an 
uncharted
path. Remember, others have been along that path before us. They are 
our
Elder Brothers—Jesus, for
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
example;
Buddha for another; and all those who came at different times as 
Saviours
to the many different peoples. They had all acquired the Language of 
the
Soul. They all had a common body of knowledge. They come amongst men from 
time
to time, as the intelligence of humanity progresses, and give out as much 
of
that knowledge as the then existing state of humanity permits. They came 
again
in our own time; and greater than Those who so came there has not been. 
Why
should anyone say that? Because other Saviours came to separate and distinct 
peoples,
but the Message of Theosophy is not to any one nation, not to any one 
class
of beings, but to the whole world.
That
knowledge is obtainable by any self-conscious being for himself, for it is 
not
a question of our ideas, of our present perceptions of morality or success, 
nor
of external power, but of Spiritual perception—of the Language of the Soul. 
We
may make all the mistakes in the world, according to the world, in the body 
and
through the body, and yet have a power of Spiritual perception that would do 
away
with all “mistakes. We would not have to’ have any vicarious atonement, but 
would
be able to act in a proper relation with every being. Our thoughts and 
actions
would be in accord. (but we would have to go through the crucifixion of 
the
false ideas in ourselves, and arise as the Saviour did, to the right hand of 
the
Father—the Ego free from all these delusions which have caused him to 
maintain
himself in sin, sorrow and suffering.
All
men desire Spiritual knowledge, yet the great bulk will not abate one jot or 
tittle
of their mental and physical absorption in present and worldly things to 
obtain
the spiritual knowledge they say they ardently long for. They will have 
to
move on through suffering and pain till they really desire to know the truth 
about
themselves. If any man thinks he can get that knowledge by merely desiring 
to
possess it, or by desiring to possess it for himself alone, he is not in the 
position
that would permit of his knowing it. The Language of the Soul can be 
acquired
only when the being realizes that his duty is not to himself, but to 
the
highest interests of his fellowmen; not to “save his own soul”
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
but
to lead as many of his neighbors as he possibly can in the direction of the 
Truth,
desiring nothing for himself. This very attitude opens the flood-gates of 
spiritual
knowledge within himself. Then he becomes the true enjoyer, using 
every
power he has, all the knowledge he has, to benefit others. The man who has 
come
to that knowledge and is on the road to its realization finds “spiritual 
knowledge
springing up spontaneously in him self in the progress of time.” He 
requires
no books to tell him; he cares not what religions have been, that now 
are,
that ever will be. He knows the truth about himself and consequently the 
truth
about all others.
Why
do not all men take the path to this realization? Is it because they have no 
organs
of perception, are incapable of seeing? No, it is because they will not 
listen;
they will not take what is given and try it out. They will rather follow 
anything
that promises some success in this life. Yet they know just as well as 
anyone
that they cannot take a single one of the “successes” away with them from 
the
earth. When they go, they leave on earth every earthly thing they have 
accumulated.
And they have to go, because they do not belong here; they are of 
Spirit,
not earth; they are only working in this matter for awhile. They all 
know
that, and yet dream of “possessions.”
No
one damned any of us to this condition in which we find so many. No 
conditions
compel us to stay in a state of mental unrest, inactivity or 
ignorance.
All these things are imposed on us by our own hard and fast 
conclusions
as to men, things and methods. These keep us fast bound in our 
present
conditions and will continue to hold us, as long as we maintain that 
attitude
of mind, and cling to false ideas of God, of Nature, and of Man. We 
keep
the doors closed of our own will. In ignorance? Yes; but who remains 
ignorant?
Those only who will not hear, those only who doubt the Language of the 
Soul.
      
CONTENTS
THE
ETERNAL VERITIES
THEOSOPHY
IN DAILY LIFE
Many
people think that religion means a preparation for death or the states of 
the
future. Religion really means a prepa-
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
ration
for and a knowledge of life—a living of our life as it should be lived. 
That
which prepares for death is life, and ever living. Formal religions do not 
even
answer the question, why is death—nor any of the other burning questions in 
daily
life. Why do we have suffering and sorrow? Why are we here? What was the 
origin
of man? Why so many different conditions among mankind; why are some born 
to
sorrow, and others to joy; why some in lowly places, some in high; why some 
with
great faculties and others with very few and poor ones? Justice demands an 
answer
which is not furnished by religion, with its ‘ —for if man is the 
creature
of a creator he can not help himself and is absolutely irresponsible. 
Any
being, if “perfect,” would maintain justice; yet there are injustices among 
men.
The caprice or whim of a creator does not explain the difficulty. Any 
being,
however great or high, must of necessity be limited, finite, and 
imperfect—something
outside us, something which does not contain the universe 
but
is contained by it.
We
have to go behind any idea of a Being, to the source of all being—to a basis 
common
to the highest and to the lowest being. That basis and source is not to 
be
found by looking outward at all, but is the very power to perceive, wherever 
there
is life. Spirit, Life, Consciousness are the same in every 
being—undivided,
however many and varied the perceptions. Evolution is not a 
compelling
force from without, but the impelling force of Spirit from within, 
urging
on to better and better expression. All advancement is from within. All 
the
knowledge that we gain, all the experience that we obtain, is obtained and 
held
within. Each one, then, is the Seer; all the rest are seen. So, the 
knowledge
that we have to obtain is not information from without, not the 
thoughts
of other men, but an under standing of our own essential nature, which 
represents
every element in the great universe, from the basis of all life to 
every
outward expression, and every possibility of further expression— just as 
each
drop of water contains in itself everything existing in the great ocean 
from
which it came. Nor does Law exist outside of us. Law is always inherent in 
Spirit;
it is the action
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
which
brings re-action in every individual case, and to the collective mass of 
humanity.
We are here under law and under justice. There is no such thing as 
injustice
in the universe.
Knowing
something as to our essential nature, knowing some thing of the purpose 
of
life, and that life is all made up of learning, knowing that the universe is 
all
alive, and that there is in reality no injustice save that which we inflict 
upon
our selves by re-action, we would take an entirely different view of life 
and
put these ideas into daily practice. We would take the position which most 
of
all we need to take—that of our own responsibility, which religions have 
taught
us to shift on to some God or devil. Recognizing that each one of us is 
from
the same Source and going towards the same goal, though the path will vary 
with
the pilgrim, we will act toward each one as if he were a part of ourselves. 
Like
us, each one is moving onward— perhaps below us, possibly above. From the 
one
above, we can obtain help. To the one below, we can give help. Such is the 
interdependence
which should exist between all conscious beings; and under such 
a
conception our civilization would not be as it is now. We should not find 
every
man’s hand raised against every other man. We should not see those in poor 
case
finding fault with the wrong conditions, but finding fault rather with 
their
own wrong relations to others at some time when they abused the power they 
had.
We should see each one trying to discipline himself, trying to bring 
himself
into proper relation with all the rest—not so much outwardly, perhaps, 
as
inwardly; for we may be sure that if we make clean the inside of the bowl, 
the
outside will take care of itself. We have no greater duty to perform than to 
make
clear and clean our natures—to make them true, to make them in accord with 
the
great object of all life, the evolution of soul.
We
can not wait to make our start in this direction until the nation wakes up to 
Theosophy;
for the nation will itself awake only when each individual wakes up 
to
that which is in himself and by his thought and action instills a similar 
thought
and action in other human beings. Supposing each one determined
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
to
do all he could for every other one wherever he could, do you think that 
anybody
would suffer? Not one! There would be more to help than those to suffer. 
But
we are afraid that if we so act, the other man will not. So we do not move 
at
all along that line. The majority of people are thinking about quite other 
things.
They are busy at the shrine of their gods of comfort, seeking to get the 
best
of everything in life at the expense of someone else. Or they are seeking 
to
acquire “the power of will,” so that they can get something for nothing from 
someone
else. That is the kind of “will” which is generally desired, its object 
being
the getting of exactly what one pleases. Is not this psychic banditry? 
Anything
gotten that way is taken from another, and we shall have to pay it back 
to
the uttermost farthing—if not in this life, then in some other, for the 
scales
of justice are unerring.
Do
we not see that we can trust a universe that moves along unerringly under the 
law
of perfect justice? ‘We certainly can. We can go forward with an absolute 
reliance
on the law of our own spiritual being, knowing whatever conditions come 
are
necessary for us, knowing that those very things we feel so hardly are 
object
lessons for us because they indicate a wrong tendency or defect in us 
which
this present distress affords us an opportunity to overcome, to strengthen 
our
true character. That is all we have at the end of life, whatever of 
character—good,
bad, or indifferent—we have acquired. Men spend their lives 
trying
to avoid what they do not like, and trying to get what they like—what 
they
can and while they can. Yet if they got all the wealth of the world, every 
possession
and every possible desire, what good would it do them? At death 
everything
would be left where they got it, because nothing adheres to Spirit. 
The
idea of getting for themselves is one of the false notions which prevent men 
from
understanding themselves as spiritual beings and using the power which 
belongs
to them—for all powers of every kind—electrical, dynamic or 
explosive—come
from the One Universal Spirit, and each man has latent in him all 
the
powers in the universe.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
Physical
life is not necessarily a vale of sorrow. The time must come when we 
shall
have made man’s life on earth what it ought to be, when we shall have no 
fear
of anything, when we shall not be afraid of our fellowmen. It was said of 
Daniel,
when he entered the lions’ den, the beasts of prey did not touch him at 
all.
Why? Because his heart was pure. He had no harm in it for anyone. He 
trusted
to the spiritual law of his own being, and all nature makes obeisance to 
that.
We could go out calmly, courageously, happily, relying on the laws of our 
own
natures. If we did so, we would bring our daily lives in line with that 
nature;
for there is nothing of our action which does not come from the mind, 
and
back of the mind is the ‘motive we have in acting. Motive is what makes our 
actions
really “good” or “bad.” If we are righteous in ourselves and desirous of 
doing
right, then all that we do will flow rightly from us and every function 
will
be a righteous function. All action springs from and is colored by the 
motive
held in performing it.
Theosophy
is the only philosophy that can be used in every direction in daily 
life.
It can be used in all directions, high or low, because that use comes from 
an
understanding of the Spirit itself, from acting for that Self and as that 
Self—for
the Self acts only through the creatures. Acting for and as that Self 
in
every direction, all else flows into line. All the destruction that is around 
us,
all the misery that we see, has been brought about through our denial of the 
Holy
Ghost—our denial of the Spirit within us. We deny it when we act as if we 
are
our bodies, or our minds. THAT will not be denied. So man, meeting all the 
results
of that denial and seeing them to be evil, learns that this is not the 
way.
Then he seeks for Truth, and finding the truth, obtains all that he can 
desire—hope,
happiness and a better understanding of his and all existence. It 
was
to give to men all they could take in regard to the nature of the soul—that 
they
might come out from this vale of sorrow—that those Beings known as Divine 
Incarnations
have descended here of Their own will. They have carried forward 
from
age to age this knowledge of nature and of man and of the purpose of life, 
learned
through
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
many
civilizations of mankind. It is this knowledge which makes Them as gods to 
us
in Their glory and power.
 
CONTENTS
THE
ETERNAL VERITIES
THREE
KINDS OF FAITH
Every
human being has faith—faith in something, some ideal, some conception, 
some
religion, some formula—but while the faiths of different people have one or 
another
object, the faith itself proceeds from the Highest, and is inherent in 
the
heart of every being. Faith is the very basis of our nature. Whatever way we 
follow
is because of the faith we have—the conviction that it is the best way. 
That
the world is full of false faiths is because of the differing ideas, 
beliefs
and philosophies which limit faith itself to the means thought necessary 
for
obtaining a particular object of faith.
In
the seventeenth chapter of the Bhagavad-Gita faith is said to be of three 
kinds:
faith of the quality called sattwa, the good and the true; faith of the 
quality
called rajas, of action, and of passion; and faith of the quality called 
tames,
of indifference and ignorance. These three qualities given to faith are, 
in
fact, the three limitations placed on faith by every human being; for the 
power
of faith in itself is limitless. We continually limit that power to its 
operation
within the range of some minor object or ideal based on externalities. 
“The
embodied soul being gifted with faith, each man is of the same nature as 
that
ideal on which his faith is fixed.” Man has that quality of faith in 
accordance
with his disposition; and he also continually becomes of the nature 
of
the ideal on which his faith is fixed. It is evident, then, that we ought to 
be
sure of the nature of the faith upon which our ideal is placed.
If
one places his faith on any externality, whatever it may be—gods or men, 
religions
or systems of thought—he has placed it upon a broken reed; he has 
limited
the very power of his own spirit to expand itself beyond the limitations 
of
his ideal. When, for instance, we accept the idea that nothing is real but 
that
which we can see or hear or taste or smell or touch, we have
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
placed
our faith on a very low basis. There is some reason for our falsity of 
thought
and action, when we have assumed the present moment to be the only 
moment,
the outward terrestrial world and this one existence to be the only 
life,
from which we go, we know not where, nor to what purpose it all has been. 
To
look on all beings according to one’s own limitation of mind and range of 
perception,
and to see only their externalities of speech or action in 
accordance,
is not seeing them as they really are. An outside God, or an outside 
devil,
an outside Law, an outside atonement for sins, the idea of sin being 
other
than a denial of our own spiritual nature (the unpardonable sin), are All 
external
faiths of the nature of tamas, or ignorance. Ignorance always leads to 
superstition.
Superstition leads to false belief, and false belief to false 
faith.
We
are all in constant conflict with each other because of false bases of faith, 
for
the very reason that faith fixed on any thing will bring results, and men 
are
blinded to real and true faith by the results of even false faith. Yet so 
long
as we have a false faith shall we continue to create for ourselves lives of 
misery.
The results flowing from a false faith in a selfish ideal must bring us 
bad
effects in wrong conditions. They are the very limitations we have imposed 
upon
ourselves by external faiths in other lives, and we must come again and 
again
into bodies until we have rid ourselves of the defects in our nature which 
those
external faiths have engendered. We have to get a better basis for thought 
and
action than the false faith of the likes and dislikes we have obtained by 
heredity.
We have produced the effects we see, but we need not go on repeating 
the
same mistakes life after life, if we will but change our ideals. We have to 
find
a true basis of faith. We have to place our faith upon that which is not 
external,
but internal.
The
Internal is the very source of the powers that we possess of every kind, and 
that
Internal is the same in every living one. At the very root of our being is 
that
changeless Self which we can know only within ourselves. To reach in and in 
to
It, we must first divest ourselves of all our ideas—of everything which
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
changes.
First of all, let man divest himself of the idea that he is his body. 
He
occupies it; he uses it; but he knows that it is ever changing, that never 
for
one single instant is it the same as it was the moment before. Let him 
divest
himself further of the idea that he is his mind; for he himself can 
change
the ideas that compose it—throw them out bodily and take their very 
opposite,
if he chooses—yet he is still acting with other ideas. We are not 
bodies;
we are not minds; nor are we both together; but we are That which uses 
and
sustains them both. Through all the changes of the past and present, and 
those
that are to come, we shall always be ourselves. Even when death comes we 
shall
still be operating in another way than in the physical body. The basis of 
the
Changeless Self places the whole universe within the reach of any being’s 
mind—a
stable basis for thought and action and realization within himself.
These
three things we have to know: Each one is the Self in his innermost 
nature;
every power that he has arises in that Self; every being of every kind 
is
conscious, with the power of the extension of its range of perception and 
action,
while every instrument is due to the limitation of the conception of the 
individual’s
real nature. Never by looking at other beings, nor by any kind of 
faith
whatever can man realize his oneness with the One Great Life; he can 
realize
it only by looking into his own nature. His own nature is realized by 
seeing
that which is not the nature of the Self. For anything seen, heard, or 
felt,
or tasted or perceived is not the Self, but merely a perception of the 
Self.
The Self perceives what may be perceived according to its own ideas, 
according
to its own faith, but that which is perceived is never the Self. 
Within
every being from whom we obtain any action or from whom we perceive 
anything,
there is the Self, but we do not perceive That. It is only by 
realizing
It within our selves that we realize its existence in every other 
being.
Then honor the spiritual nature of every being and strive to aid that 
being
to see for himself the true path by which he can realize his true nature! 
We
all have to think and act with that true nature as our guide.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
We
find ourselves prevented on every hand from taking the position of the true 
nature—it
seems impossible. But this is only a delusion born from the false 
faith
we have held. We have established ideas, likes and dislikes, and feelings 
which
under the law of the return of impressions recur again and again. The 
moment
we attempt to take an opposite stand we meet the result of the combined 
action
of all these forces within ourselves. This is what we may call “the war 
in
heaven”—the war in the man’s own nature. But if he remains true to his own 
spiritual
nature, he is bound to be the conqueror. If he has faith in the law of 
his
own nature, he will go forward and gradually the obstacles will disappear. 
But
we must hold on grimly and have confidence and faith in That which is the 
only
Real anywhere—Life itself Consciousness. Then the fetters we have made for 
ourselves
will fall away. Every force in nature begins to act for us and with us 
because
we have no desire of our own, but only for the good, for the salvation 
of
all. Every soul and every thing seems to work for our advantage, but not 
because
we want it. We begin to see the spiritual meaning of the saying that the 
man
who desires to save his life must lose it. He gives up everything as an 
acquisition
for himself, devoting every power he has or gains to the service of 
others,
and the whole universe is before him. He can take all—but let him take 
nothing
save to give it out again, accept nothing save to lay it at the feet of 
others!
There
is no question of sin, or sinner. There is no question of good or evil. 
There
is only the question: Are you working for yourself as you understand 
yourself,
or are you working for the Self as you ought to understand you are, 
and
not for anything else? If you want nothing for yourself, require nothing for 
this
body, but think only to do for others, what is needed comes under the law 
of
the very force for which you make attraction. Support comes in every 
direction.
The whole nature—spiritual, intellectual, psychical, astral and 
physical—is
strengthened; even the surroundings are improved. It is our lack of 
faith—our
Unfaith in That, which puts us where we would not be. Denying the 
Christ
within, the Krishna within, the Spirit within, is “the
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
unpardonable
sin,” and so long as we crucify that Christ within, just so long 
will
we suffer on the cross of human passions and desires. Service for ourselves 
is
a creation which ties us fast to wrong conditions. We may strive for better 
bodies,
better positions, for possessions of all kinds, better qualities, better 
understanding
on one condition only, that the motive be to make ourselves the 
better
able to help and teach others.
The
only true faith is that in the Highest—in the Changeless, in That which each 
in
his innermost nature is. The only true path is the trusting to the law of our 
own
spiritual nature. Men may go from faith to faith, from faith in one thing to 
faith
in some other thing, moving along from life to life and obtaining some 
results
according to the nature of the ideal upon which their faith is fixed, 
but
the only way out is through the faith in the spiritual, essential nature of 
all
beings. And no greater gift could be given to any human being than the 
inalienable
fact that he—and each one—has the power to realize it. This is a 
part
of the ancient knowledge known by a few, followed by a few, which They have 
ever
brought into a world of false faiths and tried to teach the people in 
general.
Those
who follow the Path of true faith are not drawn away from their 
fellow-men.
One’s fellow-men are more to him than they ever were before. He sees 
more
in them. He sees more clearly the difficulties under which they labor, and 
desires
to help them in every way. So he is more of a living man. He acts more 
knowingly
than do the rest. He gets more from nature than they do, because he 
sees
the whole and the aspects of the individuals that compose the whole. He 
gets
as much out of this life and more, far more, than the man who lives for 
enjoyment,
for happiness, whose ambition is for himself. But he lives not for 
himself.
The whole aim of his life is that men may know these truths; for he 
knows
that knowledge means the destruction of false faiths, and hence of all the 
suffering
and horrors of physical existence. Then, evolution will go on by leaps 
and
bounds. Men will be extricated from the places to which they have consigned
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
themselves,
and move on without limit in a universe of infinite possibilities.
When
all our false beliefs, our desires and passions, our likes and dislikes 
have
fallen away from us like cast-off garments, and we have resumed that nature 
of
us which is divine, then we shall be able to build a civilization as much 
higher
than this as we can possibly imagine. For we cannot get away from the 
Karma
of the race to which we belong, and those effects which have been produced 
by
us together, we must work out together. The best way, the highest way, and 
the
surest way, is to proceed along the line of our own inner nature, and, so 
doing,
give the suggestion to others by which they may realize their inner 
nature.
Then, dwelling on That which is immortal, changeless, limitless, which 
is
our very self and the Self of all creatures, the realization will come—little 
by
little, but it will surely come.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
CONTENTS
IN
THE BEGINNING
Letter
One
    IT is futile to accept revelations on
anybody’s say-so. They convey no 
knowledge,
and it is actual knowledge that is required by each one. Shibboleths 
and
formulas are mere words, not a criterion of truth.
    Theosophy is in the world to present the
means by which each one can acquire 
knowledge
for himself.
    Its study and application call forth the
judgment and discrimination latent 
in
the man himself.
    Truth is not a man, nor a book, nor a
statement. The nature of Truth is 
universal;
its possessors in any degree will be found to be appliers of 
universality
in thought, speech and action. Their efforts will be for humanity 
regardless
of sex, creed, caste or color. They will never be found among those 
claiming
to be the chosen spokesman of the Deity—and exacting homage from their 
fellow-men:
true Brotherhood includes the least developed as well as the very 
highest.
We must seek to give aid to all in search of truth. Our value and aid 
in
this great work will be just what we make them by our motive, our judgment, 
our
conduct.
    The heart-felt desire that others may
benefit from our lives will be felt by 
those
open—it matters little how few; they may be the means of wakening many 
others.
It is the effort and the sacrifice that bring the ultimate results, but 
in
our zeal it is well to consider what the Masters have done, and do year after 
year,
age after age. They do what They can, when They can, and as They can—in 
accordance
with cyclic law. They conserve the knowledge gained—and wait. Knowing 
this,
and doing thus, there can be no room in us for doubt or discouragement. 
The-
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
osophy
is for those who want it. We are to hold, wait, and work for those few 
earnest
souls who will grasp the plan and further the Cause. Many have their 
ears
so dulled, or their attention so diverted, that no number of repetitions 
can
reach them—yet Theosophy must be held out continually for all who will 
listen.
That is our self-assumed work; we have our example in H. P. B. and W. Q. 
J.
to means, method and manner: let us imitate them, and so do their work in 
their
spirit.
    The Theosophical “arch” has been thrown
across the abyss of creeds and 
materialism.
Some have discovered where a base rests on one or the other side; 
others
have found “stones” that belong to the arch, but the “key-stone” has been 
“rejected”
because of its irregular shape—all like the story of old in masonic 
tradition.
But we are also reminded that the time came when the rejected stone 
became
“the head of the corner” because it was found to be the key-stone. All 
the
time there were those who knew of the key-stone, but they were very few and 
their
voices were not heard amid the clamor of the claims made by those who had 
found
portions of the arch and desired recognition. So the few had to “Work, 
Watch—and
‘Wait,” knowing that history repeats itself, and that there is nothing 
new
under the sun.
    The
allegory of the tower of Babel applies to the present times. Everything 
is
in confusion, everyone talking his own gibberish—and nobody listening. I said 
“nobody”—but
some are; a few realize that none of these things bring knowledge. 
All
that can be done is to let the light so shine that all who will may seek it, 
thus
sowing for future harvest. It would be a hopeless task were it not for 
Reincarnation;
so the great effort should be to promulgate the fundamental 
principles
of Unity, of Brotherhood, of Karma and Reincarnation.
—ROBERT
CROSBIE
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
 
CONTENTS
IN
THE BEGINNING
Letter
Two
    In the work which we have undertaken
together, it matters not whether “we” 
fail
or succeed: Our purpose has been and will be that the Work shall go on. We 
can
throw—each one of us—our best into the effort; the rest is in other and 
stronger
hands. Our “best” may not be great, but if the motive is there, even to 
hold
our ground is victory in some contingencies, for where there is no standing 
army,
the art of fighting has to be learned; the recruits have to do the 
fighting,
the older teaching and leading the younger. With no concern but to 
keep
in fighting trim, our best work is done when most heavily pressed and 
tried.
    It is, then, to the Teachings that
attention has to be called— not to 
ourselves
who are only handing them on as best we can. If one sees that in many 
ways
he is not able to do all that needs to be done, or that he would like to 
accomplish,
it is evidence that he is in the way of improving. Our ideals are 
never
reached: they continually precede us. As a man thinks, so he becomes; time 
is
an element in this, and it is shortened by patient doing of what we can. To 
be
in the least cast down by our apparent imperfections is a form of 
impatience—a
disregard of Law. Whatever comes is right—until something better 
appears.
Observed defects will fade out under observation, so we can cheerfully 
bear
with our own defects as well as with those of others, while we go right on 
working.
    One of the greatest helps that Theosophy
gives is the power to take a wider 
survey
of the field of action than is otherwise possible: we do not look on this 
life
only, but on many future lives during which “I and thou and all the princes 
of
the earth” will live and strive for the universal redemption of mankind— ever 
looking
ahead, ever seeing further heights toward which the awakening spirit may 
be
directed. There is much strength, there are many faculties among men and 
mostly
used without direction of a permanent nature. Could right philosophy be 
implanted—
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
even
the single idea of the Divine nature in man—a greater impetus would be 
given
to right living; then a philosophy in accord with this nature would be 
sought
by those so quickened.
    It would not take so long, nor be so
difficult, if those who are interested 
in
Theosophy would stop figuring it out for themselves, and get busy in 
spreading
the philosophy and the idea of service. Without the right philosophy, 
strength
and special faculties are useless. If all study so as to be the better 
able
to help and teach others, there must result a general gain and help. I 
think
that the word “Theosophy” has power: if it had not, there would not be so 
many
misusing the name. In spite of all these, Theosophy itself is untouched. 
Our
work is to keep it pure as it was delivered to us, for the sake of those who 
can
be helped—and we are finding some all the time. In better days we will be 
able
to do more—and all the better because of present difficulties. Theosophy 
pure
and simple is the standard by which efforts may be applied and errors 
combated,
so it must always be kept in evidence as the source of all right 
effort.
    When the Parent theosophical society was
established, it was necessary to 
give
it the form that would be best understood by the people of the time. It was 
known
that many would cling to the form rather than to the spirit of the 
Theosophical
Movement, and would imagine that the spirit could not exist in any 
other
form. But also it was known that some would perceive the spirit and care 
only
for that. Events have justified all this, so that we stand at another point 
in
the cycle. Perfection in action is not possible; so, while showing forth the 
spirit
of the Movement only, we yet present a visible basis necessary in any 
exoteric
work. “U. L. T.” is a name given to certain principles and ideas; those 
who
associate themselves with those principles and ideas are attracted and bound 
by
them only—not by their fellows who do likewise or who refrain or who cease to 
consider
themselves so bound.
THE
DECLARATION, with its signature by the Associates, is a wide departure from 
anything
that exists as an organization.
—ROBERT
CROSBIE
CONTENTS
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
 
IN
THE BEGINNING
Letter
Three
    We are not concerned in “seeing things,”
but in awakening the Higher 
Consciousness—for
we know that Theosophy gives the knowledge of the principles 
that
should guide its students in their public and private work. We should also 
be
able to find explicit directions—explicit in the sense that Theosophy points 
the
way clearly how best to serve our fellows. So it is good work to search out 
and
make available to all, those necessary quotations from their writings which 
carry
the intent of the Teachers. If such could not be found, one might have 
grave
doubts as to the course to be pursued. If we are able thus to throw a 
clearer
light upon the intent, our work will be good for both the learners and 
the
learned.
    The basis of successful work is Unity: this
is the constant cry of H. P. B. 
and
W. Q. J. To be able to afford a basis for Unity to individuals or 
organizations,
without demanding any relinquishment of affiliation or belief, is 
no
small thing. The Declaration of
“U.
L. T.” does just that: it is not a theory, but a carrying out of the spirit 
of
the Messengers. Paraphrasing a saying of the Master, we might say: “All 
Theosophy
is before you; take what you can.”
    The part we play, major or minor, does not
concern us at all.’ We might say, 
as
Judge once did, “sometimes a minor agent is used by the Lodge to call the 
attention
of greater ones to a proper course.” Our work is to call attention to 
the
true basis for Union among Theosophists—and at the same time to set the 
example.
People need, whether new students or old, to grasp the message of 
Theosophy
for itself—not because of belief in any person or organization. If 
students
succeed in grasping and applying the Philosophy, they will have true 
clairvoyance
as to men, things and methods, and their gratefulness will include 
all
that contributed to their opportunity; this gratitude will find expression 
in
their doing the same for others.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
    So, the effort should be to get those
interested to participate, to 
associate
themselves with the Work and share in its responsibility—not by 
proselyting
or urging, but by keeping the idea before them in various ways. As 
with
anything else, every method has to be tried, but without making the line 
too
hard-and-fast. The main work is to convey ideas.
    No doubt the “successorship” and organizational
proponents will do some 
squirming
over the “U. L. T.” Declaration. Any thing that might be said will not 
prevent
their thinking and saying what they like—nor will their squirming affect 
the
facts. If the Declaration shows itself to be directly in line with the 
teachings,
the teachers, and the original lines laid down, it will make the 
observant
think. Doubtless the Declaration could be amplified, but would not 
amplification
detract from attention to the points made by it? It is direct and 
it
is short, therefore quickly grasped. All can make their own deductions, but 
with
us it is “a firm position assumed out of regard for the end in view.”
    Our purpose is to draw attention to the
Teachers and the Teaching, not to 
any
others; hence it is conservation, safety, to maintain the impersonality of 
“U.
L. T.” Its aim, scope and purpose are shown in the Declaration, and besides, 
attention
is called to the great underlying Movement which compels such 
alterations
from time to time; so, as the declared policy is followed out and 
the
Teaching is studied, the practical amplification will come of itself. Until 
each
one clarifies his own perceptions he would not know gold of Ophir from base 
metal.
What we have avoided is the prevailing tendency to say too much.
    Let “U. L. T.” flourish on its moral worth
alone. The work we have to do, 
the
knowledge we have to give out, depends on no other names than those of the 
true
Teachers, H. P. B. and W. Q. J. Associates must learn to look to Them, to 
point
to Them and to the Masters whom They served. Nothing else will restore the 
Movement.
Unity is the key note of our attempt, and living persons, if made 
prominent,
will detract from that attempt, will be attacked, to the injury of 
the
Movement. So we will keep their names out of consideration. Let the curious 
and
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
the
antagonistic surmise all they want to—the really earnest will then judge by 
the
fruits, not by persons. Theosophy does not emanate from any society nor from 
any
living persons. So far as the world and all Theosophists are concerned, 
Theosophy
comes from H. P. B. and W. Q. J., or rather, through them. So, to 
avoid
misconceptions, we get back of living persons to the Message and the 
Messengers.
    W. Q. J. was not the “successor” of H. P.
B.; he was her Colleague and 
Co-worker
who retained his body a few years longer than she remained in hers. He 
was
the “stone that was rejected by the builders,” who desired to pose as 
successors
to H. P. B.—to the confusion of all who depended on them. The real 
foundation
of the “successor craze” is the itch for more instructions; this 
begets
the hunt after anyone who will promise fresh “revelations.” What was 
given
Out by H. P. B., and applied by W. Q. J., was not and is not studied by 
Theosophists
at large, or it would have awakened a fuller thought and 
realization
by the students. All the theosophical follies are the result of 
ignorance,
superstition and selfishness, which knowledge alone can overcome. Our 
efforts
may seem inadequate, but they are in the right direction, and “a little 
leaven
leaveneth the whole lump.” We will do what we can and all that we know 
how
to do, enduring the evils of the present while attempting that which will 
work
for greater good in the future, here a little and there a little, thus 
leading
the minds of Theosophists of every degree and in every society to as 
broad
a conception of the Philosophy as possible. And all these efforts will be 
educational
for us, too, for we will have to meet all kinds of minds from 
ignorance
to arrogance, and so speak as to leave an impress that will stick.
    H. P. B. once wrote: If anyone holds to
Buddha’s philosophy, let him say and 
do
as Buddha said and did; if a man calls himself a Christian, let him follow 
the
commandments of Christ—not the interpretations of his many dissenting 
priests
and sects.” The moral is—If anyone desires to be a Theosophist, let him 
study
Theosophy as it was given by those who enunciated it. For one to accept as 
true
what any teacher chooses to tell him,
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
without
any means given him by which to verify the statements made, or without 
verifying
for himself the facts alleged—is simply to believe on blind faith, as 
do
so many others.
    Our own difficult task is to avoid all
semblance of authority of any kind, 
while
being at the same time sure of our ground and not afraid to say so. We 
have,
like the Founders, to give everyone an opportunity to see for himself that 
what
we have to say is well founded. At present, the initiative is in our hands 
as
the pioneers. We have to strike the key-note for those who come after us; 
once
struck, it will be followed by those who take hold. The others will find it 
“too
absorbing and too lofty” for them, and will not attempt it. In other words, 
we
have to show the raison d’être of “U. L. T.” so that others may see it as 
clearly
as we do. We have undertaken a high mission and a heavy task—not because 
we
think ourselves so eminently fit, but because we see the need and there is no 
one
else to do it; and we also know that we will not be left alone in the doing. 
So,
what we have to give are the salient points, clear and definite, as well as 
concise
in statement, so that thought shall be directed to them; to make the 
points
so striking that they cannot be passed over, even by the careless reader; 
and
that they shall stand as facts, and facts only, before the mind, verifiable 
by
anyone who cares enough to do so.
—ROBERT
CROSBIE
CONTENTS
IN
THE BEGINNING
Letter
Four
    Mere attendance at meetings is not enough
to make us feel our identity with 
the
work. Attendance is but the preliminary to a further step; this shows itself 
when
those who attend begin to ask how they may obtain further understanding. As 
they
participate they develop, of course—but they must not be allowed to forget 
the
object of the help afforded them, nor that such help is but a means and a 
way.
The object of Theosophical study and
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
work
is not individual development, but that each and all should become true 
helpers
of Humanity. Some will catch the feeling. The tendency to say more than 
is
useful to the newcomers is a common one in the beginning, but is gradually 
overcome
when it is seen to minimize inquiry. We should push nothing, while 
responding
to everything. We would not use force if we could, because each mind 
has
to be free to choose; otherwise there would be no true progress. And I think 
this
is a good attitude to be taken in the matter of questions concerning 
theosophical
claims and exponents. These various stripes must have their place 
in
the great economy of consciousness—they must have, or people would not be 
attracted
by them, would not seize and hold on to them. When the particular 
“stripe”
does not bring the devotee the expected result in knowledge, then a 
further
search is indicated to the mind so caught. Every person really waked up 
by
such claims or exponents will touch us sooner or later, if we hold to the 
straight
line. On this, Mr. Judge once wrote: “By our not looking at their 
errors
too closely, the Master will be able to clear it all off and make it work 
well.”
    The fewer the words an idea can be
expressed in, the better. Our effort is 
to
disseminate among Theosophists the idea of unity regardless of organization. 
Many
“old timers” will not see the need, but those disgusted with the claims and 
squabbles
of organizations will fall into line on the true basis of union: 
“Similarity
of aim, purpose and teaching”—for they will see that the failure of 
the
various societies is in that basic lack. Let each go his own way, and with 
best
intention, giving credit to others for the same: in this way we set up no 
hindrances,
no matter what others may do. No hindrance leaves an inlet, and 
there
is no saying what may come about even among those who hold to 
separateness.
We sympathize with all efforts to spread broadcast the teachings 
of
Theosophy pure and simple, without expressing preference for any organization 
or
individual so engaged—recognizing that while methods differ, the Cause of one 
is
the Cause of all, Meantime, we go on with our own line of work which, because 
of
its freedom from any complications of organization,
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
presents
a catholic spirit. We are not drawing attention to our selves as a 
body,
but to the principles that, as a body, we hold. The Declaration is a 
summation
of the stand that all Theosophists should take—toward the work and 
toward
each other. We all need to cultivate that charity which sympathizes with 
every
effort to spread Theosophy, even if the methods and other things do not 
appeal
to us: any effort is better than no effort at all.
    This tolerance does not mean “fraternizing”
with everything and everyone 
that
demands it; it only means that no one is to be condemned for his opinions. 
We
may not care to spend time and energy in his direction, which is our 
privilege—and
if he were himself tolerant he would not wish us to. Many who talk 
“tolerance”
seem to think it means that every one else should endorse what they 
want
to say or do. The tolerance is of little value which consists in the 
egotistical
attempt to enlist the support of those who have their own duty to 
attend
to.
    “U. L. T.” and its Declaration will be
compared by many with the claims made 
by
the various societies and their exponents. Each of these makes the claim that 
he
or it is alone right. What are our claims?—it will be asked. We make none: we 
point
to the Message, the Messengers, and Their enunciation of the Work—and 
carry
on the latter in accordance; we have no “revelation” to offer, we only 
hand
on that which was known before. The position is unique and unassailable in 
that
it makes no claim to any other authority than, the Message and the 
Messengers.
It should be our policy to state at each meeting what our purposes 
are—namely,
to disseminate the fundamental principles of Theosophy and to answer 
questions
on the provided.
    The Authority which we recognize is not
what men term authority, which comes 
from
outside and which demands obedience, but an internal recognition of the 
value
of that which flows through any given point, focus, or individual. This is 
the
authority of one’s Self-discrimination, intuition, the highest intellection. 
If
we follow what we recognize in that way, and still find it good, we naturally 
keep
our faces in that direction. This means no slavish following of any 
person—a
distinction
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
which
some are unable to grasp. H. P. B. wrote: “Don’t follow me or my Path: 
follow
the path I show, the Masters who are behind.” We point always that the 
most
and the best anyone can do is to do as Judge did—follow the lines laid down 
by
H. P. B., regardless of any others. All that we are doing is to help others 
to
find those lines. We do not want attention paid to us. It is true that “U. L. 
T.”
necessarily centers around those most active in it, but they could do 
nothing
if history, evidence, and energies were not in the lines taken. So we 
point
to those lines of direction as the things to be seen and known. For 
ourselves
we are merely some who are able to grasp and apply as well as aid in 
direction.
This will prevent  “U. L. T.” from
degenerating into some such 
condition
as now exists throughout the theosophical world, for if attention is 
attracted
to the living workers, it is thereby detracted from the real issue. 
One
may have confidence, how ever, without making the mistake of placing anyone 
too
high. The strength shown by any worker is not that of the personality, which 
has
none, of itself; it lies in the words, the ideas, the conviction of truth 
held
by the inner man.
—ROBERT
CROSBIE
CONTENTS
IN
THE BEGINNING
Letter
Five
    H. P. B. showed herself a true Teacher when
she said, “Do not follow me nor 
my
path; follow the path I show, the Masters who are behind.” The wisdom of this 
advice
is seen in observing the course of those who judged of the teaching by 
what
they could see of the teacher. They judged her by their standards, not by 
her
adhesion to the Theosophy she taught. W. Q. Judge had similar judgment 
passed
on him, primarily because he upheld H. P. B. first, last, and all the 
time.
This was the underlying cause of the attacks made on him by those who 
should
have been his defenders. They were fearful of “authority”—so fearful they 
tried
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
to
convey the impression that they could explain her away, could tell where she 
was
right and where she made “mistakes”; thus making a claim to authority that 
she
never made. They minimized the only possible source on which reliance could 
be
placed, while Judge continually pointed to her as the Teacher to whom all 
alike
should look.
    Those who followed his example and advice
then, or who will follow it now, 
found
and will find where she pointed. In effect it comes to this, that those 
who
professed or who profess to look to H. P. B. as their Teacher, do not do so 
unless
they also look on Judge as she looked on Him. If they minimize or vilify 
Judge,
they have to minimize and vilify H. P. B.
    We are striving for Unity first, and as far
as possible leave out points 
that
may antagonize. Theosophy itself, pure and simple, is the great “unifier”; 
more
we can encourage others to study and apply Theosophy, the more will they 
see
for themselves the parts played by the various persons and personages in the 
movement.
Our work is to inform, not to proselyte.
    The Masters used Colonel Olcott because he
was fit for the work he was given 
to
do, and the only one at that time who could do it; and furthermore, he was 
willing,
despite his failings, to stick to his task without hope of reward. It 
is
certain that he missed much that he might have had, and finally let the 
Society
drift into the wrong hands through his very inability to discriminate. 
For
this, he alone was to blame; but the law adjusts and will adjust. We cannot 
judge
as between him and Those who used him. They did not condone his faults. 
They
used his virtues—and gave him every opportunity to increase them. Perhaps 
his
close and unremitting attention to the exoteric work he had to do, prevented 
attention
to his own nature, so that he thought he was entitled to some 
relaxation
of the kind he understood. It may be that some knowing his faults, 
and
that he still did good and prominent work for the Movement 
notwithstanding—have
reasoned that the faults do not count, and can be atoned 
for,
or overlooked, as is the case with many a public man by reason of service. 
This
is a mistake, for the path of true Occultism and
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
that
of immorality do not coincide. The Masters do not judge anyone, nor can 
They
“forgive” anyone for sins of omission and commission. Naturally They must 
stand
as did the Essenian Master, when he said, “Let him that is without sin 
amongst
you, cast the first stone.” Masters have to use such material as exists. 
If
anyone has lapses, so much the worse for him and for the work. It should also 
be
remembered that so long as one is willing to stay in the work, he can. Each 
stays
or goes out in accordance with his own desire. The door is never shut on 
him
by the Law, and the laws of Occultism do not permit “removal for cause.” It 
is
strange that so many who have studied Theosophy fail to understand these 
things,
but never fail to characterize and pass judgment.
    And all this applies, not to Colonel Olcott
only, nor to any particular 
person.
It applies to all and sundry—ourselves included. All through the 
writings
and conduct of H. P. B. and Judge, condemnation of others is warned 
against;
yet those who elected themselves to be their students paid little 
attention
either to warning or example. This led either to condemnation of 
persons,
or to worship of them, and then to dissensions and disruptions, ending 
in
total lack of discrimination. The Path of Brotherhood and the Path of 
Occultism
are One Path.
    Of course, here and there, all the crimes
in the calendar have been 
committed
by professed theosophists, but the majority, in the old days as now, 
have
been good men and women—many times misled by their own ignorance, by their 
misconceptions,
by their desires and passions sometimes, but honestly striving 
with
their enormous difficulties. Olcott was not young when he was “pulled out 
of
the fire,” and had the vices of his time and position in the world. But he 
did
what no one else at that time would undertake; the Masters assisted him, 
while
knowing his weaknesses; and we should judge him by what he did for 
Theosophy.
So also with Mrs. Besant, who is sincere, if mistaken. In Mrs. 
Tingley
there is apparent lack of sincerity, and much that is the opposite of 
theosophical
conduct. When questions are asked, and when occasion compels it, 
plain
statements of fact have to
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
be
made, but in defense of Theosophy, not in condemnation of any person. This is 
our
key to a right attitude in all such cases presented by theosophical history, 
made
or in the making. It may be a hair line—but we have to find it, and while 
pointing
out truth, whether in Theosophical philosophy or history, to avoid 
condemnation,
even where names have to be mentioned. Where others have made 
mistakes
and gone wrong, they become a vicarious atonement for those who might 
have
done the same thing but for the lesson learned from the errors of others.
—ROBERT
CROSBIE
CONTENTS
IN
THE BEGINNING
Letter
Six
    Organizational Theosophists have the
“successorship” idea in their minds, as 
has
the world in general, simply because of the various claims made in that 
direction.
This has to be cleared up in no uncertain way, but at the same time 
without
the slightest intimation of intolerance or condemnation, by pointing out 
that
one has to know Truth in order to detect its counterfeits. So we point to 
the
Message and the Messengers as the Source upon which all should rely who 
desire
to learn what pure Theosophy is and what it is not.
There
are many things to be worked out in connection with the “U. L. T.” If the 
movement
is to spread, how are beginnings to be made in other places, and how 
are
they to be started right and kept in line? It can only be done through close 
communication
with some sure and solid point of help and guidance. As matters 
stand,
anyone can take the name and consciously or unconsciously mix things 
up—as
has been done with Theosophy itself. What means, if any, should be taken 
to
conserve the name “U. L. T.” to the particular effort? It is for us to devise 
ways
and means. There is time enough, but the field should grow in extent, so 
that
the future has to be considered. Would not a magazine serve as guide and 
means
of communication whereby
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
the
discrimination and judgment of all would grow? What all need is intelligent 
devotion
to Masters’ cause, which involves the subservience of the personal 
self.
It is always personal divagations that throw students off the Philosophy 
and
“the straight and narrow path.” We have to go ahead, doing what seems right 
in
ever varying circumstances, and that is where discrimination comes in. It is 
never
what one would like to do in this or that condition—but what should be 
done.
We have much to do to fit ourselves for what may be in store. Can we do 
it?
We can try.
If
basic ideas are not taken in, nothing can be done. If we can do no more, as 
humble
agents, than to keep these ideas alive in the world and among 
Theosophists,
we should be content; but we are not through, and while our life 
lasts
we will keep on doing all we can to give others a sound basis, a better 
understanding
of what the great Ideas of Theosophy mean. Each of us must find 
his
own expressions of the same great Truths.
     This is an age of transition and our work
is to hark back to first 
principles,
promulgate and sustain them as best we can, so that they shall be 
ready
for those who need them, drawing our inspiration from the Message and the 
Messengers.
This constitutes the right work for all Arjunas. It is not the 
“personality,”
but what “it” represents to us that is the danger. In the case of 
some
it might drag down the ideal; so, let the ideal exist, but let the visible 
focus
be unknown except to those who have a right to know.
There
must be “someone” to reply to questions; a magazine would do this without 
making
anyone responsible for the opinions therein expressed. We must get one 
started,
but we will need readers—where will they be found? That also is for the 
future.
We will have to advance boldly without,—not in our own strength, but in 
the
strength of that for which we speak. We have to be like Sir Galahad whose 
“strength
was as a thousand men because his heart was pure.” There will be then 
no
terror of personal defeat, nor anxiety for personal success, but only 
Masters’
work and our continued effort in it. If this spells failure, we will 
have
the right to pronounce the word and understand
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
its
meaning; at the very Worst, We Will not have “failed” in vain. But we have 
no
idea of failing, because the only real failure would be to stop working, and 
we
will not do that.
     We cannot and should not prevent others
from using the Declaration of “U. 
L.
T.”—but we should see that they get started right. If other centers are begun 
and
those beginning them have the right spirit, they will want to be in close 
touch
with the rest. We have not only the duty of promulgating, but of 
safeguarding
as far as possible the spirit of our Declaration. “U. L. T.” is 
avowedly
a voluntary association; hence a Lodge that would not want association 
with
the rest would be an anomaly. Is it possible that any group in sympathy 
with
the Declaration would hold the opinion that unity is local only? They 
might;
but Registration would help. If any did not wish to register, would they 
be
in accord? Lodges, like Associates, should become so by the simple fact of 
registration.
     Growth of the movement should be and will
be slow, but it cannot be kept 
confined
and still be growth. As new centres spring up, perhaps at great 
distance,
they would easily be thrown into confusion without the help of trained 
Associates.
What means should be taken to keep such centers in touch with older 
students?
A magazine would help greatly if all the Associates took it—but we 
have
to remember that only a very small proportion did that in the old days. 
That
may prove to be the case with us, yet we must try to lay firm foundations 
for
all who will enter. This is our duty to them, to the Masters, and to 
ourselves
whose aim is to serve the cause of Masters.
—ROBERT
CROSBIE
CONTENTS
IN
THE BEGINNING
Letter
Seven
    What we need to be on our guard against in
working theosophically, is not 
our
mistakes—but our avoidable mistakes.
    It is a mistake to allow the impression to
grow in anyone’s mind that he is 
of
importance to Theosophy. Theosophy was
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
restored
to the world for the sake of those who are looking for light, not for 
those
who are satisfied with things as they are and life as they find it. So, to 
try
to interest special persons is not worth the effort expended. The very 
effort
made prevents by arousing either opposition or erroneous notions. To let 
as
many as possible know about Theosophy, but to seek out no one in particular, 
is
the wiser course.
    The Karma of many is such as to leave no
mental or physical doors open 
directly,
yet even they may be reached indirectly through the efforts of others 
in
affinity with them, who may take hold and find the way. What we should do is 
rather
to convey the information that the opportunity to understand and apply 
Theosophy
comes under Karma to the very few, not because it is withheld from 
anyone,
but because their prevailing tendencies are not of a nature to leave the 
mind
open to the consideration of new truths, or to enable them to take 
advantage
of the ways and means afforded. This comes from neglect or misuse of 
opportunities
in former lives, in many cases. Especially is this true in this 
age
when so much of the ancient Wisdom is once more made available to all who 
will.
All get this chance, some more favorably than others. It is the height of 
unwisdom
to neglect the opportunity again, most especially in those cases where 
it
is brought home to them without effort. In our daily lives we mingle with 
people
as they are. This enables us to show human sympathy with their life, to 
understand
their conditions, without getting involved in either, while in 
indefinable
ways giving the impression of the serious side of life and the 
necessity
of real knowledge as to its meaning.
    It is both wise and necessary to have a
good comprehension of ways and 
means,
of the processes of dealing with others’ minds, not merely for the sake 
of
doing or being good,” but that they and we may learn the rules of 
Soul-warfare,
the duties, individual and collective, of the incarnated Ego, the 
‘Warrior.”
We are Karma, for we are the cause of all we do. Our trouble is that 
we
do not realize the extent to which the causes go which we set in motion, 
either
for good or evil. Hence the necessity for know-
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
ing
our pedigree, spiritual, intellectual, and physical. Our heredity is our 
own,
the present effects of causes set going by us in the long past.
    Although all that we can say is but a
re-statement, there is a different 
light
cast sometimes by a word or an application, which will be helpful and 
useful
to some. The two things that hinder effectiveness are our own failure to 
give
as good an impression as might be, and the failure of the listener to 
appreciate
the meaning of what is said. Most minds cannot look beyond the 
person,
with his faults and limitations, beyond the giver to the gift itself and 
all
that it implies, and so, expect too much of the personality in that it does 
not
fully embody what is handed on.
    This will be true of the “U. L. T.,” as of
the workers who make up its life, 
for
the course of “U. L. T.” will be what its Associates make it—no more, no 
less.
Its “basis for union” is purposely left undefined from the exoteric, the 
personal,
point of view, in order to make more prominent the true and lasting 
basis
for unity among all who call themselves Theosophists. A central office or 
bureau
of registry will serve to keep a record of all Associates, and to receive 
and
give out information and help to all Lodges and individual inquirers 
interested
in any way in Theosophy and the Theosophical Movement, quite 
regardless
of whether they are affiliated with our Association or not.
    This means of Theosophical
inter-communication will be of great importance, 
but
every care must be taken to keep it impersonal, non-partisan, 
non-proselyting,
while at the same time a dependable source of information on 
Theosophical
history as well as philosophy. It must be so conducted that it will 
never
drift into any kind of a controlling force. This can always be obviated 
and
guarded against by continual reiteration and application of the principle of 
union,
that “mental control” of any kind is contrary to the letter and the 
spirit
of our Declaration, and that, while Lodges and individuals may seek 
information,
advice and suggestion, they are not in any way bound in so doing.
    Those who are true to this principle will
always remain in union, even on an 
agreement
to differ, if the older students take
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
that
position and set the example themselves. It should never at any time, nor 
should
any of our policies and practices, degenerate into hard and fast 
conclusions
as to men, things, or methods of work. If we stand true and 
steadfast
as to our aim, purpose and teaching, we will afford such aid and 
guidance
as is in our power to all who may inquire, and all necessary 
arrangements
will shape themselves. We have but to keep continually in mind and 
heart
the original lines laid by H. P. B. and W. Q. J., namely UNITY first, as a 
focus
for spiritual growth and mutual strength; STUDY, that a knowledge of the 
Movement,
its purpose, its Teachers and its Message, may be had; WORK, upon 
ourselves
in the light of that study, and for others first, last, and all the 
time.
    All that any of us can give is Theosophy.
We did not invent it. It was given 
to
us; we stand in line and pass it along, as people used to do at fires in 
passing
the buckets of water. People are grateful to the one who passes the 
“water
of life” along to them, but the “passer” knows where gratitude belongs, 
and
says: “don’t thank me; thank Theosophy—as I do. It enables me to help 
others;
it will also enable you.” Thus he helps them and helps himself to get 
rid
of the personal idea. The fight against the “personal idea” is a long one 
and
a strong one. It has to be guarded against that it does not take to itself 
what
it has no claim to. What others think we are serves as an object lesson for 
them,
but our ideal is beyond all personality and personalities. It does not 
matter
what people think of “us,” as long as they come and get Theosophy 
straight.
There should be more and more come in closer, for the sake of 
Theosophy—new
units in the body of Workers.
    The Messengers have left all that is
necessary—for us and for others—in the 
way
of direction; it is for us and for them to apply the right things at the 
right
times and in the right way. Some may think this discouraging; so, many are 
looking
for “orders and instructions” from Masters in ways and means. This would 
not
do any good, even if it were possible, for if directed in every thing, how 
could
we grow in discrimination, judgment and
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
power?
We would be but automata, and would never fill the necessary place. No 
doubt
They help all sincere men by adjustment rather than direction; so we 
should
not look for the latter, but using our own best Theosophical judgment 
move
forward, feeling sure that if our understanding of the nature of the task 
is
good, and our motive pure, the right way will appear to us. This will be 
guidance
of the right sort—one that leads to growth. In the meantime we live and 
learn,
and should not forget that They and we are working in the present for the 
future,
and for the same great end. It is a “bumpy” road that we are 
traveling—because
the Karma of our race has constructed that kind of a road; 
there
is no other way to get help to the race but by traveling it as best we 
can.
    Masters do not direct; They adjust. There
have been and there are those who 
think
and say, in effect: “the Master will do everything.” All such are bound to 
go
wrong, by not considering what is the right thing and the right way, by not 
using
all the powers they have to determine the right procedure and conduct. We 
trust
to the great Lodge and to the Law, but use the powers we have to the best 
of
our ability: what we cannot do, we know They will do when necessary. We have 
to
present this idea for the better guidance of all.
—ROBERT
CROSBIE
CONTENTS
IN
THE BEGINNING
Letter
Eight
    Many members of the various theosophical
societies will naturally demur to 
our
conclusions and conduct, while sympathizing with our determination to adhere 
to
Theosophy strictly as originally recorded. Others, the “old timers” who play 
the
leading roles in these societies, will oppose us vigorously while themselves 
claiming
to “revere” H. P. B. This cannot be avoided if we are to be true to our 
declared
purposes, for those purposes would necessitate a radical change in 
attitude
on the part of both leaders
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
and
followers in the different societies. But all those who are not so deeply 
committed
that they will not or dare not consider philosophy, logic and facts on 
their
merits—all those who are or who may become to any extent open-minded, will 
make
some investigation, will gain a better outlook to that degree, a better 
appreciation
of the need for Unity on a philosophical basis. These impressions 
will
be recalled when such theosophists themselves are forced by events within 
their
own sphere of interest to a reconsideration. Let us, then, trust to 
recorded
facts, recorded philosophy, and the consistent example set by the true 
Teachers
H. P. B. and W. Q. J.
    It was natural that you should attend the
Art Exhibit, but unfortunate that 
it
detracted from the strength of the meeting by taking you away. Where there 
are
so few, the absence of even one is felt by all. It weakens the current by 
division
of interest for the time being; moreover, the tendency to repeat is 
easily
established. This may seem like making a “jealous god” out of Theosophy, 
but
it springs from experience, and is given for what it may be worth to you. It 
should
not be taken as a stricture on any particular thing or person, but in 
general,
as a guiding principle. I know that you are no lukewarm Theosophist, 
but
I am thinking of the example set to younger students. It is so easy, and 
especially
in the earlier stages, to lose enthusiasm for the Work itself through 
dissipation
of energy in diversions harmless in themselves. It is better to take 
relaxation
or to attend to “social” matters at other than meeting times, if our 
intention
really is “to sacrifice to the Permanent the mutable.”
    A year ago at this time, what has since
been done and what is in the air to 
be
done, all seemed a long, long way off. 
U. L. T. has made quite a stride 
since
it was formed, and already it is standing firmly on its own feet, and 
begins
to make its voice heard in the land. Devotion did it, and has grown 
stronger
through the efforts made; so there is every encouragement. A few have 
already
grasped something of the spirit of this movement; there will be more as 
time
goes on, and some of them will grow into real warriors. If we give our 
hearts
to the Cause, all the rest will follow.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
    Many hear, but few heed the Message, and of
those who heed, few are they who 
take
to heart the warnings of the Teachers. Some think, evidently, that all 
warnings
are a sort of scare crow to test their courage. They forget or ignore 
that
the real test is not of our courage but of our discrimination. If the 
philosophy
is true and Masters are behind it, then what They say is meant. They 
have
said other things besides warnings, and these also are meant, as fully and 
as
truly as their warnings.
    Theosophy is not in conflict with any form
of religion, any society, any 
man,
any opinion—however much these may be in conflict with Theosophy. What 
Theosophy
is engaged in, through those who believe in it, as we do, without any 
mental
reservations whatsoever, is a battle for recognition. Theosophy serves to 
explain
the hidden side, the real and inner meaning of all things, for it is a 
friend
to understanding, an aid to knowledge. By it a man may come to know 
himself
through and through. It is because of misunderstanding of the real Self 
that
we have all these religions, sects, parties, dogmas, with all their vested 
interests
and sustainers. It is the Karma of the race that meets us, so we will 
not
cry out nor dodge it when it confronts us. What we might otherwise think is 
the
worst, is the best thing that could come, if we meet it in the right spirit, 
clearing
up our Karma as we go along, making ourselves better instruments for 
Them.
We are not working because of our self-interest in the results, but for 
Masters
and for Humanity. So, we will take cheerfully whatever comes, “enjoy or 
suffer
whatever the Higher Self may have in store for us by way of experience or 
discipline.”
It is for us to go on without doubt or anxiety: both are hindrances 
which
spring from the lower nature, not the Higher. We suffer, and must continue 
to
suffer from the bodily and mental weaknesses of the race. We can cheerfully 
endure
all this when we are working for a better time, better minds and bodies, 
better
understanding for the whole of humanity.
    There come times to everyone in his
development when work seems useless and 
irksome.
I think that the irksomeness of the work is the cleaning up of Karma 
and
the clearing up of “the
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
sheaths
of the Soul.” That which galls, that which hurts, is our personal 
desires
unattained or feared to be unattainable. We can go through all, bear 
all,
in thinking of the Self of all. It is by giving up self to Self that the 
White
Adept has become what He is. We “know” all this very well, but it is the 
realization
of it that we lack; hence we find the pressure hard many times. We 
have
to keep on, and dwell as much as possible in the Self and on the Self; 
every
effort brings the time of realization nearer.
    It is by dwelling on our inherent
perfectibility that we get rid of our 
imperfections.
The last thing to doubt is the inherent perfectibility of all 
men.
Here is an interesting statement by H.P. B.:
    “Every Ego has the Karma of past
Manvantaras behind him. The Ego starts with 
Divine
Consciousness—no past, no future, no separation. It is long before 
realizing
that it is itself. Only after many births does it begin to discern, by 
this
collectivity of experience, that it is individual. At the end of its cycle 
of
reincarnation it is still the same Divine Consciousness, but it has now 
become
individualized Self- Consciousness.”
    Without this sense of inherent perfection,
there would be nothing worth 
living
for: a few years of “pleasure and pain,” and then it is all gone—and what 
has
been gained? Do what we will, we cannot escape Life, for we are Life—all the 
time;
most of us realize but a portion of its possibilities. Sometime we will 
learn
what Life really means. We are working to that end, for others as well as 
ourselves—mostly
now for those others “who know still less than we,” but we also 
are
learning all the time. Is it not worth all that it costs? Men make greater 
sacrifices
than we are called upon to make, and for infinitely less—a few years 
of
questionable happiness, and then oblivion as far as they know or can see. 
That
we can see even a little of the purpose of life, is much; to feel it, is 
greater
still; to realize it, is to Live. If Nietzsche’s doctrine is right, then 
we
have made a great mistake. Well, have we? There is no “if” about it; we have 
every
certainty that we are doing right in following the Path of Mas-
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
ters,
the lines laid by H. P. B. So what matters it if we suffer wounds in 
battling
for Them and for all mankind. We have accomplished something, however 
small.
We have done all that we could do and the fight is still on. It is a 
School
of Life, and everything that comes to us at any time contains in it the 
thing
we need, whether it seems hard, troublesome ,or pleasant.
    The Work makes up for the sacrifice.
“Nothing is gained with out sacrifice.” 
Let
us take to heart Judge’s words: “And yet, at every moment, every hour of 
each
day, these Masters are willing and anxious to meet those who are clear-eyed 
enough
to see their own true destiny, and noble-hearted so as to work for ‘the 
great
orphan, Humanity.’”
—ROBERT
CROSBIE
CONTENTS
IN
THE BEGINNING
Letter
Nine
    There are many “good souls” who do not know
their own minds, and hence have 
no
solid basis in Theosophy while accepting it as the only thing worth knowing. 
They
cannot “stay put” any where. We don’t have to hunt them up—they come to us 
right
along. If we had to look for them we might let them go by, as not being of 
the
right kind or from some other ostensible reason. There are hundreds who have 
gone
off on one wrong track or another. They all have some good traits—Karmic 
inheritances;
but these do not bring Wisdom nor Will. They need guidance, not 
leadership.
Study and work is their only salvation and we can help them all to 
the
degree that our Karma and theirs permits, if only by example. Our work is 
with
all Theosophists. As far as I can see, “U. L. T.” is the only real “olive 
branch”
in the Movement, for it means peace with all, in unity of aim, purpose, 
and
teaching.
    Had Theosophists remained together on this
basis, dissensions could never 
have
occurred, and the many side-issues would have had no vogue. What a Karma 
for
the delinquents and for the
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
world!
The ignorant take up with pretensions and promises, and while some will 
remain
ignorant, no small number will develop into sorcery of the worst kind. 
The
undiscriminating innocents in all these bodies screen what is behind, 
because
unable to see that they are being used for selfish ends. That is the 
pity
of it. The great majority of people deride the idea of anyone possessing 
occult
powers for evil.
    This is the mystery of the human mind.
Being creative, it endows its every 
form
of thought with life and being, makes for itself idols in its own image, 
and
then seeks to exact obedience from others. And such idols as it 
creates—monsters
or vampires! These things are not pleasant to contemplate, but 
they
exist. We cannot shut our eyes to them, and must warn all whom we can, 
pointing
to the SELF as the refuge. Theosophists, if they would follow the one 
safe,
true and royal road, have to forget persons and leaders and attend to 
Principles,
and be loyal to Those who gave them out. In order to be loyal to H. 
P.
B. and W. Q. J., they have to follow the lines laid down by the Teachers. If 
we
are loyal to H. P. B. and Judge and what They stand for, we shall not be 
found
running after leaders who cry lo here, and lo there. Many are “joined to 
their
idols: let them alone.” But warnings to would-be’s are always in order, 
and
where we see danger to others, it is our duty to warn—not in antagonism to 
anything
but those errors and wrong practices which bring injurious results. 
Theosophists
must point out error by comparison with Theosophy. Methods must 
vary
with time, place and conditions. Few minds, especially those attracted by 
“the
lure of the Occult,” are able to make applications in any wide sense. 
Distinctions
have to be pointed out to them. We have to learn that the way to 
present
truth is by examining various beliefs in its light, not by forcible 
attempts
to “corner” another. Even an animal resists when cornered; so the right 
way
to obtain consideration of the ideas we have to present implies a full sense 
of
freedom on the part of the one who listens, as well as on the part of the 
speaker.
In these days of proselyting and propaganda for all sorts of ‘isms 
there
is the more need for tolerance if we are to find those chinks
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
in
the mind of others through which questions may possibly be aroused. We can 
set
the example of examining anything on its merits, and then presenting in 
contrast
the Theosophical view, which accords with nature as a whole.
    The “U. L. T.” Declaration should turn the
attention of every open-minded 
Theosophist
from forms to principles. It provides a real basis for study and 
work.
Its reasonableness should awaken many to get busy on themselves. The door 
is
open to all, but we cannot help those who will neither listen nor think. I 
was
amused at the statement published in the Besant periodical that U. L. T. is 
a
“secession from Point Loma.” I wonder how they made the deduction? As it is 
largely
composed of Theosophists from different organizations, it might better 
be
called a “secession” from them all! The fact that “U. L. T.” does not profess 
attachment
to any organization, and that it has no organization of its own, does 
not
appear to have registered with those who would pigeon-hole us as well as 
themselves.
We can leave it to time to vindicate the truth. As the years go on, 
and
“U. L. T.” becomes better known by its fruits, it will be more and more 
difficult
for those who have an axe to grind to label us anything but 
straight-line
Theosophists, resolutely declining any connection with any 
theosophical
organization, but always in full sympathy with our 
fellow-Theosophists
of all organizations or of none. Yet we must be watchful to 
correct
the impression wherever it exists that “U. L. T.” is a secession or 
succession,
or anything but an Association to study and apply Theosophy pure and 
simple.
Can any sincere student observe the things taught and done in the name 
of
Theosophy and fail to see the crying need for just such an Association as “U. 
L.
T.”? Some otherwise loyal Theosophists think that the Movement has failed for 
this
cycle, because of the dissensions and false doctrines so much in evidence. 
They
ought to remember that Masters never cease working, and that it is always 
possible
for even the humblest Theosophist who is clear-eyed and humanity-loving 
to
aid Their endeavor. The way to know the truth is to get back to what the 
Teachers
themselves gave, both in philosophy and
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
in
right work. If that is done, it will be found that there is neither 
“variableness
nor the shadow of turning” in the “U. L. T.” from the lines laid 
down
by those Teachers. We need to bring again and again to the attention of all 
discouraged
or bewildered Theosophists what H. P. B. wrote to Judge in 1888:
    “Night before last I was shown a bird’s-eye
view of the Theosophical 
Societies.
I saw a few earnest, reliable Theosophists in a death-struggle with 
the
world in general, and with other—nominal but ambitious—Theosophists. The 
former
are greater in number than you may think, and they prevailed, as you in 
America
will prevail, if you only remain staunch to the Master’s programme and 
true
to yourselves.” And again: “For it is only when the Nucleus is formed that 
the
accumulations can begin that will end in future years, however far, in the 
formation
of that body which we have in view.”
    Students have missed much by careless
reading. If this is a Movement 
inspired
by Masters, and if H. P. B. and Judge were Their mouth-pieces, there is 
the
necessity for looking into the meaning behind the words They used. To think 
that
the effort had failed and that it was no use to try further, would show 
lack
of faith in the Masters and a misunderstanding of the great occult laws 
that
govern such a Movement as this. “The wheel of the Good Law moves swiftly 
on.
It grinds by night and day. The worthless husks it drives from out the 
golden
grain, the refuse from the flour.” This must apply to the Movement, as 
well
as to everything else—being Universal in its scope. I do not think that 
They
used words purposelessly; it is for us and for all others who would serve 
Them,
to apply, apply, apply Their teachings. There is no time limit to effort.
—ROBERT
CROSBIE
CONTENTS
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
IN
THE BEGINNING
Letter
Ten
     If we waited until we were saints would we
ever begin? The Gita says, “Lay 
all
thy deeds, good and bad alike, upon me.” We have to give ourselves as we 
are,
not as we would like to be, or we could never become as Masters are. The 
fact
that some of our deeds are recognized as bad, means their relinquishment 
sooner
or later. This must be so, if we are striving to be true to Them. So, 
while
doing all we can to make the way sure and clear according to our lights, 
we
may step forward with strength and boldness, because the path is Theirs as 
well
as ours. At times we may doubt, but this arises from the personal 
uncertainty,
the fear of one or another consequence. We should take it that what 
ever
comes is a necessary position for us to be in, in order to do further and 
better
work for Them.
And
we are helped, and in the right way, the way our nature needs—not 
necessarily
according to what we assume would be the proper way. If we felt 
certain
that They would be on hand to pull US Out of holes we walk into 
carelessly,
or have made possible by past neglect, how could we ever learn right 
discrimination
and right action? “Ingratitude is not one of our vices.” They 
have
said this, and it is lived up to. We may be sure the very best that can be 
done
for us is done and being done all the time. We have to find the way to Them 
through
service. Criticisms by others may or may not be well taken. We have to 
judge
by results obtained, rather than by anyone’s opinion, and follow those 
methods
which bring desirable results. “Old timers” will naturally criticize 
because
in many cases they have lost the spirit of the work. They are in the 
dark
generally, both as to Theosophy and the theosophical organizations, so that 
simple
loyalty and devotion to the Message and the Messenger is difficult for 
them
to understand. We shall be glad to have their moral support if no more, and 
their
criticisms will help us to steer clear of repeating the errors of the 
past.
The
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
old
timers” do not realize that they need adjustment more than any newcomers to 
Theosophy.
The best way to help both classes of mind as well as ourselves is to 
stick
to principles and let each apply them for himself. The “stuff” handed out 
by
all these organizations and leaders, the claims made for them, only go to 
show
how vitally necessary it is that the true Teachers and the true Teaching 
should
be pointed out in no uncertain tone.
     There is a psychic wave at present and it
will require much effort to 
maintain
any movement in the true direction. So far as we are concerned, this 
will
cause the output of energy which increases strength. If it were not for 
such
obstacles and opportunities we might fall into mere reliance upon our 
present
acquirements and results achieved, and so go no further. We have to 
think
at all times of others and of the future. If others are not helped and 
trained
to take hold, to share in the work and its responsibilities, then, 
should
anything happen to us, the Work would suffer. Study and preparation on 
the
part of beginners will alone make them efficient as propagandists. In 
endeavoring
to aid them, it is essential to encourage their own initiative as 
much
as possible, suggesting and adjusting when and where necessary.
For
the beginning, the middle, and the end, we should hold to the Three 
Fundamental
Propositions of The Secret Doctrine in all our public work—for upon 
these
the whole philosophy hinges, and unless well grounded in them, no real 
progress
can be had. The first thing to make clear in every exposition of 
Theosophy
is the impossibility of the ordinary conception of a personal or 
separate
God, and the importance of realizing the SELF as all, in all. Then, the 
Law
of Periodicity, Cycles or Karma, in all its applications as “the world’s 
eternal
ways.” This shows Reincarnation by analogy, as also the successive 
re-embodiments
of solar systems, planets, and every form of matter. This leads 
naturally
to the consideration of “the Universal Over-Soul,” the collective 
intelligence
in any solar system, as well as in all of them—for all are 
connected,
“down to the minutest conceivable atom,” and what affects one affects 
all—Egos
small and great as well as
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
embryonic
ones. This means Unity throughout all, inter-action among all, 
individual
responsibility.
     It will be well at every study class to
state what the purpose of the 
meeting
is; to have volunteers state in their own words their understanding of 
the
Three Fundamentals. Questions should be freely invited and asked, the object 
being
that students, even beginners, should formulate for themselves. Only so 
can
they make their understanding good, and get themselves in the position where 
they
can best help others even as they have been helped. In the class in The 
Ocean
of Theosophy, the Three Fundamentals are the background of the whole work. 
Chapter
by chapter, in question and answer, the applications can be brought out 
and
the consistency of the entire philosophy made clear. Individual students who 
want
to learn should both ask and answer questions in terms of the philosophy 
itself.
There will be difficulty in getting many to see the importance of this 
continual
reiteration, but it is essential to all true progress.
     Unavoidably we shall draw the attention of
those who are inimical to 
anything
we may attempt in Theosophical work, as well as the attention of those 
who
desire to learn what pure Theosophy is. Well, all this takes time to 
overcome,
but time swallows up men, centuries, and worlds—as well as some 
attitudes
of mind. We know such an effort as ours is needed, and we know that 
what
we present is eternal Truth itself, the effects of which will go on 
forever.
We are glad to have people “register,” glad for them, and glad for the 
world’s
sake, but not as a favor to us. We can rejoice that those interested are 
able
to see their true interest and join themselves to the helpers of humanity. 
There
is much of wrong, of error, of mistaken idea, and these we have to 
recognize
where found, take a lesson from them, and so avoid the pitfalls into 
which
so many have stumbled. We need not care for what is said about any of us 
personally,
though we shall have to meet it so that “U. L. T.” will not be 
affected
by anything of the kind. All attacks upon Theosophy and Theosophical 
work
have been directed, not at the philosophy or the Objects of Theosophical 
work,
but at those who were at the front and looked
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
upon
as the directors of the Movement. We will discount this as much as possible 
by
keeping ourselves in the background, so that if attacks should come, as is 
not
improbable, they will affect the work as little as possible. The way we have 
marked
out for ourselves bids fair to prevent any particular hindrance to our 
work.
H. P. B. and Judge were pioneers, and many of the theosophical 
illuminati—save
the mark—have sought to belittle Them. The whole crowd of 
“successors”
have either to belittle the Teachers—or direct attention to Them. 
In
the latter case, the “successors” lose out; what they have done and are doing 
tells
its own story. Well, people can take their choice between our work, which 
directs
attention to the Messengers and Their Message, and the work of those who 
call
attention to themselves by hoisting themselves up on what the Messengers 
have
left for the world. If the world had to depend on these “old timers” for 
Theosophy
pure and simple, what chance would the world have?
     The Movement begun by H. P. B. and Judge
has passed through many 
changes—changes
unavoidable in a period of transition and among people whose 
heredity
and training are obstacles in the way of right appreciation and 
application.
But out of all these confusions must come the nucleus of that great 
body,
the formation of which They had in view from the very first. We do but 
labor
to hasten that great aim and object. ‘Who or what can prevent, however 
much
they may try to hinder?
     It is strange that so many who have
studied Theosophy fail to understand 
and
apply it, but never fail to characterize and pass judgment. Their interest 
is
limited either to the worship or the condemnation of persons.
—ROBERT
CROSBIE
CONTENTS
IN
THE BEGINNING
Letter
Eleven
     The right way of looking at things is
shown in Theosophy. Each has to 
learn,
to know, and to control his own nature, if he is to acquire 
discrimination—the
ability to help others. Each
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
has
to take the philosophy and apply it, in the face of all mistakes and acts 
which,
while they make the task more difficult, have been the means of arousing 
the
very discrimination needed. Our vicarious atonement having shown us the way, 
our
mistakes can be turned to good account. We will take time to think what we 
shall
say and how we shall say it. One gets over changeableness and indecision 
as
he takes time to think things out fully before acting or making promises. He 
will
then study to do what ever he says he will do. This carefulness will 
increase
true self-reliance and the reliance that others will place in him. Only 
as
full confidence is gained can men be helped in themselves and with each 
other.
Masters must work with those who will work, and as They can, and this 
applies
to all. Some blame H. P. B. and Judge for the mistakes made by those who 
played
leading parts in the Movement, as pupils lay on the shoulders of the 
Teacher
their own fiascos. All this comes from lack of discrimination, the 
failure
on the part of leaders and followers to apply what H. P. B. and W. Q. J. 
taught.
The letters written to you are the results of observation, experience, 
study
and application of the philosophy of Theosophy, and as such must be of use 
to
others in like case with your own. So must also be the results of your own 
efforts,
and those of all other sincere students.
     The Western mind is apt to look upon mere
literary form and fine phrases as 
the
standard of judgment. People in general do not get the meaning of what is 
written,
in the same way that they do not extract the value from their 
experiences.
They make surface deductions and applications only. So they have 
little
ability to apply the philosophy to daily life, nor can they see its 
practical
value. They have to be helped to assimilate the fundamental principles 
if
they are to realize right valuations and applications. Each has to eradicate 
his
own faults in these as in other directions—not the faults of others. Until 
students
set to work seriously on these lines they cannot find surety nor 
happiness.
Theosophy and its application go together, if there is to be real 
progress.
It is not for us to say, “Do this,” or “Don’t do that.” It is for us 
to
put the case, Theosophy and its individual
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
application,
and leave each student, each inquirer, to make his own decisions. 
People
get into tight places right along by following “advices,” instead of 
exercising
their own discrimination, and then invariably blame the “advisor” 
when
matters do not go according to their expectations.
     Is it not strange that plain statements
are not grasped? That superficial 
meanings
are taken to be true applications? Most men think, when they have heard 
a
statement made, they know it. All of this is chargeable to our modern 
educational
methods, wherein soul and mind are considered as mere recorders. 
“Amongst
thousands of mortals a single one perhaps strives for perfection.” So, 
among
the many who may be interested in Theosophy—the philosophy of the 
perfectibility
of Man—here and there will be one who may wake up. Therein lies 
the
hope. And even those who are interested enough merely to listen or to read 
with
attention, will get something in the way of a trend that may some day 
develop.
If we keep trying in all proper ways and means open to us, something 
will
come from such mutual endeavors.
     The fundamental statements of the Teachers
are axioms to be applied. At the 
same
time they are woven in with such reasoning as may affect the ordinary way 
of
thinking. Science, Psychology, and all efforts that are based on them, 
fail—and
for no other reason than that they do not assume or admit that full and 
true
knowledge exists. If Western Science and Psychology would go on with their 
painstaking
efforts in the light of Theosophy, the spiritual and intellectual 
darkness
of the world would soon be overcome and a civilization brought into 
being
that would best express a true physical life. What hinders? Intellectual 
pride,
together with the cramping effects of false religious conceptions. If the 
idea
is held that there is but one life on earth, then all the learning of the 
man
and of the age is limited to a small and narrow range. But if one grasps the 
idea
of successive lives on earth—all under Karma—then, the learning takes on a 
wider
sweep, leading the man to the conception that all powers of every kind 
proceed
from the Supreme, the Self of all creatures; that
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
he
himself is in reality a spiritual being, and must think and act as such.
     We may not be able to apply, as fully as
we and others might desire, all 
the
axioms and reasoning of the philosophy; but what of that? We can apply what 
is
possible and all that is possible to us, and in that application greater 
understanding
and facility arise. Each one has to find his way. Words cannot 
give
it, yet there is a way for each. Most of the trouble lies in trying to see, 
trying
to hear, trying to “think” it all out, instead of applying what we do 
see.
All ability comes very gradually, imperceptibly—felt, grasped, realized, 
rather
than perceived in the ordinary sense. Here, there is not enough 
acquaintance
as yet with the philosophy itself for many of the students to have 
confidence
enough to take hold and carry on the work. When I have hinted at 
approaching
departure, it brings dismay because they imagine that Theosophy will 
be
dead if I go: yet they ought to have learned that no one is Theosophy and the 
best
are but transmitters; that they too, having received, should get busy doing 
as
much by others, becoming transmitters in their turn. 41 Associates of “U. L. 
T.”!
If 25 of them turn out to be “good stuff,” will the effort not prove to be 
worth
all that it has cost? “Good stuff” means just that many Warriors for the 
restoration
of the Theosophical Movement to its original lines. Many thousands 
are
needed, but as the body grows, it takes care of itself. The struggle will be 
fierce—as
we face it, not knowing the outcome—but the struggle is for us, or we 
would
not have it. We will take what comes, and will give all that we are and 
have
to the common cause, knowing that we are not fighting for self but for all. 
More
we cannot do, and less we may not do under the Law of Brotherhood. A year 
ago
today we began this struggle, and so it naturally brings retrospections to 
us.
Things past are always easier than things present, or the unknown yet to 
come.
The past can be judged as to relative importance, for it is now the hollow 
of
the wave of progress, whereas the present and the future represent the crest 
and
the resistance felt or feared. Yet—if we remember—the past, when it was both 
present
and future,
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
held
just such disturbances which we now see were a waste of energy. In the 
writings
of the Teachers there is naught but encouragement. It is the deep sense 
of
the gulf between our ideals and their attainment that dismays the personal 
conception.
If we involve “ourselves” in these personal conceptions, we shall 
feel
despondent—like Arjuna. In reality we should feel more of encouragement 
than
ever, for the past year has brought a success greater than we could then 
have
dared to hope in the circumstances.
     We are all links in the great chain of the
Theosophical Movement. What 
affects
one affects all, and in degree. Everyone who endeavors to help others in 
any
real way, puts himself in the position where he must take the reactions. The 
Karma
of the Parent theosophical society is that of H. P. B. and Judge, known by 
them
beforehand in a general way. It is also our Karma and that of all other 
Theosophists.
Theirs was the first effort to spread Theosophy; much has been 
done
since in this respect, and by many students. But its application has not 
been
as general as might have been. The reactions from the spread of Theosophy 
and
of its mis- and non-application by students will be taken care of when They 
come
again. We and all other true students are linked with the Great Lodge by 
aspiration,
by service, by following the Masters’ program as nearly as we know. 
All
sincere students are surrounded by an “invisible escort” as long as their 
faces
are set toward the Goal and they remain staunch to Masters’ program. 
Masters
neither push, pull, nor hinder voluntary action. To do so would be to 
prevent
true Self reliance. For this reason some may think that Masters have 
deserted
them, or do not see nor hear them; but this is the worst conception 
that
could be. It belittles Them and implies ignorance and ingratitude on Their 
part.
They have spoken clearly of Their nearness to all those who “try and ever 
keep
trying.”
            —ROBERT CROSBIE
CONTENTS
 
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
IN
THE BEGINNING
Letter
Twelve
     “MASTERS never cease working, but they
cease at times from such public 
efforts
as were made at the establishment of the Theosophical Society; before 
that
They were working with individuals.” Mr. Judge made this statement at a 
crucial
time, repeating what the Master had written years before to Mr. Sinnett, 
and
what H. P. B. had more than once put of record.
     Applying this, it would seem to mean that
They are not now working directly 
with
any theosophical bodies as such, as They at one time were working with the 
Parent
society, but that They continue to work with individuals. Those who 
thought
or think that any organization carries the Masters with it have taken 
the
shadow for the substance, have mistaken the tool for the Work man. If these 
mistaken
theosophical leaders were really Initiates, or under the guidance of 
Masters,
there would not be so much of personality and pretensions in evidence 
as
are exhibited on every hand. Even minor Initiates would not act that way.
     It may very well be that the public effort
and the recorded teachings of 
the
Masters were put forth in order to find willing, clear-eyed and 
noble-hearted
men and women, able to see their true destiny and anxious to serve 
humanity.
If it did not and does not find them, then H. P. B. and Judge’s 
mission
was largely futile—for Theosophy can be used selfishly as well as in the 
right
way. The good comes from the fact that Theosophic ideas pave the way for 
those
who are as yet not clear-eyed. So even those who selfishly use 
Theosophical
ideas unconsciously help by keeping these ideas before the world. 
Theosophy
is, and even a mistaken idea of it may lead to a correct 
understanding.
Let us keep to the correct understanding and refrain from 
condemnation,
and success must come in some measure. If we make and keep our 
selves
ready and fit, we shall be used as occasion and fitness permit. We are 
dealing
with minds, not persons. The Soul, being
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
conformed
to the mind, reacts upon the whole nature. If, as persons, we could 
all
look at the world of ideas in that way, we would learn more, gain more 
discrimination,
and be more useful to others, so meriting Their guiding 
influence.
It is Karma, all of it; students should realize that and benefit by 
the
knowledge. The right start is everything. If this is gained and held, then 
all
that each one does carries him and others in the right direction. In this 
Work,
natures are intensified, good and bad come to the surface. The 
‘cleaning-up”
process is gradual and each must do his own work of elimination 
where
such work is seen to be needed. The barriers to help from Masters are in 
ourselves
and nowhere else.
     Either Theosophy pure and undefiled is the
most real thing in the world, or 
we
are all wasting our time and effort. If we are able to conceive its reality 
in
all seriousness, we should then never cease trying to understand and apply 
what
has been recorded by Masters’ Messenger for our guidance and instruction. 
What
is the distinction between Theosophy and anything else? In Fundamental 
Principles,
I should say. Nothing else affords an all-inclusive view of 
existence.
All kinds of sincere efforts help, all kinds of systems contain some 
truth,
but they all fall short, because they all exclude or ignore some part of 
nature.
Theosophists of every degree should realize that under Karma much is 
required
of those to whom much has been given in opportunity and knowledge. We 
can
only use our opportunities and knowledge to the best possible advantage and 
continue
to do so, if we would not ourselves fall short of the requirement of 
"the
Law of Laws—Compassion absolute.” What has been done has been of real and 
lasting
advantage to many; there are others yet unborn, yet to come. This is the 
time
when one wishes to be like Brahma with “eyes, heads, mouths and ears in 
every
direction.” Read “The Tidal Wave” in Lucifer, volume V, page 173, if you 
would
learn how H. P. B. felt—and feels. The real point of issue is the divine 
nature
in man. The real basis of work is to impress this on the minds of those 
who
come. In Theosophy
 Reprinted in Theosophy, Vol. , page 446; Vol.
27, page 496.
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
we
have this basis. A right philosophy is desperately needed by the world. 
Without
this, strength and special faculties are useless because they are 
misapplied.
Theosophy is not merely words. It is Life, and this includes all 
things
in life and all the planes of living. To have Brotherhood among the many, 
it
is first necessary to realize brotherhood among the few, and the basis of 
brotherhood
is the divinity inherent in all men.
     All true impressions come from within—from
the highest Principle in us, 
Atma,
or the Divinity which is one and the same in all. If there is nothing in 
the
brain but impressions from the lower principles of our being, nothing to 
connect
the Thinker with higher planes, he can but waver between these lower 
states.
If thought is to rise further, it must be thought without a brain. 
Nature
works by orderly processes to which we give the name of law. In the 
individual
it is called the Will. By an act of the will all ordinary mental 
processes
may be stopped; then the habitual center of mental action may be 
transcended
and the ascent to the next plane made, without losing the power to 
perceive
on this. In all such attempts we must keep the Fundamentals in view—in 
mind.
The Spirit in man, the Perceiver, is “untouched by troubles, works, fruits 
of
works, or desires.” It seems to me that the clearest comprehension, if not 
understanding,
of all this comes from dwelling on the idea of the Perceiver as 
looking
into one or another of his “sheaths” and finding there the record of the 
actions
in any or all of them.
     Everything depends on what one has in
mind—his fundamental conceptions of 
Deity,
Nature, and Man, when considering or attempting to practice 
“concentration.”
The general idea on this as on other subjects and objects is 
purely
personal. There is no self-examination of motives, no altruism, no effort 
to
carry out in daily life the assumed object of fitting one’s self to be the 
better
able to help and teach others, no observation of the evil effects of 
rushing
in for “psychic development.” H. P. B. says, “One has to have an 
unshakable
faith in the Deity within, an unlimited belief in his own power to 
learn;
otherwise he is bound to fall into delusion and irresponsible 
medium-ship.”
Here
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
is
the signpost of warning against all attempts to develop psychically before 
one
has learned to master and guide the lower, personal self. What is 
indispensable
is right philosophy and its application in daily life. By the 
wrong
attitude in this and other respects, many well-meaning theosophists fail, 
and
harm themselves and others. The meaning is plain. Leave psychism alone; work 
from
the spiritual side upon the lower nature—visible and invisible, psychic and 
physical—first,
by analysis and comprehension of the principles of our being as 
Theosophy
teaches, then by the guidance of knowledge as it arises within 
oneself.
We pass from plane to plane daily, but relate everything to the brain 
circle
of necessity, and thus lose the real meanings. Dwelling on the 
Fundamentals
and the endeavor to help others is the true concentration. Mr. 
Judge
wrote: “Thus the Will is freed from the domination of desire and at last 
subdues
the mind itself.”
     We have to gain, each for himself, the
unshakable faith that “the Master’s 
hand
is over all” sincere Theosophists, the humblest as the most progressed. In 
true
work for Masters’ Cause there is no rivalry. Our place in that Work is 
clear
to us, and can be shown to be clear to anyone who will take the trouble to 
make
the search that we have made. This place we hold for those who have the 
good
Karma to come in contact with it before meeting other phases of the 
Movement,
as well as for those who, having met other phases, are either 
entangled
in them or trying to find a way out of them. The harm of the dark 
phases
we cannot help, but we can let the true light shine “as widely and as 
quickly
as possible.” I would like to see the “U. L. T.” Declaration known to 
every
Theosophist as to every searcher for Truth.
—ROBERT
CROSBIE
CONTENTS
IN
THE BEGINNING
Letter
Thirteen
     The tendency among men to accept words and
names as realities is 
unfortunately
all too common. An article in a publication issued by one of the 
theosophical
organizations propounds the
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
question
“Theosophy or Orthodoxy; Which?”—evidently presenting to its readers 
the
necessity for a choice between them.
     A moment’s thought should have shown that
Orthodoxy has no existence of 
itself,
but can only be considered in relation to some formulated system of 
thought,
and that the title in question presents an impossible situation.
     This would be a small matter and could
have been passed over without notice 
if
the same unfortunate tendency had not been applied to a field of thought 
where
correctness of understanding is vital. For, if Theosophy is taken to be 
something
of an abstraction, or a simple point of beginning from which a system 
is
to be developed by individual research, the whole idea of Masters as the 
custodians
of the accumulated wisdom of the ages and Their Message to the world 
of
men, has to be abandoned. This is practically the position taken in the 
article
in question; for, while there are occasional references to both 
Messenger
and Message, these seem to be used as names and not as realities.
     The question therefore which every student
should put before himself for 
solution
is neither orthodoxy nor heterodoxy, but— “Did anyone present to the 
world
a formulated system of philosophy, religion and science? Did that 
personage
give a name to the system? Who was that personage?” The answer cannot 
be
obtained by consulting the opinions of any person or persons whatever; they 
are
questions of fact, and facts alone can answer.
     Every student worthy of the name knows
that H. P. Blavatsky gave a body of 
knowledge
to the world; that She named what She gave “Theosophy” and that She 
explicitly
declared it to be from the Masters of Wisdom.
     In justice to the Message, to the
Messenger who brought it and to the ideal 
of
Masters, nothing should be named Theosophy but this Message. Whoever takes 
any
other position violates the first laws of occultism by belittling both 
Message
and Messenger, and cannot expect to benefit by them. Those who accept 
the
Message and belittle the Messenger, are equally unfortunate, for in 
belittling
one, they belittle both. To these it should be said that it is folly 
to
imagine that the Masters
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
of
Wisdom did not know enough to select a Messenger who would deliver Their 
Message
correctly and in its entirety. The Masters’ wisdom being questioned, the 
whole
edifice falls to the ground.
     The materials of which that building was
composed may of course be put to 
use
by those who desire to erect structures according to their own ideas, and 
sad
to say, this is exactly what has occurred among the various theosophical 
organizations;
each has taken more or less of the material supplied by the 
Message
of Theosophy, has built an edifice according to ideas of its own, and 
has
labeled its structure “theosophical.” Each building so constructed differs 
from
every other.
     Yet—here was a building known as
“Theosophy,” complete in design and 
structure;
each separate component part accurately adjusted to every other part 
and
to the whole.
     The mystery of it all is that these
latter-day constructors should 
recognize
the beauty and symmetry of the portions selected by them, and fail to 
perceive
that there was a perfect building, an Architect and a plan. It is the 
old
story over again: “They have divided his raiment among them and for his 
vesture
have cast lots.” The failure to accept the teaching as given and to 
revere
the ones whose sacrifice made that presentation possible is at the root 
of
every past failure. The responsibility for every failure rests with those who 
interposed
themselves between the Message and those who would learn. The woe of 
the
world has been intensified by such as these, and surely a fearful 
responsibility
is theirs. It is no small thing to obstruct the work of the Lodge 
of
Masters, hence every student, be he prominent among his fellow-men or not, 
should
take heed lest he fall and in falling drag down thousands with him. There 
is
but one safe course. Theosophy must be understood to be a gift to mankind by 
more
progressed beings than ourselves. We must learn, and apply the fundamental 
principles
which underlie that grand philosophy, and understand the operation of 
law
as disclosed therein. Then, and then only can we begin to
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
make
Theosophy a living power in our lives. We should preserve a willingness to 
give
and receive instruction, but we should in either case be sure that such 
instruction
is in exact accord with the principles and laws set forth in the 
Theosophic
philosophy.
     If each student did this, all would have
one aim, one purpose, one 
teaching,
and a sure basis for united effort. Such differences of individual 
opinion
as might arise would be solved by a careful adjustment of these to the 
philosophy.
Thus all would be united; all preserve the utmost freedom of 
thought;
all progress most rapidly by self-induced and self-devised efforts. No 
one,
then, would make the fatal blunder of imagining that Theosophy is something 
which
can be developed, but each would devote his thought and effort to growth 
along
the lines that Theosophy indicates, so that he may become the better able 
to
help and to teach others. If there are Masters, and They have delivered a 
Message
to us, that Message is Their Orthodoxy—or right understanding; this 
should
be preferred to that of all others, however highly such may esteem 
themselves
or be esteemed by their fellow-men.
—ROBERT
CROSBIE.
CONTENTS
IN
THE BEGINNING
Letter
Fourteen
     “The orthodoxy of Masters, or that of men?”
This question is raised in a 
communication
signed “A Student.” We care nothing for the identity of our 
correspondent,
but we have respect for an honest expression of opinion, and are 
glad
to make answer. Not that we desire to change “A Student’s” opinion but that 
she
(or he) and others of like conceptions, may gain something of an insight 
into
the causes and reasons for the methods pursued by the Associates of The 
United
Lodge of Theosophists. We quote from the communication the following:
     “Providing we remember that Theosophy is
not a dogmatical presentment of 
the
Wisdom-Religion—a system delivered for once to the Saints—but a progressive 
system
of Religion.”
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
     There is some confusion in this statement,
for if there is such a knowledge 
as
the Wisdom-Religion, it is the result of the observation and experience of 
the
Masters of Wisdom, and as such stands for itself; it can neither be enlarged 
nor
improved upon by its students. Furthermore, what was named “Theosophy” by 
Mme.
Blavatsky is that same Wisdom-Religion so far as the latter has been 
promulgated
by the Teacher. In regard to the latter statement H. P. B. herself 
has
written:
     The
Secret Doctrine (or Wisdom-Religion) is not a series of vague theories 
or
treatises, but is all that can be given out in this century. It will be 
centuries
before much more is given. A similar statement by Wm. Q. Judge is as 
follows:
     It (Theosophy) is not a belief or dogma
formulated or invented by man, but 
is
a knowledge of the laws which govern the evolution of the physical, astral, 
psychical
and intellectual constituents of nature and of man.
     In the face of such statements and similar
ones made by Those who brought 
Theosophy
to us, the assumption that it is a system of progressive religion can 
only
proceed from ignorance of the facts, and a false conception which can only 
lead
to confusion on the part of any “student.” Theosophy is not a religion, but 
Religion
itself in the truest sense; even the use of the term “religion” without 
any
qualification is misleading, for Theosophy is not “a belief” as religions 
are
generally, but rather Religious Science, Scientific-Religion, and an 
all-inclusive
Philosophy.
     As to “a dogmatical presentment,”
Theosophy has never been put forth as a 
Dogma,
but as a relation of facts which have been gathered through observation 
and
experience, which any one can accept or reject without condemnation or 
praise.
One might as well call the only exact science we use, viz., Mathematics, 
dogmatic
or a dogma because it is presented as an assemblage of facts which the 
student
can study, apply and prove for himself. Theosophy stands in exactly the 
same
position: a presentation of Knowledge gained through aeons of time; it is 
not
to be confounded with the speculations of any of its students, who at
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
best
are subject to their personal prejudices, predilections and weaknesses. It 
should
also be clearly understood that all theosophical writers or 
leaders—except
Those who brought Theosophy to the world—are students of more or 
less
proficiency in the Science, and are therefore liable to misconceptions and 
erroneous
applications. The only possibility of discerning such errors lies in a 
comparison
with the Science as originally presented.
     In the same communication we are taken to
task in the following words, “you 
are
doing no good by ‘barking against the bad’ as Emerson would say, about what 
is
going on in the Theosophical world. I believe you over-emphasize the evil 
that
is being done, while minimizing the good.”
     It is admitted that evil is being done.
Can it be wrong to point out where 
and
how such evil comes about? How else can any sincere student who desires only 
to
warn against pitfalls help his fellow-men?
     As to the “good” in any presentation, it
stands for itself, and is the only 
reason
why error or evil has any possibility of acceptance; it is the mixture of 
Truth
and Error that confuses and misleads the ignorant and the unwary. Remove 
the
error and its sequence, evil, and the Truth stands out all the more clearly; 
there
is no “minimizing the good” in such a course.
     It is an unfortunate fact that there are
more misconceptions and 
misapplications
of Theosophy among its would-be students, than there is of real 
understanding.
Most of this is due to the self-acclaimed leaders of societies 
who
are very prominent in the public eye, and who proclaim and issue their own 
ideas,
interpretations, and speculations as Theosophy pure and simple. One would 
expect
from such exponents the false and misleading idea that “Theosophy is a 
progressive
system of religion,” for such a statement beclouds the facts, and 
serves
to draw attention to their own lucubrations as “progressed” Theosophy, 
and
to themselves as having progressed farther and as knowing more than the 
original
Teachers. No one would have a word to say if these exponents chose some 
other
name under which to promulgate their ideas, but to
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
present
the latter as Theosophy,—the Message delivered to the world by 
Masters—is
to our mind the greatest imaginable crime against humanity. Every 
presentation
of Truth given to the world in the past has been vitiated in a 
similar
way, being filtered through the minds of the original disciples to the 
disciples
of the latter, and so on for generations, until but little was left of 
the
spirit of the Message—and that little obscured by systems of materialistic 
concepts
under the name of religion. Under the conditions of past periods, this 
could
not be helped, because there existed no way by which the “written word” 
could
be so duplicated as to place it within the reach of every human being who 
desired
it. The present period, however, made it possible for every enquirer to 
obtain
or study Masters’ Message as it was written by one qualified to do so. 
This
was done in order that there should be no need of intermediaries between 
those
who would know and the knowledge itself. But, sad to say, many who drew 
their
inspiration and ideas from the delivered Message, and had the great Karmic 
opportunity
of presenting and promulgating that Message pure and undefiled to 
the
world-at-large, turned the eyes of men to their own personalities as 
“successors”
and “teachers” and have not only misled thousands of adherents, but 
have
made the name of Theosophy stand for everything that is undesirable in the 
minds
of humanity at large. H. P. B. and W. Q. J. knew well the probability and 
the
danger of such a sequence, but They could only warn. H. P. B.’s last message 
to
Theosophists in Convention assembled contained the following words: “Never is 
there
greater danger than when vanity, ambition and a desire to lead, dresses 
itself
up in the peacock feathers of altruism.”
     What
is at the root of the schisms that have disrupted the Theosophical 
Society
that H. P. B. left? Personalities every time. ‘What is the opposite and 
corrective
of Personality? Nothing less than Impersonality which seeks nothing 
for
itself and every thing for the Cause of Theosophy pure and simple. There is 
no
worldly fame, glory or profit in such a course, yet it, and it alone, removes 
every
obstacle that might intervene between the Message of Theosophy and those 
who
desire to study and apply it on its
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
own
merits. For that reason, and that reason alone, are the magazine Theosophy 
and
“The United Lodge of Theosophists” conducted anonymously. The mind of the 
race
is still obsessed by the idea that it is important and essential to know 
who
the active agents are, whereas the important thing is the merit of the thing 
done.
The injunction by the Man of Nazareth, “Let not thy right hand know what 
thy
left hand doeth” is as binding as any other injunction of His, but do 
Christian
peoples follow it, or regard it as of any importance? Do theosophical 
exponents
exhibit a regard for the above injunction, or for that more explicit 
one
they well know, “that power which the disciple shall covet is that which 
shall
make him appear as nothing in the eyes of men”? Let them answer. If they 
excuse
themselves, it will be on the ground that men will not listen unless the 
personality
of the speaker is under intimate inspection; but have they tried it? 
Truth
is not dependent upon the one who utters it, but upon its own self-evident 
nature,
and whether spoken by the wicked man or one who is esteemed as 
righteous,
it is neither debased by the one nor enhanced by the other.
     If Theosophists or Christians recognize
that the world has gone mad on 
personalities,
can it be made sane by glossing over that madness or pleading 
expediency?
They know it cannot; but they are the creatures of their generation 
and
have not the courage to do that which puts personality out of court in their 
own
cases, and sets the example of a truer, less selfish line of effort. Yet if 
the
change is to be brought about, someone must make the beginning; it is the 
first
step that begins the count, and if the goal is a right and true one, the 
results
can be left to time and Karma. We rest on that.
—ROBERT
CROSBIE
-------Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales-------
206 Newport Road, Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24-1DL
 
Return to Searchable Text Index
Cardiff Theosophical Society in Wales
Cardiff, Wales, UK. CF24 – 1DL
Searchable Full Text of The Friendly Philosopher by Robert Crosbie
Quick Explanations with Links to More Detailed Info
What is Theosophy ?  Theosophy Defined (More Detail)
Three Fundamental Propositions  Key Concepts of Theosophy
Cosmogenesis  Anthropogenesis  Root Races
Ascended Masters  After Death States
The Seven Principles of Man  Karma
Reincarnation   Helena Petrovna Blavatsky
Colonel Henry Steel Olcott  William Quan Judge
The Start of the Theosophical Society
History of the Theosophical Society
Theosophical Society Presidents
History of the Theosophical Society in Wales
The Three Objectives of the Theosophical
Society
Explanation of the Theosophical Society
Emblem
The Theosophical Order of Service (TOS)
Glossaries of Theosophical Terms
Index of Searchable
Full Text Versions of 
Definitive
Theosophical Works
H P Blavatsky’s Secret Doctrine 
Isis Unveiled by H P Blavatsky
H P Blavatsky’s Esoteric Glossary
Mahatma Letters to A P Sinnett 1 - 25
A Modern Revival of Ancient Wisdom
(Selection of Articles by H P Blavatsky)
The Secret Doctrine – Volume 3
A compilation of H P Blavatsky’s 
writings published after her death
Esoteric Christianity or the Lesser Mysteries
The Early Teachings of The Masters 
A Collection of Fugitive Fragments
Fundamentals of the Esoteric Philosophy
Mystical,
Philosophical, Theosophical, Historical 
and Scientific
Essays Selected from "The Theosophist"
Edited by George
Robert Stow Mead
From Talks on the Path of Occultism - Vol. II
In the Twilight”
Series of Articles
The In the
Twilight” series appeared during
1898 in The
Theosophical Review and
from 1909-1913 in
The Theosophist.
compiled from
information supplied by
her relatives and
friends and edited by A P Sinnett
Letters and Talks
on Theosophy and the Theosophical Life
Obras Teosoficas En Espanol
Theosophische Schriften Auf Deutsch